Engine A09C Service

(14'914&HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧟㧣ಽ
■■■■■■■■
1 MENU
FOREWORD
This manual has been prepared to provide information regarding structures, features and repair procedures on Hino Vehi-
cles.
Applicable for A09C engine
When making any repairs on your vehicle, be careful not to be injured through improper procedures.
As for maintenance items, refer to the Owner’s Manual.
All information and specifications in this manual are based upon the latest product information available at the time of print-
ing.
Hino Motors reserves the right to make changes at any time without prior notice.
(14'914&HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧟㧣ಽ
CHAPTER REFERENCES REGARDING THIS WORKSHOP MANUAL

Use this chart to the appropriate chapter numbers for servicing your particular vehicle.
MANUAL NO. S5-MA09E02B

CHAPTER
MODEL A09C
STRUCTURES AND FEATURES
INTRODUCTION 1
ENGINE 2
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INTRODUCTION GN01-001
ENGINE INTRODUCTION EN01-001
ENGINE MECHANICAL EN02-001
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM EN03-001
EXHAUST SYSTEM EN04-001
LUBRICATING SYSTEM EN05-001
COOLING SYSTEM EN06-001
FUEL SYSTEM EN07-001
TURBOCHARGER EN08-001
EMISSION CONTROL EN10-001
ALTERNATOR EN11-001
STARTER EN12-001
AIR COMPRESSOR EN13-001
ENGINE P.T.O. (POWER TAKE-OFF) EN14-001
ENGINE RETARDER EN15-001
ENGINE CONTROL EN16-001
ENGINE CONTROL DN01-001
FUEL CONTROL DN02-001

VQDKTCAKPVTQHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧠㧣ಽ
STRUCTURES AND FEATURES

+0&':AKPVTQHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧠㧟ಽ
INDEX: STRUCTURES AND FEATURES
INTRODUCTION
ENGINE
STRUCTURES
AND
FEATURES
All rights reserved. This manual may not be

reproduced or copied in whole in part, with-
out the written consent of Hino Motors, Ltd.
2A(TCOGDQQMࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧡㧤ಽ
INTRODUCTION 1– 1
1 INTRODUCTION
1
IDENTIFICATION OF VEHICLE
MODEL CODE ................................................. 1-2
LIST OF VEHICLE MODEL CODES ........................... 1-2
LIST OF APPLICABLE VEHICLE MODELS........... 1-2
DESIGNATION OF VEHICLE MODEL CODE........ 1-2
INTRODUCTION TO VEHICLE
MODEL SERIES ..................................................... 1-3
OBJECTIVE OF DEVELOPMENT............................... 1-4
SUMMARY ............................................................. 1-4
OUTLINE OF VEHICLE (CHANGE) ................ 1-8

LIST OF VEHICLE (CHANGE) OUTLINE ................... 1-8
LIST OF CHANGE OUTLINE ................................. 1-8
LAWS AND REGULATIONS.......................... 1-13

AUTOMOBILE EMISSION REGULATIONS .............. 1-13
SUMMARY ........................................................... 1-13
APPROACH FOR EMISSION CONTROL ............ 1-13
FAILURE DIAGNOSIS ................................... 1-14

FAILURE DIAGNOSIS WITH COMPUTER
(Hino-DX) ................................................................... 1-14
ABOUT Hino-DX ................................................... 1-14
GLOSSARY.................................................... 1-15
DEFINITION OF ABBREVIATION ............................. 1-15
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS .................................. 1-15
Áðð öåòóéïîº
2A(TCOGDQQMࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧡㧤ಽ Äáôá öåòóéïîº
1–2 ÉÎÔÒÏÄÕÃÔÉÏÎ
✚⺑
2 IDENTIFICATION OF VEHICLE MODEL CODE
കᛵ
LIST OF VEHICLE MODEL CODES
LIST OF APPLICABLE VEHICLE MODELS

ÊÐ±¸Ú°°°±°±°²°°·
VEHICLE MODEL ENGINE MODEL TRANSMISSION MODEL

FULLER RTO11909ALL
FM 1A A09C
ALLISON 3500RDS
കᛵ
DESIGNATION OF VEHICLE MODEL CODE

ÊÐ±¸Ú°°°±°±°²°°¸
F M 1A R K A
CLASSIFICATION OF VEHICLE TYPE
F: Cab-over-engine truck
VEHICLE CLASS AND DRIVE SYSTEM
CLASS OF PAYLOAD (TONNAGE) DRIVE SYSTEM

M 10.0 6 x 4 (FOUR-REAR-WHEEL DRIVE)
CLASSIFICATION OF ENGINE
1A: A09C
CLASSIFICATION OF WHEEL BASE

L: 4,750 to 4,999 mm {187.0 to 196.8 in.}
R: 5,750 to 5,999 mm {226.4 to 236.1 in.}
W: Over 7,000 mm {275.6 in.}
POSITION OF STEERING WHEEL
K : Right-hand steering wheel
INDICATION OF VEHICLE BODY CONFIGURATION

A: Leaf-suspension type cargo truck
M: Mixer truck
G: Air-suspension type cargo truck
SHTS01ZZZ0100001
ˢᓐষ‫ڨ‬
കᛵ
ÉÎÔÒÏÄÕÃÔÉÏÎ 1–3
INTRODUCTION TO VEHICLE MODEL SERIES

ÊÐ±¸Ú°°°±°±°²°°±
FM MODEL
Long cargo trucks
Mixer trucks
Tractor trucks
FEATURES OF VEHICLE MODEL

Payload: 10 to 15.75 tons
Drive system: 6 x 4 (four-rear-wheel drive)
Features of FM model:
The FM model is a perfect model for transporting heavy cargos
and/or traveling on rough roads, featuring powerful drive
performance with four-rear-wheel drive (6 x 4). Hino offers a wide
variation of products ranging from dump trucks to long-body trucks.
Hino's new light-weight, fuel-efficient in-line six-cylinder diesel engine
(A09C) complements Hino's product lineup.
SHTS01ZZZ0100078
✚⺑
² OBJECTIVE OF DEVELOPMENT
SUMMARY
ÊÐ°±Ä°±ÚÚÚ°·°±°²°°±°°±
Keyword - More user-friendly, more powerful !

ENGINE
New A09C engine in compliance with US04
emission standards
SHTS01ZZZ0700001
NEW A09C ENGINE IN COMPLIANCE WITH US04 ENGINE

EMISSION STANDARDS
ENGINE UNIT
Hino's all-out effort with state-of-art technologies produced this new light-weight, fuel-
efficient engine. Hino developed a new high-strength cylinder block and a new basic
structure. This development produced a engine that can withstand a high combustion
pressure and exert high fuel efficiency and high power output.
ENGINE ECU
The engine ECU analyses the changeable operation conditions based on the information
obtained from various sensors and controls the intake air flow, EGR gas flow and fuel
injection flow for optimum combustion. Other features include high fuel efficiency and
dramatic reduction in NOx and PM emissions during rapid acceleration/deceleration.
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED
COOL EGR SYSTEM
Introduction of a new efficient EGR
cooler and an electronic controlled
variable EGR valve in combination
with the A09C engine made a great
contribution to reduction of NOx
emissions.
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED
VARIABLE NOZZLE TURBOCHARGER
A new electronic variable nozzle turbocharger
installed at the turbine inlet precisely controls an air
flow and an exhaust pressure (EGR gas flow) and
improves the combustion efficiency.
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED HIGH-PRESSURE

COMMON RAIL INJECTION SYSTEM
The ultra high injection pressure atomizes the fuel to accelerate mixing
with air for higher fuel efficiency. The number of fuel injections, the
injection timing and the injection flow are precisely controlled to ensure
the combustion controllability in response to driving conditions.
SHTS01ZZZ0700002
CHARACTERISTICS OF ENGINE
٨ The A09C engine outputs a high torque at a low engine speed. This is an advantage in
gaining higher fuel efficiency and good drivability at a low engine speed. A09C-TK
engine is used for the manual transmission model. A09C-TJ is used for the automatic
transmission model.
A09C-TK ENGINE
OUTPUT TORQUE
(PS) kW N࡮m (kgf࡮m)
300 1,300
280 1,200 120

1,079N࡮m/1,100r/min.
(110kgf࡮m/1,100r/min.)
260 1,100
350
240 1,000
320 100
220 900
290
235kW/2,100r/min.
(320ps/2,100r/min.)
200 800
80
260
180 700
230
160 600
200
140 500
120 400
100 300
800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,200 2,400
Engine Speed ˴r/min
A09C-TJ ENGINE
OUTPUT TORQUE
(PS) kW N࡮m (kgf࡮m)
300 1,300
280 1,200 120

1,079N࡮m/1,100r/min.
(110kgf࡮m/1,100r/min.)
260 1,100
350
240 1,000
320 100
220 900
290
221kW/2,100r/min.
(300ps/2,100r/min.)
200 800 80
260
180 700
230
160 600
200
140 500
120 400
100 300
800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,200 2,400
Engine Speed ˴r/min.
✚⺑
² OUTLINE OF VEHICLE (CHANGE)
കᛵ
LIST OF VEHICLE (CHANGE) OUTLINE
LIST OF CHANGE OUTLINE

ÊÐ±¸Ú°°°±°±°²°±±
NAME OF OUTLINE OF VEHICLE

RELEVANT CHAPTER EFFECTIVENESS
COMPONENT (CHANGE)
Increased accuracy of injection

system; versatile engine ECU
[A09C] specialized in controlling the
02 Engine Engine ECU
Engine control engine; connection to vehicle
control ECU via CAN
communication
Use of ECU cooler (cooling by

[A09C] fuel) for ECU directly mounted
02 Engine Engine ECU Higher reliability
Engine control on engine (with anti-vibration
mechanism)
Addition of twist tube and

[A09C] Harness
02 Engine thermal-resistant tube into Higher reliability
Engine control assembly
corrugation
Compliance with
[A09C]
02 Engine Supply pump Use of Bosch's supply pump US04 emission
Fuel system
standards
Separately arranged layout of

[A09C] flange mount, geared feed Higher reliability and
02 Engine Supply pump
Fuel system pump, fuel temperature sensor serviceability
and priming pump
Compliance with
[A09C]
02 Engine Common rail Use of Bosch's common rail US04 emission
Fuel system
standards
Compliance with
[A09C] Injector (nozzle
02 Engine Use of Bosch's injector US04 emission
Fuel system & nozzle holder)
standards
[A09C] Injector (nozzle Fuel leakage circuit built in the Higher reliability and
02 Engine
Fuel system & nozzle holder) cylinder head serviceability
Common rail Higher immunity to

[A09C] Use of high-accuracy common
02 Engine pressure electromagnetic
Fuel system rail pressure sensor
sensor interference
[A09C] Optimization of relief valve

02 Engine Fuel filter
Fuel system opening pressure

COMPONENT (CHANGE)
Compliance with
[A09C] Use of isometric injection pipe;
02 Engine Injection pipe US04 emission
Fuel system conformity to the Bosch system
standards
Compliance with
[A09C]
02 Engine EGR system New system US04 emission
Emission control
standards
Compliance with
[A09C]
02 Engine EGR valve Use of butterfly valve US04 emission
Emission control
standards
Compliance with
[A09C]
02 Engine EGR actuator Use of brushless DC motor US04 emission
Emission control
standards
Higher cooling
[A09C] Chamber structuring for coolant
02 Engine EGR cooler efficiency and fuel
Emission control inlet/outlet
efficiency
[A09C] Ventilation
02 Engine Breather built in the head cover
Emission control system
[A09C]
02 Engine Air flow sensor Use of compact air flow sensor
Intake
[A09C]
02 Engine Engine Cylinder head Integration with cam housing
mechanical
[A09C]
Integrated structure of nozzle
02 Engine Engine Cylinder head
sleeve
mechanical
[A09C]
Double cooling jet;
02 Engine Engine Cylinder head Higher reliability
built-in fuel leak circuit
mechanical
[A09C]
Cylinder head
02 Engine Engine Fastening with five center bolts
cover
mechanical
[A09C]
Cylinder head Use of breather integrated with
02 Engine Engine
cover head cover
mechanical
[A09C]
Higher power output
02 Engine Engine Cylinder block OHC structure
and reliability
mechanical
[A09C] Use of semi-open deck water

02 Engine Engine Cylinder block jacket and two-bore type piston Higher reliability
mechanical cooling jet

COMPONENT (CHANGE)
[A09C]
Soundproof Installation of soundproof cover
02 Engine Engine Lower gear noise
cover to supply pump gear
mechanical
[A09C]
Higher power output
02 Engine Engine Piston Use of FCD piston
and fuel efficiency
mechanical
[A09C] Three piston rings; optimization Compliance with

02 Engine Engine Piston of combustion chamber US04 emission
mechanical geometry standards
[A09C]
02 Engine Engine Piston Optimization of skirt profile Higher reliability
mechanical
[A09C] Embedded cap bolt; improved

Higher reliability and
02 Engine Engine Connecting rod positioning accuracy with knock
power output
mechanical pin
[A09C] Reduction from 8 to 4

02 Engine Engine Crankshaft counterweights; elimination of Weight saving
mechanical counterweight machining
[A09C]
Weight-saving of damper; elastic Higher reliability and
02 Engine Engine Crank pulley
angle control method for bolting fuel efficiency
mechanical
[A09C]
Optimization of damper
02 Engine Engine Crank pulley
characteristic value
mechanical
[A09C] Two versions of crosshead on

02 Engine Engine Valve system the exhaust side: i.e. with
mechanical retarder and no retarder
Arm assembly:
[A09C]
Two versions available: i.e.
02 Engine Engine Valve system
retarder for 3-cylinder (standard)
mechanical
and for 6-cylinder
[A09C]
Intake rocker arm:
02 Engine Engine Valve system
FC material, bushless
mechanical
[A09C]
Use of sintered camshaft; Higher reliability and
02 Engine Engine Camshaft
7-journal weight-saving
mechanical
[A09C]
Optimum braking
02 Engine Engine Camshaft Addition of brake cam
force
mechanical

COMPONENT (CHANGE)
Compliance with
[A09C] US04 emission
Optimization of valve timing and
02 Engine Engine Camshaft standards; higher
lift cam profile
mechanical fuel efficiency and
power output
[A09C] Two versions of braking force:

Selectable to user
02 Engine Engine Engine retarder i.e. activation for 3-cylinder and
needs
mechanical for 6-cylinder
[A09C] Brake rocker arm with brake cam

02 Engine Engine Engine retarder and line contact between master Higher reliability
mechanical piston
[A09C]
Use of high teeth and change of Lower noise; higher
02 Engine Engine Timing gear
pressure angle reliability
mechanical
[A09C] Use of gas-nitrocarburized gear;

02 Engine Engine Timing gear multiple tightening of heavy-duty Higher reliability
mechanical idle gear shaft
[A09C]
Timing gear Installation of cover to front
02 Engine Engine
cover geartrain for driving supply pump
mechanical
[A09C]
Timing gear
02 Engine Engine With timing adjust pointer Higher serviceability
cover
mechanical
[A09C]
Flywheel Aluminum die-cast;
02 Engine Engine Weight-saving
housing rear geartrain
mechanical
[A09C]
Engine Change of engine mount bracket Higher
02 Engine Engine
mounting shape assemblability
mechanical
[A09C]
Engine Front mounting:
02 Engine Engine
mounting addition of roll stopper
mechanical
[A09C] Exhaust Reduction of the

02 Engine Integrated bellows
Exhaust manifold number of parts
[A09C] Exhaust Reduction of fastening bolts on

02 Engine
Exhaust manifold the cylinder head side
Reduction of the
[A09C] Installation on the front face of
02 Engine Coolant pump number of parts;
Cooling block
weight-saving
Thermostat Change of each pipe to press-fit
[A09C]
02 Engine case & type for outlet control, EGR
Cooling
thermostat water return, and air vent

COMPONENT (CHANGE)
New parts;
[A09C] Longer interval of oil
02 Engine Oil pan 8 L difference between upper
Lubrication refilling
and lower
[A09C]
02 Engine Oil strainer Aluminum mould
Lubrication
[A09C] Built in the cylinder block ;

02 Engine Oil pump Weight-saving
Lubrication elimination of feed pipe
Integrated full-flow/bypass
[A09C]
02 Engine Oil cooler element; reduction from 11 to 8 Weight-saving
Lubrication
rows in cooler core
Sealing surface in contact with

[A09C]
02 Engine Oil cooler block: change from gasket to O- Higher reliability
Lubrication
ring
[A09C] Belt auto

02 Engine Use of auto tensioner Higher serviceability
Starting/charging tensioner
Use of poly V-belt (one belt to

[A09C]
02 Engine V-belt drive a coolant pump, a cooler Higher serviceability
Starting/charging
compressor and an alternator)
Compliance with
[A09C] Variable nozzle Variable nozzle drive:
02 Engine US04 emission
Turbocharger turbocharger DC motor drive
standards
Compliance with
[A09C] Variable nozzle Variable nozzle control:
02 Engine US04 emission
Turbocharger turbocharger variable control
standards
[A09C] Variable nozzle Variable nozzle support:
02 Engine Higher reliability
Turbocharger turbocharger both-ends-supported
[A09C] Variable nozzle

02 Engine New controller
Turbocharger turbocharger
[A09C] Use of water-cooling and lead Lower discharge

02 Engine Air compressor
Air compressor valve temperature
Reduction of oil leak
[A09C] into combustion
02 Engine Air compressor Extended piston skirt
Air compressor chamber via piston
ring
Applicable to mixer truck Applicability to

[A09C]
02 Engine Flywheel PTO Output torque: 45 kg⋅m heavy-duty body
Flywheel PTO
Ratio: 1 build
✚⺑
LAWS AND REGULATIONS

²
കᛵ
AUTOMOBILE EMISSION REGULATIONS
SUMMARY
ÊÐ±¸Ú°°±¶°±°²°°±
• Emission-controlled components and/or parts are installed in the US04 compliant low emission vehicles to meet
the exhaust emission limits specified in the safety standards. These components and/or parts must not be
retrofitted or detached, or must be placed back to their original positions after being detached for the purpose of
servicing.
കᛵ
APPROACH FOR EMISSION CONTROL

ÊÐ±¸Ú°°±¶°±°²°°³
APPROACH Common rail, Cool EGR and Variable nozzle turbocharger

✚⺑
2 FAILURE DIAGNOSIS
കᛵ
FAILURE DIAGNOSIS WITH COMPUTER (Hino-DX)
ABOUT Hino-DX
ÊÐ°±Ä°±ÚÚÚ°´°±°²°°²°°±
• The Hino-DX diagnoses failures in the common-rail fuel injection system and some of chassis systems.
Connection of the Hino-DX to a vehicle must use either of the interface box (Hino-Bowie) as an interface function,
and the dedicated cables.
SPECIAL TOOLS
NO. NAME OF ITEMS ITEM NO.
Interface box
09993-E9070
1 (Hino-Bowie)
Cable between vehicle and Hino-Bowie (09042-1220)
2 Field support system software CD-ROM "Hino Diagnostic eXplorer (Hino-DX)"
ෳ⠨ • Õóå ôèå ¢ÈéîïÂï÷éå¢ ¨óåå ôèå Îï®± éî ôèå ôáâìå áâïöå© áó áî éîôåòæáãå®
Reference
• Á ãáâìå ôï âå õóåä ôï ãïîîåãô á ãïíðõôåò áîä ôèå ÈéîïÂï÷éå éó óõððìéåä ÷éôè ôèå
ÈéîïÂï÷éå ëéô® Õóå åéôèåò ïæ á ÒÓ²³²Ã ãáâìå ïò á ÕÓÂ ãáâìå®
• Éîóôáìì ôèå Èéîï Äéáçîïóôéã åØðìïòåò ¨ÈéîïÄØ© óïæô÷áòå ïî á ãïíðõôåò® Æïò äåôáéìó
ïæ éîóôáììáôéïî¬ óåå ôèå éîóôòõãôéïî íáîõáì óõððìéåä ÷éôè á ÃÄÒÏÍ®
• Æïò æõòôèåò äåôáéìó¬ óåå ôèå ¢Íáéîôåîáîãå Íáîõáì Æáéìõòå Äéáçîïóéó¢®
• Ìéóôåä éî ôèå ôáâìå áâïöå áòå éôåí îõíâåòó äåóéçîáôåä æïò æéòóô åäéôéïî® Ôèåóå éôåí
îõíâåòó íáù âå òåöéóåä ïò áìôåòåä éî ìéîå ÷éôè æõôõòå äåóéçî ãèáîçåó ÷éôèïõô ðòéïò
îïôéãå®
SHTS01ZZZ0400001
✚⺑
GLOSSARY
²
കᛵ
DEFINITION OF ABBREVIATION
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
ÊÐ±¸Ú°°°±°±°²°±°
ABBREVIATION DEFINITION AND UNABBREVIATED TERMINOLOGY

CAN Controller Area Network
DC motor Direct Current motor
ECU Electronic Control Unit

Electronically Erasable and Programmable Read Only Memory
EEPROM
(rewritable memory)
EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation
ENG Engine
FBC Fuel Balance Control
FMU Fuel Metering Unit
Fr Front
GND Ground (earth)
I.S.C. Idle Speed Control
IC Integrated Circuits
ID Identification
I/O Inlet/Outlet
LH Left Hand
LIN Local Interconnect Network

MPROP Metering-unit PROPortional
NOx Nitrogen oxide
OHC Over Head Camshaft

OPT Option
PCV Pump Control Valve
PM Particulate matter
PTO Power Take-Off
PVD Physical Vapor Deposit
QR code Quick Response code
RH Right Hand
ROM Read Only Memory

ABBREVIATION DEFINITION AND UNABBREVIATED TERMINOLOGY

Rr Rear
TI Turbo Intercooler
TWV Two Way Valve
Repro Re-programming
2A(TCOGDQQMࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧡㧟ಽ
ENGINE 2– 1
²ENGINE
2
[A09C] ENGINE CONTROL............................. 2-3 VALVE SYSTEM ........................................................ 2-70

STRUCTURE........................................................ 2-70
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ..................................... 2-3
STRUCTURE.......................................................... 2-3 ENGINE RETARDER ................................................. 2-73
SUMMARY............................................................ 2-73
STRUCTURE........................................................ 2-74
[A09C] FUEL SYSTEM .................................... 2-5
OPERATION......................................................... 2-75
FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ........................................ 2-5 GEAR TRAIN ............................................................. 2-76
SUMMARY ............................................................. 2-5 SUMMARY............................................................ 2-76
STRUCTURE.......................................................... 2-7
FLYWHEEL AND FLYWHEEL HOUSING ................. 2-78
FUEL FILTER ............................................................. 2-38 STRUCTURE........................................................ 2-78
SUMMARY ........................................................... 2-38
INJECTION PIPE ....................................................... 2-39 [A09C] EXHAUST SYSTEM ..........................2-80
SUMMARY ........................................................... 2-39
EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER .............................. 2-80
PRESSURE-FEED PIPE............................................ 2-39
SUMMARY............................................................ 2-80
SUMMARY ........................................................... 2-39
EXHAUST MANIFOLD............................................... 2-81
FUEL TANK ............................................................... 2-40
STRUCTURE........................................................ 2-81
SUMMARY ........................................................... 2-40
STRUCTURE........................................................ 2-40
[A09C] COOLING SYSTEM...........................2-82
REPROGRAMMING .................................................. 2-42
SUMMARY ........................................................... 2-42 COOLING SYSTEM ................................................... 2-82
PROCEDURES .................................................... 2-43 SPECIFICATION .................................................. 2-82
FUNCTION ........................................................... 2-44 SUMMARY............................................................ 2-83
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION ................................ 2-49 STRUCTURE........................................................ 2-84
[A09C] EMISSION CONTROL ....................... 2-53 [A09C] LUBRICATION SYSTEM ...................2-90

COOL EGR ................................................................ 2-53 LUBRICATION SYSTEM ........................................... 2-90
SUMMARY ........................................................... 2-53 SPECIFICATION .................................................. 2-90
STRUCTURE........................................................ 2-54 SUMMARY............................................................ 2-91
SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ....................... 2-92
STRUCTURE........................................................ 2-93
[A09C] INTAKE .............................................. 2-56
INTAKE SYSTEM....................................................... 2-56
[A09C] STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEM .....2-96
SUMMARY ........................................................... 2-56
FUNCTION AND STRUCTURE............................ 2-57 STARTER ................................................................... 2-96
SPECIFICATION .................................................. 2-96
INTAKE PIPE ............................................................. 2-59
SUMMARY............................................................ 2-96
STRUCTURE........................................................ 2-59
ALTERNATOR............................................................ 2-98
SPECIFICATION .................................................. 2-98
[A09C] ENGINE MECHANICAL .................... 2-60
SUMMARY............................................................ 2-99
CYLINDER HEAD ...................................................... 2-60 STRUCTURE...................................................... 2-101
STRUCTURE........................................................ 2-60
CYLINDER BLOCK ................................................... 2-64 [A09C] TURBOCHARGER ..........................2-102
STRUCTURE........................................................ 2-64
TURBOCHARGER................................................... 2-102
PISTON, PISTON PIN AND PISTON RING ............... 2-65 SUMMARY.......................................................... 2-102
STRUCTURE........................................................ 2-65 SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ..................... 2-104
CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT................ 2-67 STRUCTURE...................................................... 2-104
STRUCTURE........................................................ 2-67
2A(TCOGDQQMࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧡㧟ಽ
2–2 ENGINE
[A09C] AIR COMPRESSOR........................ 2-105

AIR COMPRESSOR .................................................2-105
SPECIFICATION.................................................2-105
SUMMARY ..........................................................2-105
STRUCTURE ......................................................2-106
2A(TCOGDQQMࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧡㧟ಽ Äáôá öåòóéïîº
ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] ENGINE CONTROL 2–3
ࠛࡦࠫࡦ
3 [A09C] ENGINE CONTROL
ൡᑤˁͽӦˁ଩ͽ
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
STRUCTURE
JP18Z01020301001
ACCELERATOR CONTROL
• The accelerator control is connected to the accelerator sensor via a pedal link, and electrical signals are input
from the accelerator sensor to a computer.
• The suspended type accelerator pedal is installed.
• The suspended type accelerator pedal is a perfect fit for motions of a foot and gives an aid in reducing tiredness
during long-distance travel through its flexibility for ideal pedaling operations in all driving situations.
• A flat floor under the suspended type accelerator pedal has an advantage of easier floor cleaning.
STROKE
• A stroke is controlled by an idle stopper of the accelerator sensor during idling or by a full stopper of the
accelerator sensor at a full load. In addition, a pedal stopper installed at the bottom of a pedal prevents an
excessive operating force from being applied to related components/parts at a full load.
SHTS021200500001
2–4 ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] ENGINE CONTROL
IDLE SET BUTTON

• The idle set button is an integrated component consisting of a potentiometer and a switch and is installed on the
right side of the panel in front of a driver’s seat. Electrical signals converted from button operations will be input to
a computer.
• Turning a knob of the idle set button counterclockwise to the end will activate the automatic idle adjust mode in
which an idling speed will be automatically adjusted based on the engine coolant temperature. When a coolant
temperature exceeds 60°C, the idling speed will be automatically set to the standard idling speed.
• Turning a knob of the idle set button clockwise will activate the manual idle adjust mode. The idling speed can be
set at user's desired setting by manually turning a knob (settable range: 450 to 900 r/min.).
TURN
CLOCKWISE
TURN
COUNTERCLOCKWISE
TO THE END
AUTOMATIC IDLE ADJUST MODE MANUAL IDLE ADJUST MODE
IDLE SET BUTTON
SHTS021200500002
Standard idling speed: 500 r/min.

ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] FUEL SYSTEM 2–5
ࠛࡦࠫࡦ
3 [A09C] FUEL SYSTEM
കᛵ
FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
SUMMARY
ÊÐ±¸±±·°²°³°±°°³
PRESSURE LIMITING VALVE

COMMON RAIL
PRESSURE SENSOR
COMMON RAIL
FUEL FILTER
ECU COOLER
FUEL TANK FLOW LIMITER
INJECTOR
ENGINE
MPROP SPEED MAIN
GAUZE FILTER SENSOR
ENGINE BOOST WATER
ENGINE ECU SPEED SUB PRESSURE TEMPERATURE
FEED PUMP
SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR
SUPPLY PUMP
ACCELERATOR FUEL
POSITION SENSOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
SHTS021200600001
2–6 ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] FUEL SYSTEM
• The common-rail fuel injection system is installed.

• This system consists of a supply pump, a common rail, injectors, an engine ECU (for controlling these aforesaid
components), sensors, switches, relays and lights.
• The supply pump discharges the fuel for producing a fuel pressure in the common rail. The fuel discharge rate is
controlled by the supply pump MPROP (solenoid valve for fuel metering). The MPROP is electronically controlled
by the engine ECU.
• The common rail distributes the fuel of a high pressure produced by a supply pump to each cylinder injector. This
fuel pressure is detected by the common-rail pressure sensor installed on the common rail. The engine ECU
performs the pressure feedback control to ensure the consistency between an actual pressure value and a
command pressure value predetermined in proportion to an engine speed and an engine load.
• An injection flow and an injection timing are controlled in the injector through the magnet valve ball switching
between ON and OFF. When a magnet is turned 'ON' (current applied), the fuel circuit will switch over to open a
valve ball so that high-pressure fuel in the control chamber will flow out through the orifice and the nozzle valve
opening force applied by high-pressure fuel in the nozzle needle chamber will lift the nozzle needle valve and start
injection. When a magnet is turned 'OFF' (no current applied), the fuel circuit will switch over to apply the high-
pressure fuel to the control chamber via orifice so that the nozzle needle valve will move down and stop injection.
In other words, the injection timing can be controlled by the timing of magnet energization start and the injection
flow can be controlled by the magnet energization time.
• The PM (particulate matter) emissions were reduced by good and clean combustion, resulting from the finer
atomization of fuel injection by increased fuel pressure. This was achieved by increasing the withstanding
pressure of individual components and parts.

Reference
ෳ⠨ MPROP : Metering-unit PROPortional (Fuel metering electromagnetic valve)
STRUCTURE
JP18117020301004
SUPPLY PUMP ASSEMBLY

• The supply pump assembly consists of a feed pump, a MPROP and a supply pump, and is designed to charge the
fuel for producing the fuel pressure in the common rail.
DELIVERY VALVE HOLDERS OVERFLOW VALVE

(TO COMMON RAIL)
FUEL OUTLET
(TO FUEL FILTER)
FUEL INLET
(FROM FUEL FILTER)
PUMP HOUSING
MPROP
FEED PUMP
ENGINE
SPEED SUB FEED PUMP FUEL INLET
SUPPLY PUMP SENSOR (FROM FUEL FILTER)
FEED PUMP FUEL OUTLET
SHTS021200600002
SUPPLY PUMP
• The supply pump supplies the fuel to the common rail, after a plunger increases a pressure of fuel, supplied by the
MPROP.
1. STRUCTURE
• The supply pump consists of delivery valve holders, inlet/outlet valves, a plunger, a barrel, a plunger spring, a
tappet, a camshaft and a pump housing. A rotation sensor and a fuel temperature sensor are mounted to the
pump housing.
• The fuel gallery is installed within the pump housing to reserve the fuel pressurized by a feed pump and
regulated by an overflow valve.
DELIVERY VALVE HOLDER

INLET/OUTLET VALVES
PLUNGER
PLUNGER SPRING BARREL
TAPPET
CAMSHAFT
SHTS021200600003
2. OPERATION
• When engine cranking or starting rotates a camshaft, a plunger will be lifted in the cam upstroke to increase a
pressure of fuel and supply the fuel to the common rail via inlet/outlet valves.
• When a cam rotates and a plunger is lowered by a plunger spring in the cam downstroke, the fuel will flow into
the plunger chamber via inlet/outlet valves after being adjusted to the optimum fuel flow by the MPROP.
• Two cams are located at different phases in the camshaft. One rotation of a camshaft will deliver six
discharges.
INLET/OUTLET VALVES
• The inlet/outlet valves receive the fuel from the MPROP, supply it to the plunger chamber and prevent the fuel
from flowing back into the MPROP when the fuel of a high pressure applied by a plunger is supplied to the
common rail.
1. STRUCTURE
• The inlet/outlet valves consists of an inlet valve, an outlet valve, an inlet spring, an outlet spring and a valve
body, and are assembled to the location between a delivery valve holder and a barrel.
DELIVERY VALVE HOLDER
OUTLET SPRING
INLET SPRING
OUTLET VALVE INLET VALVE

VALVE BODY
INLET/OUTLET VALVES
BARREL
SHTS021200600004
2. OPERATION
a. INTAKE STROKE OF PLUNGER
• After a plunger starts its downstroke, a fuel pressure will overcome an inlet spring, lift an inlet valve and
flow into the plunger chamber (an outlet valve will remain closed in this stage.)
OUTLET VALVE
INLET SPRING
FUEL (FROM MPROP)

INLET VALVE
FUEL (TO PLUNGER CHAMBER)
SHTS021200600005
b. COMPRESSION STROKE OF PLUNGER

• After a plunger starts its upstroke, the fuel will be pressurized. When a fuel pressure overcomes an outlet
spring, the fuel will lift an outlet valve and flow into the common rail. In this stage, an inlet valve will remain
closed.
• In the compression stroke of a plunger, an inlet valve will be pushed down by a force applied by partial
portion of fuel.
FUEL (TO COMMON RAIL)

OUTLET SPRING
OUTLET VALVE
FUEL (FROM PLUNGER CHAMBER)

SHTS021200600006
PLUNGER ASSEMBLY
• The plunger assembly pressurizes the intake fuel and discharge the high-pressure fuel.
1. STRUCTURE
• The plunger assembly consists of a plunger and a barrel, and takes in and compresses the fuel through up-
and-down motions converted from revolving motions of a camshaft via the tappet.
PLUNGER
PLUNGER SPRING
BARREL
TAPPET
SHTS021200600007
2. OPERATION
a. INTAKE STROKE OF PLUNGER
• When a cam on the camshaft rotates in the direction from the top dead center to the bottom dead center,
a plunger will be lowered by a plunger spring and take in the fuel.
INLET/OUTLET VALVES MPROP
PLUNGER
PLUNGER SPRING
CAM
SHTS021200600008
b. COMPRESSION STROKE OF PLUNGER

• When a cam on the camshaft rotates in the direction from the bottom dead center to the top dead center,
a plunger will be lifted by a cam and compress and discharge the fuel.
INLET/OUTLET VALVES MPROP
PLUNGER
PLUNGER SPRING
CAM
SHTS021200600009
MPROP
1. STRUCTURE
• The MPROP consists of a valve body, a valve needle, a valve casing, a magnet anchor (moving magnet core)
and a coil.
• An inlet port and an outlet port are located on the valve body and the valve needle is seated via the valve
piston.
• Rapid opening/closing motions (cycle) of the valve needle activates the MPROP to operate as a variable
throttle.
• The MPROP keeps monitoring the signals from the ECU and controls the feed rate of fuel from a supply
pump.
VALVE NEEDLE
COIL
MAGNET ANCHOR
VALVE BODY BEARING
OUTLET
PORT
SPRING INLET PORT VALVE CASING
SHTS021200600010
2. OPERATION
• Current is directly applied from the ECU to the MPROP coil under the duty ratio control. The fuel feed rate of a
supply pump will reach a peak when no current is applied (0% duty). Higher the duty ratio is (closer to 100%),
lower the feed rate will be.
• When no current is applied, the valve needle and the valve piston will be pushed by a spring, and the inlet and
outlet ports will have a flow path. After pressure-fed by a feed pump and regulated by the overflow valve, the
fuel in the fuel gallery will flow into the inlet/outlet valves.
• In the meantime, when a ratio of drive duty from the ECU increases, the valve needle will lift and the valve
piston will throttle the areal size of a linkage channel between an inlet port and an outlet port. This will
decrease the rate of flow into the inlet/outlet valves.
INLET PORT
FUEL (FROM FUEL GALLERY)
OUTLET PORT
VALVE NEEDLE
FUEL (TO INLET/OUTLET VALVES)
SPRING
VALVE PISTON
NO CURRENT APPLIED
VALVE NEEDLE
VALVE PISTON
CURRENT APPLIED
SHTS021200600011
3. MPROP DUTY RATIO CONTROL

• The MPROP is controlled by a duty ratio of the control signal, and the duty ratio is set by the ECU.
• The duty ratio is a ratio of the close time to the time of one operating cycle of the MPROP under the OFF duty
control.
Duty ratio = t / T x 100 (%)
CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE

CONTROL HOUR
SIGNAL
OPEN OPEN
t
SHTS021200600012
OVERFLOW VALVE
1. STRUCTURE
• The overflow valve returns the fuel back to the fuel tank when a pressure of fuel delivered from a feed pump
exceeds a given value.
• The overflow valve consists of a valve body, a valve, a spring and a ball. The valve body has ports.
• The valve is pushed by a spring force and closes the ports.
2. OPERATION
• When the feed pump rpm increases and the feed pressure of fuel delivered from a feed pump exceeds a
spring force of the overflow valve, the valve will lift up and the fuel will return to the fuel tank through ports.
• When the feed pump rpm decreases and the feed pressure drops, the valve will be pushed up by a spring
force and close the ports.
This function stabilizes a pressure in the fuel gallery and ensures accurate fuel flow adjustment of a throttle
valve.
BALL
VALVE BODY
SPRING
PORT VALVE
TO FUEL TANK TO FUEL TANK
SHTS021200600013
FEED PUMP
• The feed pump built in the supply pump takes up the fuel from a fuel tank and deliver it to the MPROP.
1. STRUCTURE
• The external gear pump is installed as a feed pump and consists of a drive gear, a driving gear and a driven
gear.
• The inner gear is secured on the camshaft, and the drive gear engaged with the inner gear is linked to the
gear pump via the shaft.
• The drive gear rotation speed will be increased to approximately three times higher than the camshaft rotation
speed. Built-in components are a relief valve for protecting the fuel filter and a bypass valve required in
priming.
BYPASS VALVE
FUEL INTAKE FUEL DISCHARGE
FEED PUMP
RELIEF VALVE
SHTS021200600014
2. OPERATION
• When the camshaft rotates upon engine cranking or startup, the inner gear secured on the camshaft will also
revolve and increase the drive gear rotation speed to approximately 3 times higher than the camshaft rotation
speed.
At the same time, the gear pump linked to the drive gear via the shaft will activate, take in the fuel from a fuel
tank and supply the fuel to the MPROP via the fuel filter.
• An increase of the feed pump speed is set to approximately 3 times so as to ensure a sufficient fuel flow after
cranking.
INNER GEAR
SHAFT CAMSHAFT
GEAR PUMP
MAIN GEAR
FUEL (TO MPROP)
DRIVE GEAR
GEAR ROTATIVE
DRIVEN GEAR
DIRECTION
FUEL (FROM FUEL TANK)
FUEL FLOW
SHTS021200600015
ZERO-DELIVERY PIPE
• The zero-delivery pipe is installed in the location between a supply pump and a feed pump and links the
downstream of the MPROP (upstream of inlet/outlet valves) to the upstream of a feed pump on the fuel circuit.
One orifice is installed in the delivery pipe.
• The MPROP controls a rate of fuel flow into the plunger chamber via inlet/outlet valves (inlet flow control). It is
ideal to have zero fuel flow into the plunger chamber and no pressure-feed from the supply pump during no
injection in engine braking. However, a slight amount of fuel flows into the plunger chamber due to an intake
vacuum pressure in the downstroke of a plunger in real-world situations. This is prevented by utilizing an intake
vacuum pressure in the upstream of a feed pump to take the fuel back from the downstream of the MPROP
(upstream of inlet/outlet valves) and ensure no pressure-feed from the supply pump.
During pressure-feeding of fuel in other situations than engine braking, the installed orifice will prevent the fuel
from flowing beyond a given amount. The fuel will not flow back from a plunger because of an overwhelmingly
high feed rate from the feed pump.
SUPPLY PUMP
ZERO-DELIVERY PIPE
ORIFICE
ZERO-DELIVERY PIPE
OVERFLOW VALVE
TO INLET/OUTLET VALVES FEED PUMP
MPROP
FUEL FILTER PRIMING PUMP
SHTS021200600016
COMMON RAIL
• The common rail distributes the fuel of a high pressure produced by a supply pump, to each cylinder injector.
• The common rail pressure sensor mounted to the common rail detects a fuel pressure, and the engine ECU
performs the pressure feedback control to ensure consistency between an actual pressure value and a command
pressure value predetermined based on an engine speed and an engine load.
• The common rail is installed on the cylinder head and is equipped with a flow limiter, a pressure limiting valve and
a pressure sensor.
• The common rail has a common fuel channel, individual fuel inlet/outlet ports and mounting holes.
• A common fuel channel is a through-hole bored in the common rail and reserves the high-pressure fuel. The
pressure limiting valve is installed at the front end. The rear end is sealed by a screw plug.
SHTS021200600017
FLOW LIMITER
• The flow limiter consists of a body, a piston, a spring and a spacer.
• The flow limiter shuts off a fuel channel to prevent erratic fuel outflow if fuel leaks out from an injection pipe or
excessive fuel is injected from the injector assembly.
SPRING
PISTON
MAIN BODY
SHEET SIDE
SPACER BODY
SHTS021200600018
1. OPERATION
1. REGULAR OPERATION
• When injectors start activating, a piston will travel to right at an appropriate distance for one fuel injection.
In regular operations, a piston will not contact the seat.
• When fuel injection is finished, a piston will be returned to its initial position by a spring force.
SPRING
PISTON
FUEL
COMMON RAIL INJECTOR SIDE
SIDE
MAIN BODY SHEET SIDE
SHTS021200600019
2. ERRATIC EVENT
• If excessive fuel flows through a flow limiter, a piston will contact the seat to shut off the fuel flow and
prevent erratic fuel outflow.
• Once a piston contacts the seat, it will not return to its initial position until the engine stops and the fuel
pressure in the common rail drops.
PISTON SPRING
FUEL
SHEET (CLOSE)
SHTS021200600020
PRESSURE LIMITING VALVE

• The pressure limiting valve sends the fuel back to the fuel tank when a fuel pressure in the common rail exceeds
the specified pressure value.
• The pressure limiting valve consists of a body, a piston, a plate washer and a spring.
SPRING
PISTON
PLATE WASHER
BODY
SHTS021200600021
1. OPERATION
1. PRESSURE INCREASE (BEFORE VALVE OPENING)
• When a fuel pressure in the common rail stays at or below the specified pressure value, a piston will be
kept in contact with the seat by a spring force via the plate washer.
• A fuel pressure in the common rail will keep increasing because it is not yet at a valve opening pressure of
the pressure limiting valve.
SPRING
COMMON RAIL PRESSURE

PISTON
FUEL
(FROM
COMMON RAIL)
SHEET
PLATE WASHER BODY RATE OF RETURN FLOW
SHTS021200600022
2. PRESSURE INCREASE (IN VALVE OPENING)

• When a fuel pressure in the common rail reaches or exceeds the specified pressure value, a piston will
overcome a spring force and travel to right. The fuel in the common rail will be returned to the fuel tank
through the seat.
• A fuel pressure in the common rail will rapidly drop after the pressure limiting valve opens.
SPRING
PISTON
FUEL
(FROM
COMMON RAIL)
SHEET
PLATE WASHER BODY RATE OF RETURN FLOW
SHTS021200600023
INJECTOR
• The injector finely atomizes the high-pressure fuel distributed by the common rail and directly injects the atomized
fuel into the combustion chamber at an optimum timing and at an optimum injection flow.
• The injector assembly consists of a controller and an injector. A pressure is controlled within the control chamber
in the controller to govern the injection flow, injection timing and injection rate.
• The controller consists of a control chamber, a magnet, a valve spring, an armature plate, a valve ball, a valve
body, a valve piston, an A-orifice and a Z-orifice. A valve piston is installed between a controller and an injector.
• The injector consists of a nozzle body, a nozzle needle, a nozzle spring and a nozzle nut.
• The injector body is clamped. The O-ring is located in the insertion area to the cylinder head, in order to prevent
the engine oil from flowing into the injector bore in the cylinder head.
• New next-generation injectors are used to meet a higher pressure, and the nozzle specification is optimized. The
solenoid valve is sealed by means of a ceramic ball to ensure high sealing performance and durability.
• Higher accuracy of injection flow is achieved by shorter injection intervals, multiple injections (four injections) per
stroke and use of a high-responsive solenoid valve having a smaller void volume in the control chamber.
• Attached to an upper area is the data matrix code on which an injection flow offset was recorded for one single
injector. In vehicle assembly works in the production line, an offset recorded on the data matrix code for each
injector is read in and output to the engine ECU so as to electronically control and compensate a variance
between individual cylinders.
MAGNET
VALVE SPRING
ARMATURE PLATE
VALVE BALL
CONTROL CHAMBER
A-ORIFICE FUEL (FROM COMMON RAIL)
CONNECTOR
Z-ORIFICE
VALVE PISTION
CONTROLLER
FUEL (TO FUEL TANK)
NOZZLE SPRING
NOZZLE BODY
RETAINING NUT INJECTOR

NOZZLE NEEDLE
NOZZLE
SHTS021200600024
• The data matrix code and the injection flow offset code for service are indicated on the valve body.
DATA MATRIX CODE
INJECTION FLOW
OFFSET CODE
FOR SERVICE
SHTS021200600025
OPERATION OF INJECTOR
1. NO INJECTION
• When current is not applied to a magnet, the armature plate will be kept in its lowest position by a valve spring
and the ball seat will remain closed.
• A high fuel pressure will be applied to the control chamber via the Z-orifice. Similarly, a pressure is applied to
the nozzle needle.
• The nozzle seat will be closed by the nozzle needle pushed down by a set force of the nozzle spring and by a
difference in a pressure-applied area from the valve piston.
Under this condition, the fuel will not be injected.
NO CURRENT
APPLIED
VALVE SPRING MAGNET
ARMATURE PLATE
CONTROL CHAMBER BALL SHEET

FUEL (FROM COMMON RAIL)
VALVE PISTION
Z-ORIFICE
NOZZLE SPRING
NOZZLE NEEDLE
NOZZLE SEAT
SHTS021200600026
2. START OF INJECTION
• When current is applied to a magnet, an electromagnetic force will lift the armature plate in the upward
direction and open the ball seat.
• The high pressure fuel in the control chamber will flow out into the fuel tank through a ball seat and an A-
orifice. As a result, the high-pressure fuel on the nozzle needle side will overcome the set forces of a valve
piston and a nozzle spring and lift the nozzle needle. The fuel injection will start under this condition.
• When current is continuously applied, the injection rate will be maximum.
CURRENT
APPLIED
MAGNET
ARMATURE PLATE BALL SHEET (CLOSE)
A-ORIFICE
CONTROL CHAMBER
VALVE PISTION
NOZZLE SPRING
HIGH-PRESSURE FUEL
NOZZLE NEEDLE
SHTS021200600027
3. END OF INJECTION
• When current applied to a magnet is stopped, the ball seat will be closed by the armature plate pushed down
by a valve spring. The high-pressure fuel will flow into the control chamber through a Z-orifice and push down
a valve piston and a nozzle needle. Then, the fuel injection would be finished.
NO CURRENT
APPLIED
VALVE SPRING MAGNET
ARMATURE PLATE
BALL SHEET (CLOSE)

CONTROL CHAMBER
VALVE PISTION
Z-ORIFICE
NOZZLE NEEDLE
SHTS021200600028
ENGINE ECU
• The engine ECU installed on the left side of the engine processes the information transmitted from individual
sensors and switches and controls injectors, a supply pump, individual relays, solenoid valves and lights. The
engine ECU features various functions: i.e. self-diagnosis function (failure diagnosis function) to continuously
monitor the system operations; alarm function to warn a driver or a service engineer of failures if any; failsafe and
backup processing functions to continuously control to minimize impacts on the engine performance and service
life; failure memory hold function to store a history of failure events so as to facilitate the analysis and repair works
on nonreproducible failures. The injector drive circuit is also built in the engine ECU for multi-injection.
• The CAN communication is provided to harmonize the engine ECU controls with the vehicle control ECU and
other systems.
ENGINE ECU
SHTS021200600029
SHTS021200600030
SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM
ACCELERATOR SENSOR
(FOR OPERATION)
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

BATTERY
NEUTRAL SWITCH
CHASSIS
DIAGNOSIS SWITCH FUSE

FUSE FUSE
ACCELERATOR SENSOR
(MAIN AND SUB) EGR, VNT
KEY SWITCH
STARTER SWITCH
POWER RELAY
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
POWER TAKE-OFF
SWITCH
CHECK ENGINE
VEHICLE LIGHT (METER)
CONTROL ECU
CAB
INJECTOR 1
EGR ACTUATOR
CAN H INJECTOR 2
VNT ACTUATOR
CAN L
INJECTOR 3
MAIN ROTATION SENSOR
SUB ROTATION SENSOR
INJECTOR 4
FUEL TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
INJECTOR 5
COMMON RAIL
PRESSURE SENSOR
ENGINE ECU
AIR FLOW SENSOR INJECTOR 6
INTAKE AIR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR MPROP
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ENGINE RETARDER 1
EGR COOLER COOLANT MAGNETIC VALVE
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
ENGINE RETARDER 2
TURBOCHARGER
MAGNETIC VALVE
ROTATION SENSOR
ENGINE
SHTS021200600031
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL

• The engine ECU receives and processes the input signals from individual sensors and switches and controls
injectors, a supply pump, individual relays and solenoid valves.
SENSOR SYSTEM ACTUATOR SYSTEM

ACCELERATOR SENSOR INJECTORS
(INJECTION FLOW,
INJECTION TIMING CONTROL)
ENGINE SPEED
MAIN SENSOR SUPPLY PUMP (MPROP)
(COMMON RAIL PRESSURE
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL)
ENGINE ECU
SUB SENSOR
INDIVIDUAL RELAYS
COMMON RAIL AND SOLENOID VALVES
PRESSURE SENSOR
LIGHT DISPLAY
VARIOUS
SENSOR AND SWITCH FAILURE DIAGNOSIS
SHTS021200600032
INJECTION FLOW CONTROL

• This system features the multi-injection at a high pressure and the accurately controlled injection flow for each
cylinder by means of the engine ECU.
• Based on the signals of an engine speed and an accelerator opening, the injectors are controlled for optimum
injection flow. The final injection flow is calculated from the following injection flow control for each condition such
as engine stop/start.
INJECTION FLOW OFFSET CONTROL

• The offset to the datum maximum injection flow predetermined for each injector is measured and the measured
offset is recorded on the engine ECU as an injection offset data matrix code. The engine ECU uses this offset to
correct the datum maximum injection flow predetermined for each cylinder and minimizes a variance in maximum
injection flows.
INJECTION PRESSURE CONTROL (COMMON RAIL PRESSURE CONTROL)

• The common rail pressure is controlled for the injection pressure control.
• The common rail pressure is controlled by adjusting a discharge rate of the supply pump and performing the
pressure feedback control so that a reading taken by the common rail pressure sensor will be equal to a target
value calculated from engine speed and injection flow.
INJECTION TIMING CONTROL

• The injection timing is optimized by controlling the injectors based on the engine speed and injection flow.
1. MAIN INJECTION TIMING
• The main injection timing characteristics are selected based on the coolant temperature. The datum
injection timing is calculated based on the final injection flow and the engine speed among the selected
characteristics.
2. PRE-/AFTER-INJECTION TIMINGS
• To control the pre- and after-injection timings, the pre- and after-intervals are added to the main injection
timing.
• The pre- and after-intervals are calculated based on the final injection flow, engine speed and coolant
temperature.
INJECTION RATE CONTROL

• The injection rate profile is controlled by a specific injection method. One explosion stroke is comprised of first one
injection of a small amount of fuel (pre-injection), second injection (main injection) after firing, and third injection
(after-injection.)
• As for pre- and post-injection flows, a predetermined value is calculated based on the final injection flow and
engine speed.
FBC CONTROL (FUEL BALANCE CONTROL)

• The FBC control is designed to monitor its rotation sensor to detect a rotational fluctuation caused by a variance in
injection flow or combustion between cylinders and balance the injection flow between cylinders.
• This function contributes to reduction in rotational fluctuations.
FAILURE DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

• The engine ECU continuously monitors the systems and activates the check engine lights to give a warning of
detected failures.
kg /cm2
SHTS021200600033
IDLE SPEED CONTROL (I.S.C.)

• The idling speed is controlled by increasing/decreasing the injection flow in order to ensure consistency between
an actual speed and a target speed calculated based on the coolant temperature.
1. AUTO I.S.C.
• This function controls the idling speed based on the coolant temperature.
TARGET SPEED
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SHTS021200600034
2. MANUAL I.S.C.
• This function controls the idling speed based on the idling speed setting selected on the idle set knob in the
driver’s seat.
TARGET SPEED
IDLE SET KNOB TERMINAL VOLTAGE
SHTS021200600035
CAN COMMUNICATION
• The engine information obtained by the engine ECU is output to the CAN communication through which the
vehicle control ECU can obtain the information required to control each system.
• The CAN communication transmits the engine control commands to the engine ECU as required by the vehicle
control ECU to control each system.
VEHICLE CONTROL ECU

IDLE SPEED CONTROL (ISC) CAN ENGINE ECU
FUEL ADJUSTMENT
ECONOMY RUNNING FUEL INJECTION
CONTROL CONTROL
IDLE STOP CONTROL ENGINE RETARDER ENGINE RETARDER DRIVE

CONTROL
AUXILIARY BRAKE CONTROL
ADJUST ROTATION CONTROL
OTHER SYSTEM
SHTS021200600036
INDIVIDUAL SENSORS AND SWITCHES

• These devices are designed to detect the engine conditions and vehicle operations.
• The engine rotation sensors and the accelerator sensors are particularly important to systems. Two of these
sensors each are installed so that unexpected breakdown of one sensor will not affect driving operations. (Two
sensor circuits are built in one accelerator sensor assembly.)
ENGINE SPEED SENSORS

1. ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR
• This sensor consists of a permanent magnet, a coil and an iron core, and is installed in the fly wheel housing.
When the engine starts rotating, the signal holes located on the circumference of a fly wheel will intermit the
magnetic field made by a sensor magnet, which will generate AC voltage in the coil.
• The signal holes are located at every 6° in the fly wheel. There are no holes in two locations, thus a total of 58
signal holes are located on one circumference of a fly wheel. This means that two rotations will output 116
pulses.
• The engine speed and the crank angle at every 6° are detected from these signals.
SHTS021200600037
2. ENGINE SPEED SUB SENSOR

• This sensor installed on the supply pump converts the camshaft rotation speed into electrical signals. The
electrical signals are transmitted to the engine ECU as a cylinder identification signal and are used as a datum
in determining the injection timing, fuel injection flow and injection pressure.
• The sensor is integrated with a magnet, a pole and a coil.
• When a sensing gear installed on the supply pump camshaft rotates, the magnetic field of the auxiliary rotation
sensor will be changed by protrusions on the sensing gear.
A change in the magnetic field generates the voltage in the coil. This voltage change is detected as an
electrical signal.
The sensing gear has six protrusions at every 60° and one protrusion for identifying a cylinder.
POLE MAGNETIC FIELD
TO
ECU
ELECTRICAL
SIGNAL
SENSING GEAR
COIL MAGNET
SHTS021200600038
ACCELERATOR SENSOR
• This sensor is a hall effect IC sensor. The accelerator pedal travel is converted into an electrical signal and
transmitted to the engine ECU. The accelerator sensor is installed in the location behind the accelerator pedal
under the driver’s seat and is connected to an accelerator pedal via a link. There are two sensors in the
accelerator sensor assembly.
VCC1
HALL ELEMENT
(TWO) AMPLIFIER Vo1
No.1
0.047 F
GND1
0.1 F
0.047 F
COVER VCC2
AMPLIFIER Vo2
MAGNET No.2
(PAIR) GND2
0.047 F
SHTS021200600039
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

• The coolant temperature sensor is a thermistor temperature sensor and is installed in the thermostat case.
• A change in coolant temperature is converted into an ohmage change signal and transmitted to the engine ECU.
This signal is used to optimize the fuel injection control.
• The engine ECU applies the voltage to a thermistor and measures an ohmage change by detecting the voltage
divided into the engine ECU ohmage and the thermistor ohmage.
ENGINE ECU
+5V
VTHW
A-GND
SHTS021200600040
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

• The fuel temperature sensor is installed in the fuel pipe near the ECU cooler.
• A change in fuel temperature is transmitted to the engine ECU in the form of an ohmage change signal and is
used to optimize the fuel injection control.
COMMON RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

• The common rail pressure sensor detects a fuel pressure within the common rail and transmits it to the engine
ECU upon conversion into an electrical signal. This electrical signal is used for MPROP feedback control.
• The common rail pressure sensor consists of a metal diaphragm, a strain detector (piezo resistance), a signal
processing circuit and a housing.
• The strain detector has a bridge circuit of piezo resistance.
STRAIN DETECTOR
(PIEZO RESISTANCE) METAL DIAPHRAGM
HOUSING
SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUIT
SHTS021200600041
1. OPERATION
• When a fuel pressure within the common rail is applied to the metal diaphragm, the diaphragm will deform as
shown in the figure below.
• The piezo resistances are located in the center and on the periphery of the metal diaphragm respectively, in
order to apply a tensile force or a compressive force.
A difference in ohmage occurs depending on the direction of a force applied. This difference is converted into
a voltage value in the bridge circuit. A voltage value varies depending on the degree of a pressure (strain).
The common rail pressure sensor detects a voltage value as a pressure value.
METAL DIAPHRAGM
COMPRESSION
COMMON RAIL
TENSION
INSIDE PRESSURE
COMPRESSION
SHTS021200600042
2. BRIDGE CIRCUIT
• When the piezo resistance wiring is routed as shown in the figure below, the output voltage ĊV can be
calculated from the equation shown below.
ĊV = V/R x ĊR
This equation expresses that an output voltage is proportional to a change in ohmage.
V: applied voltage
R: ohmage when no deformation occurs
ĊR: ohmage change when deformation occurs
• According to the equation described above, an output voltage changes linearly in dependence upon a
pressure and an applied voltage.
COMPRESSION
TENSION
R- R
VOLTAGE (V)
R+ R
Ǎ8 V
TENSION
COMPRESSION R- R
R+ R 0
PRESSURE (MPa)
BRIDGE CIRCUIT VOLTAGE-PRESSURE DIAGRAM
SHTS021200600043
TURBOCHARGER ROTATION SENSOR

• This sensor is a pulse type rotation sensor installed to the turbocharger.

• This is a semiconductor sensor and converts a pressure change into an electrical signal.
• This sensor detects an intake pressure of the turbocharger. The detected reading is used to calculate the
maximum injection flow in the transition stage.
• A range is broadened to meet an increased intake pressure.
• Improvements in corrosion resistance and smudge resistance increased the reliability.
AIR FLOW SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

• An air flow sensor is integrated with an intake air temperature sensor.
• The air flow sensor is a hot-wire type sensor. When the wire is heated by current, this heat is absorbed into air
flowing in the intake pipe. The air flow is measured by measuring the degree of heat absorption.
EGR COOLER OUTLET COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

• This sensor monitors a coolant temperature at the outlet of the EGR cooler and detects EGR troubles if any.

• This sensor is installed on the speedometer driven gear of the transmission.
• The rotation speed of the speedometer driven gear is monitored to detect the vehicle speed.
SHTS021200600044
RELAYS AND INDICATORS

• A common rail actuator power relay is provided. As an indicator, there are various warning and indicator lights to
display the status of system operations.
RELAYS
1. COMMON RAIL ACTUATOR POWER RELAY
• This is a 'normal open' type relay. The point will be closed when current is applied to the coil. The relay
supplies the power source to the actuators such as cool EGR and variable nozzle turbocharger.
Color: black
äTóv
FUEL FILTER
SUMMARY
JP18Z01020301004
• Contaminated fuel will cause earlier damage or wear of and degrade the supply pump and injectors. The fuel must
be fully filtered.
• This up side down fuel filter provides serviceability that only an element can be replaced. This reduces fuel
dripping during element replacement works. The center bolting structure requires no special tools for replacement
works and features high serviceability. The symmetric geometry of an element eliminates an anxiety of top/bottom
orientation during assembly works.
• The upper body of a fuel filter has an air vent plug and the lower body has a water drain plug.
• This fuel filter has a water separator to separate water contained in fuel and prevent improper water flow into the
fuel system. When water trapped in the filter reaches a specified level, the water level sensor will activate and turn
on an indicator light to tell a driver to drain the water.
• The fuel filter element is an eco-filter made of paper and resin, not using any metal materials. After replacement,
an old element can be disposed as burnable garbage.
SHTS021200600045
äT óv
INJECTION PIPE
SUMMARY
JP18117020301006
• The injection pipe is a special solid-drawn steel pipe.

• All risks of damage and bend must be avoided during handling.
• The cylinder No. is stamped on the flare nut on the common rail side in order to prevent misassembly.
äT óv
PRESSURE-FEED PIPE
SUMMARY
JP18117020301007
• The pressure-feed pipe delivers the fuel charged by a supply pump, to the common rail.
äTóv
FUEL TANK
SUMMARY
JP18Z01020301007
• Some types of fuel tanks are available: i.e. 200 L {43.9 UK.gal, 52.8 US.gal} capacity and 400 L {87.9 UK.gal,
105.6 US.gal} capacity. The tank of whichever appropriate capacity is installed for intended applications of each
vehicle type.
STRUCTURE
JP18Z01020301008
TANK BODY
• The fuel tank consists of a tank body, a fuel tank cap, a fuel sender gauge, a drain plug and other parts.
• The inner surface of a tank body is rustproof. Water and/or smudges can be drained from a drain plug installed at
the bottom of a tank body.
• The fuel tank has a separator to increase the tank strength and minimize the fuel riffling.
FUEL PIPE
RETURN PIPE
TANK BODY
FUEL
SENDER GAUGE
FUEL TANK
SEPARATOR CAP
DRAIN PLUG
SHTS021200600047
CAP
• The standard fuel tank cap is a keyless cap. The keyed cap is also available as an option.
SHTS021200600048
REPROGRAMMING
SUMMARY
JP01D02120060301019001
• The data are stored in control software for the engine ECU and the vehicle control ECU in the production line.
• The injection flow offset must be arranged for each vehicle (engine) because each injector has unique specificity
in injection flow.
To meet this variation, the reprogramming system was employed in the control software writing process.
• In the reprogramming system, the engine ECU and the vehicle control ECU have unique data for each vehicle. At
the conventional parts level, it was difficult to make improvements in a variance in injection flow between injectors.
The reprogramming system reduces this variance.
• The engine identification data (injector flow offset data, engine manufacturing No., etc.), the vehicle data (vehicle
No. (chassis No.) and the option specification (exhaust brake, glow plug, etc.) are stored in the engine ECU.
• The vehicle identification data are stored in the vehicle control ECU, including a vehicle type (dumper, tractor, bus,
etc.), production No. (chassis No.) and final reduction gear ratio (differential gear ratio.)
• The data stored in the engine ECU and the vehicle control ECU respectively are unique to each vehicle. If parts
are replaced or optional parts are installed, these ECUs can be rewritten (updated) respectively. This significantly
reduces the number of parts of the ECU.
• Other functions include a user customization function that allows for addition of control functions as required to
meet customer's needs; a reprogramming function that allows for control software updating; and other functions.
These functions increase user's convenience.
PROCEDURES
JP01D02120060301019002
a. The control software is stored in the Server A.

b. The vehicle specification data is stored in the Server B.
c. Read a QR code of the injector in the engine assembly line.
d. Store the data described in the Steps a. to c. above into the engine ECU.
e. Store the data described in the Steps a. and b. into the vehicle control ECU.
CONTROL INJECTION
SERVER A SOFTWARE WRITE TOOL FLOW OFFSET QR CODE READER
CONTROL
SOFTWARE
SERVER B
PRODUCTION VEHICLE WRITING

CONTROL DATA SPECIFICATION
INFORMATION WRITING
STORE THE DATA IN ENGINE ECU

CONTROL SOFTWARE STORE THE DATA IN
INJECTION FLOW OFFSET VEHICLE VEHICLE CONTROL ECU
ENGINE ECU CONTROL CONTROL SOFTWARE
ECU VEHICLE SPECIFICATION
INFORMATION
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY OF ENGINE ECU

VEHICLE AND VEHICLE CONTROL ECU
CONTROL
ECU
ENGINE
ECU
SHTS021200600049
FUNCTION
JP01D02120060301019003
• The reprogramming system is a great aid in precisely meeting customer's needs and providing prompt services,
with its variety of functions: i.e. a user customization function that can set the idle speed and the upper limit of a
vehicle speed in line with customer's needs; a reprogramming function that allows distributors to rewrite or update
the data in the engine ECU and the vehicle control ECU; and a new type of failure diagnosis function using a
computer.
USER CUSTOMIZATION FUNCTION

• With the user customization function, user-customized data stored in the engine ECU and the vehicle control ECU
can be rewritten/updated as required by customer's needs, type of vehicle body build and driving conditions.
VEHICLE
CONTROL ECU
REPROGRAMMING
SYSTEM ENGINE
SERVICE INFORMATION Hino-Bowie ECU
SYSTEM
PASSWORD
SECURITY CHECK
UPDATING ENABLED
COMPUTER
UPDATING OF
USER-CUSTOMIZED
DATA, etc.
SHTS021200600050
REPROGRAMMING FUNCTION
• If the user customization function is used to update the data and/or upgrade the version of control software for
engine ECU or vehicle control ECU or if the engine ECU or vehicle control ECU is replaced because of
breakdown, the data must be rewritten (updated) into the engine ECU and/or vehicle control ECU.
The reprogramming function is designed to enable the necessary data to be rewritten (updated) by using a
computer.
SUMMARY OF REPROGRAMMING PROCEDURES

1. Data rewriting for control software version upgrade
a. Use a computer to access the reprogramming service information system through distributor's LAN and
download the control software.
b. Connect a computer to the engine ECU and the vehicle control ECU via the interface (Hino-Bowie.)
c. Use the reprogramming manager in the computer to update the data of the engine ECU and the vehicle
control ECU.
d. Use a computer to access the reprogramming service information system and correct the data stored in the
server (for a changed part No. of the control software.)
SERVER VEHICLE
CONTROL ECU
CONTROL
SOFTWARE
ENGINE
ECU
Hino-Bowie
REPROGRAMMING
SERVICE
INFORMATION SYSTEM
PASSWORD
SECURITY CHECK
DOWNLOAD
COMPUTER
UPDATE CONTROL SOFTWARE
REWRITE INJECTOR OFFSET DATA
REWRITE USER-CUSTOMIZED DATA
SHTS021200600051
2. Data updating in engine replacement

a. Use a computer to access the reprogramming service information system and download the engine data.
b. Connect a computer to the engine ECU via the interface (Hino-Bowie.)
c. Use a computer to send the data to the engine ECU and rewrite the control software.
d. Use a computer to access the reprogramming service information system and correct the data (engine No.
and old data) stored in the server.
ENGINE
ECU
Hino-Bowie
REPROGRAMMING
SERVICE
INFORMATION SYSTEM
CORRECT INJECTOR
FLOW OFFSET DATA
COMPUTER
UPDATE ENGINE NO.
AND INJECTOR FLOW
OFFSET DATA
UPDATE CONTROL
SOFTWARE
SHTS021200600052
3. Data updating in replacement of engine ECU and vehicle control ECU

a. Use a computer to access the reprogramming service information system (or connect a computer to the old
engine ECU and the old vehicle control ECU) and read the vehicle identification data, the engine
identification data and the user-customized data.
SERVER VEHICLE
CONTROL
CONTROL ECU
SOFTWARE
ENGINE
ECU
Hino-Bowie
OR
REPROGRAMMING
SERVICE
INFORMATION SYSTEM
COMPUTER
READ OUT READ DATA FROM
FROM PASSWORD ENGINE ECU
SERVER SECURITY CHECK AND VEHICLE CONTROL ECU:
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION DATA
COMPUTER ENGINE IDENTIFICATION DATA
USER-CUSTOMIZED DATA
DOWNLOAD:
ENGINE IDENTIFICATION DATA
SHTS021200600053
b. Use a computer to access the reprogramming service information system through distributor's LAN (if the
data are read from the old engine ECU and the old vehicle control ECU in the Step a. above), download the
control software.
REPROGRAMMING
SERVICE INFORMATION
SYSTEM
PASSWORD
SECURITY CHECK
COMPUTER
DOWNLOAD:
CONTROL SOFTWARE
SHTS021200600054
c. After downloading the data by using the reprogramming manager in the computer, rewrite the downloaded
data onto the engine ECU and the vehicle control ECU.
OLD ENGINE ECU
ENGINE VEHICLE OLD VEHICLE

Hino-Bowie ECU CONTROL ECU CONTROL ECU
REPLACE REPLACE
VEHICLE
CONTROL
ECU
NEW VEHICLE
CONTROL ECU
ENGINE
ECU
NEW ENGINE ECU

COMPUTER
REWRITE DATA ONTO NEW VEHICLE

CONTROL ECU:
CONTROL SOFTWARE
REWRITE DATA ONTO NEW ENGINE ECU:

CONTROL SOFTWARE
SHTS021200600055
FAILURE DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION (Hino-DX)

• A computer is used to diagnose failures if any.
• In addition to typical failure diagnosis, this new failure diagnosis function also covers the data monitor function and
the active test function.
COMPUTER FAILURE DIAGNOSIS

SOFTWARE
SERVICE SERVER
Hino-Bowie
SHTS021200600056
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
JP01D02120060301019004
ENGINE ECU
• The engine ECU controls the common rail fuel injection system and other engine-related systems, based on the
stored control software, vehicle identification data, engine identification data and user-customized data.
• The internal memory consists of the flash ROM and the EEPROM. The data are stored in either of these
memories depending on the data type.
• For detailed information on control of the engine ECU control, see the section "Engine ECU" under the "Structure"
in the "Fuel injection system" of "[A09C] Fuel System" in this chapter (Page 2-27.)
1. FLASH ROM
• The flash ROM has a capacity of 2 MB. The control software (program and data) is stored in the flash ROM.
• The flash ROM can accommodate 100,000 rewritings.
2. EEPROM
• The EEPROM has a capacity of 8 kB. The vehicle identification data and the engine identification data are
stored in the EEPROM.
• The EEPROM can accommodate 100,000 rewritings.
ENGINE ECU
FLASH ROM
(2 MB) (1) CONTROL SOFTWARE (PROGRAM AND DATA)
100,000 REWRITINGS
(2) VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION DATA

VEHICLE NO. (CHASSIS NO.)
EEPROM (8 kB) OPTION SPECIFICATION
PARTIAL UPDATING ENABLED (EXHAUST BRAKE, GLOW PLUG, etc.)
100,000 REWRITINGS
(3) ENGINE IDENTIFICATION DATA

INJECTOR FLOW OFFSET DATA (OF ALL CYLINDERS)
VEHICLE INFORMATION (ENGINE MANUFACTURING NO.)
SHTS021200600057
VEHICLE CONTROL ECU

• The vehicle control ECU controls the vehicle control related systems, based on the stored control software,
vehicle identification data and user-customized data.
• The internal memory consists of the flash ROM and the EEPROM. The data are stored in either of these
memories depending on the data type.
1. FLASH ROM
• The flash ROM has a capacity of 512 kB. The control software (program and data) is stored in the flash
ROM.
• The flash ROM can accommodate 100 rewritings.
2. EEPROM
• The EEPROM has a capacity of 8 kB. The vehicle identification data and the user-customized data are
stored in the EEPROM.
• The EEPROM can accommodate 100,000 rewritings.
VEHICLE CONTROL ECU
FLASH ROM (1) CONTROL SOFTWARE (PROGRAM AND DATA)

(512 kB)
100 REWRITINGS
(2) VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION DATA
VEHICLE TYPE (DUMPER, TRACTOR, BUS, ETC.)

VEHICLE NO. (CHASSIS NO.)
FINAL REDUCTION GEAR RATIO
EEPROM (8 kB)
(DIFFERENTIAL GEAR RATIO)
PARTIAL UPDATING ENABLED
OPTION SPECIFICATION
100,000 REWRITINGS
(EXHAUST BRAKE, GLOW PLUG, etc.)
(3) USER-CUSTOMIZED DATA

IDLE SPEED CONTROL
AIR CONDITIONER IDLE-UP SPEED CONTROL
UPPER VEHICLE SPEED LIMIT SETTING, etc.
SHTS021200600058
CONTROL SOFTWARE
1. ENGINE ECU
• The control software is provided for each specification: i.e. applicable laws and regulations (automobile
emission regulations, etc.), engine power and torque. Each control software has its part No.
• A computer is used to access the reprogramming service information system, download the software of an
applicable part No. from the control software server, and rewrite the control software. To access the system,
the authentication ID and password are required.
• The vehicle No. must be entered to download the control software.
2. VEHICLE CONTROL ECU
• A computer is used to access the reprogramming service information system, download the software of an
applicable part No. from the control software server, and rewrite the control software. To access the system,
the authentication ID and password are required.
• The vehicle No. must be entered to download the control software.

• The vehicle identification data contains the information on one specific vehicle: i.e. a vehicle type, specifications
and other information as listed below.
ENGINE ECU
a. Vehicle No. (chassis No.)
b. Option specification (exhaust brake, glow plug, etc.)
VEHICLE CONTROL ECU

a. Vehicle type (dumper, tractor or bus)
b. Vehicle No. (chassis No.)
c. Final reduction gear ratio (differential gear ratio)
d. Option specification (exhaust brake, glow plug, etc.)

• The engine specification code is read by the QR code reader, and the engine identification data is stored in the
engine ECU.
• The engine identification data consists of the following two types of data.
a. Injection flow offset data (of all cylinders)
b. Vehicle information (engine manufacturing No.)
• The user-customized data are written by using the user customization function and includes idle speed control, air
conditioner idle-up speed control, upper vehicle speed limit setting, etc.
COMPUTER
• This system uses a computer in rewriting/updating the data and in diagnosing failures.
EXEMPLUM: COMPUTER
SHTS021200600059
INTERFACE
• The Hino-Bowie must be selected as an interface when connecting a computer to the engine ECU and the vehicle
control ECU.
Hino-Bowie
SHTS021200600060
REPROGRAMMING SERVICE INFORMATION SYSTEM

• The reprogramming service information system within dealer's LAN prompts a password for security check. If a
proper password would not be entered, the access to the server will be denied.
REPROGRAMMING MANAGER
• This software is used to install to the computer. By using this software, could read and rewrite the data of the
engine ECU and the vehicle control ECU.
ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] EMISSION CONTROL 2–53
ࠛࡦࠫࡦ
3 [A09C] EMISSION CONTROL
COOL EGR
SUMMARY
JP18117020301015
• The cool EGR is comprised of the water-cooling multi-tubular EGR cooler build in the external pipe type EGR. The
coolant is used to cool the emission gas flowing back from the exhaust side to the intake side, and the high-
density emission gas is delivered to the intake side. This increases the efficiency of the EGR.
• The cool EGR consists of an EGR cooler that cools the emission gas; an EGR valve that adjusts the gas flow rate;
and a DC motor that electrically controls the EGR valve opening/closing operations.
2–54 ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] EMISSION CONTROL
STRUCTURE
JP18117020301016
EGR COOLER
• The EGR cooler has 63 tubes each within the coolant-filled tank, through which passing EGR gas is cooled. The
spiral shape was added to theses tubes to precisely balance the cooling efficiency and the reduction in
performance degradation. This improvement achieves the compliance with exhaust emission regulations and
increases the fuel efficiency.
• The EGR cooler body made of thermally-resistant, anti-corrosive stainless steel to ensure the reliability.
Especially, the tubes for gas passage are made of ultra low carbon stainless steel to ensure further reliability of
corrosion resistance.
SHTS021200700001
ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] EMISSION CONTROL 2–55
EGR VALVE
• The butterfly valve is used as an EGR valve in order to increase the EGR gas flow.
• To meet the US04 emission standards, the valve is driven by the DC motor and is under continuously variable
precise control.
• The DC motor is controlled by CAN communication signal from ECU.
• Besides the nitrocarburized stainless steel valve, the valve seat and the shaft are of stainless steel to ensure
corrosion resistance, abrasion resistance and reliability.
OPERATION OF EGR VALVE

• To improve the exhaust gas purification performance with the EGR, the engine ECU performs the feedback
control based on the EGR valve opening so that the intake oxygen concentration dependent on the EGR meets
the target value according to engine conditions (engine speed, boost pressure, each temperature, loading, intake
air flow.)
• To expand the EGR range, the EGR rate is controlled by the EGR valve opening through a command from the
engine ECU, based on the predetermined variable nozzle turbocharger opening.
SHTS021200700002
2–56 ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] INTAKE
ࠛࡦࠫࡦ
3 [A09C] INTAKE
INTAKE SYSTEM
SUMMARY
JP18117020301020
• The air is delivered from the air duct to the air cleaner for filtration. After an intake temperature is lowered at the
intercooler, the air is supplied to the engine.
• In compliance with the US04 emission standards, the air flow sensor is installed at the outlet of an air cleaner.
• The dust indicator is installed for clogging check and air cleaner cleanup timing check.
SHTS021200800001
ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] INTAKE 2–57
FUNCTION AND STRUCTURE

JP18117020301021
AIR CLEANER
• The center intake type air cleaner is used and consists of a case, an element and a cap.
• A dry and double type element that is excellent in collecting road dusts is the standard specification.
• The dust unloader valve is installed at the bottom of an air cleaner body and automatically scavenges dusts.
DUST UNLOADER ELEMENT

VALVE
CASE
CAP
ELEMENT
SHTS021200800006
2–58 ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] INTAKE
DUST INDICATOR
• The dust indicator is a device that indicates the clogging in an element and uses a vacuum pressure produced by
air intake of the engine to tell the necessity of cleanup/replacement of an element.
• The element must be cleaned or replaced when the dust indicator signal turns red and keeps lighting red even
after the push button at the end of the indicator is pressed for resetting.
PUSH BUTTON
INDICATOR SIGNAL
SHTS021200800003
AIR FLOW SENSOR

• The air flow sensor measures a volume of air supplied to the engine and transmits the measurement data to the
engine ECU for optimum engine combustion.
AIR FLOW
SENSOR
INTAKE PIPE
SHTS021200800004
ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] INTAKE 2–59
INTAKE PIPE
STRUCTURE
JP18Z01020301023
• The intake pipe is of aluminum alloy and has a return port for EGR gas.
• The optimum pipe port diameter increases the intake efficiency for high engine power output.
SHTS021200800005
2–60 ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] ENGINE MECHANICAL
ࠛࡦࠫࡦ
3 [A09C] ENGINE MECHANICAL
CYLINDER HEAD
STRUCTURE
JP18117020301024
COMBUSTION CHAMBER
• The direct injection system has a reentrant type combustion chamber. The injector nozzle is located in the piston
center. The quad valve system (two intake valves and two exhaust valves) and the special shape of an intake port
are incorporated in the structure to ensure good combustion, along with improvements in intake distribution and
intake efficiency.
CYLINDER
HEAD
VALVE
COMBUSTION
CHAMBER
PISTON
NOZZLE
SHTS021200900001
ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] ENGINE MECHANICAL 2–61
CYLINDER HEAD
• This crossflow cylinder head is characterized by alternately laid out two intake valves and two exhaust valves
made of special thermal-resistant alloy cast iron and is integrated with an intake manifold and a camshaft housing.
This type of cylinder head helps improving the reliability to the continuous high-speed, heavy-duty operations.
• The intake port has a unique structure as shown in the figure below and is designed to have optimum mixing swirl
within a cylinder for good combustion. The improved geometry of a port increases the performance.
• The exhaust port is so located that exhaust energy loss will be minimized for effective operations of a
turbocharger. The improved geometry of a port increases the performance.
• The intake and exhaust valve seats respectively have a sintered insert.
• Use of the wet type nozzle sleeve ensures sufficient durability. The cooling performance is increased by means of
a double cooling jet by using coolant used to cool the nozzle sleeve and the area between a head and a valve.
• The OHC structure involves various improvements: i.e. higher strength and weight saving of cylinder structure,
higher engine power output, longer service life and higher reliability.
SHTS021200900002
CAMSHAFT HOUSING
• The camshaft housing is integrated with the cylinder head.
• To accommodate the common rail fuel injection system, the boss for injector harness is integrated with the
camshaft housing.
SHTS021200900003
• The liquid gasket is applied to the area where a semicircle plug of the cylinder head is attached, in order to ensure
the sealing performance.
SEMICIRCLE PLUG
CAMSHAFT HOUSING
LIQUID GASKET
APPLICATION PART
SHTS021200900004
A2A65-A#%HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧝ᤨ㧝ಽ Äáôá öåòóéïîº
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET

• The cylinder head gasket has good sealing performance relevant to gas, coolant and oil.
SHTS021200900005
HEAD COVER
• The head cover is made of aluminum die-cast and is secured by five center bolts. The floating structure of the
head cover reduces noise in the vehicle.
• The breather is built in to increase the reliability.
SHTS021200900006
CYLINDER BLOCK
STRUCTURE
JP01D02120090301005001
CYLINDER BLOCK AND CYLINDER LINER

• The cylinder block is made of special cast iron and has a highly rigid dry liner structure. This structure increases
the rigidity of cylinder areas.
• Newly developed water jackets are incorporated in the semi-open deck structure. The water jackets located on the
top surface of the cylinder block cools the upper area of a cylinder block. The semi-open deck structure increases
the cooling efficiency in cylinders and liners, which results in lower oil consumption.
• The cooling jets are installed to each cylinder and cool the piston.
• The cylinder liner is made of special cast iron having high tensile strength. A reasonable clearance gives a good
assembled condition between the cylinder liner and the cylinder block, and the surface treatment on the inner and
outer peripheries of the cylinder liner yields a good fit with the piston ring and cylinder block.
PISTON
CYLINDER LINER
CYLINDER BLOCK
COOLING JET
SHTS021200900007
SEMI-OPEN DECK STRUCTURE
WATER JACKET
SHTS021200900008
PISTON, PISTON PIN AND PISTON RING
STRUCTURE
JP01D02120090301010001
PISTON AND PISTON PIN

• The piston is made of thermal-resistant special cast iron and has high durability for increased engine power
output. The reentrant type combustion chamber characterized by its high combustion efficiency leads to good
combustion and high fuel efficiency.
• The outer periphery of a piston has geometry of special barrel form in respect to material. A gap between the
piston and the liner was reduced to lower a piston slap.
• The piston is kept at an appropriate temperature by the piston cooling jet that directly cools inside the cooling
channel. Modification to the cooling channel enhances a cooling effect.
• The floating type piston pin is made of case-hardened steel. This piston pin is allowed to insert into a piston at an
ambient temperature.
• The optimized piston pin diameter meets the increased engine power output.
SHTS021200900009
CONTROL FOR TOP CLEARANCE

• An important key to ensuring the performance (e.g. engine power output) is reduction of a variance in clearance
between the top face of a piston and the bottom face of a head at the top dead center of a piston. Particularly, the
dimensional accuracy of components/parts listed below is subject to critical control.
Piston From piston pin bore center to piston top face

Connecting rod From bore center at the large end to bore center at small end
Crankshaft From journal center to pin center
Main bearing Bearing thickness

Connecting rod bearing Bearing thickness
Cylinder head gasket Seat thickness
PISTON RING
• Use of the nitrided steel piston ring increases the wear resistance.
• The PVD coating applied to the top ring dramatically increases the wear resistance, which results in reductions of
oil consumption and blowby gas.
• An improvement in cross-sectional profile of a ring emphasizes optimization of oil consumption, reduction of
abrasive loss and prevention against gas leakage or scuffing (galling).
* PVD stands for physical vapor deposit.
PVD COATING
ÔÏÐ ÒÉÎÇ
NITRIDE LAYER
ÓÅÃÏÎÄ ÒÉÎÇ
NITRIDE LAYER
NITRIDE LAYER
ÏÉÌ ÒÉÎÇ
NITRIDE LAYER
ã@î\äTóv
CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT
STRUCTURE
JP01D02120090301004001
CONNECTING ROD
• The connecting rod is a carbon-steel forged rod. A large end of the connecting rod has a horizontal split, which is
advantageous in rigidity. The roll bushing press-fit into a small end has an oil hole in the center.
• The mating surface of the connecting rod uses a knock pin to increase the positioning accuracy and meet the
increased engine power output. In contrast to a conventional fastening method using bolts and nuts, this directly
female-threaded connecting rod eliminates use of nuts and increases the assemblability.
• The connecting rod is bolted by means of the plastic region bolting method.
SHTS021200900013
• The plastic region bolting method is a technique of tightening bolts in the plastic region where an axial force is
small relevant to bolt elongation as shown in the figure below, and is characterized by:
Stable axial force: The axial force is stabile because of a smaller variance in axial force in
comparison with the elastic-region bolting method.
Higher axial force
Limited reusability: The plastic elongation is incremental in every reuse, thus the reusability is limited.
YIELD POINT
ELASTIC REGION PLASTIC REGION
BOLT AXIAL FORCE
SMALL
VARIANCE
LARGE
FRACTURE
VARIANCE
BOLT ELONGATION
CHARACTERISTICS OF BOLT IN PLASTIC REGION

SHTS021200900014
• The plastic region bolting method is used to connecting rod bolts, head bolts, main bearing cap bolts and
camshaft gear mounting bolts.
CRANKSHAFT
• The crankshaft is precisely forged from special steel. The crankshaft pins and the journals are high-frequency-
hardened to ensure sufficient rigidity and wear resistance.
• The crankshaft is mounted to the cylinder block by seven main bearings via bearing caps. Two thrust bearings are
attached to the block side and to the cap side of the 6th journal respectively.
• A larger journal diameter improves durability and reliability to meet the increased engine power output.
CRANKSHAFT
MAIN BEARING
THRUST BEARING
SHTS021200900015
VALVE SYSTEM
STRUCTURE
JP18117020301025
VALVE SYSTEM
• The overhead camshaft type valve system reduces the weight of valve train mechanism and increases the rigidity.
• The camshaft is installed on the cylinder head. Rotations of the crankshaft gear are transmitted to a camshaft gear
via timing gear to drive a camshaft.
• The valve is opened or closed via roller rocker arm.
CAMSHAFT
• The assembled type of camshaft is installed. Cam pieces and journal pieces are inserted into a hollow carbon
steel pipe. The sintering-diffusion bonding method is used for cam pieces and first to sixth journal pieces, and the
copper soldering method is used for seventh journal.
• The special profile of a cam is expected to achieve noiseless operations and increase the intake efficiency.
• Optimum valve lift and increased intake air improve the combustion efficiency.
SHTS021200900016
ROCKER ARM
• The rocker arms for exhaust system and engine retarder are respectively made of special steel. The roll bushings
are press-fit in the area exposed to sliding motions of a shaft. All rocker arms installed are of roller type (roller
rocker arm) to increase the fuel efficiency and reliability.
• The rocker arm for engine retarder is lifted by a spring force. This prevents fluttering when the engine retarder is
inactive.
• The adjusting screw made of special steel is precisely threaded and ensures accurate adjustment of a valve
clearance.
• An appropriate amount of lubricant is supplied through properly preset oil grooves and hole clearances in the
rocker arm bushings. This lubrication increases the wear resistance of a contact surface of the crosshead
camshaft valve, etc.
SHTS021200900017
ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY

• The rocker arm assembly consists of a rocker arm shaft and rocker arms, rocker arm supports and collars.
• The rocker arm dedicated for engine retarder is installed for each cylinder position.
ROCKER ARM (INTAKE)

ROCKER ARM ROCKER ARM (ENGINE RETARDER)
SUPPORTS ROCKER ARM (EXHAUST)
ROCKER ARM SUPPORTS
(EXAMPLE) 6-CYLINDER RETARDER

SHTS021200900018
CROSSHEAD
• The intake crosshead is made of special steel. A whole periphery is carburized and quenched to increase the
wear resistance.
• The exhaust crosshead is made of special steel. The contact surfaces with a rocker arm and a valve are high-
frequency-hardened to increase the wear resistance. The exhaust crosshead moves along a guide pin. Adjusting
screws are installed on the valve side to adjust a variance in height between two valves.
ROCKER ARM
(EXHAUST)
ROCKER ARM
(ENGINE RETARDER) ADJUSTING SCREWS
ROCKER ARM
(INTAKE)
CROSSHEAD
ADJUSTING SCREW (EXHAUST)
PUSH ROD
CROSSHEAD
(INTAKE) CYLINDER HEAD
VALVE SPRING
(INNER)
VALVE SPRING
(OUTER)
VALVES
SHTS021200900019
VALVE AND VALVE SPRING

• The shape and material differ between the intake valve and the exhaust valve.
• The top end of the valve guide has stem seal to prevent oil leakage into a combustion chamber via valve guide.
• The constant-pitch springs are used as an outer and an inner valve springs. Both intake and exhaust valves use
the same spring.
ENGINE RETARDER
SUMMARY
JP18118020301030
• The engine retarder is a device designed to increase an engine braking force.

• The engine retarder opens the exhaust valve in proximity to the top dead center of combustion to release
compressed air and decrease a pressure within the cylinder. As a result, the energy for lowering a piston is
decreased in the next expansion stroke, which increases an engine braking force.
• This device is located on the top of the valve mechanism in the engine unit as shown in the figure below. The
engine retarder is hydraulically operated by oil pressure of the lubrication system in the engine unit.
• One unit of engine retarder handles three cylinders. Two variations are available: i.e. 3-cylinder retardation type
having only one unit; and 6-cylinder retardation type having two units.
ENGINE RETARDER (FRONT) ENGINE RETARDER (REAR)
FOR INTAKE
FOR ENGINE RETARDER
FOR EXHAUST
FOR INTAKE ROCKER ARM

FOR ENGINE RETARDER
FOR EXHAUST
CAMSHAFT
CYLINDER HEAD
SHTS021200900020
STRUCTURE
JP18118020301031
• The engine retarder consists of a retarder unit installed on the top of the valve mechanism in the head cover,
cams for engine retarder on the camshaft, and the engine ECU that control the aforesaid components.
• The retarder unit consists of a solenoid valve that turns the engine oil pressure on and off; a control valve that
opens and closes the oil circuit; a master piston that pushes a piston by means of cam operations; and a slave
piston that hydraulically pushes the exhaust valve.
SHTS021200900021
OPERATION
JP18118020302002
• An electrical signal from the engine ECU opens the solenoid valve on the engine retarder side.
• An oil pressure from the engine pushes a control valve and a check valve inside the control valve to supply engine
oil to the oil channel A between a master piston and a slave piston.
• The master piston is usually kept in its upward position by spring force. A pressure of engine oil supply pushes a
master piston until the brake rocker arm contacts the brake cam.
• In proximity to the top dead center of combustion, the master piston is lifted by a brake cam via the brake rocker
arm and sends oil back in the oil channel A.
• When a pressure in the check valve inside the control valve on the oil channel A side is higher than the oil channel
B side (engine oil pressure), the check valve will close the oil channel and produce an oil pressure.
• An increase of this oil pressure pushes down a slave piston to open the exhaust valve.
• When the exhaust valve is opened, compressed air will be released and a force will no longer push the piston. A
braking force gained in the compression stroke can be effectively utilized without any losses.
CROSSHEAD
FLOW OF OIL
SHTS021200900027
GEAR TRAIN
SUMMARY
JP18Z01020301030
• The timing gear case is located between the rear end of a cylinder block and the flywheel housing. Laying out the
timing gear case in the rearward location exposed to less torsional vibration increases the service life and reduces
the gear rattling noise in sync with a helical gear of the timing gear.
• The injection pump drive gear is laid out at the front end of a cylinder block.
• The PTO (power take-off) is installed in the form that the main idle gear No.2 will engage with the PTO drive gear.
The engine length remains unchanged after installation of the PTO. The PTO is oiled from external piping in order
to increase the reliability.
• The PTO output shaft rotates counterclockwise as viewed from the rear side of the engine. The ratio of a rotational
speed of the PTO output shaft to an engine speed is 1 to 1.
SHTS021200900023
SHTS021200900024
FLYWHEEL AND FLYWHEEL HOUSING
STRUCTURE
JP18117020301027
FLYWHEEL
• The flywheel is designed to transmit mechanical power from the crankshaft to the clutch and average out a
rotational force varied by combustion in every two rotations of the crankshaft.
• When a rotational force of the crankshaft is increased by the combustion stroke, the flywheel will absorb such
energy. When a rational force of the crankshaft is decreased by the strokes other than combustion stroke, inertia
energy of the flywheel will keep the rotations and minimize a fluctuation in rotational speed of the crankshaft to
maintain smooth rotations.
• The flywheel installed is made of alloy cast iron.
• To meet the common rail fuel injection system, fifty eight pulsar holes (diameter: 7 mm {0.27 in.}) for engine
rotation sensor are located on the outer circumference of the flywheel.
SHTS021200900025
FLYWHEEL HOUSING
• The flywheel housing is installed at the rear end of a cylinder block.
• The flywheel housing is made of aluminum die-cast and is used both as a flywheel housing and as a timing gear
case. This reduces an overall engine length.
SHTS021200900026
2–80 ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] EXHAUST SYSTEM
ࠛࡦࠫࡦ
3 [A09C] EXHAUST SYSTEM
EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER
SUMMARY
JP18117020301028
• The exhaust system consists of an exhaust pipe, a muffler and a tail pipe.
SHTS021201000001
ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] EXHAUST SYSTEM 2–81
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
STRUCTURE
JP18117020301029
• The split type exhaust manifold has high durability as it is made of cast iron containing special compositions.
• The stainless steel gasket (steel plate) is attached to the flange surface to increase the gas sealing performance.
• The emission gas outlet port is formed for the EGR.
SHTS021201000003
2–82 ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] COOLING SYSTEM
ࠛࡦࠫࡦ
3 [A09C] COOLING SYSTEM
COOLING SYSTEM
SPECIFICATION
JP18117020201004
Cooling method Water cooling; force-feed circulation of coolant pump
Coolant pump Centrifugal; belt drive

Wax type; bottom bypass type;
Thermostat
valve opening temperature at 82°C {180°F}
Cooling fan Resin; with fan clutch
Total coolant volume 30.0 L {6.60 UK.gal, 7.93 US.gal}

ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] COOLING SYSTEM 2–83
SUMMARY
JP18Z01020301038
• The engine is cooled by water cooling. The coolant pump force-feeds and circulates the coolant.
• The coolant cooled by the cooling fan in the radiator core flows into the coolant pump via a hose from the bottom
of the radiator.
• The coolant discharged from the coolant pump flows into the oil cooler, cools each cylinder liner in the form of heat
exchange and then flows up to the cylinder head.
• Some portion of coolant is delivered to a new EGR cooler, then cools the EGR gas and flows back to the
thermostat case.
• In the cylinder head, the coolant flows through a water channel in the cylinder head, then goes through a
thermostat and flows back to the radiator, after cooling the ports and between the valves.
• The abovementioned process is seen when a coolant temperature reaches is the thermostat valve opening
temperature of 82°C {180°F} or higher. When a coolant temperature is below 82°C {180°F} and the thermostat
valve is in its closed position (for example, immediately after engine startup), the coolant will bypass the radiator
and will be directly delivered to the coolant pump and circulated within the engine. This prevents overcooling of
the engine.
PRESSURE CAP
RADIATOR AIR ESCAPE HEADER TANK
ENGINE COOLING EGR COOLING SYSTEM

SYSTEM AIR ESCAPE AIR ESCAPE
COOLANT TEMPERATURE EGR

COOLER
GAUGE
THERMOSTAT CYLINDER
CASE HEAD
TURBOCHARGER
RADIATOR
BYPASS
CYLINDER
CIRCUIT AIR BLOCK
COMPRESSOR
COOLANT OIL
PUMP COOLER
DRAIN COCK
DRAIN COCK
㧦THERMOSTAT CLOSE
㧦THERMOSTAT OPEN
㧦AIR ESCAPE
SHTS021201100001
STRUCTURE
JP18117020301032
COOLANT PUMP
• The coolant pump is installed at the front end of the cylinder block and is driven by the V-ribbed belt.
• The coolant leakage from the coolant pump is sealed off by the coolant seals mounted to the case and vanes. The
coolant leakage is prevented by watertight contacts with the ceramic plate on the vane side and with the special
carbon plate on the case side.
SHTS021201100002
THERMOSTAT
• The wax type thermostat is installed. The special wax is enclosed in the pellet. When a coolant temperature
reaches 82°C {180°F}, the wax in the pellet will start liquefying and expanding and the thermostat will open. The
thermostat will be fully opened at a coolant temperature of 95°C {203°F}.
• After the thermostat is opened, a water channel from the radiator will be opened and the coolant will flow into the
radiator for cooling.
• When a coolant temperature is below 82°C {180°F}, the coolant will flow through the bypassed circuit to the
engine side (coolant pump.)
• The bottom bypass system is employed to increase the cooling performance. In addition, a jiggle valve is installed
to have good warm-up characteristic.
SHTS021201100003
COOLING FAN
• The 8-vane nylon fan (glass-fibered nylon) is installed at the end of the crankshaft via a fan clutch.
SHTS021201100004
RADIATOR UNIT
• The pressure type radiator unit is installed and consists of a corrugated fin type radiator core, an upper tank and a
lower tank.
• The upper tank and the lower tank are made of resin and are clinched to the core plate via O-ring.
• When the radiator coolant decreases, the coolant will be automatically refilled from a header tank.
UPPER TANK
RADIATOR
INTERCOOLER
FAN SHROUD
DRAIN COCK LOWER TANK
SHTS021201100010
DRAIN COCK
• The drain cocks are installed to the lower tank and the engine unit.
HEADER TANK
• Header tank is installed on the upper part of rear arch, located at RH side of vehicle. Radiator caps with different
types of injection-valve opening pressure, one at the upper part of header tank and another one at the filler of
feeding coolant, are installed. And by securing expanded space in header tank due to a difference in injection-
valve opening pressure, overflow of coolant into other part than the system can be prevented in structure wise.
SHTS021201100008
RADIATOR CAP
• The structure is that, due to installation of radiator caps which are different in injection-valve opening pressure and
securing an expanded space in header tank with a difference in injection-valve opening pressure when feeding
coolant, overflow of coolant can be prevented.
• In these radiator caps, pressure valve and vacuum valve are built-in respectively.
1. PRESSURE VALVE
• Pressure valve, by increasing pressure in cooling device [Atmospheric pressure +50 kPa {0.5 kgf/cm2, 7.2
lbf/in.2}], will raise boiling point of coolant [106°C {223°F}: in case of water, 117°C {243°F}: in case of LLC
30%, 121°C {250°F}: in case of LLC 50%] and will work to increase an efficiency and capacity of cooling
system.
• Pressure valve of radiator cap (for feeding coolant) will serve as a cap of feeding coolant and lever type
pressure releasing mechanical contrivance is installed to prevent from hot water spout when removing the
cap.
2. VACUUM VALVE
• Vacuum valve is built-in pressure valve and will work when inner pressure which became once high
pressure becomes lower than ambient pressure due to temperature drop and will prevent air bubble from
being generated by a drop of atmospheric pressure and also, from deterioration of cooling efficiency.
• It shall be used under pressure condition by turning fully radiator cap clock-wise.
• Radiator cap (for preventing the overflow) will not be necessary to be removed and be sealed to prevent from
mistaking to feed coolant with a wire.
A
PRESSURE SPRING
PEN U
TO SU
O
N
AL
DO
LY
ㅢᏱ
޿
ߐ
ߪ
޽ ਅ
ߌߥ޿ߢ
VACUUM SPRING
PRESSURE VALVE VIEW A
VACUUM VALVE
RADIATOR CAP (FOR PREVENTING FROM OVERFLOW)
B
LEVER
PRESSURE SPRING
VACUUM SPRING
PRESSURE VALVE VIEW B
VACUUM VALVE
REGULATOR CAP (FOR FEEDING WATER)
SHTS021201100006
COOLANT LEVEL WARNING

• If a coolant level decreases to below the specified level during driving, the coolant level switch mounted to the
header tank will trigger a buzzer to warn a driver of a decrease in the coolant level.
SHTS021201100009
2–90 ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] LUBRICATION SYSTEM
ࠛࡦࠫࡦ
3 [A09C] LUBRICATION SYSTEM
̈́റᴥॴᑤᴦ
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
SPECIFICATION
ÊÐ±¸±±·°²°²°±°°µ
Lubricating method Pressure-feed of gear pump

Oil filter Full-flow paper filter and bypass paper filter
Lubricant volume (L {UK.gal, US.gal}) Approximately 27.0 {5.94, 7.13} for oil pan; 1.7 {0.37, 0.45} for oil filter
Lubricant cooler Multiplate water cooling

ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] LUBRICATION SYSTEM 2–91
ൡᑤˁͽӦˁ଩ͽ
SUMMARY
ÊÐ±¸±±·°²°³°±°³¸
• The oil in the oil pan is taken up through the strainer by the oil pump installed at the rear end of the cylinder block.
Next, the oil goes through the oil cooler and undergoes heat exchange with coolant. Then, the oil is delivered to
the main oil hole in the cylinder block after being filtered by the oil filer.
• After reaching the main oil hole, the oil will be delivered to and lubricate the crankshaft journal, camshaft and
rocker arm shaft.
• After the oil lubricates each journal (main bearing) on the crankshaft, it will go through the oil hole in the crankshaft
and reach the pin, then lubricate the large end of the connecting rod.
• In the meanwhile, some portion of the oil in each journal on the crankshaft reaches the sub oil hole and cools the
piston from the piston cooling jet installed for each cylinder.
• The oil will branch off from the middle of an oil channel for the sub oil hole and lubricate the air compressor and
the supply pump drive gear.
• The oil delivered to the rocker arm shaft will go through the oil hole in the rocker arm shaft and reach and lubricate
each rocker arm bushing. The oil will be delivered from each rocker arm oil hole to the valves, rollers and roller
pins and lubricate them.
• Some portion of oil delivered to the rocker arm shaft is utilized as hydraulic fluid for engine retarder and as
lubricant for each journal on the camshaft.
• Each idle gear will be lubricated by the oil delivered from the main oil hole or sub oil hole.
• For adjusting an oil pressure in each area, the regulator valve will keep the maximum standard pressure at 530 ±
40 kPa {5.4 ± 0.4 kgf/cm2, 76.9 ± 5.8 lbf/in.2} If a pressure is high at a low temperature, the safety valve installed
in the oil pump will start sending the oil back to the oil pan (valve opening pressure = 1,646 kPa {16.8 kgf/cm 2,
238.7 lbf/in.2}).
• If the oil cooler and the oil filter are clogged, the safety valve installed in the middle will prevent insufficiency in
oiling (valve opening pressure on the oil cooler side = 392 ± 39 kPa {4.0 ± 0.4 kgf/cm2, 56.9 ± 5.6 lbf/in.2}); valve
opening pressure on the oil filter side = 230 ± 29 kPa {2.3 ± 0.3 kgf/cm2, 33.3 ± 4.2 lbf/in.2}).
• The pressure is taken by the oil pressure switch in the secondary side of the oil filter.
• Each piston cooling jet has a check valve (jet pressure = 176 kPa {1.8 kgf/cm2, 25.5 lbf/in.2}).
ʁʃʐʪَ
ጕፋˁഫ਽ˁᥓᏚَ
A2A65-A#%HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧞᦬㧝ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧞ᤨ㧡㧞ಽ Äáôá öåòóéïîº
SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

ÊÐ±¸Ú°±°²°³°±°´±
ENGINE RETARDER
3-CYLINDER RETARDATION TYPE 6-CYLINDER RETARDATION TYPE A
A A
A CROSSHEAD
ROLLER
PLUG A ENGINE ENGINE
ENGINE RETARDER RETARDER RETARDER ROCKER ARM
(No.5) (No.2) (No.5) (IN, EX) ALL
CAM JOURNAL
(No.1 - No.7)
ROCKER ARM SHAFT ROCKER ARM SHAFT
A CAM IDLE
A
A A
COOLING JET
A (No.1 - No.6 CYLINDER) AIR COMPRESSOR IDLE MAIN IDLE
A A SUPPLY PUMP CHECK VALVE

147-205 {1.5-2.1, 21-29} A
SUPPLY IDLE SUPPLY IDLE
AIR COMPRESSOR
SUB HOLE
A
1J 2J 3J 5J 6J
CONNECTING ROD A CAM IDLE HEAD
BUSHING
CONNECTING METAL
A CAM IDLE BLOCK
(No.1 - No.6 CYLINDER)
MAIN HOLE
A A
REGULATOR VALVE
OIL PUMP IDLE
490-570 {5.0-5.8, 71-82} TURBOCHARGER
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH A
A
ORIFICE
1.2 mm
{ 0.0472 in.}
OIL FILTER
A : TO OIL PAN
BY-PASS FULL FLOW SAFETY VALVE
OIL FILTER OIL FILTER 201-259 {2.0-2.6, 30-37} Unit: kPa {kgf/cm2, lbf/in.2}
OIL COOLER
SAFETY VALVE
OIL COOLER
353-431 {3.6-4.4, 51-62}
OIL PUMP OIL COOLER

AND FILTER
OIL PUMP
SAFETY VALVE
1,646 {16.8, 238}
OIL PAN
OIL STRAINER A
SHTS021201200001
ൡᑤകᛵ
STRUCTURE
ÊÐ±¸±±·°²°³°±°³¹
OIL COOLER
• The oil cooler is of multiplate water-cooling type and is integrated with an oil filter. The oil cooler is designed to
keep the oil supplied to each engine component at a proper temperature.
• The oil supplied from the oil pump goes through the inner side of the oil cooler, and the coolant cooled by the
radiator goes through the outer side of the oil cooler. The oil cooler is designed to keep the oil at a proper
temperature, to cool the oil when an oil temperature is high, and to warm the oil when an oil temperature is low.
• The safety valve is installed to bypass the oil cooler and deliver the oil supply directly to the oil filter. This prevents
excessive pressure rise of the oil supplied from the oil pump if an oil temperature is low and the oil cooler passage
resistance is high.
• The optimum number of rows of the oil cooler element increases the cooling efficiency and reduces the oil
consumption.
SHTS021201200002
OIL FILTER
• As an oil filter, both a full-flow (paper filter) oil filter and a bypass (paper filter) oil filter are used.
• Some of oil flowing into the full-flow oil filter is filtered by the bypass oil filter and flows back to the oil pan.
SHTS021201200003
OIL PUMP
• The geared pump is installed as an oil pump. The oil pump is built in the rear wall of the cylinder block and is
driven by the sub idle gear.
SHTS021201200004
OIL LEVEL GAUGE

• The coil type oil level gauge is used so that a gauge can be attached/detached easily.
OIL LEVEL GAUGE
SHTS021201200005
2–96 ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEM
ࠛࡦࠫࡦ
3 [A09C] STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEM
STARTER
ã@äBånédól
SPECIFICATION
JP18117020201006
Power output 24V-6.0kW
Type of transfer Magnetic pinion shift type

Pinion/ring gear number of teeth 11 teeth/137 teeth
Pinion travel 19.2 mm {0.76 in.}
SUMMARY
JP18117020301041
• The specification of 24 V, negative earth is standard for engine-related electrical systems.

• The 24 V- 6.0 kW, magnetic pinion shift type starter is installed and integrated with the main switch.
• This starter consists of a motor, a reduction gear, a pinion clutch and a start magnet, and is used in combination
with a starter relay (accessory).
• The motor is a quadrupole, short-time rated, series-wound motor of high speed type. The armature is supported
by individual bearings of a gear housing and a commutator end frame. The needle bearing is used as a front
bearing and the metal bearing as a rear bearing. Four metal graphite brushes are installed and crimped to the
commutator by the brush spring.
• The planetary gear is used as a reduction gear. The armature rotations are reduced to approximately one fifth via
the planetary gear and transmitted to the pinion gear.
• The pinion clutch is designed to transmit motor rotations to the engine and prevent the engine power from being
transmitted to the motor (armature) during startup. The roller clutch is used as a pinion clutch.
• The pinion gear is separated from the clutch. The pinion gear is connected to the inner sleeve in the straight spline
and is secured by a retainer ring.
• The start magnetic switch opens and closes a main contact point. Engagement and disengagement between a
pinion gear and a ring gear are performed via the lever.
• Integration of a moving contact point and a plunger increases the durability. Bolting of the resin cover increases
the bonding strength between a cover and a yoke.
• To prevent abraded particles from a clutch from intruding into bearings, the dust seal is installed at the end of the
start drive housing (pinion case).
• Introduction of a planetary one-axle starter contributes to downsizing.
ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEM 2–97
SHTS021201500001
ALTERNATOR
SPECIFICATION
JP18117020201007S
✩: OPTION
Rated voltage 24V
Alternator Rated output 60A 90A✩
Power generation Three-phase, AC, self-rectifier
Type IC regulator
Regulator 28.5 ± 0.5 V
Adjusting voltage
(light duty at ambient temperature)
SUMMARY
JP18117020301042
• The 24 V, above the negative earth, is standard for engine-related electrical systems.
• The brushless AC alternator is installed and is driven by a belt at a speed of approximately two times higher than
the engine speed. The alternator consists of a stator coil, a field coil, a rotor assembly, a rectifier, a rectifier end
frame and a drive end frame.
• The rotor assembly is press-fit into the shaft and is supported by the ball bearing on the drive end frame side and
by the roller bearing on the rectifier end frame side. This rotor assembly rotates between a field coil (excitation
coil) and a stator coil (power generation coil) to induce a change to the magnetic field and generate AC voltage in
the stator coil. The diode is used for rectification to obtain the direct current.
• The IC regulator is built in the alternator for weight-saving. Use of the IC improves the reliability and the accuracy
of adjusting voltage.
• Installation of the belt auto tensioner separates the tension adjustment mechanism of the drive belt from the
alternator mount. This increases the mounting/demounting workability and eliminates the necessity of belt tension
adjustment.
ALTERNATOR (60A)
SHTS021201500002
ALTERNATOR (90A)
SHTS021201500003
STRUCTURE
JP01D02120150301003001
V-RIBBED BELT WITH AUTO TENSIONER

• Use of the auto tensioner eliminates the necessity of belt deflection adjustment.
SHTS021201500005
2–102 ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] TURBOCHARGER
ࠛࡦࠫࡦ
3 [A09C] TURBOCHARGER
TURBOCHARGER
SUMMARY
JP18Z01020301046
• The variable nozzle turbocharger is incorporated to optimize the air flow based on the engine speed and load and
to increase the fuel efficiency in a whole range of engine speeds.
• The variable nozzle turbocharger has a variable nozzle that can change the turbine opening, and a DC motor and
a link mechanism for nozzle control.
• The DC motor and the link mechanism change the variable nozzle opening to change the flow rate of incoming
emission gas from the exhaust manifold for continuously variable control of the turbine wheel speed.
• The turbine wheel speed is equal to the blower impeller speed. This controls the air flow supplied to the intake
manifold.
• The DC motor is controlled by the CAN communication signals from the engine ECU via a separately installed DC
motor controller.
The DC motor controller is installed in the engine.
• The DC motor precisely controls the turbine wheel speed based on the engine speed and load, to optimize the air
flow. This improves the torque and fuel efficiency.
• The impeller of a new geometry is employed to increase the boost pressure and the fuel efficiency.
• To meet the increased boost pressure, the reliability was increased by changing a material for blower impeller,
increasing the thrust metal capacity and using a spacer in the bearing area to reinforce the rotating area.
• The chamfered shape of a floating metal is optimized to enhance the rotational stability.
• The variable nozzle has a both-end-supported nozzle axis. This reduces the sliding resistance and improves the
reliability.
ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] TURBOCHARGER 2–103
SHTS021201600001
2–104 ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] TURBOCHARGER
SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

JP01D02120160405004001
POWER POWER
ENGINE DC MOTOR
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROLLER POSITION CONTROL DC MOTOR
ECU
SHTS021201600002
STRUCTURE
JP18Z01020301047
DC MOTOR CONTROLLER
• The DC motor controller receives the information through the CAN communication from the engine ECU and
controls the DC motor.
SHTS021201600003
ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] AIR COMPRESSOR 2–105
ࠛࡦࠫࡦ
3 [A09C] AIR COMPRESSOR
AIR COMPRESSOR
SPECIFICATION
JP18117020201008
Type Standard
Cylinder bore (mm {in.}) 85 x 60 {3.3 x 2.3}
Discharge air flow (cm3/rev {in3/rev}) 340 {20.7}
Operating pressure
0.98 {10.0, 142.1} (Permissible maximum pressure)
(MPa {kgf/cm2, lbf/in.2})
Gear ratio 1.0
SUMMARY
JP18117020301044
• The air compressor is installed at the rear left of the engine and driven by the crankshaft via the air compressor
idle gear and the air compressor drive gear.
• The air compressor is driven by the supply pump drive gear engaged with the idle gear, at a ratio to the engine
speed of 1.0.
• When the crankshaft of the air compressor is driven, the pistons will start moving up and down to produce
compressed air via the connecting rod linked to the crankshaft.
• The produced compressed air is delivered through a deliver valve in the air compressor head and pressure-fed to
the air tank.
2–106 ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] AIR COMPRESSOR
STRUCTURE
JP18117020301045
AIR COMPRESSOR UNIT

• Both ends of the crankshaft of the air compressor are supported by ball bearings.
• Two compression rings are assembled to the piston and one oil ring assembled to the lower area. Both ends of
the piston pin are secured by retaining rings.
• The suction valve and the delivery valve are installed in the cylinder head of the compressor. The unloader valve
is installed on the top of the inlet valve. These installed valves operate in sync with the pressure regulator to
regulate a pressure in the air tank.
• The suction valve and the delivery valve are functioning in the form that a plate-shaped valve and a valve seat
tightly contact with each other.
LUBRICATION
• The engine oil pressure-fed to the sub oil hole lubricates the area inside the air compressor.
• The engine oil returns to the gear case in the engine unit after lubricating.
COOLING
• The air compressor uses water cooling and has sufficient cooling.
• The coolant delivered from the cylinder block returns to the coolant pump inlet after cooling the air compressor.
ÅÎÇÉÎÅ ᴬ [A09C] AIR COMPRESSOR 2–107
SHTS021201700001
VQDKTCAUJQRHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧠㧤ಽ
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

+0&':AUJQRHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧟㧥ಽ
INDEX: INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE GROUP 1/2
GENERAL INTRODUCTION
ENGINE INTRODUCTION
ENGINE MECHANICAL
INSPECTION AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
AND EXHAUST SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE LUBRICATING SYSTEM
COOLING SYSTEM
FUEL SYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER
FUEL INJECTION PUMP
EMISSION CONTROL
ALTERNATOR
STARTER
AIR COMPRESSOR
ENGINE P.T.O.
(POWER TAKE-OFF)
ENGINE RETARDER
ENGINE CONTROL
All rights reserved. This manual may not be

reproduced or copied in whole in part, with-
out the written consent of Hino Motors, Ltd.
+0&':AUJQRHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧟㧥ಽ
INDEX: INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE GROUP 2/2
ENGINE CONTROL
FUEL CONTROL
BRAKE CONTROL
SUSPENSION CONTROL
CAB EQUIPMENT CONTROL
OTHERS
2A)0AA/QMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧜ᤨ㧢ಽ
GENERAL INTRODUCTION (A09C) GN01–1
GENERAL INTRODUCTION (A09C)

GN01
GN01-001
GENERAL INTRODUCTION.....................GN01-2
WARNING .......................................................GN01-2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL.........................GN01-3
PRECAUTIONS FOR WORK ..........................GN01-8
TIGHTENING OF BOLTS
AND NUTS FOR ENGINE .............................GN01-13
TIGHTENING OF BOLTS
AND NUTS FOR CHASSIS ...........................GN01-15
TIGHTENING OF FLARE NUTS
AND HOSES..................................................GN01-17
SEALANT ON THE TAPERED SCREW
FOR PIPING ..................................................GN01-18
NYLON TUBE ................................................GN01-19
ASSEMBLY OF JOINT/GASKET
FOR PIPING ..................................................GN01-23
HANDLING OF LIQUID GASKET..................GN01-25
TROUBLESHOOTING
USING THE TROUBLE LIST.........................GN01-26
TROUBLESHOOTING
USING A DIAGNOSIS MONITOR .................GN01-27
DIAGNOSIS USING THE PC
(PERSONAL COMPUTER)
DIAGNOSIS TOOL WITH INTERFACE.........GN01-31
CHASSIS SERIAL NUMBER, VEHICLE
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
AND ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER ..................GN01-34
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS ..................GN01-35
GN01–2 GENERAL INTRODUCTION (A09C)
GENERAL INTRODUCTION
WARNING
EN00Z0001C100001
In order to ensure safety in work and avoid possible damage to vehicle, strictly observe the following precautions:
Audience of this manual is a qualified service engineer who has acquired expertise. In case an unqualified service engi-
neer or a service engineer without appropriate training has performed maintenance, or in case maintenance is performed
without using appropriate tools and units or in accordance with the method described in this manual, the vehicle under
maintenance could be damaged as well as do harm to the service engineer and the people in the maintenance site.
• Appropriate maintenance and repairs are a must for assurance of safety of the service engineer as well as the safety
and reliability of the vehicle. Replace parts of the vehicle with HINO genuine parts. Avoid using degraded parts.
• This manual contains the procedures to follow in performing maintenance and repairs. When performing mainte-
nance and repairs in accordance with the procedures, use special tools designed to meet specific needs in a proper
way.
• Never use a non-recommended work method or tool; this could impair the safety of the service engineer as well as
the safety and reliability of your vehicle.
• This manual contains various items classified into DANGERS, WARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES in order to
avoid accidents during maintenance and repairs or damage to the vehicle resulting in impairment of its safety and
reliability.
Note that these instructions described as DANGERS, WARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES are not the minimum
requirements to observe in order to avoid possible dangers.
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

EN00Z0001C100002
1. REPAIR WORK
(1) The repair work is roughly classified into the three processes: "diagnosis", "mounting/dismounting, replacement,
assembly/disassembly and inspection/adjustment work" and "final inspection".
(2) This manual describes the first process "diagnosis" and the second process "mounting/dismounting, replacement,
assembly/disassembly and inspection/adjustment work". Description on the third process "final inspection" is omitted.
(3) While this manual does not describe the following element work, the work is to be performed in practical cases:
a. Jack work and lift work
b. Cleaning of removed parts as required
c. Visual inspection
2. TROUBLESHOOTING IN THIS MANUAL

(1) This manual describes the following steps 2 and 3.
Thoroughly listen to the conditions and environment for the trou-

(1) Interview "Step 1"
ble and confirm the fact.
Perform diagnostic inspection, checkup of the symptom, function

(2) Pre-inspection
"Step 2" inspection and basic inspection to confirm the trouble. If the trou-
(3) Replication method
ble hardly recurs, use the replication method.
Classify the inspection results obtained in step 2 to systematically

(4) Troubleshooting by diagnosis code
"Step 3" perform inspection accordance with the troubleshooting proce-
(5) Troubleshooting by trouble
dure by diagnosis code or trouble.
Check for the trouble after the trouble is removed. In case the
(6) Checkup test "Step 4" trouble is hardly replicated, conduct a checkup test under the con-
ditions and environment for the trouble.
(2) Pre-inspection
• Execute the following steps to perform pre-inspection.

Diagnostic inspection → diagnosis code erasure → trouble check (If the trouble does not recur,
use the replication method.) → Diagnosis code re-check
• Assume the faulty system before the replication test. Connect a tester and determine a proba-
ble cause of trouble together with checkup of the trouble. For a probable cause of trouble, refer
to the troubleshooting chart.
Pre-inspection
• In case the trouble is momentary or in case an error code is displayed but no special trouble
takes place, execute related troubleshooting procedures while using the replication method.
• Trouble checkup
In case the trouble recurs, follow steps 2, 3 and 4 in this order.
Otherwise, use the replication method, that is, reproduce the external conditions, and inspect
each wire harness and connector parts.
3. DESCRIPTION IN THIS MANUAL

(1) Component Locator
SHTS00Z000100001
✩: This is the ID number of an item to be prepared for creating electronic data and is not necessary for repair work.
(2) Work item
SHTS00Z000100002
4. DEFINITION OF TERMS
This manual defines the terms used herein as follows:
(1) Direction
a. Chassis
• To-and-fro direction
The direction of forward travel of the vehicle while mounted on the vehicle is forward direction; the direction of back-
ward travel of the vehicle while mounted on the vehicle is backward direction.
• Direction of rotation
The clockwise direction as seen from the rear of the vehicle is clockwise direction; the counterclockwise direction as
seen from the rear of the vehicle is counterclockwise direction. (In case of engine, the clockwise direction as seen
from the flywheel side is clockwise direction; the counterclockwise direction as seen from the flywheel side is coun-
terclockwise direction.)
• Upward/Downward direction
The upward direction while mounted on the vehicle is upward, and downward direction while mounted on the vehicle
is downward.
• Right/Left direction
The right direction as seen from the rear of the vehicle while mounted on the vehicle is right direction; the left direc-
tion as seen from the rear of the vehicle while mounted on the vehicle is left direction. (In case of engine, the right
direction as seen from the flywheel side is right direction; the left direction as seen from the flywheel side is left direc-
tion.)
b. Standalone unit
• To-and-fro direction
The direction of input of power is forward direction; the direction of output of power is backward direction.
• Direction of rotation
The clockwise direction as seen from the rear of the unit is clockwise direction; the counterclockwise direction as
seen from the rear of the unit is counterclockwise direction.
• Upward/Downward direction
The upward direction while the unit is mounted on the vehicle (chassis) is upward, and downward direction while the
unit is mounted on the vehicle (chassis) is downward.
• Right/Left direction
The right direction as seen from the rear of the unit is right direction; the left direction as seen from the rear of the unit
is left direction.
(2) Standard value (Assembly standard):
Indicates a basic dimension or including the tolerance and the clearance generated by the clearance of a combina-
tion of two parts
(3) Limit (Service limit):
Indicates a numeric value which requires correction or replacement.
5. DEFINITION OF SAFETY TERMS
Indicates an extremely hazardous situation if proper procedures would be not followed

and could result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a potential hazardous situation if proper procedures would be not followed

and could result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a hazardous situation if proper procedures would be not followed and could
result in serious injury or damage to parts/equipment.
Indicates the need to follow proper procedures and to pay attention to precautions so
that efficient service is provided.
Provides additional information to help you to perform the repair efficiently.

6. UNIT
(1) This manual uses the SI unit system. The SI unit is an international unit which is based on one unit per quantity unlike
the conventional unit system which differs from country to country, in order to facilitate technology exchange.
(2) This manual writes the SI unit and a conventional unit side by side, the conventional unit enclosed in parentheses { }.
Conven- Conversion value*1 Conven- Conversion value*1

SI unit tional (1[Conventional unit] SI unit tional (1[Conventional unit]
unit = X [SI unit]) unit = X [SI unit])
Spring 1 kgf/mm=
Force N kgf 1 kgf=9.80665 N N/mm kgf/mm
constant 9.80665 N/mm
1 kgf⋅cm=
Torque*2 N⋅m kgf⋅cm Volume L cc 1 cc=1 mL
0.0980665 N⋅m
1 kgf/cm2=
2
kgf/cm 98.0665 kPa= Efficiency W PS 1 PS=0.735499 kW
Pressure Pa 0.0980665 MPa
1 mmHg= Quantity
mmHg W⋅H cal 1 kcal=1.13279 W⋅h
0.133322 kPa of heat
r/min. 1 rpm=1 r/min. Fuel con-
Rotation 1 g/PS⋅h=
rpm sumption g/W⋅h g/PS⋅h
speed min.-1 1 rpm=1 min.-1 ratio
1.3596 g/kW⋅h
*1: X is a value obtained by converting 1 [conventional unit] to an SI unit and is used as a conversion factor of the
conventional unit and SI unit.
*2: The torque conversion value may depend on the unit. Follow the specific value described for each unit.
PRECAUTIONS FOR WORK

EN00Z0001C100003
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
To assure safety in work and prevent possible danger, observe the following:
1. CLOTHES AND APPEARANCE

(1) Use safety glasses.
(2) To prevent injury, remove a watch, necktie, ring, bracelet and necklace.
(3) Bind long hair behind.
(4) Wear a cap and safety boots.
2. SAFETY WORK
(1) To prevent burns, never touch a radiator, muffler, exhaust pipe, and tail pipe just after the engine is turned off.
(2) While the engine is rotating, keep your clothes and tools off the rotating sections, in particular the cooling fan and V-
belt.
(3) Remove the starter key except when starting the engine.
(4) Provide good ventilation to avoid excessive CO when starting the engine.
(5) The fuel/battery gas is flammable. Never make a spark or light a cigarette.
(6) Take utmost care when working on the battery. It contains corrosive sulfuric acid.
(7) Large electric current flows through the battery cable and starter cable. Be careful not to cause a short, which can
result in personal injury and/or property damage.
(8) Leaving a tool or waste in the engine room causes the tool or waste to touch the rotating section of the engine and
pop out, which could result in an injury.
3. TOWING
• When being towed, always place the gear shift lever in "Neutral" and release the parking brake completely. In order
to protect the bumper, fit a protection bar against the lower edge of the bumper and put a wood block under the frame
near the No.1 crossmember when attaching the towing chain. Never lift or tow the vehicle if the chain is in direct con-
tact with the bumper.
(1) Towing procedures
a. Make sure that the propeller shaft of the vehicle to be towed is removed. When the differential gear or rear axle
shaft is defective, remove both right and left rear axle shafts, then cover the hub opening to prevent loss of axle
lubricant and entry of dirt or foreign matter.
b. Use a heavy duty cable or rope when towing the vehicle. Fasten the cable securely to the towing hook on the
frame. The hook should be used only if the towed vehicle is not loaded.
c. The angle of pulling direction of the cable fastened to the towing hook must not exceed 15° in horizontal and ver-
tical directions from the straight ahead, level direction. Avoid using the hook in a way that subjects it to jerk, as in
towing a vehicle trapped in a gutter.
d. Keep the gear shift lever in "Neutral".
e. Make sure that the starter switch is kept in the "ON" position.
f. Make sure that the engine of the towed vehicle is kept running. If the engine is off, no compressed air/ no vacuum
will be available for the brake. This is dangerous, as the brake system does not function if the engine is not run-
ning.
In addition, the power steering system will not function. The steering wheel, therefore, will become unusually
hard to turn, making it impossible to control the vehicle.
g. Note that the engine brake and exhaust brake cannot be applied, if the propeller shaft is removed.
h. Make a slow start to minimize shock. Towing speed should be less than 30 km/h {18 mile/h}.
(2) If the engine of the towed vehicle is defective, make sure that the vehicle is towed only by a tow truck designed for
that purpose.
a. Front end towing (with front wheels raised off the ground)
When towing from the front end with the front wheels raised off the ground, remove the rear axle shafts to protect
the transmission and differential gears from being damaged. The hub openings should be covered to prevent the
loss of axle lubricant or the entry of dirt or foreign matter.
The above-mentioned precautions should be observed for vehicles equipped with either automatic or manual
transmission, and for even short distance towing. After being towed, check and refill the rear axle housing with
lubricant if necessary.
b. Rear end towing
When being towed with the rear wheels raised off the ground, fasten and secure the steering wheel in a straight
ahead position.
PRECAUTIONS ON MAINTENANCE
Observe following before maintenance:
1. PREPARATIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY

(1) Prepare general tools, special tools and instruments before work.
(2) Before disassembling complicated sections, make a fitting mark where functions are not affected to facilitate the
assembly work. Before repair of the electrical system, remove the cable from the minus terminal of the battery.
(3) Follow the inspection procedure in this manual before disassembly
2. INSPECTION DURING DISASSEMBLY

(1) Each time you remove a part, inspect the state of the assembly of the part, deformation, damage, wear and flaws.
3. ARRANGEMENT OF DISASSEMBLED PARTS

(1) Arrange the disassembled parts in order. Discriminate parts to be reused from replacement parts.
4. CLEANING OF DISASSEMBLED PARTS

(1) Thoroughly clean the parts to be reused.
5. INSPECTION AND MEASUREMENT

(1) Inspect and measure the parts to be reused as required.
6. ASSEMBLY
(1) Observe the specified values (tightening torque, adjustment value) to assemble conforming parts in a correct proce-
dure.
(2) Use genuine parts for replacement.
(3) Use new packing, gasket, O-ring and cotter pin.
(4) Use a seal gasket depending on the location of gasket. Apply specified oil or grease to a sliding section where indi-
cated. Apply specified grease to the lip of the oil seal.
7. ADJUSTMENT WORK CHECK

(1) Use a gauge and a tester to adjust to the specified maintenance value.
PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1. REMOVING THE BATTERY CABLE

(1) Before electrical system work, remove the cable from the minus
terminal of the battery in order to avoid burning caused by short-
circuiting.
LOOSEN (2) To remove the battery cable, fully release the nut to avoid dam-
age to the battery terminal. Never twist the terminal.
SHTS00Z000100008
2. HANDLING OF ELECTRONIC PARTS

(1) Never give an impact to electronic parts of a computer or relay.
(2) Keep electronic parts away from high temperatures and humidity.
(3) Never splash water onto electronic parts in washing the vehicle.
SHTS00Z000100009
3. HANDLING OF WIRE HARNESS

(1) Perform marking on a clamp and a clip and secure then in original
position so that the wire harness will not interfere with the end and
acute angle section of the body and a bolt.
(2) To attach a part, take care not to bite the wire harness.
SHTS00Z000100010
4. HANDLING OF CONNECTOR
(1) To remove a connector, hold the connector (indicated by an arrow
in the figure) to pull it out. Never pull the harness.
(2) To remove a connector with lock, release the lock then pull it out.
(3) To connect a connector with lock, insert it until it clicks.
(4) To insert a test lead into the connector, insert it from behind the
connector.
(5) In case it is difficult to insert a test lead from behind the connector,
prepare a harness for inspection and perform inspection.
SHTS00Z000100011
PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRIC WELDING
1. PRECAUTION FOR ELECTRIC WELDING

Electrical components such as the alternator and tachograph
are directly connected to the battery and one end is earthed
to the chassis frame. Under these conditions, welding cur-
rent will flow back along the earth circuit if electric welding is
carried out and damage may be caused to the alternator,
tachograph, electrical components, etc. Consequently, the
following precautions are always to be taken during welding.
(1) Disconnect the earth terminal of the battery at the frame fitment
and earth the welding equipment securely to the frame itself. (Do
not fit the welding equipment earth to such things as the tire rims,
brake pipes or fuel pipes and leaf spring, etc.)
a. Turn the starter switch off.
b. Disconnect the battery's negative terminal of the battery.
c. Earth welding equipment securely, near to the area to be
welded.
SHTS00Z000100012
(2) In order to prevent damage to ancillary equipment components
from sparks during welding, take steps such as putting fire-resis-
tant covers over things like the engine, meters, steering wheel,
hoses, leaf spring and tires.
TIGHTENING OF BOLTS AND NUTS FOR ENGINE

EN00Z0001C100004
1. TIGHTENING TORQUE OF GENERAL STANDARD

(1) Washer based bolt
Unit: N⋅m {kgf⋅cm, lbf⋅ft}
Screw diameter x pitch 7T 9T
M8 x 1.25 (Coarse thread) 28.5 {290, 21} 36 {370, 27}
M10 x 1.25 (Fine thread) 60 {610, 44} 74.5 {760, 55}
M10 x 1.5 (Coarse thread) 55 {560, 40} 68.5 {700, 51}
M12 x 1.25 (Fine thread) 108 {1,100, 80} 136 {1,390, 101}
M12 x 1.75 (Coarse thread) 97 {990, 72} 125 {1,280, 93}
M14 x 1.5 (Fine thread) 171.5 {1,750, 127} 216 {2,210, 160}
M14 x 2 (Coarse thread) 154 {1,570, 114} 199 {2,030, 147}
Remarks Bolt with the numeral "7" on its head Bolt with the numeral "9" on its head
NOTICE
8T bolt conforms to the standard of 7T bolt.
(2) With washer
Screw diameter x pitch 4T 7T 9T
M6 x 1 (Coarse thread) 6 {60, 4.3} 10 {100, 7.2} 13 {130, 9.4}
M8 x 1.25 (Coarse thread) 14 {140, 10} 25 {250, 18} 31 {320, 23}
M10 x 1.25 (Fine thread) 29 {300, 22} 51 {520, 38} 64 {650, 47}
M10 x 1.5 (Coarse thread) 26 {270, 20} 47 {480, 35} 59 {600, 43}
M12 x 1.25 (Fine thread) 54 {550, 40} 93 {950, 69} 118 {1,200, 87}
M12 x 1.75 (Coarse thread) 49 {500, 36} 83 {850, 61} 108 {1,100, 80}
M14 x 1.5 (Fine thread) 83 {850, 61} 147 {1,500, 108} 186 {1,900, 137}
M14 x 2 (Coarse thread) 74 {750, 54} 132 {1,350, 98} 172 {1,750, 127}
Bolt with the numeral "4"
Bolt with the numeral "7"
on its head
on its head Bolt with the numeral "9"
Remarks Projection bolt
Stud with chamfered free on its head
Stud with rounded free
end face
end face
NOTICE
8T bolt conforms to the standard of 7T bolt.
R FACE (4T) C FACE (7T)

2. PRE-COATED BOLT
A pre-coated bolt is a bolt having a thread coated with seal-
ant.
(1) Cases where sealant must be applied again
a. Pre-coated bolt is removed
b. Pre-coated bolt has moved during tightening torque inspec-
tion
(Loosened or tightened)
HINT
Torque check is to be made using the lower limit value. In case the
bolt has moved, retighten it in the following procedure:
SHTS00Z000100014 (2) How to reuse pre-coated bolt
a. Clean the bolt and the tapped hole (clean the tapped hole
also when the bolt is to be replaced).
b. Blow air to dry up the bolt.
c. Apply a specified sealant to the thread of the bolt.
3. TENSION CONTROL WITH ANGULAR TORQUING METHOD

IN PLASTIC REGION OF MATERIAL
(1) Precautions
Part of an engine uses the tension control with angular torquing
method in plastic region of material.
This is different from the conventional tightening method. Follow
the instructions in each chapter.
SHTS00Z000100015
(2) Target region

Cylinder head bolt, crankshaft main bearing cap bolt, connecting
rod bearing, cap bolt and so on.
! CAUTION
Before assembly, measure the entire length of the bolt and if the
use limit is exceeded, replace the bolt with new one.
Apply engine oil to the bolt seat face and bolt thread.
SHTS00Z000100016
(3) Tightening after tightening at the pre-set seating torque.

Further tighten by 90° or 135° (a turn by 90° and another by 45°)
or 180° (two turns by 90°).
SHTS00Z000100017
TIGHTENING OF BOLTS AND NUTS FOR CHASSIS

EN00Z0001C100005
1. TIGHTENING TORQUE OF GENERAL STANDARD BOLT/NUT

(1) Selection of tightening torque
a. To select the tightening torque of a bolt, find the corresponding strength category in the table below. Select the
corresponding value from the tightening torque table given later.
b. To select the tightening torque of a nut, use the above method based on the mating bolt.
(2) Identification of bolt strength
a. Identification on the part itself
HEXAGON BOLT
On the hexagon bolt, the strength category is generally indicated on the head of the bolt by way of depression,
embossment, hollow and upset in accordance with the symbol in the table below.
Strength category 6T 7T 8T 9T 10T 11T 12T
Symbol on the part 6 7 8 q*1 10 11 12
(*1): 9 is likely to be confused with 6 so that 9 is represented in q.
HEXAGON NUT
The following tables shows examples of symbols to identify the strength category of hexagon nut on the nut itself.
(3) Types of general standard bolt and nut
Standard seat face Flanged seat face A Flanged seat face B

(4) Table of tightening torque of general standard bolt and nut (Standard seat face is shown as a typical case)
Strength category
4T 7T 9T
Bolt diameter
4.5±1.8 {50±20, 3.6±1.4}
(Cab)
M6 9.0±1.8 {90±20, 6.5±1.4} 11.5±2.0 {117±23, 8.5±1.6}
5.5±1.1 {60±10, 4.4±0.7}
(Chassis)
14.0±3.5
{140±40, 10.1±2.8} (Cab)
22.0±4.0 29.0±5.5
M8 17.0±3.0
{220±40, 15.9±2.8}*2 {300±60, 21.7±4.3}*2
{170±30, 12.3±2.1}
(Chassis)
57.0±11.0
43.0±8.5
{580±110, 41.9±7.9}*2
{440±90, 31.8±6.5}*2 (Cab)
27.0±5.0 (Cab)
M10 51.5±10.0
{276±55, 20.0±3.9} 68.5±13.5
{530±100, 38.3±7.2}
{700±140, 51±10}
(Chassis)
(Chassis)
76.0±15.0 100.0±20.0
{776±150, 56±10}*2 (Cab) {1,020±200, 74±14}*2 (Cab)
48.0±9.5
M12 91.0±18.0 120.0±24.0
{490±98, 35.4±7.0}
{930±180, 67±13} {1,220±240, 88±17}
(Chassis) (Chassis)
77.0±15.0 120.0±24.0 160.0±32.0
M14
{786±157, 57±11} {1,220±240, 88±17} {1,630±326, 118±23}
120.0±24.0 190.0±38.0 250.0±50.0
M16
{1,220±244, 88±17} {1,940±390, 140±28} {2,550±510, 184±37}
165.0±33.0 260.0±52.0 345.0±69.0
M18
{1,680±336, 121±24} {2,650±530, 192±38} {3,520±704, 255±50}
235.0±47.0 370.0±74.0 490.0±98.0
M20
{2,400±480, 174±34} {3,770±750, 273±54} {5,000±1,000, 362±72}
320.0±64.0 505.0±100.0 670.0±130.0
M22
{3,270±654, 236±47} {5,150±1,030, 372±74} {6,840±1,370, 495±99}
405.0±81.0 640.0±125.0 845.0±165.0
M24
{4,130±826, 299±59} {6,530±1,310, 472±94} {8,620±1,720, 623±124}
! CAUTION
• In case of tightening the bolt/nut with the flanged seat face A, the tightening torque value except *2 in the
table is to be increased by 10% from the indicated tightening torque value.
• In case of tightening the bolt/nut with the flanged seat face B, the tightening torque value *2 in the table is to
be increased by 20% from the indicated tightening torque value.
Note that for M8 the tightening torque value is constant for the flanged seat face B also.
• The bolt/nut with flanged seat B which is marked *2 in the table is compatible with a standard seat face as a
pair. Its tightening torque is the same as that of the standard seat face.
TIGHTENING OF FLARE NUTS AND HOSES

EN00Z0001C100006
1. TIGHTENING TORQUE OF PIPE FLARE NUT

Pipe outer
diameter φ4.76 φ6.35 φ8 φ10 φ12 φ15
Material
15±5 25±5 36±5 52±7 67±7 88±8
Steel pipe {150±50, {250±50, {370±50, {530±70, {680±70, {900±80,
10.8±3.6} 18.1±3.6} 26.8±3.6} 38.3±5.0} 49.2±5.0} 65.1±5.7}
2. TIGHTENING TORQUE OF HOSE

Hose outer diameter
Hose outer diameter Hose outer diameter
φ13, φ20, φ22 metal fitting for
φ10.5 metal fitting PF3/8 metal fitting
packing
21.5±1.5 {215±15, 15.5±1.0}
Air hose 41.5±2.5 {425±25, 30.7±1.8} —
Meter gauge only 10 {100, 7.2}
Packing
Brake hose — —
51.5±7.5 {525±75, 38.0±5.4}
3. TIGHTENING TORQUE OF FLARE JOINT FOR NYLON TUBE

Nominal diameter of
M12 M16 M20
screw
Tightening torque 14.7±2 {150±20, 10.8±1.4} 29.4±5 {300±50, 21.7±3.6} 51.9±5 {530±50, 38.3±3.6}
4. TIGHTENING TORQUE OF LOCK NUT FOR BRASS JOINT

Nominal diameter of
M12 M16 M20 M27
screw
15±2 66±6 97±9 209±19
Tightening torque
{150±20, 10.8±1.4} {670±60, 48.4±4.3} {990±90, 71.6±6.5} {2,130±190, 154±13}
SEALANT ON THE TAPERED SCREW

FOR PIPING
EN00Z0001C100007
To the tapered thread of the air pipe joint is applied the sealant "LOC-
TITE #575". Follow the procedure below to remove/attach the piping.
1. REMOVAL
(1) The sealant (LOCTITE #575) has a high sealing capability. The
return torque of taper joint is about 1.5 times as high as the initial
tightening torque. To remove the joint, use a longer wrench.
(2) For replacement of joint in a place with poor workability, remove
the auxiliaries with the joint attached then remove the joint.
SHTS00Z000100023
2. ATTACHING
(1) To apply sealant (LOCTITE #575), use waste and thinner to wipe
the dirt off the sealing section, directly apply the sealant by a
quarter turn (three ridges) starting from the second ridge from the
tip, then assemble in accordance with the tightening torque table
below.
Wipe dirt off the mating part (female screw) before tightening it.
! WARNING
In case the sealant has entered your eye or attached to your skin,
wash it away in running water.
SHTS00Z000100024
Tightening torque of tapered joint Unit: N⋅m {kgf⋅cm, lbf⋅ft}
Screw diameter
1/4 3/8 1/2
Material
49±10
Steel {500±100, 64±15 {650±150, 47±10}
36.2±7.2}
25±5 34±5 44±5
Aluminum, brass {250±50, {350±50, {450±50,
18.1±3.6} 25.3±3.6} 32.5±3.6}
(2) To replace vulcanized tape with sealant, remove the tape before-
hand, same as (1).
NOTICE
Take special care not to let dirt and foreign matters enter the pip-
ing.
(3) In the event of air leakage after sealant is applied and piping
attached, retightening cannot check the air leakage. Follow the
steps (1) and (2) to reassemble the piping.
NYLON TUBE
EN00Z0001C100008
1. TYPES OF JOINT
(1) Nylon tube joints have two types: one-touch connector joint and
sleeve nut joint.
! CAUTION
Function and quality of a nylon tube and each joint are guaranteed
as a set. Use HINO genuine parts. Otherwise a burst or break may
result.
Structure of joint and components
One-touch connector joint Sleeve nut joint
2. ONE-TOUCH CONNECTOR JOINT

(1) Remove the one-touch connector joint.
SHTS00Z000100027
a. Check that there is no dust or dirt in the proximity of the con-

nector end. If any, use air blow to remove dust or dirt before
removal.
SHTS00Z000100028
b. To remove the connector, pull out the nylon tube at a stroke in

the axial direction while holding down the retainer of the con-
nector. Use a dedicated special tool to hold down the retainer
of the connector.
Size of special tool
Tube outer diameter Part No. Name
φ6 S0942-11510
φ8 S0942-11520
φ10 S0942-11530 Release tool
φ12 S0942-11540
SHTS00Z000100029
φ15 S0942-11550
Set in above five
S0942-11560 Release tool set
sizes
c. To connect the connector joint, give a mark such as taping at

the tube insertion length and insert the tube to the position of
the mark.
! CAUTION
Fully insert the nylon tube to the position although shock is felt
two times as the nylon tube passes through the retainer hook and
O-ring.
Tube outer diameter Tube insertion length (mm {in.})

φ6 21.5-22.5 {0.847-0.885}
SHTS00Z000100030 φ8, φ10 22.0-23.0 {0.867-0.905}
φ12 22.5-23.5 {0.886-0.925}
φ15 24.0-25.0 {0.945-0.984}
d. After connection, pull the tube and check that the distance
from the connector end (retainer) to the taping at the insertion
length position is 5 mm {0.197 in.} or less.
3. SLEEVE NUT JOINT

(1) Connection of sleeve nut
a. Thread the sleeve nut and sleeve in this order into the tube.
Then push in the insert at the tip.
! CAUTION
Take care of the assembling direction.
b. For connection, push the insert until its end strikes the con-
nector/union while taking care not to let the sleeve nut, sleeve
INSERT and insert drop. In this state, fully tighten the sleeve nut with
hand. The position of sleeve nut is referred to as the "hand-
tightening position".
TUBE
CONNECTOR/UNION
c. Hold down the tube so that it will not move (come loose) and
tighten the sleeve nut in accordance with the torque in the
SLEEVE table below.
Tightening torque of sleeve nut Unit: N⋅m {kgf⋅cm, lbf⋅ft}
SLEEVE NUT Nominal diameter of screw x pitch Tightening torque
SHTS00Z000100031
M12 x 1 (φ6) 23±5 {230±50, 16.6±3.6}
M14 x 1.5 (φ8) 37±4 {380±40, 27.5±2.8}
M16 x 1.5 (φ10) 40±5 {410±50, 29.6±3.6}
M18 x 1.5 (φ12) 55±5 {560±50, 40.5±3.6}
(2) Assembly of sleeve nut (removing the tube from the joint and re-
attaching it in the same position)
MATCH MARK a. Give a match mark between the connector/union and the
sleeve nut before loosening the sleeve nut so as to memorize
the position.
b. For reassembly, tighten the sleeve nut up to the previous
position (match mark position). After that, retighten by 60°.
c. After reassembly, check for air leakage, if any, retighten until
the leakage stops.
d. If the leakage persists, replace the tube, sleeve and insert
with new ones. If this does not stop the leakage, replace the
SHTS00Z000100032 sleeve nut and connector/union as well.
4. HANDLING OF NYLON TUBE

(1) Types of nylon tube
Tube outer Operating tem-

Tube indication
diameter perature range
-40-90°C
DIN tube φ6, φ10, φ12
{-40-194°F}
(2) Cut the nylon tube.

a. To cut a nylon tube in a predetermined length, use a dedi-
cated special tool.
SST: Nylon Tube Cutter (S0946-01020)
! CAUTION
• Cut a tube only when there is extra length or when using a
new tube.
• When cutting a nylon tube, set the squareness of the tube
end with respect to the axis core within 90±5°.
SHTS00Z000100034
5 OR LESS
SHTS00Z000100035
! CAUTION
• Never repair a nylon tube under high temperatures exceeding
the operating temperature range, in particular when drying
the coating.
• For punching, welding and sanding, protect a nylon tube
from tools, cutting, heat source or spark or remove the nylon
tube.
• Never attach the clamp of the welder near the tube.
• Never splash acidic liquid such as battery liquid onto the
tube.
• Never exceed the minimum bending radius R of the nylon
tube listed in the table below. Avoid using a tube with trace of
bending line.
Minimum bending radius in use:

Tube outer diameter
R (mm {in.})
φ6 30 {1.181}
φ8 50 {1.969}
φ10 65 {2.559}
φ12 70 {2.756}
φ15 80 {3.150}
(3) Fixing the nylon tube

a. To fix the nylon tube to a vehicle, use a dedicated clamp and
a dedicated special tool or clamping tool available on the mar-
ket.
SST:
Clamp (S4783-71230)
Nylon Tube Tensioning Tool Assembly (S0962-01010)
Tool available on the market: Clamping tool (Tyton MK6)

Clamping torque (reference): 166.6 N {17 kgf, 37.5 lbf}
! CAUTION
SHTS00Z000100036
• Set the tool clamping force to "3" on the dial.
• If the nylon tube is fixed with nonconforming clamping force,
the nylon tube may be damaged.
ASSEMBLY OF JOINT/GASKET FOR PIPING

EN00Z0001C100009
1. TIGHTENING TORQUE OF JOINT

Metal seal system
Seal system Gasket seal system (Flare pipe system, nipple connector system)
(aluminum+rubber or copper)
Tightening screw size Type A Type B
M8 13 {130, 9.4}
M10 20 {200, 14} 11 {110, 8.0}
M12 25 {250, 18} 20 {200, 14}
M14 25 {250, 18} 31 {320, 23}
M16 29 {300, 22} 39 {400, 29}
M18 39 {400, 29} 59 {600, 43}
M20 *39 {400, 29} 64 {650, 47}
M24 69 {700, 51} 20 {200, 14}
M28 *127 {1,300, 94}
2. JOINT ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE AND POST-INSPECTION

(1) Before starting assembly, check that there is no dust or burr on each seat surface (mating part, pipe joint, gasket).
(2) Pipes are provided with the degree of freedom in assembly. The seat face is likely to be tilted. Temporarily tighten the
pipe then perform final tightening in order to avoid leakage.
(3) When the tightening is complete, apply a regular pressure to each pipe joint and check that there is no leakage.
(4) Observe the above tightening torque values.
NOTICE
When a soft washer of the aluminum plus rubber carbon press-fitting type is once mounted then loosened or
removed, replace it with a new one. This does not apply to normal retightening.
3. EXAMPLES OF JOINT SYSTEM FOR PIPING
Metal seal system

Gasket seal system
Type A (Flare pipe system) Type B (Nipple connector system)
HANDLING OF LIQUID GASKET

EN00Z0001C100010
1. APPLICATION OF LIQUID GASKET AND ASSEMBLY OF PARTS

(1) Thoroughly remove the old liquid gasket on each part and mating part and clean the parts by using waste to wipe off
oil, water and dust.
Overlap the coating at the beginning and end of coating.
(2) To assemble coated part, beware of any dislocation from the mating part. If any dislocation is found, coat the part
again.
(3) Finish assembly within 20 minutes of completion of liquid gasket application.
If 20 minutes is exceeded, remove the liquid gasket and apply it again.
(4) Wait at least 15 minutes after assembly of parts before starting the engine.
2. REMOVING PARTS
(1) To remove each part, never twist a single section but twist the part in alternate directions at the collar or clearance on
the flange. When removing gasket, take care not to let the refuse of gasket enter the engine.
3. OTHER
(1) When the liquid gasket comes in a tube, use the supplied winding tool. When the gasket comes in a cartridge, use a
spray gun.
Note that the cutting position of the nozzle of the tube provides necessary width of application.
1: Approx. 2 mm {0.079 in.} when cut at the first segment

2: Approx. 5 mm {0.197 in.} when cut at the second segment
TROUBLESHOOTING USING THE TROUBLE LIST

EN00Z0001F200001
SHTS00Z000100050
TROUBLESHOOTING USING A DIAGNOSIS MONITOR

EN00Z0001F200002
1. DIAGNOSIS MONITOR
(1) When connected to the diagnosis connector dedicated to each
system, the diagnosis monitor indicates a faulty section with
sound and light.
SST: Diagnosis Monitor (S0963-01370)
SHTS00Z000100051
2. CONNECTION OF DIAGNOSIS MONITOR

(1) Turn "ON" the starter switch.
(2) Connect a dedicated harness to the black (or white) connector out
of the central diagnosis connectors (total 2) at the lower right sec-
tion of the instrumental panel at the driver's seat, and connect the
diagnosis monitor to the connector having the tag of "each system
name".
SST: Dedicated Harness (S0963-02300)
SHTS00Z000100052
! CAUTION
The central diagnosis connectors are normally connected to the
fixing dummy connectors. Remove the central diagnosis connec-
FIXING DUMMY tors from the dummy connectors before using them. When the
CONNECTOR central diagnosis connectors are not used, they should be
engaged into the fixing dummy connectors.
HINT
• Turning "ON" the starter switch with the diagnosis monitor
BLACK CONNECTOR connected causes the diagnosis monitor to keep sounding
without outputting diagnosis monitor codes. First turn "ON"
the starter switch, wait at least ten seconds, and connect the
WHITE CONNECTOR
diagnosis monitor.
SHTS00Z000100053
• The method for outputting diagnosis monitor codes differs
from system to system. Follow the instruction in the chapter
for each system.
TAG AND SYSTEM NAME OF DEDICATED HARNESS
Tag name Name of system to be diagnosed
1 STD: ENG Common rail
3 STD: AIR BAG Not used
5 STD: ABS/ASR ABS
7 STD: ES START Not used
10 STD: VSC Not used
11 STD: TIRE Not used
2 OPT: RTD/4WD Not used
4 OPT: SHAKAN Not used
6 OPT: AIR SUS Not used
8 OPT: IDL STOP Not used
9 OPT: ATM Not used
12 OPT: PRO SHIFT Not used
DEDICATED HARNESS (S0963-02300) 2 1
4 3
10 6 5
8 7
12 11 9
SHTS00Z000100054
3. INDICATION OF DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE

(1) Diagnosis code can be checked on the diagnosis monitor and
check engine light. For example, diagnosis codes 32 and 21 are
indicated as described below. The indication method uses the
blinking interval of light. For the first code, "3" in the ten place illu-
minates for 0.5 seconds three times and twice after 1.5 seconds.
For the second code, the light illuminates twice and once for the
same period as the first code after an interval of 4.3 seconds; this
operation is repeated. In case there is no fault in the system, light
repeats blinking for 3 seconds.
HINT
Indication of a diagnosis code in the figure below is a typical
example. For details, refer to chapter on each system.
INDICATION OF DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE (EXAMPLE)
WHEN CODES 32 AND 21 ARE INDICATED:

0.5 SECONDS 0.5 SECONDS
LIGHT ON
LIGHT OFF
4.3 SECONDS
1.5 SECONDS CODE 21

CODE 32 THE OPERATION IS REPEATED
WHEN THE SYSTEM IS NORMAL
0.3 SECONDS
LIGHT ON
LIGHT OFF
SHTS00Z000100055
4. ERASURE OF PAST FAULTS

(1) Record the first output diagnosis monitor code.
(2) Remove the diagnosis monitor with the starter key in the "ON"
position.
! CAUTION
• If the starter key is placed in "LOCK" position, the past faults
are not erased. Keep the starter key "ON".
• Erase the malfunction code memory using the PC DIAGNO-
SIS TOOL (Hino DX).
(3) Wait at least 5 seconds. Connect the diagnosis monitor to output
SHTS00Z000100056 the current fault information.
5. HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING BY DIAGNOSIS MONI-

TOR CODE
(1) The "diagnosis code table" and "Troubleshooting by code" are
shown for each system which outputs diagnosis codes. In case
the diagnosis code is identified, troubleshooting may be initiated
referring to the code list.
SHTS00Z000100057
DIAGNOSIS USING THE PC (PERSONAL COMPUTER) DIAGNOSIS

TOOL WITH INTERFACE
EN00Z0001F200003
1. DIAGNOSIS TOOL
• Trouble diagnosis can be performed using the PC diagnosis tool.
By connection to the diagnosis connector, the trouble location is
indicated.
SST:
Interface Box (Hino-Bowie) (09993-E9070)
Cable between vehicle & Hino-Bowie (S0904-21220)
Diagnosis software: HINO Diagnostic explorer (DX)
Reprogramming software: HINO Reprog Manager
SHTS00Z000100058 NOTICE
Only ECU reprogramming can be performed by authorized HINO
dealer.
2. CONNECT THE PC DIAGNOSIS TOOL

(1) Turn the starter switch to the "LOCK" position.
(2) Connect the diagnosis cable between diagnosis connector and
interface.
(3) Connect the interface to the PC.
P (4) Turn the starter switch to the "ON" position.
(5) The opening menu will be displayed on the PC screen.
DIAGNOSIS
CONNECTOR
INTERFACE
SHTS00Z000100059
3. CONNECTION OF SIGNAL CHECK HARNESS

(1) To prevent damage to ECU connector and improve workability,
connect a signal check harness. Perform measurement while
placing the test lead on the signal check connector of the signal
check harness.
a. Remove the connector from ECU.
! CAUTION
Take care not to snap off the lock lug of the connector.
b. Connect a signal check harness to the vehicle harness and
ECU.
SST: Signal Check Harness (for common rail type fuel injec-
tion system) (S0904-91080)
SHTS00Z000100060
(2) Terminal number

ECU terminal numbers in the text correspond to connectors of
signal check harness as shown below.
SHTS00Z000100061
.
(EXAMPLE)
CHASSIS SERIAL NUMBER, VEHICLE
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND ENGINE
SERIAL NUMBER
ENGRAVED EN00Z0001C100011
POSITION
1. VEHICLE MODEL AND CHASSIS SERIAL NUMBER OR VEHI-
CLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
(1) Vehicle model and chassis serial number or vehicle identification
number are engraved near the front wheel of the right or left frame
SHTS00Z000100062
of the vehicle. When ordering parts, notify us of these numbers for
quick support.
(2) At the step inside the right door of the cab is attached an identifi-
cation plate stamped the vehicle model and chassis serial number
or vehicle identification number.
IDENTIFICATION
PLATE
SHTS00Z000100063
2. ENGINE MODEL AND ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

(1) Engine model and engine serial number are engraved on the right
ENGRAVED side of the cylinder block.
POSITION When ordering parts, notify us of these numbers for quick sup-
port.
SHTS00Z000100064
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS
EN00Z0001C100012
No. LUBRICANTS POSITIONS VISCOSITY RECOMENDATIONS (SAE)

1 Engine oil Cylinder block
(JASO: DH-1, DH-2*1)
(API: CD*2, CE*2, CF, CH-4,
CI-4, CJ-4)
(ACEA: E-3, E-4, E-5*1, E-6)
*1: HINO recommends these

oil to the EURO4/EPA07 regu-
lation countries, and use
ultra-low sulfur fuel only.
*2: These oil grades do not

comply with the latest
exhaust emission (EURO4/
EPA07 etc.) regulations, and
HINO cannot recommend the
use of these oil grades.
2 Gear oil Transmission:
[API: CD (Mineral oil)] FULLER
RTO11909ALL
Gear oil
(API: GL-4)
Eaton Approved Synthetic oil

Eaton Approved Semi-Syn- —
thetic oil
3 Hypoid gear oil Differential (Rear):
(API: GL-5) THD17
4 Gear oil Steering

(API: GL-4)
No. LUBRICANTS POSITIONS

5 Power steering fluid (ATF DEXRON) Integral power steering gear
6 Clutch fluid (DOT-3) or (DOT-4) Clutch
7 Wheel bearing grease Wheel hub
Lithium base wheel bearing grease NLGI No.2 LITH-
IUM-SOAP
8 Chassis grease Steering, suspension, etc.
Lithium base multipurpose grease No.2
2A'0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧜ᤨ㧤ಽ
ENGINE INTRODUCTION (A09C) EN01–1
ENGINE INTRODUCTION (A09C)

EN01
EN01-001
ENGINE ASSEMBLY ................................ EN01-2

DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS........................ EN01-2
TROUBLESHOOTING..................................... EN01-3
SPECIAL TOOL ............................................... EN01-5
MEASUREMENT OF
COMPRESSION PRESSURE ......................... EN01-6
VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT ............. EN01-7
DISMOUNTING AND MOUNTING.......... EN01-10

SPECIAL TOOL ............................................. EN01-10
DISMOUNTING AND MOUNTING ................ EN01-11
LIQUID GASKET AND
APPLICATION POINTS................................. EN01-21
EN01–2 ENGINE INTRODUCTION (A09C)
ENGINE ASSEMBLY
DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
EN0111201I200001
ENGINE SERIES: A09C-TK/ -TJ
Diesel, 4 cycle, vertical, 6 cylinder, in-line overhead camshaft,

Type
water-cooled, direct injection
Aspiration Turbocharged with intercooler
Bore and stroke 112x150 mm {4.409x5.906 in.}
Piston displacement 8.866 L {541.0 cu.in.}
Compression ratio 17.0: 1
1-4-2-6-3-5 (The cylinder numbers are counted in order from

Firing order
the crankshaft pulley side)
Direction of rotation Counterclockwise viewed from flywheel
Compression pressure 3.3 MPa {34 kgf/cm2, 479 lbf/in.2} at 200 r/min.
Maximum revolution (at full load) 2,100 r/min.
Idling revolution 500 r/min.
Dry weight Approximately 850 kg {1,874 lbf}
Intake 30°
Valve seat angle
Exhaust 45°
Intake 30°
Valve face angle
Exhaust 45°
Intake opens 14° before top dead center
Valve timing Intake closes 30° after bottom dead center

(flywheel travel) Exhaust opens 44° before bottom dead center
Exhaust closes 13° after top dead center
Valve clearance Intake 0.21 mm {0.0083 in.}

(when cold) Exhaust 0.39 mm {0.0154 in.}
Type Full forced pressure feed by gear pump

Engine oil pump
Drive By gear
Engine oil cooler Multi-plate type, water cooled
Type Multi-hole nozzle type

Injection nozzle Valve opening
25 MPa {255 kgf/cm2, 3,626 lbf/in.2}
pressure
Type Forced circulation by volute pump

Coolant pump
Drive By V-belt
Thermostat type Wax.type, bottom bypass system
0° at top dead center for No.1 cylinder of the compression

Injection timing (flywheel travel)
stroke
TROUBLESHOOTING
EN0111201F300001
Symptom Possible cause Remedy/Prevention

Engine overheating (Coolant) Insufficient coolant Add coolant.
Defective thermostat Replace thermostat.
Overflow of coolant due to leakage of Repair.
exhaust into cooling system
Coolant leakage from EGR cooler Replace EGR cooler.
Coolant leakage from coolant pump Replace the coolant pump.
Coolant leakage from cylinder head Replace gasket.
gasket
Engine overheating (Radiator) Clogged radiator core due to mud or Clean radiator core.
other debris
Clogged with iron oxide due to leakage Clean coolant passage and correct
of exhaust into cooling system exhaust leakage.
Clogged front surface of radiator core Clean radiator.
due to mud or other debris
Defective radiator cap pressure valve Replace radiator cap.
Clogged front surface of intercooler Clean intercooler.
core
Engine overheating Incorrect injection timing Inspect engine ECU.
(Compression pressure) Poor fuel Use good quality fuel.
Breakdown of injector Replace the injector.
Engine overheating Defective or deteriorated engine oil Change engine oil.
(Oil system) Unsatisfactory operation of oil pump Replace or repair.
Insufficient oil Add oil.
Excessive oil consumption Wear of piston ring and cylinder liner Replace piston rings and cylinder liner.
(Pistons, cylinder liners, and piston Worn, sticking or broken piston rings Replace piston rings and cylinder liner.
rings)
Insufficient tension on piston rings Replace piston rings and cylinder liner.
Unsatisfactory installation in of piston Reassemble piston rings.
rings
Unsuitable oil (viscosity too low) Change oil as required and replace
piston rings and cylinder liners.
Gaps of piston rings in cell with each Reassemble piston rings.
other
Excessive oil consumption Worn valve stem and valve guide Replace valve and valve guide.
(Valve and valve guides) Incorrectly fitted valve stem seal Replace the stem seal.
Excessive lubricant on rocker arm Check clearance of rocker arm and
shaft.
Excessive oil consumption Oil level too high Drain excess oil.
(Other problems) Oil leakage from miscellaneous parts Repair or replace.
Damaged closed-ventilator Replace.
Piston seizure (Operation) Abrupt stoppage of engine after run- Operate engine properly.
ning at high speed
Piston seizure (Oil system) Insufficient oil Add oil.
Dirty oil Change oil.
Poor quality oil Replace with proper engine oil.
Low oil pressure Repair.
Defective oil pump Repair oil pump.
Piston seizure Abnormal combustion See Symptom: "Engine overheating"
(Other problems) Damaged cooling system See Symptom: "Engine overheating"

Lack of power (Air cleaner) Clogged air cleaner Clean or replace element.
Lack of power (Fuel and injector) Breakdown of injector Replace the injector.
Air in fuel system Repair and bleed air from fuel system
Clogged fuel filter Replace element.
Use of poor fuel Use good quality fuel.
Lack of power (Other problems) Engine overheating See Symptom: "Engine overheating"
Abnormal compression pressure See Symptom: "Engine overheating"
Worn or broken piston rings, piston Replace piston rings, piston and liner.
and cylinder liner
Difficulty starting engine Discharged battery Charge battery.
(Electrical system) Defective wiring in starter circuit Repair wiring of starter.
Loose or open-circuit battery cable Tighten battery terminal connections
or replace battery cable.
Defective starter Replace.
Defective starting aids Inspect and replace.
Defective harness circuit Replace ECU main relay, PCV main
relay, fuse about engine.
Difficulty starting engine Clogged element Replace the element.
(Air cleaner)
Difficulty starting engine No fuel in tank Supply fuel and air bleed.
(Fuel system) Clogged fuel line Clean fuel line, replace fuel filter.
Air sucked into fuel system through Tighten fuel line connections.
fuel line connections
Clogged fuel filter Replace.
Loose connection in high-pressure line Tighten sleeve nut of high-pressure
line.
Seized injector Replace.
Difficulty starting engine Oil viscosity too high Use proper viscosity oil, or install an oil
(Oil system) immersion heater and warm up oil.
Difficulty starting engine Seized piston Replace piston, piston rings, and liner.
(Other problems) Seized bearing Replace bearing and/or crankshaft.
Reduced compression pressure Overhaul engine.
Ring gear damaged or worn Replace the ring gear and/or starter
pinion.
Rough idling (Injector) Improper spray pattern Inspect and replace.
Rough idling (Valve system) Improper valve clearance Adjust valve clearance.
Improper contact of valve seat Replace or repair valve and valve
seat.
Rough idling (Other problems) Coolant temperature too low Warm up engine.
Compression pressure of cylinders Overhaul engine.
markedly different from one another
Leakage of exhaust (Head gasket) Damage Replace gasket.
Improper installation Replace gasket.
Leakage of exhaust (Head bolts) Improper tightening torque or tighten- Tighten properly.
ing sequence
Loose bolts Tighten bolts.
Elongated bolts Replace bolts.
Leakage of exhaust (Cylinder head) Cracking Replace cylinder head.
Under surface distortion Repair or replace.

Leakage of exhaust (Cylinder block) Cracking Replace cylinder block.
Surface distortion Repair or replace.
Fretting of cylinder liner insertion por- Replace cylinder liner and/or block.
tion (insufficient projection of cylinder
liner)
Leakage of exhaust (Cylinder liners) Cracking Replace cylinder liner.
Corrosion Replace cylinder liner.
Insufficient projection of cylinder liner Replace cylinder liner.
NOTICE
If oil consumption is excessive, the problems above will occur. Complaints from the customer are often related to
such problems.
1. White smoke is emitted continuously when the engine is run at high speed.
2. White smoke is emitted only immediately after the engine speed is abruptly raised when idling.
3. The tail pipe is blackened with oil.
4. Oil leaks from the flanges of the exhaust manifold.
5. Lack of power.
6. Excessive blow-by gas.
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0111201K100001
Prior to starting an engine overhaul, it is necessary to have these special tools.
Illustration Part number Tool name Remarks
COMPRESSION GAUGE
09203-E1020
ADAPTER (A)
S0955-21030
COMPRESSION GAUGE
ADAPTER (B)
S0955-21060
MEASUREMENT OF COMPRESSION
PRESSURE
EN0111201H300001
HINT
Before disassembling the engine, measure and record a compres-
sion pressure. Periodical compression pressure measurements
will be a great aid in knowing the engine conditions.
1. PREPARATION OF CHECKING AND ADJUSTMENT

(1) Charge the battery completely.
(2) Set the valve clearance to the correct value.
(3) Idle the engine (Coolant temperature at 80°C {176°F}).
(4) Remove the air cleaner.
Refer to the section "AIR CLEANER" in the chapter "AIR
INTAKE SYSTEM".
(5) Remove the head cover.
Refer to the section "HEAD COVER" in the chapter "ENGINE
MECHANICAL".
(6) Remove all injectors.
Refer to the section "INJECTOR" in the chapter "FUEL SYS-
TEM".
(7) Cut a head cover into half (enough to cover the camshaft) to
make a jig for avoiding spatter of engine oil. Attach this jig.
2. VALVE CLEARANCE CHECKING

(1) Install new O-rings to the grooves of the compression gauge
adapter (A).
SST: Compression gauge adapter (A) (09203-E1020)
(2) Insert the compression gauge adapter with injector clamp.

(3) Tighten the injector clamp installation bolt.
O-RING Tightening Torque:
34 N⋅m {350 kgf⋅cm, 25 lbf⋅ft}
SPECIAL TOOL (4) Connect the pressure gauge using the compression gauge
TO ENGINE adapter (B).
SHTS011120100003 SST:
Compression gauge adapter (B) (S0955-21030)
Compression gauge adapter (B) (S0955-21060)
NOTICE
For details, refer to the section "INJECTOR" in the chapter "FUEL
SYSTEM".
(5) Run the engine with the starter and measure the compression
pressure.
NOTICE
• Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds.
• Since the air cleaner is removed, take a special care not to
breathe in any contaminants.
(6) Measure the compression pressure of each cylinder.
Standard Limit
3.3 MPa 3.0 MPa
{34 kgf/cm2, 479 lbf/in.2} {31 kgf/cm2, 435 lbf/in.2}
Engine revolution 200 r/min.
(7) If a compression pressure is below the permissible limit or if a

variance between cylinders exceeds the standard value, overhaul
the engine.
(8) Reassemble the removed parts.
VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT

EN0111201H300002
NOTICE
• Before start of adjustment works, check that the head bolt
and the rocker support bolt have been tightened to the speci-
fied torque.
• Check that the crosshead and the valve stem head are free of
dusts or other contaminants.
1. VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT

(1) Set the cylinder to the top dead center on the compression stroke
for making adjustment by rotating the crankshaft in the positive
direction.
NOTICE
Check that the rocker arms to be adjusted are not lifted by the cam
on the camshaft.
HINT
• When the cylinder No.1 is set to the top dead center on the
compression stroke, the valve clearances shown with a circle
marked in the table below can be adjusted. When the cylinder
No.6 is set to the top dead center on the compression stroke,
the cylinders shown with a square marked in the table below
can be adjusted.
• "IN" means Intake and "EX" means Exhaust.
Cylinder No. 1 2 3 4 5 6
Valve IN EX IN EX IN EX IN EX IN EX IN EX
With No.1 cylinder at T.D.C.

on compression stroke
With No.6 cylinder at T.D.C.

on compression stroke
IN EX IN EX IN EX IN EX IN EX IN EX
FRONT OF
ENGINE
• T.D.C: Top Dead Center

(2) Adjustment of intake side

THICKNESS GAUGE ADJUSTING SCREW a. Insert a thickness gauge of the specified thickness as below
LOCK NUT between the roller of the rocker arm and the cam to check the
valve clearance. Tighten the lock nut.
Standard value (at cold): 0.21 mm {0.0083 in.}
Tightening Torque:
HINT
ROLLER It will be appropriate if you feel somewhat tight insertion of a
CAM thickness gauge and observe slightly frictional but smooth move-
CROSSHEAD
ments of an inserted gauge.
SHTS011120100005
(3) Adjustment of exhaust side

LOCK NUT ADJUSTING SCREW a. Loosen the adjusting screw and the lock nut of the crosshead
fully.
10 mm NOTICE
{0.3937 in.}
OR MORE Make sure that the top surface of an adjusting screw is at a height
of 10 mm {0.3937 in.} above the crosshead top surface. Proper
adjustments can be made only when the adjusting screw is com-
pletely apart (having a clearance) from the valve stem.
CONTACT CLEARANCE
CROSSHEAD
SHTS011120100006
b. Insert a thickness gauge of the specified thickness as below

ADJUSTING SCREW LOCK NUT between the roller of the rocker arm and the cam to check the
THICKNESS
GAUGE ROLLER ROCKER ARM valve clearance. Tighten the lock nut.
Standard value (at cold): 0.39 mm {0.0154 in.}
Tightening Torque:
CLEARANCE 44 N⋅m {450 kgf⋅cm, 32 lbf⋅ft}
CAM
CONTACT
SHTS011120100007
c. With a thickness gauge inserted, loosen the adjusting screw

START on the crosshead and feel that contact remains unchanged
WITH THICKNESS GAUGE
TACTILE CHECK
NUT through a thickness gauge.

(STUCK) SECURED NOTICE
If less contact would be felt through a gauge, restart the proce-
(APPROPRIATE dures.
CONTACT)
NO FURTHER CHANGE
IN TACTILE PERCEPTION
ADJUSTING
SCREW LOOSENING RATE HIGHER
SHTS011120100008
d. Tighten the adjusting screw on the crosshead until a thick-

THICKNESS ADJUSTING SCREW ness gauge can be no longer moved.
GAUGE LOCK NUT
ROLLER
CAM CONTACT
CONTACT
SHTS011120100009
e. While gradually loosening the adjusting screw on the

START crosshead, determine appropriate contact through a thick-
WITH THICKNESS GAUGE
TACTILE CHECK
NUT ness gauge and tighten the lock nut on the crosshead.
(STUCK) SECURED Tightening Torque:
(APPROPRIATE
CONTACT) NOTICE
Do not excessively loosen the adjusting screw. Excessive loosen-
ing of the adjusting screw will bring the condition back to the orig-
NO FURTHER CHANGE inal state. The tactile feel with a thickness gauge will be
IN TACTILE PERCEPTION
ADJUSTING appropriate contact, but there will actually be a clearance between
SCREW LOOSENING RATE HIGHER the valve and the adjusting screw on the crosshead and no cor-
SHTS011120100010 rect adjustment can be made.
HINT
It will be appropriate if you feel somewhat tight insertion of a
thickness gauge and observe slightly frictional but smooth move-
ments of an inserted gauge.
DISMOUNTING AND MOUNTING

SPECIAL TOOL
EN0111201K100002
Prior to starting an engine dismounting and mounting, it is necessary to have these special tools.
S0940-51190 ENGINE HANGER
09205-E1010 ENGINE HANGER For front side
SH782-41235 BOLT For front side
09205-E1040 ENGINE HANGER For rear left side
SZ119-14014 BOLT For rear left side
09205-E1030 ENGINE HANGER For rear right side
SZ119-14018 BOLT For rear right side
S0942-11560 RELEASE TOOL SET

DISMOUNTING AND MOUNTING

EN0111201H100001
DISMOUNT THE ENGINE ASSEMBLY.
1. PREPARATION OF DISMOUNTING
(1) Park the vehicle on level ground and then block the wheels.
(2) Disconnect the battery cable from negative (–) pole of the bat-
terry.
SKID PAD
SHTS011120100019
2. DRAIN COOLANT AND ENGINE OIL.

(1) Drain coolant from the radiator and oil cooler.
! CAUTION
To avoid the danger of burns, do not drain the coolant and engine
oil while the engine and radiator are still hot.
NOTICE
DRAIN Disposal of engine oil must comply with specified procedures
PLUG (waste disposal) or other environmentally-conscious procedures.
DRAIN COCK
OIL FILTER
HINT
• Coolant can be drained quicker by removing the radiator cap.
SHTS011120100020
• Connection of a reasonable hose to the oil cooler drain pipe
will aid in avoiding spatters of coolant during drainage.
(2) Drain engine oil from the oil pan.
! CAUTION
OIL PAN
To avoid the danger of burns, do not drain the coolant and engine
oil while the engine and radiator are still hot.
NOTICE
Disposal of engine oil must comply with specified procedures
(waste disposal) or other environmentally-conscious procedures.
DRAIN PLUG
SHTS011120100021
3. REMOVE THE REAR CAB MOUNTING.

(1) Remove the clips to disconnect the engine coolant hoses from the
header tank.
NOTICE
Before disconnection, check that a mark is indicated on each
hose. If a mark is fading, re-indicate a mark before disconnection.
HINT
Use a container and a waste as coolant might drop off from the
header tank during disconnection of engine coolant pipes.
(2) Disconnect the connector of the water level switch.
SHTS011120100022 (3) Remove the bolt to remove the header tank bracket from the cab
mounting.
(4) Remove the air cleaner.
INTAKE SYSTEM".
(5) Disconnect the connector of the air flow sensor.
SHTS011120100023
(6) Disconnect the connector from chassis harness.

(7) Remove the bolts. Using a hoist crane, remove the rear cab
mounting from the frame.
! CAUTION
The rear cab mounting is a heavy component. Handle it carefully.
SHTS011120100024
4. DISCONNECT THE POWER STEERING OIL HOSE.

(1) Disconnect the power steering oil hoses.
NOTICE
• Use a container as oil might drop off. Use a cover to protect
the hose against incoming dust.
• Disposal of engine oil must comply with specified proce-
dures (waste disposal) or other environmentally-conscious
procedures.
SHTS011120100025
5. DISCONNECT THE POWER STEERING OIL PIPE.

(1) Disconnect the power steering oil pipes from the power steering
OIL PIPE
gear.
NOTICE
• Before disconnection of the power steering oil pipes, clean
the power steering gear and the pipes. Use a cover to protect
the pipe against incoming dust.
• Use a container as power steering oil might drop off.
• Disposal of engine oil must comply with specified proce-
procedures.
SHTS011120100026
6. REMOVE THE RADIATOR.

(1) Remove the radiator.
Refer to the section "RADIATOR" in the chapter "COOLING
SYSTEM".
7. REMOVE THE FAN SHROUD RING SEAL RING (RUBBER).

(1) Remove the fan shroud ring seal ring (rubber).
Refer to the section "COOLING FAN AND FAN CLUTCH" in the
chapter "COOLING SYSTEM".
8. DISCONNECT THE AIR PIPE.

(1) Remove two union bolts and four gaskets to disconnect the deliv-
ery pipe and unloader pipe for air compressor.
HINT
UNLOADER PIPE A union bolt securing the unloader pipe has a dodecagonal head.
DELIVERY PIPE
SHTS011120100027
9. DISCONNECT THE HARNESSES.

DEDICATED CONNECTOR CASE COVER (1) Remove two bolts to remove the dedicated connector case cover
(cab side).
SHTS011120100028
(2) Disconnect the engine harness from the dedicated connector.

Use a vinyl cover to protect the engine harness connector.
SHTS011120100029
(3) Disconnect the connector of the engine ECU.

Refer to the section "ENGINE ECU AND ENGINE ECU
COOLER" in the chapter "ENGINE CONTROL".
(4) Disconnect the alternator earth.
Refer to the section "ALTERNATOR" in the chapter "ALTERNA-
TOR".
(5) Disconnect the starter cable.
Refer to the section "STARTER" in the chapter "STARTER".
10. REMOVE THE MUD GUARD.

(1) Remove the mud guard (right side only).
11. REMOVE THE COVER (ON THE UNDERSIDE OF ENGINE).

MUD GUARD
(1) Remove the cover from the frame on the underside of engine.
SHTS011120100030
12. REMOVE THE EXHAUST PIPE AND INTER COOLER HOSE.

(1) Remove the exhaust pipe and inter cooler hose.
NOTICE
Cover open ends of the engine to prevent entry of dirt.
Refer to the section "EXHAUST PIPE" in the chapter "EXHAUST
SYSTEM".
Refer to the section "INTER COOLER" in the chapter "COOLING
SYSTEM".
13. DISCONNECT THE FUEL HOSE.

(1) Disconnect the fuel hose from the fuel pipe on the flywheel hous-
ing.
HINT
Use a container as a fuel might drop off during disconnection of
FEED SIDE fuel hose.
FUEL HOSE
RETURN SIDE
SHTS011120100031
14. REMOVE THE PROPELLER SHAFT.

(1) Remove the propeller shaft.
Refer to the section "PROPELLER SHAFT ASSEMBLY" in the
chapter "PROPELLER SHAFT" in the workshop manual (chas-
sis).
15. REMOVE THE TRANSMISSION.

(1) Remove the transmission.
Refer to the section "TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY" in the chap-
ter "TRANSMISSION MAIN UNIT" in the workshop manual
(chassis).
16. LIFT THE ENGINE.

SPECIAL TOOL SPECIAL TOOL (1) Install the special tool to the engine.
In this step, position a mark "BOLT SIDE" engraved on the spe-
cial tool to the front side.
Tightening Torque:
M12: 108 N⋅m {1,101 kgf⋅cm, 80 lbf⋅ft}
M14: 172 N⋅m {1,754 kgf⋅cm, 127 lbf⋅ft}
SST
Engine hanger Bolt
FRONT SIDE REAR SIDE Engine front side 09205-E1010 SH782-41235
SHTS011120100032 Engine rear left side 09205-E1040 SZ119-14014
(2) Remove the engine mounting installation bolt (front and rear) to
cut out engine mounting from the frame.
(3) Lift the engine hanger so that the cables are fully tightened, then,
after checking that the cables are securely, lift gently and remove
the engine from the vehicle.
(4) When the bottom of the engine goes past the frame, rotate the
engine clockwise to remove the engine from the right side of a
vehicle.
! CAUTION
• Proceed with this work step with a care not to allow the
engine to contact with the frame or cab.
• The engine is a heavy component. Handle it carefully.
SST: Engine hanger (S0940-51190)
SHTS011120100033
MOUNT THE ENGINE ASSEMBLY.
1. MOUNT THE ENGINE ASSEMBLY.

(1) Lift the engine assembly as with dismounting and align the engine
on the frame.
(2) If bolts on the engine mounting do not meet with mounting holes,
adjust the engine mounting position with a tire lever or the like.
(3) Tighten the engine mounting installation bolts.
Tightening Torque:
Front side: 166-224 N⋅m {1,692-2,284 kgf⋅cm, 122-165 lbf⋅ft}
Rear side: 166-224 N⋅m {1,692-2,284 kgf⋅cm, 122-165 lbf⋅ft}
2. INSTALL THE REAR CAB MOUNTING.

(1) Install the rear cab mounting to the frame, and tighten the bolts.
Tightening Torque:
Standerd cab: 55-82 N⋅m {561-836 kgf⋅cm, 41-60 lbf⋅ft}
Wide cab: 96-144 N⋅m {979-1,468 kgf⋅cm, 71-106 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS011120100034
(2) Connect the connector of the chassis harness.

(3) Install the air cleaner case.
INTAKE SYSTEM".
(4) Connect the connector of the air flow sensor.
SHTS011120100035
(5) Install the header tank bracket to the cab mounting.

(6) Connect the connector of the water level switch.
(7) Connect the coolant hose to the header tank in alignment with a
mark indicated before disconnection, and fasten clips.
SHTS011120100036
3. CONNECT THE POWER STEERING OIL PIPE.

(1) Connect the power steering oil pipe to the power steering gear.
OIL PIPE
NOTICE
Connect the tapered thread portion securely to avoid oil leakage.
SHTS011120100037
4. CONNECT THE POWER STEERING OIL HOSE.

(1) Connect the power steering oil hose.
SHTS011120100038
5. INSTALL THE RADIATOR.

(1) Install the radiator.
SYSTEM".
6. INSTALL THE FAN SHROUD RING SEAL RING (RUBBER).

(1) Install the fan shroud ring seal ring (rubber).
7. CONNECT THE AIR PIPE.

(1) Replace the gasket with new one. Connect the delivery pipe and
unloader pipe for air compressor, and tighten union bolts.
HINT
UNLOADER PIPE A union bolt securing the unloader pipe has a dodecagonal head.
DELIVERY PIPE
SHTS011120100039
8. CONNECT THE HARNESSES.

(1) Connect the connector of the engine harness and install the
engine harness to the clips.
(2) Connect the engine harness to the dedicated connector.
SHTS011120100040
(3) Install the dedicated connector case cover (cab side), and tighten
DEDICATED CONNECTOR CASE COVER two bolts.
(4) Install the alternator earth.
TOR".
(5) Connect the starter cable.
SHTS011120100041
9. INSTALL THE MUD GUARD.

(1) Install the mud guard.
MUD GUARD
SHTS011120100042
10. INSTALL THE FUEL HOSE.

(1) Install the fuel hoses and fix them with clamps.
FEED SIDE
FUEL HOSE
RETURN SIDE
SHTS011120100043
11. INSTALL THE EXHAUST PIPE AND THE INTER COOLER

HOSE.
(1) Install the exhaust pipe and the inter cooler hose.
Refer to the section "EXHAUST PIPE" in the chapter "EXHAUST
SYSTEM".
12. INSTALL THE COVER (ON THE UNDERSIDE OF ENGINE).

(1) Install the cover (on the underside of engine).
13. INSTALL THE TRANSMISSION.

(1) Install the transmission.
Refer to the section "TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY" in the chap-
ter "TRANSMISSION MAIN UNIT" in the workshop manual
(chassis).
14. INSTALL THE PROPELLER SHAFT.

(1) Install the propeller shaft.
Refer to the section "PROPELLER SHAFT ASSEMBLY" in the
chapter "PROPELLER SHAFT" in the workshop manual (chas-
sis).
WORK AFTER MOUNTING

OIL PAN 1. POUR ENGINE OIL.
(1) Replace the gasket with new one. Install the drain plug to the oil
pan.
Tightening Torque:
DRAIN PLUG
SHTS011120100044
(2) Fill engine oil to a certain level through the filler cap on the engine
head cover.
FILLER CAP
SHTS011120100045
(3) Fill engine oil through the filler cap on the head cover while
observing the oil level gauge on the left side of the engine to
check a level of remaining engine oil.
ENGINE OIL
Oil pan Oil filter
Approximately 27 L Approximately 1.7 L
• SAE #10W-30 or SAE #30

OIL LEVEL GAUGE
SHTS011120100046
OIL LEVEL GAUGE

NORMAL
MIN MAX
SHTS011120100047
2. AIR BLEEDING
(1) Apply the priming pump and bleed air.
Refer to the section "FUEL FILTER AND CASE" in the chapter
"FUEL SYSTEM".
2A'0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧞᦬㧝ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧟ᤨ㧟ಽ
3. FILL THE COOLANT.

(1) Gradually fill coolant through the coolant inlet in the header tank.
NOTICE
Rapid filling will obstruct smooth air vent in the cooling piping
and increase the filling time.
Coolant volume: 33.5 L

(2) Fill coolant in the header tank to the "FULL" level.
(3) Fully close the radiator cap.
(4) Set an engine speed slightly higher than a regular idling speed.
(5) Increase a cooalnt temperature to the extent that the coolant tem-
perature gauge indicates a middle level by racing the engine three
SHTS011120100048
to five times (idle to 1,800 r/min or higher). Keep running the
engine for additional 10 min. to purge air from the radiator and
from inside the engine.
(6) Stop the engine and wail until the engine cools down. Check the
coolant levels in the header tank. Fill coolant to make up for a
decrease in coolant (used for air purge).
NOTICE
• A substantial drop in the coolant level in the header tank will
obstruct the coolant in the reservoir tank to be taken up.
Refill coolant from time to time when such substantial drop is
detected.
• An excessive increase of the engine speed will cause break-
down of engine components or shorten the service life.
• Air-contained coolant will cause overheat or leakage from the
coolant pump.
• Before removing the radiator cap, wait until the coolant tem-
perature gauge indicates an appropriate or lower tempera-
ture. If the radiator cap is removed at an improper timing, hot
coolant or vapor will spurt out, resulting in a potential risk of
burn injury.
• Check that no leakage (engine oil, etc.) or noise is observed
from the fuel system and/or the cooling system.
4. FILL POWER STEERING FLUID.

(1) Fill power steering fluid.
NOTICE
• Use only specified fluid.
• Do not overfill the oil reservoir.
• Specified fluid....Refer to recommended lubricant list.
LIQUID GASKET AND APPLICATION

POINTS
EN0111201H200001
• Following liquid gaskets are used for the A09C series engine.
Liquid gasket specification:

Three Bond TB1207B: Black
Three Bond TB1207C: Red
Three Bond TB1207D: Silver
1. LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION AND PART ASSEMBLY PRO-

CEDURE.
(1) Remove old liquid gasket from each part and matching parts and
wipe off oil, moisture or dirt with a rag.
(2) Overlap the liquid gasket at the start and end of application.
(3) Be careful of misalignment when assembling parts with liquid gas-
ket. If they are misaligned, reapply the liquid gasket.
(4) Assemble parts within 20 minutes of application.
If more than 20 minutes have passed, remove and reapply the liq-
uid gasket.
(5) Wait for at least 15 minutes or more after assembly of parts
before starting the engine.
2. REMOVE PARTS.
(1) When removing parts, do not use a tool for removal at one loca-
tion only. Use the tool at various locations such as a flange step
or gap for removal. When removing the gasket, be careful that
gasket residue does not enter the engine.
3. OTHERS
(1) For tube-type liquid gasket, use the winding tool that comes with
the liquid gasket.
SHTS011120100049
(2) For cartridge-type gasket, use an application gun.
SHTS011120100050
(3) For tube-type liquid gasket, required width of application can be

obtained by cutting the nozzle to suit.
1: Approximately 2 mm {0.079 in.} width when cut at the first step

2: Approximately 5 mm {0.197 in.} width when cut at the second step
SHTS011120100051
4. PARTS AND POSITIONS FOR LIQUID GASKET

(1) Apply liquid gasket to positions and types of gasket according to
the table shown below.
Follow the application pattern at each position shown in the fig-
ures.
Unit: mm {in.}
Gasket
Application
No. Part name Application position and pattern to be Remarks
width
used
Matching surface of the semicircle plugs on the

top of the cylinder head (one at the front end, the
other at the rear end)
LIQUID GASKET
1.5-2.5
1 Head cover {0.0591- Black
0.0984}
SEMICIRCLE PLUG
NOTICE
Apply liquid gasket without intermittence.
The head gasket matching surface (two location)

between the flywheel housing and the top rear
end surface of the cylinder block
LIQUID GASKET
A A
LIQUID GASKET
LIQUID GASKET
CYLINDER HEAD HEAD GASKET
Cylinder head
2 CYLINDER FLYWHEEL — Red
assembly
BLOCK HOUSING
SECTION A-A
NO GAP
INSUFFICIENT
SOME GAP
TOO LOW
SOME GAP SOME GAP
APPROPRIATE
HEAP UP LIQUID GASKET

OVER THE TOP SURFACE
NOTICE
Heap up liquid gasket over the top surface.
Gasket
Application
width
used
The semicircle plug mounting surface on the cyl-

inder head
REMOVE LIQUID GASKET ON THE
TOP SURFACE OF THE CYLINDER
HEAD COMPLETELY. PLUG
1.5-2.5
Cylinder head
2 {0.0591- Black
assembly
0.0984}
LIQUID
GASKET
Matching surface of the flywheel housing
LOQUID GASKET
1.5-2.5
Flywheel
3 {0.0591- Silver
housing
0.0984}
NOTICE
The cylinder block and the front end plate at the

frontmost bottom surface and to the cylinder
block and the flywheel housing at the rearmost
bottom surface.
ENGINE FRONT
1.5-2.5 Red
4 Oil pan CYLINDER {0.0591- and
BLOCK 0.0984} Silver
FRONT
END PLATE
LIQUID GASKET LIQUID

GASKET
FRONT TIMING FLYWHEEL
GEAR COVER HOUSING
NOTICE
Gasket
Application
width
used
Coolant pump
COOLANT PUMP
1.5
5 Coolant pump Black
{0.0591}
LIQUID GASKET
NOTICE
Matching surface of the flywheel housing

FLYWHEEL HOUSING
1.5-2.5
{0.0591- Silver
0.0984}
LIQUID GASKET
NOTICE
Flywheel power Matching surface of the flywheel power take-off
6
take-off cover (engine side) on the gear case
LIQUID
GASKET
1.5-2.5
{0.0591- Silver
0.0984}
FLYWHEEL
POWER TAKE-OFF
COVER
(ENGINE SIDE)
NOTICE
NOTICE
Figure on the right shows application "pattern" of the liquid gasket.
Apply the liquid gasket to the center of seal flange inside whenever pos-
sible.
2A'0A/QMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧜ᤨ㧝㧝ಽ
ENGINE MECHANICAL (A09C) EN02–1
EN02 ENGINE MECHANICAL (A09C) EN02-001
HEAD COVER........................................... EN02-3 FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY ........................EN02-75

COMPONENT LOCATOR ............................... EN02-3 COMPONENT LOCATOR ............................. EN02-75
REPLACEMENT .............................................. EN02-4 SPECIAL TOOL ............................................. EN02-75
OVERHAUL ................................................... EN02-76
ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY ..................... EN02-7 INSPECTION AND REPAIR .......................... EN02-79
COMPONENT LOCATOR ............................... EN02-7

OVERHAUL ..................................................... EN02-9 CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL ...........EN02-80
INSPECTION AND REPAIR .......................... EN02-15 COMPONENT LOCATOR ............................. EN02-80
SPECIAL TOOL ............................................. EN02-80
CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY........................ EN02-16 REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN02-81
COMPONENT LOCATOR ............................. EN02-16

OVERHAUL ................................................... EN02-18 FLYWHEEL HOUSING ...........................EN02-84
INSPECTION AND REPAIR .......................... EN02-21 COMPONENT LOCATOR ............................. EN02-84
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN02-85
CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY .............. EN02-23
COMPONENT LOCATOR ............................. EN02-23 REAR TIMING GEAR AND
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN02-25 CAM IDLE GEAR ....................................EN02-90
OVERHAUL ................................................... EN02-36 COMPONENT LOCATOR ............................. EN02-90
INSPECTION AND REPAIR .......................... EN02-41 DESCRIPTION .............................................. EN02-91
SPECIAL TOOL ............................................. EN02-92
VALVE SYSTEM ..................................... EN02-42 PROPOSAL TOOL ........................................ EN02-92
COMPONENT LOCATOR ............................. EN02-42 OVERHAUL ................................................... EN02-93
SPECIAL TOOL ............................................. EN02-46 INSPECTION AND REPAIR ........................ EN02-102
OVERHAUL ................................................... EN02-47
INSPECTION AND REPAIR .......................... EN02-52 PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD.......EN02-104
COMPONENT LOCATOR ........................... EN02-104
CRANKSHAFT DAMPER ....................... EN02-54 SPECIAL TOOL ........................................... EN02-104
COMPONENT LOCATOR ............................. EN02-54 PROPOSAL TOOL ...................................... EN02-106
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN02-55 OVERHAUL ................................................. EN02-106
INSPECTION AND REPAIR ........................ EN02-118
CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL......... EN02-59

CRANKSHAFT ......................................EN02-120
SPECIAL TOOL ............................................. EN02-59 COMPONENT LOCATOR ........................... EN02-120
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN02-60 REPLACEMENT .......................................... EN02-122
INSPECTION AND REPAIR ........................ EN02-127
FRONT TIMING GEAR COVER AND

CYLINDER LINER.................................EN02-129
TIMING GEAR......................................... EN02-63
COMPONENT LOCATOR ........................... EN02-129
SPECIAL TOOL ........................................... EN02-129
DESCRIPTION .............................................. EN02-65
REPLACEMENT .......................................... EN02-130
OVERHAUL ................................................... EN02-66
INSPECTION AND REPAIR .......................... EN02-74
EN02–2 ENGINE MECHANICAL (A09C)
CYLINDER BLOCK .............................. EN02-133

COMPONENT LOCATOR............................EN02-133
SPECIAL TOOL ...........................................EN02-133
EN 02
OVERHAUL..................................................EN02-134
INSPECTION AND REPAIR ........................EN02-141
ENGINE MOUNTING AND

BRACKET ............................................. EN02-142
COMPONENT LOCATOR............................EN02-142
REPLACEMENT ..........................................EN02-143
HEAD COVER
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100001
SHTS031120200001
1 Semicircle plug 6 Head cover

2 Gasket 7 Cushion
3 Oil filler cap 8 Clip
4 Clamp 9 Spacer
5 Vent hose
Tightening torque Unit: N⋅m {kgf⋅cm, lbf⋅ft}

A 36 {367, 27}
REPLACEMENT
EN0311202H300001
REMOVE THE HEAD COVER.

COOLANT HOSE CLIP
COOLANT PIPE
1. DISCONNECT THE COOLANT PIPES ON THE HEAD COVER.
(1) Remove the clamp brackets and disconnect the coolant pipes for
the purpose of facilitating the replacement works.
CLAMP CLIP
CLIP BRACKET
SHTS031120200002
2. DISCONNECT THE HOSES ON THE HEAD COVER.

CLAMP BOLT (1) Remove clamps securing the vent hose and the air compressor
suction hose on the head cover.
(2) Remove the bolts to remove the vent hose, the air compressor
suction hose and clips.
BOLT
CLIP
SHTS031120200003
3. REMOVE THE HEAD COVER.

CUSHION (1) Remove five bolts to remove the cushions, the spacers and the
BOLT HEAD COVER
SPACER head cover.
SHTS031120200004
(2) Remove the head cover gasket from the head cover.
HEAD COVER GASKET
HEAD COVER
SHTS031120200005
(3) Use a scraper to remove liquid gasket from semicircle plugs on

the top of the cylinder head (one at the front end, the other at the
rear end).
NOTICE
Do not remove the semicircle plugs unless oil leak is found from
the semicircle plugs.
SEMICIRCLE PLUG
SHTS031120200006
INSTALL THE HEAD COVER.

HEAD COVER GASKET
HEAD COVER
1. INSTALL THE HEAD COVER.
(1) Remove dirt (including liquid gasket) and oil from the mating sur-
faces of the head cover and the cylinder head.
(2) Install a new head cover gasket into a groove in the head cover.
SHTS031120200007
(3) Apply liquid gasket (ThreeBond TB1207B, black) to the mating

LIQUID GASKET surfaces of the semicircle plugs on the top of the cylinder head
(one at the front end, the other at the rear end).
NOTICE
• Apply liquid gasket at a width of 1.5 to 2.5 mm {0.0591 to
0.0984 in.}.
• Apply liquid gasket without intermittence.
• Proceed with a next step within 20 min. after applying liquid
gasket.
SEMICIRCLE PLUG
SHTS031120200008
(4) Align the head cover with the installation position on the cylinder
CUSHION head. Attach a spacer and a cushion, and tighten a bolt.
BOLT HEAD COVER
SPACER Tightening Torque:
NOTICE
• Note that the head cover is of floating mount type. Do not
excessively tighten a bolt.
• Gradually install the head cover without applying an exces-
sive force so that there will be no interference nor excessive
contact with other components/parts in the cylinder head
such as engine retarder harness.
SHTS031120200009
(5) Remove excessive liquid gasket thoroughly.
2. CONNECT THE HOSES ON THE HEAD COVER.

CLAMP BOLT (1) Insert the vent hose and the air compressor suction hose, and
secure the clamps.
NOTICE
Do not twist the vent hose.
(2) Install the clips with the bolts to secure the vent hose and the air
compressor suction hose.
BOLT
CLIP
SHTS031120200003
3. CONNECT THE COOLANT PIPES ON THE HEAD COVER.

COOLANT HOSE CLIP (1) Install the clip bracket to the head cover with the bolt.
COOLANT PIPE
CLAMP CLIP
CLIP BRACKET
SHTS031120200002
ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100002
WITH 3-CYLINDER RETARDATION TYPE OF ENGINE RETARDER
3
8 1
B B
1
10 A 5
B 3 7 4
1
1 1
6
7 A 5 2
1 4 4
2
9
4
SHTS031120200010
1 Adjusting screw 6 Torsion spring

2 Push rod 7 Rocker arm (Intake)
3 Rocker arm (Exhaust) 8 Rocker arm (Retarder)
4 Crosshead 9 Rocker arm shaft
5 Crosshead assembly 10 Spacer

A 28 {286, 21} B 44 {450, 32}

A
7
4
1
1
A
B 8
9 3 5
1
2
6 5
SHTS031120200011
1 Adjusting screw 6 Rocker arm shaft

2 Push rod 7 Rocker arm (Exhaust)
3 Rocker arm (Intake) 8 Crosshead assembly
4 Rocker arm (Retarder) 9 Torsion spring
5 Crosshead

A 44 {450, 32} B 28 {286, 21}
OVERHAUL
EN0311202H200001
REMOVE THE ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY.

Refer to the section "HEAD COVER".
2. REMOVE THE INJECTOR HARNESS.

(1) Disconnect the terminal of the engine retarder and the connector
of the injector and remove the injector harness.
TEM".
3. REMOVE THE ENGINE RETARDER.

(1) Remove the engine retarder.
Refer to the section "ENGINE RETARDER" in the chapter
"ENGINE RETARDER".
4. REMOVE THE ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY.

ADJUSTING SCREW LOCK NUT (1) Loosen the lock nut and turn the adjusting screw counterclock-
wise completely.
! CAUTION
Not untightening the adjusting screw may result in a bent rocker
arm shaft.
SHTS031120200012
(2) Gradually loosen the rocker support bolt (turn approximately 90°
at each time) in the order shown in the figure.
14 12 10 8 9 11 13
21 19 17 15 16 18 20
7 5 3 1 2 4 6
ENGINE FRONT
SHTS031120200013
! CAUTION
• The bolts shown with a star in the figure have a thin head.
Take care not to cause damage with a tool.
• Make sure to gradually loosen a rocker support bolt. Other-
wise the rocker arm shaft might be bent.
(3) Remove the bolts No.8 to No.21 shown in the figure and remove
HOLE HOLE the rocker arm assembly.
NOTICE
• Note that the cam bearing (top) mounted on the rocker sup-
port (lower) might drop off due to some impacts.
• Take care not to allow the bearing and the push rod of the
crosshead to drop onto the holes shown in the figure.
ENGINE FRONT
SHTS031120200014
DISASSEMBLE THE ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY.

ROCKER SUPPORT (LOWER)
1. REMOVE THE ROCKER SUPPORT.

(1) Remove the rocker support bolt to remove the rocker support
(upper and lower) from the rocker arm shaft.
ROCKER SUPPORT (UPPER)

SHTS031120200015
2. REMOVE THE ROCKER ARM.

ROCKER ARM (INTAKE) (1) With retarder
ROCKER ARM a. Remove the rocker arm (exhaust), the rocker arm (retarder)
(RETARDER) and the rocker arm (intake) from the rocker arm shaft in this
sequential order.
! CAUTION
ROCKER ARM
Take care not to cut your hand with a sharp edge.
SHAFT
TORSION SPRING
ROCKER ARM (EXHAUST)
SHTS031120200016
b. Remove the torsion spring from the rocker arm (retarder).

TORSION
SPRING
ROCKER ARM
(RETARDER)
SHTS031120200017
(2) With no retarder

ROCKER ARM (INTAKE) a. Remove the rocker arm (exhaust), the spacer and the rocker
arm (intake) from the rocker arm shaft in this sequential order.
! CAUTION
ROCKER ARM
SHAFT
SPACER
SHTS031120200018
ASSEMBLE THE ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY.

TORSION
SPRING
1. INSTALL THE ROCKER ARM.
ROCKER ARM
(1) With retarder
(RETARDER) a. Insert the torsion spring into a hole in the side face of the
rocker arm (retarder).
b. Apply engine oil to the rocker arm shaft and the axes of the
rocker arms (exhaust, retarder and intake).
SHTS031120200019
c. Insert and install the rocker arm (exhaust), the rocker arm
ROCKER ARM (INTAKE) (retarder) and the rocker arm (intake) into the rocker arm
ROCKER ARM shaft. Then insert the torsion spring of the rocker arm
(RETARDER) (retarder) into the hole of the rocker arm shaft.
! CAUTION
ROCKER ARM
SHAFT
TORSION SPRING
SHTS031120200020
(2) With no retarder

ROCKER ARM (INTAKE) a. Apply engine oil to the rocker arm shaft and the axes of the
rocker arms (exhaust), the spacer and the rocker arm
(intake).
b. Insert and install the rocker arm (exhaust), the spacer and the
rocker arm (intake) into the rocker arm shaft.
! CAUTION
ROCKER ARM
SHAFT
SPACER
SHTS031120200021
2. INSTALL THE ROCKER SUPPORT.

ROCKER SUPPORT (LOWER) (1) Check that upper and lower rocker supports have the same serial
SERIAL NUMBER
number.
(2) Check the installation position with a journal number on the upper
rocker support.
ROCKER SUPPORT
(UPPER) JOURNAL NUMBER
SHTS031120200022
(3) Set the knock pin on the upper rocker support in the journal No.1,
No.1 JOURNAL ROCKER SUPPORT into the knock hole in the rocker arm shaft. Fit the lower rocker
(UPPER)
KNOCK PIN support to sandwich the rocker arm shaft.
HINT
• The knock pin exists only in the journal No.1. Install other
rocker supports (upper and lower) by referencing to the jour-
nal No.1.
• Pretighten a bolt on the upper rocker support until it is fully
seated, in order to prevent the knock pin from coming off.
ROCKER ARM
ROCKER SUPPORT (LOWER) SHAFT
SHTS031120200023
(4) Insert a bolt into the installation hole in the upper rocker support,
and apply engine oil to the bolt seat surface and thread.
(5) Pretighten a bolt on the upper rocker support.
HINT
Just pretighten a bolt on the rocker support in this step. Fully
tighten it to the specified torque in a later stage when installing
the rocker arm assembly.
No.1 No.2 No.3 No.4 No.5 No.6 No.7
ENGINE FRONT
SHTS031120200024
INSTALL THE ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY.

PUSH ROD
1. PRIOR CHECK
(1) Check that the crosshead and the push rod are property placed
(sitting) on each valve.
(2) Check that the rocker arms are properly assembled to the rocker
shaft.
CROSSHEAD
SHTS031120200025
(3) Check that the cam bearing (upper) is properly installed to the
CAM BEARING lower rocker support.
CONCAVITY
OIL HOLE

SHTS031120200026
(4) Check that the adjusting screw on the rocker arm is fully lifted.
! CAUTION
If the adjusting screw is not fully lifted, the shaft might bend dur-
ing tightening of the rocker support bolt.
LOCK NUT
ADJUSTING SCREW
SHTS031120200027
2. INSTALL THE ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY.

(1) Check that no dusts or shavings remain on the rocker support
bottom surface and the rocker support seat surface on the top of
the cylinder head. Set the rocker arm assembly to the installation
position.
HINT
ROCKER SUPPORT Make sure that the knock pin on the cylinder head mates with the
BOTTOM SURFACE knock hole in the lower rocker support.
ROCKER SUPPORT
SEAT SURFACE KNOCK PIN
SHTS031120200028
HINT
Fix the rocker arms with string to facilitate installation.
(2) Apply engine oil to the rocker arm mounting bolt seats and
threads. Finger-tighten the bolts until one or two threads go in for
the purpose of positioning.
FIX THE ROCKER ARMS WITH STRING.
SHTS031120200029
2A'0A/QMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧝ᤨ㧥ಽ
(3) Pretighten the rocker arm support bolts in the order shown in the
figure.
Mark in
Tightening method Pretightening
figure
Seating torque
Plastic-region angle
60 N⋅m
control method
{610 kgf⋅cm, 44 lbf⋅ft}
Torque method Before seating
14 12 10 8 9 11 13
7 5 3 1 2 4 6
21 19 17 15 16 18 20
ENGINE FRONT
SHTS031120200030
(4) Make sure that the crosshead and the push rod are positioned in
place and do not come off after pretightening.
(5) Tighten the rocker arm support bolts in the order shown in the fig-
ure to the specified torque.
Mark in
Tightening method Final tightening
figure
Plastic-region angle
Rotational angle 120°
control method
Tightening torque
Torque method 26 N⋅m
{265 kgf⋅cm, 19 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
• When adding torque, never untighten the bolts, even if they
have been overtightened.
• The bolts shown with a square marked in the figure have a
thin head. Take care not to cause damage with a tool.
HINT
1 20 • PROCEDURE OF THE ANGLE CONTROL METHOD
.
a. Mark the bolts (shown with a square marked in the figure)

with paint to indicate the same directions.
b. Turn the bolts 120° (1/3 turn) and make sure that all paint
marks face the same direction.
MARKING
SHTS031120200031
(6) Make sure that the crosshead and the push rod are positioned in
PUSH place and do not come off.
ROD
(7) Adjust the valve clearance.
Refer to the section "VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT" in
the chapter "ENGINE INTRODUCTION".
CROSSHEAD CROSSHEAD
(INTAKE SIDE) (EXHAUST SIDE)
SHTS031120200032
3. INSTALL THE ENGINE RETARDER.

(1) Install the engine retarder.
"ENGINE RETARDER".
4. INSTALL THE INJECTOR HARNESS.

(1) Install the injector harness and connect the terminal of the engine
retarder and the connector of the injector.
TEM".

(1) Install the head cover.
INSPECTION AND REPAIR

EN0311202H300002
Unit: mm {in.}
Inspection item Standard Limit Remedy Inspection procedure
Replace Measure
26.92
Rocker shaft outside diameter 27 {1.062} rocker
{1.0590}
shaft.
Exhaust, 27.08
27 Replace
Rocker arm bushing Retarder {1.0661}
rocker arm
inside diameter 27.05
Intake 27 bushing.
{1.0649}
Exhaust, 0.020-0.092 0.16 Replace

Retarder {0.0007-0.0036} {0.0062} rocker arm
Clearance between
bushing
rocker shaft and
0.020-0.092 0.13 and/ or
rocker arm bushing Intake
{0.0007-0.0036} {0.0051} rocker
shaft.
Replace
90 91.5
Rocker support bolt rocker sup- Measure
{3.543} {3.602}
port bolt.
CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100003
SHTS031120200034
1 Cam bearing
A
1
2
SHTS031120200035
1 Camshaft gear 3 Camshaft

2 Knock pin

A 60 {610, 44} + 90°
OVERHAUL
EN0311202H200002
REMOVE THE CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY.


TEM".

"ENGINE RETARDER".

(1) Loosen the lock nut and turn the adjusting screw counterclock-
wise completely. Remove the rocker arm assembly.
Refer to the section "ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY".
5. REMOVE THE CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY.

CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY (1) Hold the camshaft gear and the camshaft journal with your hands,
and remove the camshaft assembly.
! CAUTION
Take care as the cam bearing attached to the cylinder head might
drop off concurrently.
ENGINE FRONT
SHTS031120200036
6. REMOVE THE CAM BEARING.

CAM BEARING PUSH (1) Remove the cam bearing from the lower rocker arm support.
HINT
CONCAVITY
For easier works in this step, push the end of the cam bearing on
the opposite side from a concavity.
OIL HOLE

SHTS031120200037
(2) Remove the cam bearing from the cylinder head.

CAM BEARING HINT
CONCAVITY the opposite side from a concavity.
PUSH
OIL HOLE
SHTS031120200038
DISASSEMBLE THE CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY.

CAMSHAFT
CAMSHAFT GEAR (1) Using a vise, fix the camshaft gear.
! CAUTION
Take care not to deform or scratch the gear.
(2) Remove the bolt to remove the camshaft gear.
SHTS031120200039
ASSEMBLE THE CAMSHAFT.

CAMSHAFT
1. INSTALL THE CAMSHAFT GEAR.
CAMSHAFT GEAR (1) Using a vise, fix the camshaft gear. Apply engine oil to the seat
surface and thread of the camshaft installation bolt.
(2) Fit the knock pin to the camshaft and camshaft gear, and tighten
the camshaft gear installation bolt.
Seating torque:
SHTS031120200040
(3) Retighten the bolt 90° (1/4 turn).

NOTICE
When adding torque, never untighten the bolt, even if they have
90 been overtightened.
! CAUTION
Take care not to deform or scratch the gear.
SHTS031120200041
INSTALL THE CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY.
1. SET THE TOP DEAD CENTER ON THE COMPRESSION

STROKE OF THE No.1 CYLINDER.
(1) Set the top dead center on the compression stroke of the No.1
cylinder.
Refer to the section "SUPPLY PUMP" in the chapter "FUEL
SYSTEM".
2. INSALL THE CAM BEARING.

CAM BEARING (1) Install the cam bearing in alignment with a concavity in the lower
rocker arm support, and apply engine oil.
CONCAVITY
NOTICE
• Make sure that oil holes are aligned with each other.
• Misaligned oil holes will cause insufficient oiling, resulting in
seizure.
OIL HOLE

SHTS031120200042
(2) Install the cam bearing in alignment with a concavity in the cylin-
CAM BEARING der head, and apply engine oil.
NOTICE
CONCAVITY
• Make sure that oil holes are aligned with each other.
• Misaligned oil holes will cause insufficient oiling, resulting in
seizure.
OIL HOLE
SHTS031120200043
3. INSTALL THE CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY.

DRILLED HOLE FOR (1) Position two drilled holes located at an angle of 180° (drilled holes
MISASSEMBLY-PLOOF DRILLED HOLE for determining the timing) to be parallel to the top surface of the
FOR cylinder head.
DETERMINING
THE TIMING NOTICE
Place a transparent plastic scale or an edged scale on the top face
SCALE
of the cylinder head and on the side face of the camshaft gear,
and check that drilled holes for misassembly-proof lie at a height
above the scale.
DRILLED HOLE
FOR DETERMINING (2) Check that end play of the camshaft falls within the standard
THE TIMING value.
SHTS031120200044

wise completely. Install the rocker arm assembly.

"ENGINE RETARDER".

TEM".


EN0311202H300003
Unit: mm {in.}
49.987 Measure
IN 50.067 {1.9711}
{1.9679}
52.024 Replace
Cam height EX 52.104 {2.0513}
{2.0481} camshaft.
49.708
RE 49.788 {1.9601}
{1.9570}
IN 8.067 {0.3175} —
Replace
Cam lift EX 10.104 {0.3977} —
camshaft.
RE 5.788 {0.2278} —
40 39.85 Replace Measure

Camshaft journal outside diameter
{1.5748} {1.5689} camshaft.
Replace
40 40.15
Camshaft bearing inside diameter camshaft
{1.5748} {1.5807}
bearing.
Replace
Clearance between
0.020-0.063 0.3 camshaft
camshaft journal and
{0.0008-0.0024} {0.0118} and/or cam
camshaft bearing
bearing.
Measure
0.1 Replace
Camshaft deflection 0.04 {0.0016}
{0.0039} camshaft.
Measure
0.100-0.380 Replace
Camshaft end play —
{0.0040-0.0149} camshaft.
Measure
Cam idle- 0.040-0.151 0.3 Replace

Timing gear backlash
Camshaft {0.0015-0.0059} {0.0118} gear.
Replace
30 31
Camshaft gear bolt camshaft Measure
{1.1811} {1.2204}
gear bolt.
CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100004
SHTS031120200050
1 Head gasket 2 Semicircle plug

A 100 {1,020, 74} + 135° + 90° B 59 {600, 44}
SHTS031120200051
1 Cylinder head assembly

REPLACEMENT
EN0311202H100001
REMOVE THE PERIPHERAL COMPONENTS/PARTS

OF CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY.
1. DISCONNECT THE HARNESS.

(1) Disconnect the connector from the cylinder head.
Refer to the section "ENGINE HARNESS" in the chapter
"ENGINE CONTROL".
2. REMOVE THE INTAKE PIPE (EXHAUST SIDE).

(1) Remove the intake pipe (exhaust side).
Refer to the section "INTAKE PIPE (EXHAUST SIDE)" in the
chapter "AIR INTAKE SYSTEM".
3. REMOVE THE TURBOCHARGER PIPES.

(1) Remove the oil pipes (upper and lower) and the coolant pipes
(upper and side) from the turbocharger.
Refer to the section "TURBOCHARGER" in the chapter "TUR-
BOCHARGER".
4. REMOVE THE ALTERNATOR.

(1) Remove the alternator assembly.
Refer to the section "ALTERNATOR" in the chapter "ALTERMA-
TOR".
5. DISCONNECT THE COOLANT HOSE FROM THE EGR

EGR COOLER COOLER.
(1) Remove a clamp. Use a plier and slightly twist a hose to release
the bonding of a hose.
USE A PLIER AND
TWIST A HOSE HINT
TO RELEASE THE Do not pull off a hose in this step as the hose will be pulled off
BONDING OF A
automatically when the cylinder head assembly is lifted.
HOSE.
HOSE
CLAMP
SHTS031120200052
6. DISCONNECT THE COOLANT PIPE.

(1) Remove three clips securing the coolant pipe between the coolant
pump and the air compressor.
CLIP (2) Remove a union bolt to disconnect one coolant pipe between the
COOLANT PIPE
coolant pump and the air compressor.
SHTS031120200053
COOLANT PIPE CLIP
SHTS031120200054
COOLANT PIPE
SHTS031120200055
7. DISCONNECT THE FUEL PIPE.

(1) Remove the union bolt to disconnect three fuel pipes from the fuel
RETURN PIPE
filter case.
No.1
FUEL FEED
PIPE No.4
FUEL FEED
PIPE No.5
SHTS031120200056
(2) Remove the union bolt to disconnect the fuel pipe between fuel fil-
SUPPLY PUMP ter case and the supply pump.
FUEL PIPE
SHTS031120200057
(3) Remove the clip to remove two pressure-feed pipes from the
CLIP PRESSURE-FEED COMMON common rail.
PIPE RAIL (4) Remove the union bolt to disconnect the fuel pipe from the com-
mon rail.
FUEL PIPE
SHTS031120200058
8. DISCONNECT THE COOLANT HOSE UNDER THE THERMO-

THERMOSTAT STAT CASE.
CASE (1) Remove a clamp. Use a plier and slightly twist a hose to release
HOSE the bonding of a hose.
USE A PLIER AND CLAMP
TWIST A HOSE TO
HINT
RELEASE THE Do not pull off a hose in this step as the hose will be pulled off
BONDING OF A automatically when the cylinder head assembly is lifted.
HOSE.
SHTS031120200059
9. REMOVE THE EXHAUST MANIFOLD BRACKET.

EXHAUST MANIFOLD (1) Remove the bolts to remove the exhaust manifold bracket.
BRACKET
SHTS031120200060
10. REMOVE THE CONNECTING PARTS UNDER THE INTAKE

BOLT BRACKET BOLT PIPE (INTAKE SIDE).
(1) Remove the bolts to remove the fuel pipe bracket and priming
pump bracket.
SHTS031120200061
REMOVE THE CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY.


TEM".

"ENGINE RETARDER".

wise completely. Remove the rocker arm assembly.

(1) Remove the camshaft.
Refer to the section "CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY".
6. REMOVE THE INJECTOR.

(1) Remove the injector and six injection pipes.
TEM".
7. REMOVE THE CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY.

(1) Gradually loosen the bolts (turn approximately 90° at each time)
and remove them in the order shown in the figure.
3
2
8 16 24 27 19 11
4 12 20 28 23 15 7
1
5 13 21 29 22 14 6
9 17 25 26 18 10
ENGINE FRONT
SHTS031120200062
(2) Install the eye bolts to the cylinder head.
(3) Lift and remove the cylinder head assembly using a hoist.
HINT
If the cylinder head would be too tight to be separated off, use a
plastic hammer to apply some impacts to the surrounding area of
the cylinder head being slightly lifted by a hoist.
EYE BOLT
SHTS031120200063
a. Disconnect the coolant hose under the thermostat case when

THERMOSTAT being lifted.
CASE
HOSE
DISCONNECT THE
HOSE WHEN
BEING LIFTED.
SHTS031120200064
b. Disconnect the coolant hose for the EGR cooler when being
EGR
lifted.
COOLER
HOSE DISCONNECT THE

HOSE WHEN
BEING LIFTED.
SHTS031120200065
(4) Use some blocks to prepare a reasonable bed so that peripheral

components such as an intake pipe will not undergo any loads
when the cylinder head assembly is placed on the work bench.
! CAUTION
With injector installed, take care not to damage the nozzle tips.
INSTALL THE CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY.

CYLINDER BLOCK TOP SURFACE
1. INSTALL THE HEAD GASKET.
(1) Clean the cylinder block top surface.
NOTICE
Before start of works, remove dusts, moisture or oil from the
mounting surfaces of the cylinder head and the cylinder block.
SHTS031120200066
(2) Place a new head gasket on the top surface of the cylinder block
HEAD GASKET in alignment with the knock pin.
! CAUTION
Do not reuse an old gasket. Otherwise, the engine will be dam-
aged.
NOTICE
Before mounting the head gasket, make sure of no scratches in or
coming-off of the seal ring.
SHTS031120200067
(3) Apply liquid gasket (ThreeBond TB1207C, red) to the head gas-
ket mating surfaces (two locations) between the flywheel housing
and the top rear end surface of the cylinder block.
NOTICE
• Apply enough liquid gasket to the extent that a raise of liquid
gasket is seen on the head gasket surface.
• Proceed with a mounting work within 20 min. after applying
liquid gasket.
APPLY LIQUID
GASKET HERE
A A NO GAP INSUFFICIENT
SOME GAP
TOO LOW
APPLY LIQUID
GASKET HERE
LIQUID GASKET
CYLINDER HEAD HEAD GASKET SOME GAP SOME GAP
APPROPRIATE
CYLINDER FLYWHEEL
BLOCK HOUSING
HEAP UP LIQUID GASKET
SECTION A-A
OVER THE TOP SURFACE
SHTS031120200068
2. INSTALL THE CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY.

(1) Clean the cylinder head bottom surface and the head bolt seat
surface on the top of the cylinder head.
(2) Install eye bolts and use a hoist to lift the cylinder head assembly.
(3) Install some guide bolts to the cylinder block. Align the knock pin
and place the cylinder head assembly on the cylinder block.
NOTICE
Before placing onto the cylinder block, make sure that no contam-
inants remain in the cylinders.
EYE BOLT
SHTS031120200069
a. Connect the coolant hose to the EGR cooler when installing

EGR the cylinder head assembly.
COOLER
HOSE CONNECT THE HOSE

WHEN INSTALLING
THE HEAD.
SHTS031120200070
b. Connect the coolant hose under the thermostat case when

THERMOSTAT installing the cylinder head assembly.
CASE
HOSE
CONNECT THE HOSE

WHEN INSTALLING
THE HEAD.
SHTS031120200071
(4) Apply engine oil to the bolt seat surfaces and bolt threads of the
head bolt.
(5) Tighten No.1-No.26 head bolts in order shown in the figure to the
specified torque.
Seating torque:
100 N⋅m {1,020 kgf⋅cm, 74 lbf⋅ft}
27
28
20 12 4 5 13 21
24 16 8 1 9 17 25
29
23 15 7 2 10 18 26
19 11 3 6 14 22
ENGINE FRONT
SHTS031120200072
(6) Mark the head bolts with paint to indicate the same directions.
MARKING
SHTS031120200073
(7) Turn No.1-No.26 head bolts 135° (3/8 turn) in the same order as
in (5) and make sure that all paint marks face the same direction.
FIRST TIME Additionally, turn No.1-No.26 head bolts 90° (1/4 turn) in the same
135 order as in (5) and make sure that all paint marks face the same
direction.
SECOND NOTICE
TIME
90 When adding torque, never untighten the bolts, even if they have
been overtightened.
MARKING
SHTS031120200074
(8) Tighten No.27-No.29 in the order shown in the figure to the speci-
fied torque below.
27 Tightening Torque:
28
3. INSTALL THE INJECTOR.

(1) Install the injector and six injection pipes to the cylinder head.
29
TEM".

SHTS031120200075
(1) Install the camshaft assembly.

wise completely. Install the rocker arm assembly.

"ENGINE RETARDER".

TEM".

INSTALL THE PERIPHERAL COMPONENTS/PARTS

BOLT BRACKET BOLT
OF CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY.
1. INSTALL THE CONNECTING PARTS UNDER THE INTAKE

PIPE (INTAKE SIDE).
(1) Install the fuel pipe bracket and the priming pump bracket to
under the intake pipe (intake side), and tighten bolts.
SHTS031120200076
2. INSTALL THE EXHAUST MANIFOLD BRACKET.

EXHAUST MANIFOLD (1) Loosen bolts in the lower area of the exhaust manifold bracket on
BRACKET the cylinder block side.
LOOSEN THE BOLT.

SHTS031120200077
(2) Hold the exhaust manifold bracket against the cylinder block, and
EXHAUST MANIFOLD tighten the bolts on the exhaust manifold side.
BRACKET
Tightening Torque:
68.5 N⋅m {700 kgf⋅cm, 51 lbf⋅ft}
PUSH
SHTS031120200078
(3) Tighten the loosened bolts in the lower area of the exhaust mani-
EXHAUST MANIFOLD fold bracket on the cylinder block side.
BRACKET Tightening Torque:
68.5 N⋅m {700 kgf⋅cm, 51 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS031120200079
3. CONNECT THE COOLANT HOSE UNDER THE THERMOSTAT

THERMOSTAT CASE.
CASE (1) Fix the coolant hose under the thermostat case with a clamp.
HOSE
CLAMP
WITHIN 90
SHTS031120200080
4. CONNECT THE FUEL PIPE.

CLIP PRESSURE- COMMON RAIL (1) Replace old gasket with a new one. Connect the fuel pipe to the
FEED PIPE common rail, and tighten a union bolt.
Tightening Torque:
12.5 N⋅m {128 kgf⋅cm, 9 lbf⋅ft}
(2) connect new pressure-feed pipes, and fasten clips.

Tightening Torque:
FUEL PIPE ! CAUTION

Note that the pressure-feed pipe must be replaced with a new one.
SHTS031120200081 Otherwise fuel might leak out when a high pressure is applied.
(3) Replace the gasket with a new one. Connect the fuel pipe (supply
SUPPLY PUMP pump side) between the fuel filter case and the supply pump.
Tightening Torque:
FUEL PIPE
SHTS031120200082
(4) Replace the gasket with a new one. Connect three fuel pipes to
the fuel filter case, and fasten union bolts.
RETURN PIPE
No.1
FUEL FEED
PIPE No.4
FUEL FEED
PIPE No.5
SHTS031120200083
5. INSTALL THE COOLANT PIPE.

COOLANT PIPE CLIP (1) Replace the gasket with a new one. Connect the coolant pipe
between the coolant pump and the air compressor, and fasten
union bolts.
(2) Fix the coolant pipe and fuel pipe on the intake pipe (intake side)
with three clips.
SHTS031120200084
COOLANT PIPE
SHTS031120200085
CLIP
COOLANT PIPE
SHTS031120200086
6. CONNECT THE COOLANT HOSE FOR THE EGR COOLER.

EGR COOLER
(1) Fix the coolant hose for the EGR cooler with the clamps.
WITHIN 90
HOSE
CLAMP
SHTS031120200087
7. INSTALL THE ALTERNATOR.

(1) Install the alternator assembly.
TOR".
8. INSTALL THE TURBOCHARGER PIPES.

(1) Install the oil pipes (upper and lower) and the coolant pipes
(upper and side) to the turbocharger.
BOCHARGER".
9. INSTALL THE INTAKE PIPE (EXHAUST SIDE).

(1) Install the intake pipe (exhaust side).
10. CONNECT THE HARNESS.

(1) Connect the connector to the cylinder head.
"ENGINE CONTROL".
OVERHAUL
EN0311202H200003
REMOVE THE CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY.

(1) Disconnect the connector from the cylinder head.
"ENGINE CONTROL".

(1) Remove the intake pipe (exhaust side).
3. REMOVE THE FUEL FILTER AND THE CASE.

(1) Remove the fuel filter and the case.
"FUEL SYSTEM".
4. REMOVE THE EGR VALVE AND THE COOLER.

(1) Remove the EGR valve and the cooler.
Refer to the section "EGR VALVE AND COOLER" in the chapter
"EMISSION CONTROL".
5. REMOVE THE COMMON RAIL.

(1) Remove the common rail.
Refer to the section "COMMON RAIL" in the chapter "FUEL
SYSTEM".
6. REMOVE THE TURBOCHARGER.

(1) Remove the turbocharger.
BOCHARGER".

(1) Remove the alternator assembly.
TOR".
8. REMOVE THE THERMOSTAT CASE.

(1) Remove the thermostat case.
Refer to the section "THERMOSTAT CASE AND THERMO-
STAT" in the chapter "COOLING SYSTEM".
9. REMOVE THE EXHAUST MANIFOLD.

(1) Remove the exhaust manifold.
Refer to the section "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" in the chapter
"EXHAUST SYSTEM".

(1) Remove the cylinder head assembly.
Refer to the section "CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY".
DISASSEMBLE THE CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY.
1. REMOVE THE INJECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR.

(1) Remove the bolts to remove the injector harness connector.
INJECTOR HARNESS
CONNECTOR
SHTS031120200088
(2) Remove the O-ring from the injector harness connector.

O-RING
SHTS031120200089
2. CLEAN THE CYLINDER HEAD.

(1) Using a scraper, remove carbon deposits or foreign particles.
(2) Clean the cylinder head.
! CAUTION
Be careful not to damage the cylinder head lower surface when
removing carbon deposits or foreign particles.
SHTS031120200090
3. REMOVE THE SEMICIRCLE PLUG.

(1) Remove two semicircle plugs (one each at the front and rear on
the top surface of the cylinder head) fitted by liquid gasket if oil
leaks from the semicircle plugs.
NOTICE
Remove semicircle plugs only if oil leakage is found.
SEMICIRCLE PLUG
SHTS031120200091
SEMICIRCLE PLUG
SHTS031120200092
4. REMOVE THE CROSSHEAD.

PUSH ROD (1) Remove the crosshead and the push rod.
HINT
Identify the corresponding cylinder number and intake side or
exhaust side in storage.
CROSSHEAD
SHTS031120200093
5. REMOVE THE VALVE AND THE VALVE SPRING.

(1) Using the special tool, compress the valve spring and remove the
valve and the valve spring.
Refer to the section "VALVE SYSTEM".
6. REMOVE THE VALVE STEM SEAL.

(1) Using a plier, pull off the valve stem seal while waggling it.
7. REMOVE THE VALVE GUIDE.

(1) Using a press or the like, press out the valve guide.
8. REMOVE THE VALVE SEAT.

(1) Weld the valve to the valve seat and strike out to remove it.
9. REMOVE THE CAM IDLE GEAR.

(1) Remove the cam idle gear.
Refer to the section "REAR TIMING GEAR AND CAM IDLE
GEAR".
ASSEMBLE THE CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY.
1. INSTALL THE CAM IDLE GEAR.

(1) Install the cam idle gear.
GEAR".
2. INSTALL THE VALVE SEAT.

(1) Insert new valve seat.
3. INSTALL THE VALVE GUIDE.

(1) Using a press or the like, press into new valve guide.
4. INSTALL THE VALVE STEM SEAL.

(1) Using the special tool, press new valve stem seal.
5. INSTALL THE VALVE AND THE VALVE SPRING.

(1) Using the special tool, compress the valve spring and install the
valve spring and the valve.
6. INSTALL THE CROSSHEAD.

PUSH ROD (1) Install the crosshead and make sure that the crosshead and push
rod are on each valves.
CROSSHEAD
SHTS031120200094
7. INSTALL THE SEMICIRCLE PLUG.

REMOVE LIQUID GASKET PLUG (1) Remove oil or dust thoroughly from the semicircle plug mounting
ON THE TOP SURFACE OF
THE CYLINDER HEAD
surfaces on the cylinder head (one each at front and rear).
COMPLETELY. (2) Apply liquid gasket (ThreeBond TB1207B, black) to the semicircle
plug installation surfaces on the cylinder head as shown in the fig-
ure.
LIQUID
GASKET NOTICE
0.0984 in.}.
• Proceed with remounting works within 20 min. after applying
the liquid gasket.
SHTS031120200095
(3) Attach the semicircle plugs in parallel on the top of the cylinder
head. Make sure that the bottom of a semicircle plug contacts
with the head.
(4) After attaching the semicircle plugs, immediately remove exces-
sive liquid gasket on the top surface of the cylinder head.
NOTICE
In this step, do not wobble or tilt the semicircle plugs.
8. INSTALL THE INJECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR.

O-RING (1) Install new O-ring to the injector harness connector.
SHTS031120200096
(2) Install the injector harness connector to the cylinder head with the
bolts.
INJECTOR HARNESS
CONNECTOR
SHTS031120200097
INSTALL THE CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY.

(1) Install the cylinder head assembly.
2. INSTALL THE EXHAUST MANIFOLD.

(1) Replace the gasket with a new one and install the exhaust mani-
fold.
Refer to the section "EXHAUST MANIFOLD" in the chapter
"EXHAUST SYSTEM".
3. INSTALL THE THERMOSTAT CASE.

(1) Replace the gasket with a new one and install the thermostat
case.
Refer to the section "THERMOSTAT CASE AND THERMO-
STAT" in the chapter "COOLING SYSTEM".

(1) Install the alternator assembly.
TOR".
5. INSTALL THE TURBOCHARGER.

(1) Replace the gasket with a new one and install the turbocharger.
BOCHARGER".
6. INSTALL THE COMMON RAIL.

(1) Replace the gasket with a new one and install the common rail.
Refer to the section "COMMON RAIL" in the chapter "FUEL
SYSTEM".
2A'0A/QMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧞᦬㧝ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧟ᤨ㧠ಽ
7. INSTALL THE EGR VALVE AND THE COOLER.

(1) Replace the gasket with a new one and install the EGR valve and
the cooler.
"EMISSION CONTROL".
8. INSTALL THE FUEL FILTER AND THE CASE.

(1) Install the fuel filter and the case.
"FUEL SYSTEM".

(1) Install the intake pipe (exhaust side).

(1) Connect the connector to the cylinder head.
"ENGINE CONTROL".

EN0311202H300004
Unit: mm {in.}
Replace
146.5 147.5
Cylinder head bolt cylinder Measure
{5.7677} {5.8070}
head bolt.
Measure
Cylinder head lower 0.05 0.20 Regrind or

surface flatness {0.0019} {0.0078} replace.
Measure
155.5-155.7 155.3
Cylinder head height Replace.
{6.1220-6.1299} {6.1142}
VALVE SYSTEM
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100005
8
2 8
4 2
4
3
8 3
2 8 6
4 2 6
4 7
3 7
3 5
6 5
7 6
7
1
1
SHTS031120200099
1 Intake valve 5 Exhaust valve

2 Valve stem seal 6 Valve spring (Outer)
3 Valve spring (Inner) 7 Spring seat (Lower)
4 Spring seat (Upper) 8 Valve spring retainer
SHTS031120200100
1 Valve guide 3 Spring seat (Intake)

2 Spring seat (Exhaust)
8 8
2
4 2
4
3
8 3
2 8 6
4 2 6
7
3 4 7
3
6 5 5
7 6
7
1
1
SHTS031120200101
1 Intake valve 5 Exhaust valve

2 Valve stem seal 6 Valve spring (Outer)
3 Valve spring (Inner) 7 Spring seat (Lower)
4 Spring seat (Upper) 8 Valve spring retainer
SHTS031120200102
1 Valve guide 3 Spring seat (Intake)

2 Spring seat (Exhaust)
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0311202K100001
S0947-01170 VALVE SPRING PRESS
S0943-11020 VALVE LAPPING TOOL
09201-E1011 VALVE STEM SEAL PRESS

OVERHAUL
EN0311202H200004
DISASSEMBLE THE VALVE SYSTEM.

2. PRIOR PREPARATION
(1) Place a wooden board on the work bench and then place the cyl-
inder head assembly thereon.
! CAUTION
With injectors mounted, take care not to damage the nozzle tips.
HINT
Place the cylinder head assembly laterally so that the valve will
not be lowered when the valve spring is compressed.
3. REMOVE THE CROSSHEAD.

PUSH ROD (1) Remove the crosshead and the push rod.
HINT
Identify the corresponding cylinder number and intake side or
exhaust side in storage.
CROSSHEAD
SHTS031120200106
4. REMOVE THE VALVE AND THE VALVE SPRING.

MAGNET ROD VALVE SPRING (1) Remove the valve spring retainer using the special tool and
RETAINER
SPECIAL
remove the spring seat (upper) and the valve spring.
TOOL SST: Valve spring press (S0947-01170)
! CAUTION
If eye bolts are used, attach a washer in between so that the cylin-
der head top surface will not be damaged.
SPRING SEAT HINT

(UPPER) • For easier works in this step, use a magnet rod to remove the
SHTS031120200107 valve spring retainer.
• Use a plastic hammer to slightly hammer the spring seat
(upper) before start of this work step. This will release bond-
ing and ease a removal work.
• If the spring seat (lower) needs to be replaced, proceed with
replacement works after removing the valve stem seal.
(2) Position the cylinder head assembly on its one side face down,
and remove the intake and exhaust valves.
HINT
The engraved letters "I" for intake and "E" for exhaust are indi-
cated in the center of the bottom of the valve.
VALVE
SHTS031120200108
NOTICE
• The cylinder head assembly is a heavy component but can
be manually positioned on its one side face down. Handle the
cylinder head assembly carefully.
• Prepare the labels indicating a corresponding cylinder num-
ber. Attach the labels to the valve and the valve spring in
order to prevent misassembly of the valves and the cylinder
head.
SHTS031120200109
5. REMOVE THE VALVE STEM SEAL.

(1) Use a plier to pull off the valve stem seal while waggling it.
VALVE STEM SEAL

SHTS031120200110
HINT
VALVE STEM SEAL For easier works in this step, use a crowbar to pull off with lever-
age.
SHTS031120200111
6. REMOVE THE VALVE GUIDE.

USING A PRESS, (1) Pull out the valve guide using a brass bar and a press or the like.
BRASS BAR PULL OUT THE
VALVE GUIDE.
VALVE
GUIDE
SHTS031120200112
7. REMOVE THE VALVE SEAT.

BACK (1) When replacing the valve seat, cut three places on the circumfer-
PLATE ence of an unwanted valve and weld it to the valve seat.
VALVE SEAT NOTICE
To protect the lower surface of the cylinder head from welding
spatter, be sure to apply grease before welding.
ELECTRIC (2) Place a (brass) back plate at the top of the valve system and
VALVE strike it with a hammer to remove the valve seat.
WELDING
CUT THREE
PLACES HERE
SHTS031120200113
ASSEMBLE THE VALVE SYSTEM.

BRASS ROD
1. INSTALL THE VALVE SEAT.
(1) Remove the welding spatter and dirt from the valve seat flange.
(2) Heat the cylinder head to 80 - 100°C {176 - 212°F} in hot water.
After cooling the valve seat, insert it into the cylinder head.
! CAUTION
Handle this work carefully not to crack sintered parts.
HINT
VALVE SEAT The valve seat of 41 mm {1.6142 in.} in outer diameter is designed
SHTS031120200114 for intake and 39 mm {0.5354 in.} in outer diameter for exhaust.
(3) Apply a small amount of lapping compound to the contact sur-

faces of the valve and the valve seat.
(4) Turn the valve using the special tool and tap it lightly to lap.
SST: Valve lapping tool (S0943-11020)
SHTS031120200115
2. INSTALL THE VALVE GUIDE.

13.3-13.7 mm (1) Apply engine oil to the new valve guide periphery.
{0.5237-0.5393 in.} PRESS FIT (2) Using a brass rod, press fit the valve guide into the cylinder head.
BRASS Standard value: 13.3-13.7 mm {0.5237-0.5393 in.}
ROD
! CAUTION
• Be careful not to damage the valve stem at the upper or lower
end of the guide during press-fitting.
• Do not wobble the valve guide tip during press-fitting.
VALVE GUIDE
SHTS031120200116
3. INSTALL THE VALVE STEM SEAL.

(1) Install the valve spring seat (lower) before installing the valve
VALVE STEM SEAL stem seal.
(2) Apply engine oil to the inner surface and the lip of the valve stem
SPRING SEAT seal. Use a special tool to press the valve stem seal down until a
(LOWER) SPECIAL
special tool contacts with the valve spring seat (lower).
TOOL
SST: Valve stem seal press (09201-E1011)
NOTICE
After assembly of the oil seal, check for deformation or cracking
of the rubber or incline.
SPRING APPLY OIL BEFORE

RUBBER INSTALLATION
VALVE STEM
SEAL
SHTS031120200117
(3) Measure the height between spring seat (lower) and the valve
VALVE STEM stem seal spring.
SEAL SPRING Standard value: 15.0-15.5 mm {0.5906-0.6102 in.}
SPRING SEAT
(LOWER)
SHTS031120200118
4. INSTALL THE VALVE AND THE VALVE SPRING.

NOTICE
Before start of reassembling works, apply engine oil to contact
surfaces of individual parts.
Make sure to mount each valve to its original position on the cylin-
der.
(1) Position the cylinder head assembly on its one side face down,
and install the intake and exhaust valves to the valve guide.
NOTICE
• The cylinder head assembly is a heavy component but can
be manually positioned on its one side face down. Handle the
cylinder head assembly carefully.
• If reuse the valves, check the valve stem for damage.
HINT
The engraved letters "I" for intake and "E" for exhaust are indi-
VALVE cated in the center of the bottom of the valve.
SHTS031120200119
(2) Make sure that the spring seat (lower) is fitted and put the valve
VALVE SPRING spring and spring seat (upper) on the cylinder head.
VALVE RETAINER
SPRING (3) Insert the valve spring retainer into the hole on the spring seat
(upper).
SPRING SEAT
(UPPER)
SHTS031120200120
(4) Compress the valve spring using the special tool and fit the valve
VALVE SPRING spring retainer.
RETAINER
SPECIAL SST: Valve spring press (S0947-01170)
TOOL
! CAUTION
• If eye bolts are used, attach a washer in between so that the
cylinder head top surface will not be damaged.
• Handle this work carefully not to allow the valve spring upper
seat to contact with the valve stem seal when compressing
SPRING SEAT the valve spring.
(UPPER)
SHTS031120200121
HINT
VALVE SPRING • For easier works in this step, compress a spring while wag-
RETAINER gling a special tool to insert the valve spring retainer into a
groove.
• For easier works in this step, position the slits in the valve
spring retainer longitudinally to the special tool.
• The valve spring is of constant pitch type. This type of spring
does not require vertical (top/bottom) directionality.
GROOVE
SHTS031120200122
5. INSTALL THE CROSSHEAD.

PUSH ROD (1) Install the crosshead and make sure that the crosshead and the
push rod are on each valves.
CROSSHEAD
SHTS031120200123


EN0311202H300005
Unit: mm {in.}
Replace the Measure

0.55-0.95 1.3
IN valve and
{0.0217-0.0374} {0.0511} VALVE SINK
valve seat.
Valve sink
Replace the
1.15-1.55 1.9
EX valve and
{0.0453-0.0610} {0.0748}
valve seat.
IN 30° 30°-30°35' Measure

Valve seat angle
EX 45° 45°-45°30'
IN 30° 29°30'-30°
Resurface
the valve
and/or
Valve face angle valve seat.
EX 45° 44°30'-45°
Visual check
Wear and damage of valve spring seat

— — Replace.
upper and lower
138.3 N 127.2 N Measure

Setting load {14.1 kgf, 31.0 lbf} {13.0 kgf, Replace.
at 43.3 {1.704} 28.6 lbf}
Outer valve
Free length 72.7
spring 75.7 {2.980} Replace.
(reference value) {2.862}
3.3
Squareness — Replace.
{0.1299}
330.1 N 303.7 N
Setting load {33.6 kgf, 74.2 lbf} {31.0 kgf, Replace.
at 45.3 {1.783} 68.3 lbf}
Free length 61.6

64.6 {2.543} Replace.
(reference value) {2.425}
Inner valve
spring
2.8
Squareness — Replace.
{0.1102}
Stem outside 7 6.92 Replace the Measure

diameter {0.2756} {0.2724} valve.
Replace the
Guide inside diame- 7 6.92
valve
ter {0.2756} {0.2724}
Intake valve guide.
Replace the
0.023-0.058 0.12 valve and/
Clearance
{0.0010-0.0022} {0.0047} or valve
guide.
Stem outside 7 6.92 Replace the

diameter {0.2756} {0.2724} valve.
Replace the
Guide inside diame- 7 6.92
valve
ter {0.2756} {0.2724}
Exhaust valve guide.
Replace the
0.053-0.083 0.15 valve and/
Clearance
{0.0020-0.0033} {0.0059} or valve
guide.
CRANKSHAFT DAMPER
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100006
SHTS031120200129
1 Crankshaft damper 2 Crankshaft pulley

A 118 {1,203, 87} B 108 {1,101, 79}
REPLACEMENT
EN0311202H100002
REMOVE THE CRANKSHAFT DAMPER.
1. REMOVE THE COOLING FAN ASSEMBLY AND THE FAN

SHROUD RING.
(1) Remove the cooling fan assembly and the fan shroud ring.
2. REMOVE THE V-RIBBED BELT.

(1) Remove the V-ribbed belt.
Refer to the section "V-RIBBED BELT" in the chapter "ALTER-
NATOR".
3. REMOVE THE COOLANT PUMP PULLEY.

(1) Remove the coolant pump pulley from the coolant pump.
Refer to the section "COOLANT PUMP" in the chapter "COOL-
ING SYSTEM".
4. REMOVE THE AUTO TENSIONER.

(1) Remove the bolt to remove the auto tensioner.
AUTO TENSIONER
SHTS031120200130
5. REMOVE THE IDLE PULLEY.

WASHER SPACER (1) Remove the bolt to remove two spacers, two washers and the idle
pulley from the front timing gear cover.
IDLE PULLEY
SPACER
FRONT TIMING
GEAR COVER
SHTS031120200131
6. REMOVE THE COOLING FAN COUPLING.

(1) Remove the bolts to remove the cooling fan coupling.
HINT
Insert a large flat head screwdriver into the flywheel gear through
an access hole in the flywheel housing to prevent synchronic
turning of the crankshaft.
COOLING FAN
COUPLING
SHTS031120200132
7. REMOVE THE CRANKSHAFT DAMPER.

(1) First remove two horizontal bolts among other crankshaft damper
mounting bolts, and fasten guide bolts for the purpose of prevent-
ing accidental drop.
CRANKSHAFT DAMPER GUIDE BOLT

SHTS031120200133
(2) While holding the crankshaft damper, remove other bolts to

remove the crankshaft damper.
! CAUTION
• Crankshaft is a heavy component. Handle it carefully.
• The crankshaft damper is precisely balanced. If the crank-
shaft damper is dropped, do not reuse it.
HINT
• Insert a large flat head screwdriver into the flywheel gear
through an access hole in the flywheel housing to prevent
CRANKSHAFT DAMPER GUIDE BOLT
synchronic turning of the crankshaft.
SHTS031120200134
• There is a knock pin in the area mating with the crankshaft. If
it is hard to remove the crankshaft damper, use a plastic
hammer to slightly hammer the back face of the crankshaft
damper.
8. REMOVE THE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY.

ALIGNMENT MARK (1) Indicate alignment marks on the crankshaft pulley and the crank-
shaft damper.
CRANKSHAFT
PULLEY
CRANKSHAFT
DAMPER
SHTS031120200135
(2) Remove the bolts to remove the crankshaft pulley from the crank-
CRANKSHAFT shaft damper.
DAMPER
HINT
For easier works in this step, attach the removed cooling fan cou-
pling temporarily to fixate the crankshaft pulley.
SHTS031120200136
INSTALL THE CRANKSHAFT DAMPER.

ALIGNMENT MARK
CRANKSHAFT 1. INSTALL THE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY.

PULLEY (1) Apply engine oil to the bolt surface and bolt threads of the crank-
shaft pulley installation bolt.
(2) Align the alignment marks and install the crankshaft pulley to the
crankshaft damper with the bolt.
Seating torque:
118 N⋅m {1,203 kgf⋅cm, 87 lbf⋅ft}
CRANKSHAFT
HINT
DAMPER
For easier works in this step, attach the removed cooling fan cou-
SHTS031120200137 pling temporarily to fixate the crankshaft pulley.
2. INSTALL THE CRANKSHAFT DAMPER.

(1) Apply engine oil to the bolt surface and bolt threads of the crank-
shaft damper installation bolt.
(2) Install two guide bolts and match the crankshaft damper with the
installation position.
NOTICE
Remove the guide bolts after pretightening the bolts.
! CAUTION
• The crankshaft damper is a heavy component. Handle it care-
CRANKSHAFT DAMPER GUIDE BOLT fully.
SHTS031120200138 • The crankshaft damper is precisely balanced. If the crank-
shaft damper is dropped, do not reuse it.
HINT
KNOCK PIN Note that there is a knock pin. Make sure of a knock hole in align-
ing with the mounting position.
SHTS031120200139
(3) Tighten the crankshaft installation bolts in the order shown in the
figure to the specified torque.
Seating torque:
1 108 N⋅m {1,101 kgf⋅cm, 79 lbf⋅ft}
6 3 HINT
an access hole in the flywheel housing, to prevent synchronous
4 5 rotations of the crankshaft.
2
SHTS031120200140
3. INSTALL THE COOLING FAN COUPLING.

(1) Install the cooling fan coupling with the bolts.
HINT
rotations of the crankshaft.
COOLING FAN
COUPLING
SHTS031120200141
4. INSTALL THE IDLE PULLEY.

WASHER SPACER (1) Install the idle pully to front timing gear cover. Attach two spacers
and two washer, and tighten a bolt.
IDLE PULLEY
SPACER
FRONT TIMING
GEAR COVER
SHTS031120200142
5. INSTALL THE AUTO TENSIONER.

(1) Install the auto tensioner with the bolt.
AUTO TENSIONER
SHTS031120200143
6. INSTALL THE COOLANT PUMP PULLEY.

(1) Install the coolant pump pulley to the coolant pump.
ING SYSTEM".
7. INSTALL THE V-RIBBED BELT.

(1) Install the V-ribbed belt.
NATOR".
8. INSTALL THE COOLING FAN ASSEMBLY AND THE FAN

SHROUD RING.
(1) Install the cooling fan assembly and the fan shroud ring.
CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100007
SHTS031120200144
1 Crankshaft front oil seal
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0311202K100002
09220-E1090 OIL SEAL PULLER
09210-E1010 OIL SEAL PRESS

REPLACEMENT
EN0311202H100003
REMOVE THE CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL.

(1) Remove the crankshaft damper.
Refer to the section "CRANKSHAFT DAMPER".
2. REMOVE THE CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL.

(1) Place the plate at the crankshaft using the crankshaft damper
installation bolts.
SST: Oil seal puller (09220-E1090)
PLATE
SHTS031120200147
HINT
Structure of the oil seal puller (special tool)
BOLTx4
PLATE
CENTER BOLT HOOKx2

SHTS031120200148
(2) Engage the hook with the oil seal notch and install the hook using
PLATE the bolt supplied.
(3) Remove the installed bolt in step (1).
NOTCH
HOOK
SHTS031120200149
(4) Install the center bolt and tighten it to remove the crankshaft front
oil seal.
NOTICE
While ensuring the engagement between the special tool and an
oil seal, pull off the oil seal with a care not to allow the special tool
to come off in the middle of this work.
SHTS031120200150
INSTALL THE CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL.

CHECK THAT THERE
ARE NO HIT MARKS
OR DUSTS. 1. INSTALL THE CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL.
(1) Check that there are no hit marks or dusts on the front timing gear
cover and crankshaft oil seal insertion area.
SHTS031120200151
(2) Clean the edges and surface of the special tools.

PRESS SST: Oil seal press (09210-E1010)
GUIDE BOLT
PLATE
BOLT GUIDE BOLT

SHTS031120200152
(3) Apply a small amount of engine oil to inner/outer peripheries of a

OIL SEAL new oil seal.
(4) Set the oil seal to its proper direction, and manually insert it into
the crankshaft until it stops.
NOTICE
• The felt surface off the oil seal must face the outer side and
the slinger (metal plate) must face the inner side of the
engine.
• Install the oil seal without tiling.
FELT SURFACE
SHTS031120200153
(5) Install the plate to the crankshaft using two guide bolts.
PLATE
GUIDE BOLT
SHTS031120200154
(6) Insert the press in alignment with the oil seal guide. Tighten a
PRESS center bolt to press-fit the oil seal.
NOTICE
Press-fit the oil seal evenly on the whole periphery.
(7) Tighten a center bolt until the press comes to contact. Check that
the oil seal has been press-fitted evenly on the whole periphery.
(8) Remove the special tools.
CENTER BOLT
GUIDE BOLT
SHTS031120200155

(1) Install the crankshaft damper.
FRONT TIMING GEAR COVER AND TIMING GEAR

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100008
SHTS031120200156
1 Front timing gear cover 4 Spacer

2 Gasket 5 End plate
3 Silent block 6 Insulator

A 28.5 {290, 21} B 55 {560, 41}
2
4
2
1
5
A 5 3
SHTS031120200157
1 Supply pump idle gear (Small) 4 Supply pump idle gear (Large)
2 Thrust plate 5 Idle gear shaft
3 Supply pump drive gear

A 20 {205, 15} + 90°
DESCRIPTION
EN0311202C100001
SUPPLY PUMP
DRIVE GEAR
SUPPLY PUMP
IDLE GEAR (LARGE)
SUPPLY PUMP IDLE GEAR (SMALL)
CRANK GEAR
THRUST PLATE THRUST PLATE
CYLINDER
BLOCK
CYLINDER
BLOCK
SUPPRY PUMP SUPPLY PUMP

IDLE GEAR (SMALL) IDLE GEAR (LARGE)
SHTS031120200158
OVERHAUL
EN0311202H200005
REMOVE THE PERIPHERAL COMPONENTS/PARTS

AROUND THE FRONT TIMING GEAR COVER.
1. REMOVE THE EGR PIPE AND THE VALVE.

(1) Remove the EGR pipe and the EGR valve.
"EMISSION CONTROL".
2. REMOVE THE INTAKE PIPE (INTAKE SIDE).

(1) Remove the intake pipe (intake side).
Refer to the section "INTAKE PIPE (INTAKE SIDE)" in the chap-
ter "AIR INTAKE SYSTEM".


(1) Remove the crankshaft front oil seal.
Refer to the section "CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL".
5. REMOVE THE OIL PAN.

(1) Remove the oil pan.
Refer to the section "OIL PAN" in the chapter "LUBRICATING
SYSTEM".
6. REMOVE THE COOLANT PIPE (COOLANT PUMP).

(1) Remove three clips securing the coolant pipe between the coolant
pump and the air compressor.
(2) Remove union bolts to remove the coolant pipe between coolant
CLIP pump and the air compressor.
COOLANT PIPE
SHTS031120200159
COOLANT PIPE CLIP
SHTS031120200160
COOLANT PIPE
SHTS031120200161
REMOVE THE FRONT TIMING GEAR COVER.

INSULATOR
1. REMOVE THE FRONT TIMING GEAR COVER.
(1) Remove four bolts to remove the insulator from the front timing
gear cover.
SHTS031120200162
(2) Remove the twenty-two bolts to remove the front timing gear
cover from the end plate.
FRONT TIMING
GEAR COVER
SHTS031120200163
REMOVE THE FRONT TIMING GEAR AND THE END

PLATE.
1. REMOVE THE SUPPLY PUMP.

(1) Remove the supply pump.
SYSTEM".
2. REMOVE THE FRONT TIMING GEAR.

(1) Remove two bolts to remove the idle gear shaft, the supply pump
idle gear (large) and the thrust washer.
! CAUTION
Take care not to drop the thrust plate and the supply pump idle
gear (large).
SUPPLY PUMP
IDLE GEAR (LARGE)
SHTS031120200164
THRUST PLATE
IDLE GEAR
SHAFT
IDLE GEAR
BUSHING
SUPPLY PUMP
IDLE GEAR (LARGE)
SHTS031120200165
(2) Remove two bolts to remove the idle gear shaft, the supply pump
idle gear (small) and the thrust washer.
! CAUTION
Take care not to drop the thrust plate and the supply pump idle
gear (small).
SUPPLY PUMP
IDLE GEAR (SMALL)
SHTS031120200166
THRUST PLATE
IDLE GEAR
SHAFT
IDLE GEAR
BUSHING
SUPPLY PUMP
IDLE GEAR (SMALL)
SHTS031120200167
3. REMOVE THE END PLATE.

(1) Remove two bolts to remove the end plate and the gasket.
END PLATE
SHTS031120200168
INSTALL THE FRONT TIMING GEAR AND THE END

PLATE.
1. INSTALL THE END PLATE.

(1) Remove dirt from the mating surface between the end plate and
the cylinder block.
(2) Replace an old gasket with a new one. Attach the end plate, and
tighten two bolts.
Tightening Torque:
28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
END PLATE
HINT
SHTS031120200169
For easier works in this step, use guide bolts.
2. INSTALL THE FRONT TIMING GEAR.

THRUST PLATE (1) Apply engine oil to the idle gear shaft, the thrust washer, the idle
gear bushing on the supply pump idle gear (small), the idle gear
IDLE GEAR shaft mounting bolt seat and the bolt threads. Assemble these
SHAFT parts as shown in the figure.
IDLE GEAR
BUSHING
SUPPLY PUMP
IDLE GEAR (SMALL)
SHTS031120200170
(2) Install the assembled idle gear shaft, the idle gear (small) and the
thrust plate to the end plate, and tighten two bolts.
Seating torque:
NOTICE
Pretighten bolts until the thrust plate contacts with the end plate.
Then fully tighten them to the specified torque.
SUPPLY PUMP
IDLE GEAR (SMALL)
SHTS031120200171
(3) Mark the idle gear shaft installation bolts with paint to indicate the
same direction.
(4) Turn the bolts 90° (1/4 turn) and make sure that all paint marks
90 face the same direction.
NOTICE
When adding torque, never untighten the bolts, even if they have
been overtightened.
MARKING
SHTS031120200172
(5) Apply engine oil to the idle gear shaft, the thrust washer, the idle
THRUST PLATE gear bushing on the supply pump idle gear (large), the idle gear
shaft mounting bolt seat and the bolt threads. Assemble these
IDLE GEAR parts as shown in the figure.
SHAFT
IDLE GEAR
BUSHING
SUPPLY PUMP
IDLE GEAR (LARGE)
SHTS031120200173
(6) Install the assembled idle gear shaft, the idle gear (large) and the
thrust plate to the end plate, and tighten two bolts.
Seating torque:
NOTICE
Pretighten bolts until the thrust plate contacts with the end plate.
Then fully tighten them to the specified torque.
SUPPLY PUMP
IDLE GEAR (LARGE)
SHTS031120200174
(7) Mark the idle gear shaft installation bolts with paint to indicate the
same direction.
(8) Turn the bolts 90° (1/4 turn) and make sure that all paint marks
90 face the same direction.
NOTICE
been overtightened.
MARKING
SHTS031120200175
3. INSTALL THE SUPPLY PUMP.

(1) Install the supply pump.
SYSTEM".
INSTALL THE FRONT TIMING GEAR COVER.
1. INSTALL THE FRONT TIMING GEAR COVER.

(1) Install the guide bolt to the cylinder block and match new gasket
with the end plate.
GASKET
SHTS031120200176
(2) Install the front timing gear cover to the end plate, and tighten
twenty-two bolts.
Tightening Torque:
FRONT TIMING
GEAR COVER
SHTS031120200177
(3) Install the insulator to the front timing gear cover with four bolts.
INSULATOR
SHTS031120200178
INSTALL THE PERIPHERAL COMPONENTS/PARTS

COOLANT PIPE CLIP
AROUND THE FRONT TIMING GEAR COVER.
1. INSTALL THE COOLANT PIPE (COOLANT PUMP).

(1) Replace an old gasket with a new one. Connect one coolant pipe
between the coolant pump and the air compressor, and fasten a
union bolt.
(2) Fasten three clips to secure the fuel pipe and the coolant pipe
above the intake pipe (intake side).
SHTS031120200179
COOLANT PIPE
SHTS031120200180
CLIP
COOLANT PIPE
SHTS031120200181
2. INSTALL THE OIL PAN.

(1) Replace the gasket with a new one and install the oil pan.
SYSTEM".
3. INSTALL THE CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL.

(1) Using the special tool, press into the crankshaft front oil seal.

5. ISNTALL THE INTAKE PIPE (INTAKE SIDE).

(1) Replace the gasket with a new one and install the intake pipe
(intake side).
6. INSTALL THE EGR PIPE AND THE VALVE.

(1) Replace the gasket with a new one and install the EGR pipe and
the EGR valve.
"EMISSION CONTROL".

EN0311202H300006
Unit: mm {in.}
50 Measure
Idle gear shaft outside diameter — —
{1.9685}
Idle gear shaft bushing 50

— —
inside diameter {1.9685}
Replace
idle gear
Clearance between idle gear shaft and 0.025-0.066 0.2
shaft bush-
idle gear bushing {0.0010-0.0259} {0.0078}
ing and/or
idle gear.
Replace
idle gear
0.200-0.260 0.3
Idle gear end play shaft bush-
{0.0078-0.0102} {0.0118}
ing and/or
idle gear.
Crank gear - supply

0.020-0.114
pump idle gear —
{0.0007-0.0044}
(small)
Supply pump idle

gear (small) - supply 0.021-0.115
—
pump idle gear {0.0008-0.0045}
(large)
Crank gear Replace
backlash gear.
Supply pump idle

0.020-0.170
gear (large) - supply —
{0.0007-0.0066}
pump drive gear
FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100009
SHTS031120200183
1 Flywheel assembly 2 Ring gear

A 186 {1,896, 137}
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0311202K100003
Prior to starting an engine overhaul, it is necessary to have this special tool.
S0948-11340 GUIDE
OVERHAUL
EN0311202H200006
REMOVE THE FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY.
1. REMOVE THE ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR.

(1) Remove the engine speed main sensor from the flywheel hous-
ing.
Refer to the section "ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR" in the
chapter "ENGINE CONTROL".
! CAUTION
Remove the engine speed main sensor before removing the fly-
wheel. If not removed, it will result in damage of the sensor.
2. REMOVE THE PILOT BEARING.

(1) Using the special tool, remove the pilot bearing from the flywheel.
Refer to the chapter "CLUTCH MAIN UNIT" in the workshop
manual (chassis).
3. REMOVE THE FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY.

EYE BOLT (1) First remove two horizontal bolts among other flywheel mounting
bolts, and fasten guide bolts for the purpose of preventing acci-
dental drop.
SST: Guide (S0948-11340)
HINT
an access hole in the flywheel housing to prevent synchronic
SPECIAL TOOL
(2) Fasten eye bolts to the clutch mounting area. Use a hoist to lift up
SHTS031120200185
and remove other bolts. Slide the flywheel off by using a special
tool (guide).
! WARNING
The flywheel is too heavy. When installing, be careful not to drop
it on your feet.
DISASSEMBLE THE FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY.
1. REMOVE THE RING GEAR.

(1) Heat the ring gear evenly to about 200°C {392°F} with a torch.
! CAUTION
Never touch the heated ring gear or flywheel with your bare hand.
This can result in personal injury.
SHTS031120200186
(2) Tap the ring gear periphery lightly using a brass bar and a ham-
mer to remove the gear.
! CAUTION
SHTS031120200187
ASSEMBLE THE FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY.
1. INSTALL THE RING GEAR.

(1) Heat the ring gear evenly to about 200°C {392°F} with a torch.
! CAUTION
SHTS031120200188
(2) Insert the ring gear into the flywheel so that the chamfered side is
upward.
! CAUTION
SHTS031120200189
INSTALL THE FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY.

EYE BOLT
1. INSTALL THE FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY.
(1) Make sure that there are no burns or dirt on the contact surface or
in the threaded holes of the crankshaft or flywheel.
(2) Install the special tools to the crankshaft.
SST: Guide (S0948-11340)
(3) Install eye bolts to the clutch mounting threads. Use a hoist to lift
up and set the flywheel assembly to its installation position.
SPECIAL TOOL ! WARNING

SHTS031120200190
The flywheel is too heavy. When installing, be careful not to drop
it on your feet.
NOTICE
Remove the special tool after pretightening bolt.
HINT
Note that there is a knock pin. Make sure of a knock hole in align-
ing with the mounting position.
(4) Insert the flywheel assembly until it contacts with the crankshaft.
KNOCK PIN
SHTS031120200191
(5) Apply engine oil to the bolt seat and bolt threads of the flywheel
assembly mounting bolt.
(6) Finger-tighten eight bolts by two to three threads in the bolt holes
other than those having special tools attached.
(7) Gradually pretighten these eight bolts.
(8) Remove special tools, and pretighten other two bolts in similar
fashion.
SHTS031120200192
(9) Tighten the flywheel assembly installation bolts in the order

shown in the figure to the specified torque below.
Seating torque:
1
8 6 186 N⋅m {1,896 kgf⋅cm, 137 lbf⋅ft}
3 9 HINT
10 4 an access hole in the flywheel housing to prevent synchronic
5 7 (10) Loosen all bolts.
2
(11) Tighten all bolts again in the order shown in the figure.
Seating torque:
SHTS031120200193
186 N⋅m {1,896 kgf⋅cm, 137 lbf⋅ft}
2. INSTALL THE PILOT BEARING.

(1) Install the pilot bearing to the flywheel.
Refer to the chapter "CLUTCH MAIN UNIT" in the workshop
manual (chassis).
3. INSTALL THE ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR.

(1) Install the engine speed main sensor to the flywheel housing.
Refer to the section "ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR" in the
chapter "ENGINE CONTROL".

EN0311202H300007
Unit: mm {in.}
Measure
Flywheel surface 0-0.2 0.2

Repair.
deflection {0-0.0078} {0.0078}
Measure
Flywheel flange depth 49.5

— Repair.
(Dimension A) {1.948}
CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100010
SHTS031120200196
1 Crankshaft rear oil seal
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0311202K100004
09220-E1070 OIL SEAL PULLER
09220-E1040 OIL SEAL PRESS For Cylinder liner

REPLACEMENT
EN0311202H100004
REMOVE THE CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL.

(1) Remove the flywheel assembly.
Refer to the section "FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLY".
2. REMOVE THE CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL.

HOOK (1) Engage the oil seal puller hook with a tab on the crankshaft rear
oil seal.
SST: Oil seal puller (09220-E1070)
NOTCH
SHTS031120200199
HINT
Structure of the oil seal puller (special tool)
BOLTx2
SLEEVE
CENTER
BOLT
PLATE
HOOKx2
SHTS031120200200
NOTICE
• Align a large hole in the plate with the collar knock on the
crankshaft.
LARGE
HOLE
SHTS031120200201
• This special tool is a common tool for A09C, K13C and P11C.
Orient the special tool as shown in the figure.
SHTS031120200202
(2) Attach a sleeve supplied with the oil seal puller (special tool), to
HOOK the hook. Gradually tighten up to pull off the crankshaft rear oil
SLEEVE seal.
NOTICE
While ensuring the engagement between a special tool and an oil
seal, pull off the oil seal with a care not to allow the special tool to
come off in the middle of this work.
NOTCH
SHTS031120200203
INSTALL THE CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL.
1. INSTALL THE CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL.

(1) Check that there are no hit marks or dusts on the flywheel hous-
ing or the crankshaft oil seal insertion area.
(2) Clean the oil seal press (special tool).
PRESS SST: Oil seal press (09220-E1040)
HINT
Structure of oil seal press (special tool).
GUIDE BOLT (3) Apply a small amount of engine oil to the inner/outer peripheries
of a new oil seal.
OIL SEAL
GUIDE
CENTER
BOLT GUIDE BOLT
SHTS031120200204
(4) Attach the oil seal to the oil seal guide of the oil seal press (spe-
OIL SEAL GUIDE cial tool). Make sure that the oil seal is positioned in its proper ori-
OIL SEAL
entation.
NOTICE
• Make sure that the crankshaft rear oil seal is positioned in its
proper front/rear directions (the felt surface must be posi-
tioned toward the flywheel).
• Do not allow the oil seal to slant.
FELT SURFACE
SHTS031120200205
(5) Attach the oil seal guide having an oil seal, to the end face of the
OIL SEAL OIL SEAL crankshaft. Fasten two guide bolts.
GUIDE
NOTICE
• A large hole in the oil seal guide must be aligned with the col-
lar knock on the crankshaft.
• After tightening the guide bolts, check that a height differ-
ence between the crankshaft and the oil seal guide distrib-
utes evenly on the whole periphery.
LARGE HOLE GUIDE BOLT

SHTS031120200206
(6) Insert the press in alignment with the oil seal guide. Tighten a
CENTER BOLT center bolt to press-fit the oil seal.
PRESS
NOTICE
Press-fit the oil seal evenly on the whole periphery.
(7) Tighten a center bolt until the press comes to contact. Check that
the oil seal has been press-fitted evenly on the whole periphery.
(8) Remove the special tool.
SHTS031120200207

(1) Install the flywheel assembly.
FLYWHEEL HOUSING
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100011
SHTS031120200208
1 Dust cover 3 Flywheel housing

2 Housing stay

A 68.5 {700, 51} (M10) B 225 {2,300, 166} (M16)
REPLACEMENT
EN0311202H100005
REMOVE THE FLYWHEEL HOUSING.
1. REMOVE THE FUEL PIPE.

(1) Remove the fuel pipe around the flywheel housing.
Refer to the section "FUEL PIPE" in the chapter "FUEL SYS-
TEM".
2. REMOVE THE AIR COMPRESSOR.

(1) Remove the air compressor.
Refer to the section "AIR COMPRESSOR" in the chapter "AIR
COMPRESSOR".
3. REMOVE THE STARTER.

(1) Remove the starter.
4. REMOVE THE POWER STEERING PUMP.

HOSE CLAMP PUMP INSTALLATION BOLT (1) Remove the oil hose.
NOTICE
• Use a connector as oil might drop off during disconnection
of oil hose. Use a cover to protect the hose against incoming
dust.
• Disposal of engine oil must comply with the specified proce-
procedures.
UNION BOLT (2) Remove the union bolt and gasket. Disconnect the pipe.
PUMP INSTALLATION BOLT
(3) Remove two power steering pump installation bolts.
SHTS031120200209


SYSTEM".


(1) Using the special tool, remove the crankshaft rear oil seal.
Refer to the section "CRANKSHAFT REAR OIL SEAL".
9. REMOVE THE FLYWHEEL HOUSING.

(1) Remove the bolts to remove the flywheel housing and the housing
stay on the cylinder block.
HOUSING STAY
SHTS031120200210
HOUSING STAY
SHTS031120200211
(2) Remove the bolts to remove the flywheel housing.
FLYWHEEL HOUSING
HINT
• Since the flywheel housing is also used as a rear mounting,
only a dedicated engine bench can accommodate the engine.
If a dedicated engine bench is not available, set the engine
upside down and place the cylinder block mating surface on
a wooden work bench before proceeding with works.
• If it is difficult to remove the flywheel housing, pretighten one
mounting nut in the center of the flywheel housing. Use a
plastic hammer to lightly hammer the back surface for
removal.
SHTS031120200212
SHTS031120200213
SHTS031120200214
(3) Remove the damping stud from the flywheel housing.
DAMPING STUD
SHTS031120200215
INSTALL THE FLYWHEEL HOUSING.
1. INSTALL THE FLYWHEEL HOUSING.

(1) Install the damping stud to the flywheel housing.
Tightening Torque:
DAMPING STUD
SHTS031120200216
(2) Remove dirt from the mating surface between the flywheel hous-
ing and the cylinder block using a scraper.
(3) Apply liquid gasket (ThreeBond TB1207D, silver) to the flywheel
housing as shown in the figure.
LOQUID GASKET
NOTICE
0.0984 in.}.
gasket.
SHTS031120200217
(4) Fasten two to four guide bolts. Set the flywheel housing to its
B A B mounting position on the cylinder block, by referencing to the
A guide bolts.
(5) Install the flywheel housing and tighten the bolts to the specified
torque.
B Tightening Torque:
B A: 225 N⋅m {2,300 kgf⋅cm, 166 lbf⋅ft}
B B B: 68.5 N⋅m {700 kgf⋅cm, 51 lbf⋅ft}
A
A
AA
SHTS031120200218
B
B
B
SHTS031120200219
B
B
SHTS031120200220
(6) Pretighten bolts and make sure of tight contact with the flywheel
housing and the cylinder block. Then, tighten bolts to the specified
torque.
Tightening Torque:
225 N⋅m {2,300 kgf⋅cm, 166 lbf⋅ft}
HOUSING STAY
SHTS031120200221
HOUSING STAY
SHTS031120200222

(1) Using the special tool, install the crankshaft rear oil seal.

4. INSTLL THE OIL PAN.

SYSTEM".

6. INSTALL THE POWER STEERING PUMP.

HOSE CLAMP PUMP INSTALLATION BOLT (1) Attach new O-ring. Install the power steering pump, and tighten
two bolts.
Tightening Torque:
(2) Connect the oil hose.

(3) Attach new gasket. Install the pipe, and tighten the union bolt.
Tightening Torque:
UNION BOLT PUMP INSTALLATION BOLT
(4) Bleed air from the power steering oil pump and the power steering
SHTS031120200223
oil pipe.
Refer to the section "POWER STEERING SYSTEM" in the chap-
ter "POWER STEERING" in the workshop manual (chassis).
7. INSTALL THE STARTER.

(1) Install the starter.
8. INSTALL THE AIR COMPRESSOR.

(1) Install the air compressor.
COMPRESSOR".
9. INSTALL THE FUEL PIPE.

(1) Install the fuel pipe around the flywheel housing.
TEM".
REAR TIMING GEAR AND CAM IDLE GEAR

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100012
5
6
1
4
4
B B
5 4
6 2 4
6
8
6
5 7
7 9
B
5
6
3
4
SHTS031120200224
1 Cam idle gear 6 Bushing

2 Sub idle gear 7 Main idle gear
3 Air compressor idle gear 8 Oil pump idle gear
4 Thrust plate 9 Pin
5 Idle gear shaft

A 108 {1,101, 80} B 68.5 {700, 51}
DESCRIPTION
EN0311202C100002
CAM GEAR
FLYWHEEL P.T.O. DRIVE GEAR

(WITH FLYWHEEL P.T.O.)
CAM IDLE GEAR
AIR COMPRESSOR IDLE GEAR
SUB IDLE GEAR
POWER STEERING PUMP

DRIVE GEAR
OIL PUMP IDLE GEAR
OIL PUMP DRIVE GEAR
AIR COMPRESSOR DRIVE GEAR
MAIN IDLE GEAR (SMALL)
MAIN IDLE GEAR (LARGE)
CRANK GEAR
THRUST PLATE
THERUST PLATE
CYLINDER
THRUST PLATE CYLINDER BLOCK
BLOCK
CYLINDER
BLOCK
OIL PUMP IDLE GEAR
AIR COMPRESSOR IDLE GEAR
THRUST PLATE
THRUST PLATE
CYLINDER
BLOCK
MAIN IDLE GEAR
CYLINDER
HEAD
CAM IDLE GEAR SUB IDLE GEAR

SHTS031120200225
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0311202K100005
S0942-01510 SLIDING HAMMER For Piston ring
PROPOSAL TOOL
EN0311202K100006
IDLE GEAR SHAFT EJECTOR JIG

(FOR REMOVING IDLE GEAR)
THICKNESS: ABOUT 8 mm {0.315 in.}
M14 mm {0.551 in.} 1.5 mm {0.059 in.}
OVER 40 mm {1.573 in.},

LESS THAN 54 mm {2.126 in.}
9-10 mm {0.355-0.393 in.}
(BETWEEN CENTER OF TWO HOLE DISTANCE 30 mm {1.181 in.})
SHTS031120200227
OVERHAUL
EN0311202H200007
REMOVE THE CAMSHAFT GEAR AND THE CAM

IDLE GEAR.

(1) Remove the camshaft assembly.
2. REMOVE THE CAMSHAFT GEAR.

(1) Remove the camshaft gear.
3. REMOVE THE CAM IDLE GEAR.

(1) Use a flat head screwdriver to tap at the lower area of the plug on
the cylinder head and tilt the plug.
! CAUTION
Take care not to damage a mating surface with the cylinder head.
(2) Use a plier to pull off the tilted plug.
PLUG
SHTS031120200228
(3) Remove a bolt from the idle gear shaft.
SHTS031120200229
(4) Use the special tool to pull off the idle gear shaft from the cylinder
IDLE GEAR head. Remove the cam idle gear and the thrust plate.
SHAFT
SST: Sliding hammer (S0942-01510)
SHTS031120200230
NOTICE
THRUST Take care not to drop the thrust plate into the flywheel housing.
CAM IDLE PLATE
GEAR HINT
BUSHING Setting the engine body upside down or in a lateral posture will
prevent the parts from dropping into the flywheel housing during
CYLINDER works.
HEAD
IDLE GEAR
SHAFT
SHTS031120200231
REMOVE THE TIMING GEAR IN THE FLYWHEEL

HOUSING.

(1) Remove the flywheel housing.
Refer to the section "FLYWHEEL HOUSING".
2. REMOVE THE MAIN IDLE GEAR.

(1) Remove three bolts of the idle gear shaft and remove the thrust
plate and the main idle gear.
THRUST
PLATE
MAIN IDLE GEAR

SHTS031120200232
MAIN IDLE
GEAR
THRUST
PLATE
CYLINDER
BLOCK
IDLE GEAR
SHAFT
SHTS031120200233
(2) Using the special tool, remove the idle gear shaft.
SPECIAL TOOL SST: Sliding hammer (S0942-01510)
IDLE GEAR SHAFT
SHTS031120200234
3. REMOVE THE OIL PUMP IDLE GEAR.

(1) Remove two bolts from the idle gear shaft and remove the thrust
plate and the oil pump idle gear.
OIL PUMP
IDLE GEAR
SHTS031120200235
OIL PUMP
IDLE GEAR
IDLE
GEAR
SHAFT CYLINDER
BLOCK
THRUST
PLATE
BUSHING
SHTS031120200236
(2) Using the special tool, remove the idle gear shaft.
SPECIAL
TOOL IDLE GEAR
SHAFT
SHTS031120200237
4. REMOVE THE AIR COMPRESSOR IDLE GEAR.

(1) Remove two bolts from the idle gear shaft.
AIR COMPRESSOR
IDLE GEAR
SHTS031120200238
(2) Install the idle gear shaft ejector jig to the idle gear shaft.
IDLE GEAR SHAFT

EJECTOR JIG
SHTS031120200239
(3) Remove the idle gear shaft using the special tool and remove the
SPECIAL TOOL air compressor idle gear and the thrust plate.
AIR COMPRESSOR
IDLE GEAR
SHTS031120200240
NOTICE
AIR COMPRESSOR Take care not to drop the thrust plate and the idle gear.
IDLE GEAR
IDLE GEAR CYLINDER

SHAFT BLOCK
THRUST
BUSHING PLATE
SHTS031120200241
5. REMOVE THE SUB IDLE GEAR.

(1) Remove two bolts from the idle gear shaft.
SUB IDLE
GEAR
SHTS031120200242
(2) Attach the idle gear shaft ejector jig to the idle gear shaft.
IDLE GEAR SHAFT

EJECTOR JIG
SHTS031120200243
(3) Remove the idle gear shaft using the special tool and remove the
sub idle gear and the thrust plate.
SPECIAL
TOOL
SUB IDLE
GEAR
SHTS031120200244
NOTICE
Take care not to drop the thrust plate and the idle gear.
SUB IDLE
GEAR
IDLE GEAR
SHAFT CYLINDER
BLOCK
BUSHING THRUST
PLATE
SHTS031120200245
INSTALL THE TIMING GEAR IN THE FLYWHEEL

SUB IDLE HOUSING.
GEAR
1. INSTALL THE SUB IDLE GEAR.
IDLE GEAR (1) Apply engine oil to the thrust plate, the sub idle gear bushing, the
SHAFT CYLINDER
BLOCK idle gear shaft, the idle gear shaft mounting bolt seat and the bolt
threads. Assemble these parts as shown in the figure.
BUSHING THRUST
PLATE
SHTS031120200246
(2) Install the assembled idle gear shaft, the sub idle gear and the
thrust plate to the cylinder block, and tighten two bolts.
Tightening Torque:
68.5 N⋅m {700 kgf⋅cm, 51 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
Pretighten bolts until the thrust plate contacts with the cylinder
block. Then fully tighten them to the specified torque.
SUB IDLE
GEAR
SHTS031120200247
2. INSTALL THE AIR COMPRESSOR IDLE GEAR.

AIR COMPRESSOR (1) Apply engine oil to the thrust plate, the air compressor idle gear
IDLE GEAR bushing, the idle gear shaft, the idle gear shaft mounting bolt seat
and the bolt threads. Assemble these parts as shown in the fig-
ure.
IDLE GEAR CYLINDER
SHAFT BLOCK
THRUST
BUSHING PLATE
SHTS031120200248
(2) Install the assembled idle gear shaft, the air compressor idle gear
and the thrust plate to the cylinder block, and tighten two bolts.
Tightening Torque:
68.5 N⋅m {700 kgf⋅cm, 51 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
AIR COMPRESSOR block Then fully tighten them to the specified torque.
IDLE GEAR
SHTS031120200249
3. INSTALL THE OIL PUMP IDLE GEAR.

OIL PUMP (1) Apply engine oil to the thrust plate, the oil pump idle gear bushing,
IDLE GEAR the idle gear shaft, the idle gear shaft mounting bolt seat and the
bolt threads. Assemble these parts as shown in the figure.
IDLE
GEAR
SHAFT CYLINDER
BLOCK
THRUST
PLATE
BUSHING
SHTS031120200250
(2) Without installing the oil pump idle gear, install only the idle gear
shaft and the thrust plate to the cylinder block, and tighten two
IDLE GEAR bolts.
SHAFT
NOTICE
CYLINDER Omit the gear in this step so that the idle gear shaft will be fully
BLOCK seated to the cylinder block.
(3) Remove the bolts and thrust plate.
THRUST
PLATE
SHTS031120200251
(4) Install the oil pump idle gear to the idle gear shaft. Attach the
thrust plate, and tighten two bolts.
Tightening Torque:
68.5 N⋅m {700 kgf⋅cm, 51 lbf⋅ft}
OIL PUMP
IDLE GEAR
SHTS031120200252
4. INSTALL THE MAIN IDLE GEAR.

(1) Apply engine oil to the thrust plate, the main idle gear bushing, the
MAIN IDLE
GEAR idle gear shaft, the idle gear shaft mounting bolt seat and the bolt
THRUST
threads. Assemble these parts as shown in the figure.
PLATE
CYLINDER
BLOCK
IDLE GEAR
SHAFT
BUSHING
SHTS031120200253
(2) Without installing the main idle gear, attach only the idle gear
shaft and the thrust plate to the cylinder block, and tighten three
THRUST bolts.
PLATE
NOTICE
Omit the gear in this step so that the idle gear shaft will be fully
CYLINDER seated to the cylinder block.
BLOCK
(3) Remove the bolts and thrust plate.
IDLE GEAR
SHAFT
SHTS031120200254
(4) Install the main idle gear to the idle gear shaft. Attach the thrust
plate, and tighten three bolts.
Tightening Torque:
108 N⋅m {1,101 kgf⋅cm, 79 lbf⋅ft}
THRUST
PLATE
MAIN IDLE GEAR

SHTS031120200255
5. CHECK THE IDLE GEARS.

(1) Use a thickness gauge to measure thrust play in each idle gear,
and use a dial gauge to measure backlash in each idle gear.
Check that each measurement reading falls within the standard
value.

(1) Install the flywheel housing.
INSTALL THE CAMSHAFT GEAR AND THE CAM

THRUST
CAM IDLE PLATE
IDLE GEAR.
GEAR
BUSHING 1. INSTALL THE CAM IDLE GEAR.
(1) Apply engine oil to the thrust plate, the cam idle gear bushing, the
CYLINDER idle gear shaft, the idle gear shaft mounting bolt seat and the bolt
HEAD threads. Assemble these parts as shown in the figure.
IDLE GEAR
SHAFT
SHTS031120200256
(2) Install the assembled idle gear shaft, the cam idle gear and the
thrust plate to the cylinder head, and tighten a bolt.
Seating torque:
108 N⋅m {1,101 kgf⋅cm, 79 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
head. Then fully tighten them to the specified torque.
SHTS031120200257
(3) Using a plastic hammer, strike new plug into the cylinder head.
PLUG
HINT
Hammer the plug until it is flush with the cylinder head.
SHTS031120200258
2. INSTALL THE CAMSHAFT GEAR.

(1) Install the camshaft gear.

(1) Install the camshaft assembly.

EN0311202H300008
Unit: mm {in.}
Crankshaft-
0.039-0.162
Main idle gear 0.30 {0.0118}
{0.0015-0.0063}
(large)
Main idle gear

(small)-Air 0.020-0.122
0.10 {0.0039}
compressor {0.0007-0.0048}
idle
Air compres-
0.020-0.133
sor idle-Air —
{0.0007-0.0048}
compressor
Main idle gear

0.039-0.148
(small)-Sub 0.30 {0.0118}
{0.0015-0.0058}
idle gear Measure
Sub idle-Oil 0.030-0.131

0.30 {0.0118}
pump {0.0012-0.0051}
Sub idle-Cam 0.040-0.226

0.30 {0.0118}
idle {0.0015-0.0088}
Timing gear
Replace gear.
backlash Cam idle- 0.040-0.151
0.30 {0.0118}
Camshaft {0.0015-0.0059}
Main idle gear

(large)-Oil 0.039-0.157
0.30 {0.0118}
pump idle {0.0015-0.0061}
gear
Oil pump idle

gear-Oil 0.020-0.122
0.30 {0.0118}
pump drive {0.0007-0.0048}
gear
Main idle gear

(large)-Power 0.039-0.216
0.30 {0.0118}
steering {0.0015-0.0085}
pump
Main idle gear

(large)-Fly- 0.030-0.326
0.40 {0.0157}
wheel PTO {0.0012-0.0128}
drive gear
Shaft outside
73 {2.874} — —
diameter
Bushing
inside 73 {2.874} — —
Main idle gear diameter
shaft
0.030-0.090 Replace bush-
Clearance 0.20 {0.0079}
{0.0012-0.0035} ing and/or shaft.
0.040-0.120 Replace gear

End play 0.30 {0.0118}
{0.0016-0.0047} and/or shaft.
Shaft outside Measure

72 {2.834} — —
diameter
Bushing
inside 72 {2.834} — —
Sub idle gear diameter
shaft
Clearance 0.20 {0.0079}
{0.0012-0.0031} ing and/or shaft.

End play 0.30 {0.0118}
{0.0016-0.0047} and/or shaft.
Shaft outside
34 {1.339} — —
diameter
Bushing
inside 34 {1.339} — —
Cam idle gear diameter
shaft
Clearance 0.20 {0.0079}
{0.0010-0.0029} ing and/or shaft.

End play 0.30 {0.0118}
{0.0016-0.0047} and/or shaft.
Shaft outside
72 {2.834} — —
diameter
Bushing
inside 72 {2.834} — —
Air compres- diameter
sor idle gear
Clearance 0.20 {0.0079}
{0.0012-0.0031} ing and/or shaft.

End play 0.30 {0.0118}
{0.0016-0.0047} ing and/or shaft.
Shaft outside
65 {2.559} — —
diameter
Bushing
inside 65{2.559} — —
Oil pump idle diameter
gear
Clearance 0.20 {0.0079}
{0.0012-0.0031} ing and/or shaft.

End play 0.30 {0.0118}
{0.0016-0.0047} ing and/or shaft.
PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100013
SHTS031120200261
1 Connecting rod bearing 5 Connecting rod assembly

2 Piston kit 6 Piston pin kit
3 Piston ring 7 Piston assembly
4 Retainer ring

A 60 {610, 44} + 90° + 45°
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0311202K100007
S0944-21011 PISTON RING EXPANDER For Piston ring

09222-E1010 GUIDE For Connecting rod bushing

H
09222-E1020 PRESS SUB ASSEMBLY
SL271-01036 WING NUT
09222-E1030 SPINDLE
09222-E1040 GUIDE For Connecting rod bushing
SH691-20825 BOLT
S0944-11370 PISTON RING HOLDER

PROPOSAL TOOL
EN0311202K100008
CYLINDER LINER STOPPER JIG
ABOUT 10 mm {0.393 in.}
ABOUT 20 mm {0.786 in.}
THREAT M14 mm {0.551 in.} 1.5 mm {0.059 in.}

27 mm {1.063 in.}
SHTS031120200270
OVERHAUL
EN0311202H200008
REMOVE THE PISTON AND THE CONNECTING

ROD.

Refer to the section "CYLINDER HEAD ASEEMBLY".
2. REMOVE THE COOLANT PIPE (OIL PAN SIDE).

COOLANT HOSE (1) Remove three bolts and clamps to remove the coolant pipe.
CLAMP COOLANT PIPE

SHTS031120200271

SYSTEM".
4. REMOVE THE OIL STARAINER AND THE PLATE.

(1) Remove the oil strainer and the plate.
Refer to the section "OIL STRAINER AND PLATE" in the chap-
ter "LUBRICATING SYSTEM".
5. REMOVE THE PISTON AND THE CONNECTING ROD.

(1) Attach the cylinder liner stopper jig on the top surface of the cylin-
der block to prevent the cylinder liner from coming off.
CYLINDER LINER
STOPPER JIG
SHTS031120200272
(2) Remove carbon deposits from the end inside the cylinder liner
CARBON with a scraper or emery paper (recommended: No.150) in a circu-
lar direction.
! CAUTION
Handle this work carefully not to scuff the lower areas below the
carbon.
SHTS031120200273
(3) Loosen the bolts of the connecting rod cap.

CONNECTING ROD HINT
CAP
Do not remove but just loosen some millimeters.
SHTS031120200274
(4) Use a plastic hammer to hammer the bolt head on the connecting
rod cap and separate the cap from the connecting rod.
HINT
Hammering the bolt head will ease separation although the con-
necting rod cap is engaged by a knock pin.
SHTS031120200275
(5) Remove the bolts from the connecting rod cap to remove the con-
CONNECTING ROD necting rod cap.
CAP
NOTICE
• Take care as the connecting rod bearing attached to the con-
necting rod cap might drop off due to impacts.
• Misassembly of connecting rods and connecting rod caps
can be prevented by identifying the removed connecting rod
caps in the order of cylinder numbers in storage.
HINT
In order to prevent turning of the crankshaft, insert a crowbar into
SHTS031120200276 the adjust hole in the balance weight and place it against the oil
pan mounting flange.
(6) Use a wooden stick to push (tap at) the connecting rod from
beneath the engine and remove the connecting rods together with
WOODEN STICK the pistons in the upward direction of the engine.
NOTICE
• Take care as the connecting rod bearing attached to the con-
necting rod might drop off due to impacts.
SHTS031120200277
• When removing the piston, be careful that the cooling jet is

COOLING JET
not struck by the connecting rod.
• The removed connecting rod caps in the order of cylinder
numbers in storage.
SHTS031120200278
DISASSEMBLE THE PISTON AND THE CONNECT-

ING ROD.

(1) Using a plier, remove the retainer ring.
RETAINER RING ! CAUTION

Wear a pair of safety goggles, because the retainer ring may
spring out the groove at the time of removal.
SHTS031120200279
(2) Indicate an alignment mark on the back face and the side face of
PISTON PIN the piston. Pull off the piston pin and disengage it from the con-
PISTON
necting rod.
NOTICE
The removed connecting rod caps in the order of cylinder num-
bers in storage.
ALIGNMENT MARK
CONNECTING ROD
SHTS031120200280
HINT
Use white paint to write a cylinder number on the piston and the
connecting rod as shown in the figure.
1
WHITE PAINT
WHITE PAINT
1
SHTS031120200281
2. REMOVE THE PISTON RING.

(1) Remove the piston ring using the special tool.
SST: Piston ring expander (S0944-21011)
! CAUTION
Handle the piston rings carefully because they are made of a spe-
cial casting which is easily broken.
NOTICE
Keep the piston rings for each cylinder separately.
SHTS031120200282
3. REMOVE THE CONNECTING ROD BEARING.

PUSH CONNECTING ROD (1) Remove the connecting rod bearing from the connecting rod
BEARING
CONCAVITY bearing cap.
OIL HOLE HINT
SHTS031120200283
(2) Remove the connecting rod bearing from the connecting rod.
CONCAVITY PUSH HINT
CONNECTING ROD
BEARING
OIL HOLE
SHTS031120200284
4. REMOVE THE CONNECTING ROD BUSHING.

WING NUT (1) Assemble special tools (i.e. press subassembly and guide) on the
PRESS
SUB ASSEMBLY flat tables, and fixate such jointed special tools with a wing nut
GUIDE
(special tool).
SST:
Guide (09222-E1010)
Press sub assembly (09222-E1020)
Wing nut (SL271-01036)
NOTICE
• Assemble special tools with a mark "H" located on top.
• Make sure that bottom faces of a guide and a press subas-
SHTS031120200285 sembly are level.
(2) Without a bearing at a large end, assemble the connecting rod

and place it on the special tool assembly.
CONNECTING ROD
SHTS031120200286
(3) Install a spindle (special tool) to the connecting rod bushing.

SPINDLE SST: Spindle (09222-E1030)
NOTICE
Align a groove in a press sub assembly with a groove in a spindle
CONNECTING (special tool).
ROD
GROOVE
PRESS SUB
ASSEMBLY
SHTS031120200287
(4) Using a press, remove the connecting rod bushing.

PRESS NOTICE
BUSHING Apply a press slowly.
SHTS031120200288
(5) Chamfer one side of the connecting rod at a small end evenly as
shown in the figure.
CHAMFER
NOTICE
• Remove burrs thoroughly.
• After chamfering, remove dirt from the oil hole and the inner
surface at a small end.
SHTS031120200289
ASSEMBLE THE PISTON AND THE CONNECTING

ROD.
SPINDLE
1. INSTALL THE CONNECTING ROD BUSHING.
GROOVE (1) Attach a new bushing to a spindle (special tool), and then fit a
guide (special tool) and a bolt (special tool).
BUSHING
SST:
Spindle (09222-E1030)
GUIDE Guide (09222-E1040)
Bolt (SH691-20825)
BOLT
SHTS031120200290
Tightening Torque:
5-6 N⋅m {50-70 kgf⋅cm, 3.7-4.4 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
• Align a groove in a guide (special tool) with a groove in a
spindle (special tool).
• Ensure tight contact of the end surfaces between a spindle
(special tool) and a guide (special tool).
(2) Align an oil hole in the bushing fitted to a special tool, with an oil
PRESS CHAMFERED hole in the connecting rod. Check that a groove in a spindle (spe-
SIDE cial tool) matches with a groove in a press sub assembly (special
tool).
GROOVE
NOTICE
OIL HOLE
• Place the connecting rod in such orientation that the cham-
fered side of the connecting rod inner diameter at a small
end will face the direction toward a bushing.
• Apply engine oil to the inner diameter surface of the connect-
ing rod.
SHTS031120200291 (3) Use a press to press-fit a bushing into the connecting rod.
(4) Insert a stick of 4 mm {0.1575 in.} in diameter into an oil hole at a

large end of the connecting rod. See through an oil hole at a small
end to check that a stick goes through.
! CAUTION
Clogging in an oil hole will cause insufficient oiling, resulting in
seizure.
(5) Inert a new piston pin and check for unsmoothness or play.
SHTS031120200292
2. INSTALL THE CONNECTING ROD BEARING.

CONCAVITY (1) Install the connecting rod bearing in alignment with a concavity in
CONNECTING ROD the connecting rod, and apply engine oil.
BEARING
OIL HOLE ! CAUTION
Misalignment of oil holes will cause insufficient oiling, resulting in
seizure.
NOTICE
Make sure that oil holes are mating with each other.
SHTS031120200293
(2) Install the connecting rod bearing in alignment with a concavity in

CONCAVITY the connecting rod cap, and apply engine oil.
CONNECTING ROD
BEARING ! CAUTION
OIL HOLE Misalignment of oil holes will cause insufficient oiling, resulting in
seizure.
NOTICE
Make sure that oil holes are mating with each other.
SHTS031120200294
3. INSTALL THE PISTON AND THE CONNECTING ROD.

(1) Use a plier to fit a new retainer ring to one side of the piston.
! CAUTION
RETAINER spring out the groove at the time of installation.
RING
NOTICE
Make sure that the retainer ring is fitted in the groove securely.
SHTS031120200295
(2) Assemble the engraved number on the piston to be opposite to

ENGRAVED PISTON the connecting rod matching mark.
NUMBER
EXHAUST SIDE INTAKE SIDE
OIL HOLE
MATCHING
MARK
SHTS031120200296
(3) Align the piston pin with matching mark on the piston and insert
PISTON PIN the piston pin.
PISTON
MATCHING MARK
CONNECTING ROD
SHTS031120200297
(4) Use a plier to fit a new retainer ring to the other side of the piston.
! CAUTION
spring out the groove at the time of installation.
NOTICE
RETAINER RING Make sure that the retainer ring is fitted in the groove securely.
SHTS031120200298
4. INSTALL THE PISTON RING.

(1) Install in the order of oil ring, second ring and top ring using the
special tool.
NOTICE
Install the second ring that turn the identification print on the pis-
UPPER ton ring to upper surface.
TOP RING SECOND OIL RING
RING
LOWER
SHTS031120200299
(2) Connect the joint of the coil expander for the oil ring and install it
inside the piston ring. Assemble the ring with the joint 180° oppo-
OIL RING site to the matching point.
JOINT
MATCHING
POINT
COIL EXPANDER
SHTS031120200300
(3) Position the matching points of the piston ring at a even distance
SECOND RING
as shown in the figure.
OIL RING TOP RING
SHTS031120200301
INSTALL THE PISTON AND THE CONNECTION

ROD.

(1) Set the crankshaft to the top dead center in association with a cyl-
inder into which the piston and connecting rod will be inserted
(work on two cylinders at each time).
NOTICE
If not set to the top dead center, the connecting rod will contact
with the cooling jet.
(2) Apply engine oil to the piston, cylinder liner and connecting rod
bearing.
(3) Compress the piston ring using the special tool.
SST: Piston ring holder (S0944-11370)
NOTICE
• Install the piston and the connecting rod by referencing to a
cylinder number identified during removal works.
• Make sure that there is no deformation or flaw on the special
tool.
SHTS031120200302
(4) Use a wooden stick to insert the piston with a reasonable care not
TAKE CARE NOT TO to allow the connecting rod to interfere with the cooling jet.
ALLOW THE CONNECTING
ROD TO INTERFERE WITH
THE COOLING JET.
! CAUTION
Do not damage the cylinder liner, crankshaft and piston cooling
jet.
ENGRAVED
NUMBER NOTICE
Insert the piston with a engraved part number facing the exhaust
side.
SHTS031120200303
(5) Check that a engraved part number on the piston is located on the
EXHAUST SIDE ENGRAVED PART NUMBER exhaust side.
INTAKE SIDE
SHTS031120200304
2A'0A/QMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧝ᤨ㧡㧟ಽ
(6) Apply engine oil to bolt threads and seats. Pretighten bolts by ref-
CONNECTING ROD erencing to an identification indicated during removal of the con-
CAP necting rod cap from the connecting rod.
HINT
The cap has a knock pin as a misassembly-proof function. Posi-
tion this pin properly in place.
NOTICE
Make sure that the connecting rod cap is paired with a correct
connecting rod.
SHTS031120200305
(7) Turn the crankshaft to the bottom dead center.

ALIGNMENT (8) Check that alignment marks engraved on the connecting rod cap
MARK and on the connecting rod show the same number and are posi-
tioned in the same direction.
1234 1234
SHTS031120200306
(9) Tighten the connecting rod bolts.

Seating torque:
CONNECTING
(10) Mark the bolts heads in the same direction with paint.
ROD CAP
(11) Tighten the bolts 105° and make sure that the paint marks face
the same direction.
105 NOTICE
been overtightened.
MARKING
SHTS031120200307
(12) After installation, using a dial gauge, make sure that the end play
is within the standard value.
Standard (mm {in.}) Limit (mm {in.})

0.20-0.52 {0.0079-0.0204} 0.8 {0.0315}
SHTS031120200308
2. INSTALL THE OIL STRAINER AND THE PLATE.

(1) Install the oil strainer and the plate.
Refer to the section "OIL STRAINER AND PLATE" in the chapter
"LUBRICATING SYSTEM".

SYSTEM".
4. INSTALL THE COOLANT PIPE (OIL PAN SIDE).

COOLANT HOSE (1) Insert the coolant hose and fix it with the clamps.
(2) Install the coolant pipe with three bolts.
CLAMP COOLANT PIPE

SHTS031120200309


EN0311202H300009
Unit: mm {in.}
Piston outside Measure

111.935
diameter at A: 23 —
{4.4068}
{0.9055}
Liner inside diameter A

(Apply the value
obtained at the most
112 {4.409} — Replace piston and/
worn point to the
or liner.
cylinder liner
inside diameter.)
Clearance between 0.057-0.077

—
piston and cylinder liner {0.0022-0.0030}
Top 2.948 {0.1160} 2.848{0.112} Measure
Second 2.0 {0.0787} 1.9 {0.0748}

Piston ring
Replace ring.
width
Oil 4.0 {0.1575} 3.9 {0.1535}
Top taper — Measure
Piston ring Second 2.0 {0.0787} 2.2 {0.0866}

groove Replace piston.
width
Oil 4.0 {0.1575} 4.1 {0.1614}
0.30-0.40 Measure
Top 1.5 {0.0591}
{0.0119-0.0157}
Cylinder liner
Gap 0.75-0.90
between Second 1.5 {0.0591}
{0.0296-0.0354} Replace piston ring.
ends of pis-
ton ring
0.15-0.30 Piston ring
Oil 1.0 {0.0393}
{0.0059-0.0118}
Piston pin outside Measure

42 {1.6535} 41.96 {1.6519} Replace piston pin.
diameter
Piston pin bore inside

42 {1.6535} 42.05 {1.6555} Replace piston.
diameter
Clearance between
-0.011-0.026 Replace piston and/
piston pin and piston pin 0.05 {0.0020}
{-0.00043-0.00102} or piston pin.
bore
Measure
Connecting rod Replace connecting

42 {1.6535} 42.1{1.6574}
bushing inside diameter rod bushing.
Clearance between Replace piston pin

0.035-0.050
piston pin and 0.08 {0.0031} and/or connecting —
{0.0014-0.0019}
connecting rod bushing rod bushing
Visual check
Wear or damage of
connecting rod
— — Replace.
*Dye penetrant check
(Color check)
Visual check
Clogging of connecting
— — Replace.
rod oil hole
Crank pin outside Measure

73 {2.874} 72.8 {2.8661} Replace crankshaft.
diameter
90
measure
2 part
Clearance between
0.031-0.082 Replace connecting
connecting rod bearing 0.3 {0.0118}
{0.0013-0.0032} rod bearing.
and crank pin
Measure
Replace connecting
0.20-0.52
Connecting rod end play 0.8 {0.0315} rod and/or
{0.0079-0.0204}
crankshaft.
Replace connecting
Connecting rod bolt 67 {2.637} 68 {2.677} Measure
rod bolt.
CRANKSHAFT
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100014
SHTS031120200320
1 Pin 4 Thrust bearing

2 Crankshaft bearing 5 Crankshaft
3 Crankshaft gear
SHTS031120200321
1 Cylinder block assembly

A 100 {1,020, 74} + 135° + 90°
REPLACEMENT
EN0311202H100006
REMOVE THE CRANKSHAFT.


(1) Remove the piston and the connecting rod.
Refer to the section "PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD".
3. REMOVE THE FRONT TIMING GEAR COVER.

(1) Remove the front timing gear cover.
Refer to the section "FRONT TIMING GEAR COVER AND TIM-
ING GEAR".

5. REMOVE THE CRANKSHAFT.

(1) Gradually loosen (turn approximately 90° at each time) and
remove the main bearing cap bolts in the sequential order shown
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 in the figure.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
ENGINE FRONT
SHTS031120200322
(2) Remove the main bearing cap. Using a hoist, remove the crank-
shaft.
! CAUTION
Crankshaft is a heavy component. Handle it carefully.
NOTICE
Take care as the crankshaft bearing and the thrust bearing might
drop off from the main bearing cap or the cylinder block due to
impacts.
HINT
A clearance from the cylinder block will be the largest if the crank-
SHTS031120200323 shaft is lifted with the crank pins No.1 and No.6 positioned
upward. Lift the crankshaft carefully and avoid contact between
the cylinder block and the balance weight at the rear end of the
crankshaft.
6. REMOVE THE CRANKSHAFT BEARING AND THE THRUST

CRANKSHAFT BEARING.
PUSH BEARING (1) Remove the crankshaft bearing from the main bearing cap.
CONCAVITY
NOTICE
The removed crankshaft bearing in the order of cylinder numbers
in storage.
HINT
For easier works in this step, push the end of the crankshaft bear-
ing on the opposite side from a concavity.
SHTS031120200324
(2) Remove the thrust bearings from the cylinder block and the main
bearing cap.
ENGRAVED NUMBER
MAIN BEARING CAP
CYLINDER
BLOCK
THRUST
BEARING
GROOVE
SHTS031120200325
(3) Remove the crankshaft bearing from the cylinder block.

CRANKSHAFT PUSH
CONCAVITY BEARING NOTICE
The removed crankshaft bearing in the order of cylinder numbers
in storage.
HINT
For easier works in this step, push the end of the crankshaft bear-
ing on the opposite side from a concavity.
SHTS031120200326
INSTALL THE CRANKSHAFT.

CRANKSHAFT
CONCAVITY BEARING
1. INSTALL THE CRANKSHAFT BEARING AND THE THRUST
OIL HOLE BEARING.
(1) Install the crankshaft bearing in alignment with a concavity in the
cylinder block, and apply engine oil.
! CAUTION
Misaligned oil holes will cause insufficient oiling, resulting in sei-
zure.
NOTICE
SHTS031120200327 Make sure that oil holes are aligned with each other.
(2) Install the crankshaft bearing in alignment with a concavity in the

main bearing cap, and apply engine oil.
CRANKSHAFT CONCAVITY
BEARING
SHTS031120200328
(3) Install the thrust bearing with the groove side (front) toward the
crank arm and with the part No. stamp (back) toward the main
ENGRAVED NUMBER bearing cap.
NOTICE
MAIN BEARING CAP Apply engine oil or grease to the back of the thrust bearing to pre-
vent loosening during installation.
HINT
In this step, do not attach the thrust bearing on the cylinder block
side as it will be inserted after the crankshaft is placed.
CYLINDER
BLOCK
THRUST
BEARING
GROOVE
SHTS031120200329
2. INSTALL THE CRANKSHAFT.

(1) Using a hoist, set the crankshaft on the cylinder block.
! CAUTION
Crankshaft is a heavy component. Handle it carefully.
HINT
A clearance from the cylinder block will be the largest if the crank-
shaft is lifted with the crank pins No.1 and No.6 positioned
upward. Lift the crankshaft carefully and avoid contact between
the cylinder block and the balance weight at the rear end of the
crankshaft.
SHTS031120200330
(2) Insert the thrust bearing on the cylinder block side into a gap
between the crankshaft and the cylinder block. Make sure that the
grooved (front) side faces the crank arm and the part number
(back side) faces the cylinder block.
PART NUMBER
FACE
GROOVED SIDE
SHTS031120200331
HINT
For easier works in this step, use a flat head screwdriver to
broaden a gap for inserting the thrust bearing.
SHTS031120200332
(3) With thrust bearings and main bearings installed, set the main
ENGRAVED NUMBER bearing caps to the cylinder block.
NOTICE
14 • The pentagonal marks on the main bearing caps must face
the frontward direction of the engine and line up in the
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ascending order from the front side: i.e. "1" to "7".
• Cross-check the engraved number on each main bearing cap
with that on the cylinder block.
ENGINE FRONT ENGRAVED NUMBER

SHTS031120200333
(4) Apply engine oil to bolt seat surfaces and bolt threads of the bear-
ing cap bolt.
(5) Tighten the bearing cap bolts in the order shown in the figure.
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 Seating torque:
100 N⋅m {1,020 kgf⋅cm, 74 lbf⋅ft}
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(6) Loosen the bearing cap No.6 having a thrust bearing. Use a plas-
tic hammer to tap at the front and rear ends of the crankshaft.
1 3 5 7 9 13 (7) Loosen all bearing cap bolts.
(8) Tighten the bearing cap bolts in the same order as in step (5).
ENGINE FRONT Seating torque:
100 N⋅m {1,020 kgf⋅cm, 74 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS031120200334 (9) Mark the bearing cap bolt heads with paint to indicate the same
directions.
2A'0A/QMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧝ᤨ㧝㧠ಽ
(10) Tighten the bolts 135° (3/8 turn) in the same order as in step (5).
MARKING (11) Tighten the bolts 90° (1/4 turn) in the same order as in step (5).
(12) Make sure that all paint marks face the same direction.
NOTICE
When adding torque, never untighten the bolt, even if they have
been overtightened.
135 (13) After tightening, use a plastic hammer to tap at the front and rear
90 ends of the crankshaft for better fitting.
NOTICE
• Make sure that the crankshaft rotates smoothly.
SHTS031120200335 • Measure end play in the crankshaft and check that a mea-
surement reading falls within the standard value.

0.110-0.274 {0.0044-0.0107} 0.5 {0.0197}

(1) Apply liquid gasket and install the flywheel housing.
4. INSTALL THE FRONT TIMING GEAR COVER.

(1) Install the front timing gear cover.
ING GEAR".

(1) Install the piston and the connecting rod.


EN0311202H300010
Unit: mm {in.}
Visual check
Clogging of connecting
— — Replace.
rod oil hole
Measure
90
measure
2 part
Crank pin outside 73 {2.874}

72.8 {2.8661} Replace crankshaft.
diameter
Crank journal outside Measure

90 {3.543} 89.8 {3.5354} Replace crankshaft.
diameter
90
Clearance between crank 0.051-0.102 Replace main

0.3 {0.0118}
journal and main bearing {0.0021-0.0040} bearing.
Measure
0.110-0.274
Crankshaft end play 0.5 {0.0197} Replace crankshaft.
{0.0043-0.0107}
Measure
Main bearing cap bolt 146.5 {5.767} 147.5 {5.8070} Replace.
Measure
0-0.15
Crankshaft deflection 0.15 {0.0059} Regrind under size.
{0-0.0059}
Visual check
Clogging of crankshaft
— — Clean.
oil hole
Visual check
Crack and wear of crank-

shaft
— — Replace.
(Color check)
CYLINDER LINER
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100015
SHTS031120200341
1 Cylinder block assembly 2 Cylinder liner
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0311202K100009
S0942-02100 CYLINDER LINER PULLER
S0947-11490 GUIDE
REPLACEMENT
EN0311202H100007
REMOVE THE CYLINDER LINER.


3. REMOVE THE CYLINDER LINER.

ALIGNMENT MARK (1) Put alignment marks on the cylinder block and liner flange.
NOTICE
Do not make alignment marks with a punch.
SHTS031120200344
(2) Hold the cylinder liner end with your both hands and pull it off in
CYLINDER LINER one breath in the upward direction of the cylinder block.
! CAUTION
Handle the cylinder liner carefully. Do not reuse a cylinder liner if
dropped.
NOTICE
The removed cylinder liner in the order of cylinder numbers in
storage.
HINT
If the cylinder liner is not pulled off vertically in one breath, it will
SHTS031120200345 be caught by the cylinder block and not be smoothly removed.
(3) If manual pull-off is not practicable due to damages in the cylinder

liner or the cylinder block, use the special tool to pull off the cylin-
der liner from the cylinder block in the upward direction.
SPECIAL TOOL
SST: Cylinder liner puller (S0942-02100)
! CAUTION
Carefully set the special tool to prevent touching to the piston
cooling jet.
SHTS031120200346
INSTALL THE CYLINDER LINER.
1. INSTALL THE CYLINDER LINER.

(1) Apply engine oil to the inner surface of the cylinder block bore.
(2) Align an alignment mark on the cylinder liner with that on the cyl-
inder block. Use the special tool to insert the cylinder liner verti-
cally.
SST: Guide (S0947-11490)
HINT
This special tool may not be needed for insertion if the cylinder
SPECIAL TOOL liner is inserted in the vertical direction.
SHTS031120200347
NOTICE
LINER IDENTIFICATION MARK
• If a new cylinder liner is to be installed, attach the cylinder
liner having the same liner identification mark (A, B or C) as
stamped on the cylinder block in the order of cylinders.
• These figures show an example of the cylinder No.1 with the
liner B.
EXAMPLE: ENGINE
ENGINE MODEL ABAACB FRONT
SHTS031120200348
• The upper surface of the cylinder block intake side is

EXHAUST SIDE ENGRAVED PART NUMBER engraved liner identification mark (A, B or C).
A,B,C
MARK
POSITION
INTAKE SIDE
SHTS031120200349
• Locate an alphabet mark (A, B or C) on the intake side.
CYLINDER
LINER
A
A,B,C
MARK
POSITION
SHTS031120200350
2. MEASURE THE PROTRUSION AT THE CYLINDER LINER

SPECIAL FLANGE.
TOOL (1) Using the special tool, fix the cylinder liner.
Tightening Torque:
9.8 N⋅m {100 kgf⋅cm, 7.2 lbf⋅ft}
SST: Cylinder liner puller (S0942-02100)
SHTS031120200351
(2) Use a dial gauge to measure protrusion of the collar.

PROTRUSION CYLINDER LINER Standard value: 0.04-0.11 mm {0.0016-0.0043 in.}
CYLINDER
BLOCK
SHTS031120200352

(1) Install the piston and the connecting rod.

CYLINDER BLOCK
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100016
SHTS031120200353
1 Cylinder block assembly 2 Cooling jet

A 22 {225, 16}
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0311202K100010
SZ910-24098 BOLT For Cooling jet
09219-E1011 GAGE For Cooling jet

OVERHAUL
EN0311202H200009
REMOVE THE CYLINDER BLOCK.
1. REMOVE THE COOLING FAN ASSEMBLY AND THE FAN

SHROUD RING.
(1) Remove the cooling fan assembly and the fan shroud ring.

(1) Remove the alternator.
TOR".


(1) Remove the bolt to remove the auto tensioner.
AUTO TENSIONER
SHTS031120200356


(1) Using the special tool, remove the crankshaft front oil seal.
7. REMOVE THE FRONT TIMING GEAR COVER AND THE END

PLATE.
(1) Remove the front timing gear cover and the end plate.
ING GEAR".
8. REMOVE THE COOLANT PIPE (OIL PAN SIDE).

COOLANT HOSE (1) Remove three bolts and clamps, remove the coolant pipe (oil pan
side).
CLAMP COOLANT PIPE

SHTS031120200357
9. REMOVE THE OIL LEVEL GAUGE AND THE GUIDE.

(1) Remove the oil level gauge and the oil level gauge guide.
Refer to the section "OIL LEVEL GAUGE AND GUIDE" in the
chapter "LUBRICATING SYSTEM".

SYSTEM".
11. REMOVE THE OIL STRAINER AND THE PLATE.

(1) Remove the oil strainer and the plate.

13. REMOVE THE CYLINDER LINER.

(1) Remove the cylinder liner.
Refer to the section "CYLINDER LINER".

(1) Remove the fuel pipe around the cylinder block.
TEM".

(1) Remove the air compressor.
COMPRESSOR".

(1) Remove the starter.
17. REMOVE THE POWER STEERING PUMP.

HOSE CLAMP PUMP INSTALLATION BOLT (1) Remove the oil hose.
NOTICE
• Use a connector as power steering fluid might drop off dur-
ing disconnection of oil hose. Use a cover to protect the
hose against incoming dust.
• Disposal of power steering fluid must comply with the speci-
fied procedures (waste disposal) or other environmentally-
conscious procedures.
UNION BOLT (2) Remove the union bolt and gasket. Disconnect the pipe.
PUMP INSTALLATION BOLT
(3) Remove two power steering pump installation bolts.
SHTS031120200209


(1) Using the special tool, remove the crankshaft rear oil seal.

21. REMOVE THE REAR TIMING GEAR.

(1) Remove the idle gear shaft and idle gears.
GEAR".
22. REMOVE THE OIL PUMP.

(1) Remove the oil pump.
Refer to the section "OIL PUMP" in the chapter "LUBRICATING
SYSTEM".
23. REMOVE THE CRANKSHAFT.

(1) Remove the crankshaft.
Refer to the section "CRANKSHAFT".
24. REMOVE THE OIL COOLER.

(1) Remove the oil cooler.
Refer to the section "OIL COOLER" in the chapter "LUBRICAT-
ING SYSTEM".
25. REMOVE THE COOLANT PIPE (OIL COOLER CASE FRONT).

(1) Remove the coolant pipe (oil cooler case front).
Refer to the section "COOLANT PIPE" in the chapter "COOLING
SYSTEM".
26. REMOVE THE COOLANT PUMP.

(1) Remove the coolant pump.
ING SYSTEM".
27. REMOVE THE ENGINE MOUNTING AND THE BRACKET.

(1) Remove the engine mounting and the bracket.
Refer to the section "ENGINE MOUNTING AND BRACKET".
28. REMOVE THE AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR.

(1) Call in the refrigerant.
BRACKET
(2) Remove the hose from the compressor.
COMPRESSOR (3) Remove four bolts to remove the compressor from the bracket.
SHTS031120200358
29. REMOVE THE ENGINE ECU.

(1) Remove the engine ECU.
30. REMOVE THE ENGINE ECU COOLER.

(1) Remove the engine ECU cooler.
31. REMOVE THE DC MOTOR CONTROLLER.

(1) Remove the DC motor controller from the cylinder block.
Refer to the section "DC MOTOR CONTROLLER" in the chapter
"TURBOCHARGER".
32. REMOVE THE COOLING JET.

(1) Remove the union bolt to remove the cooling jet from the cylinder
block.
COOLING JET
SHTS031120200359
INSTALL THE CYLINDER BLOCK.
1. INSTALL THE COOLING JET.

(1) Install the cooling jet to the cylinder block.
Tightening Torque:
(2) After installing the pistons, check that there is no interference
between the cooling jet and the piston at the bottom dead center.
COOLING JET
SHTS031120200360
2. INSTALL THE DC MOTOR CONTROLLER.

(1) Install the DC motor controller to the cylinder block.
Refer to the section "DC MOTOR CONTROLLER" in the chapter
"TURBOCHARGER".
3. INSTALL THE ENGINE ECU COOLER.

(1) Install the engine ECU cooler.
4. INSTALL THE ENGINE ECU.

(1) Install the engine ECU.
5. INSTALL THE AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR.

(1) Install the compressor to the bracket, and tighten four bolts.
BRACKET
Tightening Torque:
COMPRESSOR 25 N⋅m {250 kgf⋅cm, 18 lbf⋅ft}
(2) Install the suction hose and the discharge hose to the compres-
sor.
(3) Fill in the refrigerant.
SHTS031120200361
6. INSTALL THE ENGINE MOUNTING AND THE BRACKET.

(1) Install the engine mounting and the bracket.
Refer to the section "ENGINE MOUNTING AND BRACKET".
7. INSTALL THE COOLANT PUMP.

(1) Apply liquid gasket to joint surface and install the coolant pump.
ING SYSTEM".
8. INSTALL THE COOLANT PIPE (OIL COOLER CASE FRONT).

(1) Replace the O-ring with a new one and install the coolant pipe (oil
cooler case front).
Refer to the section "COOLANT PIPE" in the chapter "COOLING
SYSTEM".
9. INSTALL THE OIL COOLER.

(1) Replace the gasket with a new one and install the oil cooler.
Refer to the section "OIL COOLER" in the chapter "LUBRICAT-
ING SYSTEM".

(1) Install the crankshaft.
Refer to the section "CRANKSHAFT".
11. INSTALL THE OIL PUMP.

(1) Replace the gasket with a new one and install the oil pump.
Refer to the section "OIL PUMP" in the chapter "LUBRICATING
SYSTEM".
12. INSTALL THE REAR TIMING GEAR.

(1) Install the idle gears and idle gear shaft.
GEAR".

(1) Apply liquid gasket and install the flywheel housing.

(1) Using the special tool, press the crankshaft rear oil seal.

16. INSTALL THE POWER STEERING PUMP.

HOSE CLAMP PUMP INSTALLATION BOLT (1) Attach new O-ring. Install the power steering pump, and tighten
two bolts.
Tightening Torque:
(2) Connect the oil hose.

(3) Attach new gasket. Install the pipe, and tighten the union bolt.
Tightening Torque:
UNION BOLT PUMP INSTALLATION BOLT
(4) Bleed air from the power steering oil pump and the power steering
SHTS031120200223
oil pipe.
Refer to the section "POWER STEERING SYSTEM" in the chap-
ter "POWER STEERING" in the workshop manual (chassis).

(1) Install the starter.

(1) Install the air compressor.
COMPRESSOR".

(1) Install the fuel pipe around the cylinder block.
TEM".

(1) Install the cylinder liner.
Refer to the section "CYLINDER LINER".

22. INSTALL THE OIL STRAINER AND THE PLATE.

(1) Install the oil strainer and the plate.

SYSTEM".
24. INSTALL THE OIL LEVEL GAUGE AND THE GUIDE.

(1) Install the oil level gauge guide and insert the oil level gauge.
Refer to the section "OIL LEVEL GAUGE AND GUIDE" in the
chapter "LUBRICATING SYSTEM".
25. INSTALL THE COOLANT PIPE (OIL PAN SIDE).

COOLANT HOSE (1) Insert the coolant hose and fix it with the clamps.
(2) Install the coolant pipe (oil pan side) with three bolts.
CLAMP COOLANT PIPE

SHTS031120200362

27. INSTALL THE FRONT TIMING GEAR COVER AND THE END
PLATE.
(1) Replace the gasket with a new one and install the end plate and
the front timing gear cover.
ING GEAR".
28. INSTALL THE CRANKSHAFT FRONT OIL SEAL.

(1) Using the special tool, press the crankshaft front oil seal.

30. INSTALL THE AUTO TENSIONER.

(1) Install the auto tensioner with a bolt.
AUTO TENSIONER
SHTS031120200363

(1) Install the alternator.
TOR".
32. INSTALL THE COOLING FAN ASSEMBLY AND THE FAN

SHROUD RING.
(1) Install the cooling fan assembly and the fan shroud ring.

EN0311202H300011
Unit: mm {in.}
Measure
Crankshaft deflection — 0.15 {0.0059} Regrind under size.
Visual check
Clogging of crankshaft
— — Clean.
oil hole
Crack and wear of

cylinder block
— — Replace. Visual check
(Color check)
0.10 {0.0039} Measure

(Repair)
Replace.
Cylinder block upper NOTICE:
0.05 {0.0019}
surface flatness 0.15 {0.0059} Do not grind for
(Service) repair.
ENGINE MOUNTING AND BRACKET

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0311202D100017
SHTS031120200365
1 Front engine mounting bracket 3 Rear engine mounting bracket

2 Front engine mounting

A 125 {1,280, 92} C 200 {2,040, 147}
B 108 {1,100, 80}
REPLACEMENT
EN0311202H200010
CHECK BEFORE START OF MAINTENANCE

WORKS
1. CHECK THE ENGINE MOUNTING.

(1) Check the engine mounting for cracks, damages or wears. Make
replacement if a trouble is found.
REMOVE THE ENGINE MOUNTING AND THE

BRACKET.
1. LIFT THE ENGINE ASSEMBLY.

(1) Before removing the engine mounting, lift and hold up the engine
assembly.
Refer to the section "DISMOUNTING AND MOUNTING" in the
chapter "ENGINE INTRODUCTION".
2. REMOVE THE ENGINE MOUNTING AND THE BRACKET.

FRONT ENGINE MOUNTING (1) Remove nuts to remove the front engine mounting from the front
BRACKET engine mounting bracket.
FRONT ENGINE MOUNTING

SHTS031120200366
(2) Remove bolts to remove the front engine mounting bracket from
the cylinder block.
FRONT ENGINE
MOUNTING BRACKET
SHTS031120200367
(3) Remove bolts to remove the rear engine mounting from the rear
REAR ENGINE engine mounting bracket.
MOUNTING BRACKET
(4) Remove bolts to remove the rear engine mounting bracket from
the flywheel housing.
REAR ENGINE
MOUNTING
SHTS031120200368
INSTALL THE ENGINE MOUNTING AND BRACKET.

REAR ENGINE
MOUNTING BRACKET
1. INSTALL THE ENGINE MOUNTING AND THE BRACKET.
(1) Install the rear engine mounting bracket to the flywheel housing,
and tighten bolts.
Tightening Torque:
225 N⋅m {2,294 kgf⋅cm, 165 lbf⋅ft}
(2) Install the rear engine mounting, and tighten bolts.

REAR ENGINE Tightening Torque:
MOUNTING 166-224 N⋅m {1,693-2,284 kgf⋅cm, 122-165 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS031120200369
(3) Install the front engine mounting bracket to the cylinder block, and
tighten bolts.
Tightening Torque:
125 N⋅m {1,280 kgf⋅cm, 92 lbf⋅ft}
FRONT ENGINE
MOUNTING BRACKET
SHTS031120200370
(4) Install the front engine mounting, and tighten nuts.

FRONT ENGINE MOUNTING Tightening Torque:
BRACKET 200 N⋅m {2,040 kgf⋅cm, 147 lbf⋅ft}
FRONT ENGINE MOUNTING

SHTS031120200371
2A'0AAOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧜ᤨ㧟㧡ಽ
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM (A09C) EN03–1
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM (A09C)

EN03
EN03-001
INTAKE PIPE (INTAKE SIDE)................... EN03-2

REPLACEMENT .............................................. EN03-3
INTAKE PIPE (EXHAUST SIDE)............... EN03-7

REPLACEMENT .............................................. EN03-8
STACK DUCT.......................................... EN03-12

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN03-13
AIR CLEANER ........................................ EN03-14

INSPECTION AND CLEANING ..................... EN03-15
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN03-16
CLEANING OF
THE AIR CLEANER ELEMENT..................... EN03-19
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR ............... EN03-20

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN03-21
AIR FLOW SENSOR ............................... EN03-23

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN03-24
INSPECTION ................................................. EN03-25
EN03–2 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM (A09C)
INTAKE PIPE (INTAKE SIDE)

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111203D100001
SHTS011120300001
1 Gasket 3 Intake pipe

2 Intake pipe (Intake side)

A 55 {560, 41}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111203H100001
REMOVE THE INTAKE PIPE (INTAKE SIDE).

(1) Disconnect the connector of the boost pressure sensor.
Refer to the section "BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR".
(2) Unlock seven clamps and disconnect the engine harness from the
intake pipe.
ENGINE HARNESS INTAKE PIPE

SHTS011120300002
2. REMOVE THE EGR VALVE AND THE EGR PIPE.

(1) Remove the EGR valve and the EGR pipe.
"EMISSION CONTROL".
3. DISCONNECT THE INTAKE PIPE (INTAKE SIDE).

BRACKET BRACKET (1) Remove two bolts to remove a clip and a bracket (on the lower
(ON THE LOWER SIDE OF
THE INTAKE PIPE) side of the intake pipe).
(2) Remove two bolts to remove the bracket for the priming pump.
PRIMING
CLIP PUMP
SHTS011120300003
(3) Remove two bolts to remove a clip and a bracket (on the rear side
FUEL FILTER of the intake pipe).
CASE
CLIP BRACKET
SHTS011120300004
(4) Remove two bolts to remove brackets (for harness clamp) from
INTAKE PIPE the intake pipe.
BRACKET
(FOR HARNESS CLAMP)
EGR COOLER
SHTS011120300005
(5) Remove a union bolt to disconnect the coolant pipe between the
ING SYSTEM".
(6) Remove a union bolt to disconnect the fuel feed pipe No.5
between the supply pump and the fuel filter case.
Refer to the section "SUPPLY PUMP" in the chapter "FUEL SYS-
TEM".
(7) Remove nine bolts to remove the intake pipe and a gasket from
COMMON RAIL the cylinder head.
HINT
BOLT
After disconnecting the intake pipe, cover an opening in the cylin-
der head to prevent contamination.
INTAKE PIPE
BOLT
SHTS011120300006
INSTALL THE INTAKE PIPE (INTAKE SIDE).

COMMON RAIL
1. CONNECT THE INTAKE PIPE (INTAKE SIDE).
(1) Clean the inner areas of the intake manifold and of the cylinder
head.
(2) Attach two guide bolts to the cylinder head in the horizontal posi-
GUIDE tion and align a new gasket with the installation position.
BOLT
NOTICE
Remove two guide bolts after pretightening seven mounting bolts
INTAKE PIPE for the intake pipe.
SHTS011120300007
(3) Pretighten nine bolts to preconnect the intake pipe to the cylinder
COMMON RAIL head.
(4) Tighten nine bolts at a specified torque.
Tightening Torque:
BOLT 55 N⋅m {560 kgf⋅cm, 41 lbf⋅ft}
INTAKE PIPE
BOLT
SHTS011120300008
(5) Tighten a union bolt to connect the fuel feed pipe No.5 between
the supply pump and the fuel filter.
TEM".
(6) Tighten a union bolt to connect the coolant pipe between the cool-
ant pump and the air compressor.
ING SYSTEM".
(7) Install the brackets (for harness clamp) to the intake pipe, and
INTAKE PIPE tighten two bolts.
BRACKET
(FOR HARNESS CLAMP)
EGR COOLER
SHTS011120300009
(8) Install the bracket for the priming pump, and tighten two bolts.
BRACKET BRACKET (9) Fasten the clip and install the bracket (on the lower side of the
(ON THE LOWER SIDE OF
THE INTAKE PIPE) intake pipe). Tighten two bolts.
PRIMING
CLIP PUMP
SHTS011120300010
(10) Install the bracket (on the rear side of the intake pipe), and tighten
FUEL FILTER a bolt.
CASE (11) Tighten a bolt to secure the clip.
CLIP BRACKET
SHTS011120300011
2. INSTALL THE EGR VALVE AND THE EGR PIPE.

(1) Install the EGR valve and the EGR pipe.
Refer to the section "EGR VAVLE AND COOLER" in the chapter
"EMISSION CONTROL".

(1) Install the engine harness to the intake pipe, and fasten seven
clamps.
(2) Connect the connector of the boost pressure sensor.
Refer to the section "BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR".
ENGINE HARNESS INTAKE PIPE

SHTS011120300012
INTAKE PIPE (EXHAUST SIDE)

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111203D100002
4 B
A 3
3
A
B
3 5
A
2
B
SHTS011120300013
1 U-turn pipe 4 Boost pipe

2 Bracket 5 Air hose
3 Clamp

A 55 {560, 41} B 5 {50, 3.7}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111203H100002
REMOVE THE INTAKE PIPE (EXHAUST SIDE).
1. REMOVE THE AIR COMPRESSOR SUCTION HOSE.

(1) Remove the air compressor suction hose.
COMPRESSOR".

ENGINE HARNESS (1) Pull off three A clamps and unlock two B clamps. Disconnect the
engine harness from the intake pipe (exhaust side).
A
A A
B
B
U-TURN PIPE BOOST PIPE
SHTS011120300014
3. DISCONNECT THE INTAKE PIPE (EXHAUST SIDE).

BOOST (1) Loosen two clamps on the boost pipe.
PIPE
TURBOCHARGER
CLAMP ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120300015
(2) Remove three bolts to disconnect the boost pipe from the turbo-
BOOST charger assembly.
PIPE
TURBOCHARGER
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120300016
(3) Remove three bolts to remove the brackets (for harness clamp)
BRACKET U-TURN PIPE from the U-turn pipe.
(FOR
HARNESS
CLAMP)
BRACKET
(FOR
HARNESS
CLAMP)
SHTS011120300017
(4) Loosen three clamps on the U-turn pipe.

CLAMP U-TURN PIPE
TURBOCHARGER
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120300018
(5) Remove three bolts to disconnect the U-turn pipe from the turbo-
INTAKE HOSE U-TURN PIPE charger assembly and the intake hose.
HINT
After disconnecting the U-turn pipe, cover an opening in the tur-
bocharger assembly to prevent contamination.
TURBOCHARGER
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120300019
(6) Remove two bolts to remove the bracket from the cylinder head.
BRACKET
HINT
Do not take this step unless a trouble or failure has been found.
TURBOCHARGER
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120300020
INSTALL THE INTAKE PIPE (EXHAUST SIDE).

BRACKET
1. CONNECT THE INTAKE PIPE (EXHAUST SIDE).
(1) Install the bracket to the cylinder head, and tighten two bolts.
Tightening Torque:
HINT
Omit this step if the bracket has not been removed.
TURBOCHARGER
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120300021
(2) Insert the U-turn pipe into the intake hose and the turbocharger
INTAKE HOSE U-TURN PIPE assembly, and tighten three bolts.
Tightening Torque:
TURBOCHARGER
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120300022
(3) Tighten three clamps to connect the U-turn pipe to the turbo-
CLAMP U-TURN PIPE charger assembly.
Tightening Torque:
5 N⋅m {50 kgf⋅cm, 3.7 lbf⋅ft}
TURBOCHARGER
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120300023
(4) Install the brackets (for harness clamp) to the U-turn pipe, and
BRACKET U-TURN PIPE tighten three bolts.
(FOR
HARNESS
CLAMP)
BRACKET
(FOR
HARNESS
CLAMP)
SHTS011120300024
(5) Insert the boost pipe into the turbocharger assembly, and tighten
BOOST three bolts.
PIPE Tightening Torque:
(6) Tighten two clamps to connect the boost pipe to the turbocharger
assembly.
Tightening Torque:
5 N⋅m {50 kgf⋅cm, 3.7 lbf⋅ft}
TURBOCHARGER
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120300025

ENGINE HARNESS (1) Connect the engine harness to the intake pipe (exhaust side), and
fasten three A clamps and two B clamps.
A
A A
B
B
U-TURN PIPE BOOST PIPE
SHTS011120300026
3. INSTALL THE AIR COMPRESSOR SUCTION HOSE.

(1) Install the air compressor suction hose.
COMPRESSOR".
STACK DUCT
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111203D100003
SHTS011120300027
1 Stack duct 3 Clamp

2 Bracket 4 Intake hose
REPLACEMENT
EN0111203H100003
1. REMOVE THE STACK DUCT.

(1) Remove the bolts and nut to remove the stack duct.
(2) If necessary, remove the intake hose.
STACK DUCT
INTAKE HOSE
SHTS011120300028
2. INSTALL THE STACK DUCT.

(1) Install the stack duct with the bolts and nut.
STACK DUCT
INTAKE HOSE
SHTS011120300029
AIR CLEANER
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111203D100004
SHTS011120300030
1 Intake pipe 4 Dust indicator

2 Bracket 5 Intake hose
3 Air cleaner assembly (Dry) 6 Clamp
INSPECTION AND CLEANING

EN0111203H300001
1. INSPECTION OF THE DUST INDICATOR

(1) If on inspection the dust indicator is red, clean or replace the air
cleaner element.
DUST
INDICATOR
SHTS011120300031
2. CHECK THE DUST UNLOADER VALVE.

(1) Open the dust unloader valve with your fingers and remove dusts
from the inner area. If damage is found, replace it.
DUST UNLOADER VALVE
SHTS011120300032
REPLACEMENT
EN0111203H300002
REMOVE THE AIR CLEANER ELEMENT AND THE

AIR CLEANER CASE.
1. REMOVE THE DUST INDICATOR.

(1) Remove the hose and bolt to remove the dust indicator.
SHTS011120300033
2. REMOVE THE AIR CLEANER CASE.

(1) Remove the wing nut to remove the cover.
WING NUT (2) Remove the wing nut to remove the element.
COVER
ELEMENT
WING NUT ELEMENT

SHTS011120300034
(3) Hold a protrudent outer periphery at the end of the air cleaner ele-
ment and slightly turn it to remove the air cleaner element.
SHTS011120300035
(4) Loosen a clamp to disconnect the intake pipe connected to the air
cleaner case.
SHTS011120300036
(5) Remove the nut to remove the air cleaner case.
SHTS011120300037
INSTALL THE AIR CLEANER ELEMENT AND THE

AIR CLEANER CASE.
1. INSTALL THE AIR CLEANER CASE.

(1) Use a waste to clean the air cleaner cap and the inner area of the
case.
SHTS011120300038
(2) Install the air cleaner case, and tighten the nut.
Tightening Torque:
18-26 N⋅m {184-264 kgf⋅cm, 14-19 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS011120300039
(3) Insert the intake pipe into the air cleaner case and fix it with
clamp.
Tightening Torque:
2.5-3.5 N⋅m {26-36 kgf⋅cm, 1.9-2.5 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS011120300040
(4) Insert the intake hose connected to the air cleaner case and fix it
with clamp.
Tightening Torque:
2.5-3.5 N⋅m {26-36 kgf⋅cm, 1.9-2.5 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS011120300041
(5) Insert the element into the case and fix it with wing nut.
(6) Install the cover to the case with the wing nut.
ELEMENT
WING NUT
WING NUT ELEMENT COVER

SHTS011120300042
2. INSTALL THE DUST INDICATOR.

(1) Install the dust indicator with bolt and connect the hose.
SHTS011120300043
CLEANING OF THE AIR CLEANER ELE-

MENT
EN0111203H300003
1. DRY TYPE
(1) Check the seal rubber for damage.
If a trouble is found, replace the air cleaner element.
SHTS011120300044
(2) If dry dusts are found, blow compressed air (688 kPa {7 kgf/cm2,
100 lbf/in.2} or less) to the inner wall of the air cleaner element to
remove dusts.
! CAUTION
In removing dust, do not flick the air cleaner element or whip the
air cleaner element against the floor.
SHTS011120300045
(3) If soot or oil is sticking, immerse the element in commercially

available element cleanser or diluted neutral detergent, to remove
soot and oil.
NOTICE
• If neutral detergent is used, immerse the element for approxi-
mately 30 min.
• After cleaning, rinse the element well with running water.
• If a drying oven is used to dry the element, keep a tempera-
ture at 80°C {176°F} or less.
• Do not install an undried element in the vehicle.
SHTS011120300046 • After drying out, check the element and the seal rubber for
damage.
• Check that no dirt has run into the inner area.

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111203D100005
SHTS011120300047
1 Boost pressure sensor

A 10 {102, 7.3}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111203H300004
REMOVE THE BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR.

(1) Disconnect the connector of the boost pressure sensor.
ENGINE
HARNESS
BOOST
PRESSURE
SENSOR
AIR INTAKE
HEATER
SHTS011120300048
2. REMOVE THE BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR.

BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR (1) Remove two clamps to remove the hose from the boost pressure
sensor.
(2) Remove two bolts to remove the boost pressure sensor from the
intake pipe.
CLAMP AIR INTAKE HEATER

SHTS011120300049
COMPONENT CHECK
BOOST
1. COMPONENT CHECK
PRESSURE
SENSOR (1) Use the Hino-DX to check the boost pressure sensor.
SHTS011120300050
INSTALL THE BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR.

1. INSTALL THE BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR
(1) Install the boost pressure sensor to the intake pipe, and tighten
two bolts.
Tightening Torque:
10 N⋅m {102 kgf⋅cm, 7.3 lbf⋅ft}
(2) Insert a hose into the boost pressure sensor, and fasten two
clamps.
CLAMP AIR INTAKE HEATER
SHTS011120300051

(1) Connect the connector of the boost pressure sensor.
ENGINE
HARNESS
BOOST
PRESSURE
SENSOR
AIR INTAKE
HEATER
SHTS011120300052
AIR FLOW SENSOR

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111203D100006
SHTS011120300053
1 Air flow sensor

A 1.17-1.77 {12-17, 0.9-1.3}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111203H300005
1. REMOVE THE AIR FLOW SENSOR.

(1) Disconnect the connector of the air flow sensor.
(2) Remove a bolt to remove the air flow sensor.
SHTS011120300054
2. ISNTALL THE AIR FLOW SENSOR.

(1) Install the air flow sensor, and tighten a bolt.
Tightening Torque:
1.17-1.77 N⋅m {12-18 kgf⋅cm, 0.9-1.3 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
• Do not apply an excessive torque in tightening the mounting
bolt (M4) for air flow sensor.
• The connector of the air flow sensor must be positioned in
the frontward direction of the vehicle.
(2) Connect the connector of the air flow sensor.
SHTS011120300055
INSPECTION
EN0111203H300006
COMPONENT CHECK
1. CHECKING THE AIR FLOW SENSOR (INTAKE AIR FLOW

CHECK/ADJUSTMENT WITH HINO-DX)
NOTICE
The air flow sensor is one of fundamental components in the
"EGR system (exhaust gas recirculation system)", and must be
checked when a vehicle is delivered (1-year check).
HINT
• This vehicle employs an air flow sensor as one of compo-
nents in the EGR system.
• If a check result obtained through this step does not fall
within the specified limits, make replacement with a new air
flow sensor.
(1) Before start of checking, clean the air cleaner element or make
replacement with a new element.
Arrange a new air flow sensor, aside from the onboard air flow
sensor.
(2) Set the Hino-DX in place.
(3) Use the "onboard air flow sensor" to measure an intake air flow at
the NMR (see the "Reference:" below) in accordance with the pro-
cedures for "intake air flow measurement" with the Hino-DX. -- (A)
HINT
NMR = No load Maximum Revolution (max rpm at no load)
(4) Make sure of safety in the site where this measurement takes
place. After the engine is fully warmed up, apply the accelerator at
a full stroke and stabilize an engine speed (keep applying the
accelerator). Keep this condition and record the "Engine Speed (r/
min)" and the "Intake Air Flow (g/sec)" on the computer screen.
(5) Stop the engine and set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position.
Then, disconnect a connector from the air flow sensor and
remove the air flow sensor body from the intake pipe.
(6) After installing a new air flow sensor, make sure to connect a con-
nector.
(7) Take the same step as in the step (3) above with a new air flow
sensor and measure an intake air flow. -- (B)
(8) Check whether air flow sensor characteristics show degradation.
a. If an air flow measured on the onboard air flow sensor is lower
than that on a new air flow sensor by 10% or greater (see the
equation below), the onboard air flow sensor have some deg-
SHTS011120300056 radation. Keep a new air flow sensor installed and recover the
vehicle to finish this check.
Equation: {(B) - (A)} / (B) x 100 > 10
b. If both air flow sensors show an equivalent air flow, the
onboard air flow sensor is properly functioning. Reinstall an
originally installed air flow sensor and finish this check.
FLOW ! CAUTION
DETECTOR
(WIRE) • Do not touch the flow detector (wire) as this detector is very
sensitive and precise. Directly touching the flow detector
(wire) will cause damages.
• Do not apply an excessive torque in tightening the mounting
bolt (M4) for air flow sensor.
Tightening Torque:
SHTS011120300057 1.17-1.77 N⋅m {12-18 kgf⋅cm, 0.9-1.3 lbf⋅ft}
2A'0HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧜ᤨ㧟㧥ಽ
EXHAUST SYSTEM (A09C) EN04–1
EXHAUST SYSTEM (A09C)

EN 04
EN04-001
EXHAUST MANIFOLD.............................. EN04-2

REPLACEMENT .............................................. EN04-3
EXHAUST PIPE......................................... EN04-8

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN04-11
EN04–2 EXHAUST SYSTEM (A09C)
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111204D100001
SHTS011120400001
1 Exhaust manifold 4 Washer

2 Insulator 5 Gasket
3 Exhaust manifold bracket

A 68.5 {700, 51} C 25 {255, 18}
B 44.1 {450, 33} (1st time) D 30 {305, 22}
74.5 {760, 55} (2nd time)
REPLACEMENT
EN0111204H100001
REMOVE THE EXHAUST MANIFOLD.
1. REMOVE THE EGR COOLER.

(1) Remove the EGR cooler.
"EMISSION CONTROL".

(1) Remove the U-turn pipe and boost pipe.

(1) Remove the turbocharger assembly.
BOCHARGER".
4. REMOVE THE EXHAUST MANIFOLD.

(1) Remove nine bolts to remove three insulators and washers from
the exhaust manifold.
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
INSULATOR
WASHER
SHTS011120400002
(2) Remove four bolts to remove the exhaust manifold bracket from
the cylinder block.
BOLT
EXHAUST
MANIFOLD
BRACKET
SHTS011120400003
(3) Remove twelve nuts to remove the exhaust manifold from the cyl-
inder head.
CYLINDER HEAD
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
GASKET
NUT
SHTS011120400004
5. REMOVE THE STUD BOLT.

CYLINDER HEAD (1) If corrosion is found in stud bolts (twelve bolts), use a torx socket
or a commercially available bolt remover to remove corroded
bolts.
(2) After removing debris (sealant, etc.) from female threads on the
cylinder head side, use a tap (M10x1.5) again to clean the
threads.
STUD BOLT
SHTS011120400005
INSTALL THE EXHAUST MANIFOLD.

CYLINDER HEAD
1. INSTALL THE STUD BOLT.
(1) Using a torx socket, tighten new stud bolts.
Tightening Torque:
! CAUTION
Do not tighten the stud bolts to an overtorque. Otherwise, the cyl-
STUD BOLT inder head might be cracked.
SHTS011120400006
2. INSTALL THE EXHAUST MANIFOLD.

(1) Replace the gasket with new one and match the exhaust manifold
with the installation position.
CYLINDER HEAD
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
GASKET
NUT
SHTS011120400007
(2) Tighten twelve nuts in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening Torque:
44.1 N⋅m {450 kgf⋅cm, 33 lbf⋅ft}
11 9 7 5 3 1
12 10 8 6 4 2
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
SHTS011120400008
(3) Tighten twelve nuts in the order shown in the figure again.
Tightening Torque:
74.5 N⋅m {760 kgf⋅cm, 55 lbf⋅ft}
1 3 5 7 9 11
NOTICE
Be sure to tighten the nuts twice.
2 4 6 8 10 12
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
SHTS011120400009
(4) Pretighten bolts in the lower area of the exhaust manifold bracket
EXHAUST MANIFOLD BRACKET on the cylinder block side.
PRETIGHTEN
SHTS011120400010
(5) Hold the exhaust manifold bracket against the cylinder block, and
EXHAUST MANIFOLD BRACKET tighten the bolts on the exhaust manifold side.
Tightening Torque:
68.5 N⋅m {700 kgf⋅cm, 51 lbf⋅ft}
PUSH
SHTS011120400011
(6) Tighten the pretightened bolts in the lower area of the exhaust
EXHAUST MANIFOLD BRACKET manifold bracket on the cylinder block side.
Tightening Torque:
68.5 N⋅m {700 kgf⋅cm, 51 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS011120400012
(7) Replace the washer with new one. Install three insulators to the
exhaust manifold, and tighten nine bolts.
Tightening Torque:
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
INSULATOR
WASHER
SHTS011120400013

(1) Install the turbocharger assembly.
BOCHARGER".

(1) Install the U-turn pipe and the boost pipe.
5. INSTALL THE EGR COOLER.

(1) Install the EGR cooler.
"EMISSION CONTROL".
EXHAUST PIPE
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111204D100002
SHTS011120400014
1 Gasket 2 Exhaust pipe

A 29-35 {295-356, 21-25} B 108-132 {1,101-1,346, 79-97}
NOTICE
Unspecified tightening torque shall be as follows.
M8: T= 23.5-29.5 N⋅m {239-300 kgf⋅cm, 17.3-21.7 lbf⋅ft}
M10: T=46-56 N⋅m {469-571 kgf⋅cm, 34-41 lbf⋅ft}
M12: T= 82-100 N⋅m {836-1,020 kgf⋅cm, 61-73 lbf⋅ft}
SHORT TAIL
SHTS011120400015
1 Exhaust tail pipe 3 Cushion

2 Clamp

A 20-24 {203-244, 14-17}
NOTICE
M8: T= 23.5-29.5 N⋅m {239-300 kgf⋅cm, 17.3-21.7 lbf⋅ft}
M10: T=46-56 N⋅m {469-571 kgf⋅cm, 34-41 lbf⋅ft}
M12: T= 82-100 N⋅m {836-1,020 kgf⋅cm, 61-73 lbf⋅ft}
STACK TAIL
SHTS011120400016
1 Tail pipe 3 Clamp

2 Spacer 4 Cushion

A 29-35 {295-356, 21-25}
NOTICE
M8: T= 23.5-29.5 N⋅m {239-300 kgf⋅cm, 17.3-21.7 lbf⋅ft}
M10: T=46-56 N⋅m {469-571 kgf⋅cm, 34-41 lbf⋅ft}
M12: T= 82-100 N⋅m {836-1,020 kgf⋅cm, 61-73 lbf⋅ft}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111204H100002
REMOVE THE EXHAUST COMPONENTS.
1. REMOVE THE EXHAUST COMPONENTS.

(1) Remove parts and sensor connectors on the exhaust compo-
nents. Remove the exhaust pipe.
INSTALL THE EXHAUST COMPONENTS.
1. INSTALL THE EXHAUST COMPONENTS.

NOTICE
• Replace the gasket with a new one.
• The mounting portion of the exhaust manifold is subjected to
heat and is likely to come loose, so special nuts are
employed. Be sure to use the correct nuts.
• When tightening the clamp, first tighten the upper bolt then
the lower bolt.
• Removal and installation should be done completely.
• Fit the clamp to the muffler as shown in the figure.
MUFFLER
SLIT • Caution when handling and assembling the catalytic muffler.
The ceramic part, which is easily broken, is contained inside
TAIL PIPE
the muffler. Be careful not to apply shocks to it. Excessive
loads, hitting of hard things such as tools etc., onto the
VEHICLE
FRONT
edges could cause it to shatter and drop off.
! WARNING
If the position on the tail pipe is incorrect, exhaust fumes may
1-3 mm {0.04-0.12 in.} blow onto passers by and burns may also result.
CLAMP
SHTS011120400017
2A'0HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧜ᤨ㧠㧝ಽ
LUBRICATING SYSTEM (A09C) EN05–1
LUBRICATING SYSTEM (A09C)

EN05
EN05-001
LUBRICATING SYSTEM .......................... EN05-2

DIAGRAM ........................................................ EN05-2
OIL PIPE.................................................... EN05-3

OIL FILTER ............................................... EN05-5

SPECIAL TOOL ............................................... EN05-6
REPLACEMENT .............................................. EN05-6
OIL COOLER ............................................ EN05-8

OVERHAUL ................................................... EN05-10
OIL PUMP ............................................... EN05-14

OVERHAUL ................................................... EN05-15
OIL PAN .................................................. EN05-19

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN05-20
OIL STRAINER AND PLATE.................. EN05-23

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN05-25
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH....................... EN05-26

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN05-27
OIL LEVEL GAUGE AND GUIDE........... EN05-29

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN05-30
2A'0HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧞᦬㧝ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧟ᤨ㧡ಽ
EN05–2 LUBRICATING SYSTEM (A09C)
LUBRICATING SYSTEM
DIAGRAM
EN0111205J100001
ENGINE RETARDER
3-CYLINDER RETARDATION TYPE 6-CYLINDER RETARDATION TYPE A
A A
A CROSSHEAD
ROLLER
PLUG A ENGINE ENGINE
ENGINE RETARDER RETARDER RETARDER ROCKER ARM
(No.5) (No.2) (No.5) (IN, EX) ALL
CAM JOURNAL
(No.1 - No.7)
ROCKER ARM SHAFT ROCKER ARM SHAFT
A CAM IDLE
A
A A
COOLING JET
A (No.1 - No.6 CYLINDER) AIR COMPRESSOR IDLE MAIN IDLE
A A SUPPLY PUMP CHECK VALVE

147-205 {1.5-2.1, 21-29} A
SUPPLY IDLE SUPPLY IDLE
AIR COMPRESSOR
SUB HOLE
A
1J 2J 3J 5J 6J
CONNECTING ROD A CAM IDLE HEAD
BUSHING
CONNECTING METAL
A CAM IDLE BLOCK
(No.1 - No.6 CYLINDER)
MAIN HOLE
A A
REGULATOR VALVE
OIL PUMP IDLE
490-570 {5.0-5.8, 71-82} TURBOCHARGER
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH A
A
ORIFICE
1.2 mm
{ 0.0472 in.}
OIL FILTER A : TO OIL PAN
BY-PASS FULL FLOW SAFETY VALVE
OIL FILTER OIL FILTER 201-259 {2.0-2.6, 30-37}
OIL COOLER
SAFETY VALVE
OIL COOLER
353-431 {3.6-4.4, 51-62}
OIL PUMP OIL COOLER

AND FILTER
OIL PUMP
SAFETY VALVE
1,646 {16.8, 238}
OIL PAN
OIL STRAINER A
SHTS011120500001
2 2
Unit: kPa {kgf/cm , Ibf/in. }
OIL PIPE
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111205D100001
OIL PIPE
OIL PIPE
LEFT SIDE VIEW

SHTS011120500002
OIL PIPE
RIGHT SIDE VIEW

SHTS011120500003
2A'0HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧞᦬㧝ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧠ᤨ㧝㧣ಽ
OIL FILTER
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111205D100002
1
A
SHTS011120500004
1 Oil filter 2 Oil cooler assembly

A 39.2-49.0 {400-500, 29-36}
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0111205K100001
S0950-31110 OIL FILTER WRENCH
REPLACEMENT
EN0111205H100001
REMOVE THE OIL FILTER.
1. DRAIN ENGINE OIL.

(1) Remove the drain plug of the oil pan and drain engine oil.
2. REMOVE THE OIL FILTER.

OIL COOLER (1) Remove the drain plug of the oil filter downside and drain engine
ASSEMBLY oil.
NOTICE
Disposal of engine oil must comply with the specified procedures
OIL FILTER (waste disposal) or other environmentally-conscious procedures.
HINT
DRAIN PLUG Use a container and a waste as engine oil might drip off during
removal of drain plug.
SHTS011120500006
(2) Using the special tool, remove the oil filter and two O-rings from
OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY the oil cooler assembly.
SST: Oil filter wrench (S0950-31110)
O-RING
OIL FILTER
SPECIAL TOOL
SHTS011120500007
NOTICE
OIL COOLER OIL FILTER • Make sure that the O-ring is not on the oil filter cap.
ASSEMBLY CAP
• Wipe dirt off the O-ring installation section.
O-RING
SHTS011120500008
INSTALL THE OIL FILTER.
1. INSTALL THE OIL FILTER.

(1) Wipe dirt off the O-ring installation section of the oil filter cap side.
(2) Apply engine oil to two O-rings of new oil filter element thinly.
OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY (3) Using the special tool, install the oil filter to the oil cooler assem-
bly.
Tightening Torque:
O-RING 39.2-49.0 N⋅m {400-500 kgf⋅cm, 29-36 lbf⋅ft}
SST: Oil filter wrench (S0950-31110)

OIL FILTER
! CAUTION
SPECIAL TOOL Be careful not to damage the O-ring.
SHTS011120500009
(4) Install the drain plug to the oil filter.

OIL COOLER Tightening Torque:
ASSEMBLY 10-14 N⋅m {102-144 kgf⋅cm, 8-10 lbf⋅ft}
OIL FILTER
DRAIN PLUG
SHTS011120500010
2. FILL ENGINE OIL.

(1) Fill engine oil.
OIL COOLER
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111205D100003
A 2
SHTS011120500011
1 Oil cooler assembly 2 O-ring

A 28.5 {290, 21}
2A'0HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧞᦬㧝ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧠ᤨ㧞㧝ಽ
5
7
5
7
5
7
6 2
10 1
6
12
7 A
7 2
5 3 1
9
7 7
11
11
7 B
5 A
8
7 1
5 2
7
5
SHTS011120500012
1 Valve 7 O-ring
2 Valve spring 8 Oil pressure switch
3 Drain bolt 9 Safety valve
4 Oil cooler assembly 10 Oil cooler element
5 Hexagon socket head screw 11 Plug
6 Gasket 12 Plug assembly

A 24.5-34.3 {250-350, 18-25} B 19.6-29.4 {200-300, 15-21}
OVERHAUL
EN0111205H200001
REMOVE THE OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY.
1. DRAIN THE COOLANT.

(1) Drain the coolant.
SYSTEM".

(1) Remove the drain plug of the oil pan and drain engine oil.
3. REMOVE THE OIL FILTER.

(1) Using the spacial tool, remove the oil filter from the oil cooler
assembly.
Refer to the section "OIL FILTER".

BOCHARGER".
5. REMOVE THE OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY.

(1) Remove the thirteen bolts to remove the oil cooler assembly and
three O-rings from the cylinder block.
NOTICE
Do not confound the oil cooler assembly installation bolt with the
oil cooler element installation bolt.
HINT
Use a container and a waste as engine oil might drip off during
removal of oil cooler assembly.
OIL COOLER
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120500013
2A'0HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧞᦬㧝ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧡ᤨ㧡ಽ
DISASSEMBLE THE OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY.

OIL COOLER
ELEMENT
1. REMOVE THE OIL COOLER ELEMENT.
(1) Remove four nuts to remove the oil cooler element, two gaskets
and two O-rings from the oil cooler case.
O-RING
GASKET
OIL COOLER CASE
SHTS011120500014
2. REMOVE THE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH.

(1) Remove the oil pressure switch from the oil cooler case.
OIL COOLER
CASE
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
SHTS011120500015
CLEANING THE OIL COOLER ELEMENT
1. CLEANING THE OIL COOLER ELEMENT.

(1) Clean water and oil channels thoroughly with kerosene or clean-
ing agent.
(2) Conduct a dye penetrant check (red check) and a visual check to
inspect the stud-bolted areas and the element for cracks or defor-
mation.
(3) Inject air of approximately 0.5 kgf/cm2 into the oil channel to
check for leakage from each area. If cracks, leakage or deforma-
tion is found, replace it with a new element.
2A'0HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧞᦬㧠ᣣ‫ᦐᧁޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧠㧡ಽ
ASSEMBLE THE OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY.

OIL COOLER 1. INSTALL THE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH.
CASE
(1) Install the pressure switch into the oil cooler case.
Tightening Torque:
19.6-29.4 N⋅m {200-300 kgf⋅cm, 14.5-21.6 lbf⋅ft}
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
SHTS011120500016
2. INSTALL THE OIL COOLER ELEMENT.

OIL COOLER (1) Replace the gaskets and O-rings with new ones. Install the oil
ELEMENT
cooler element to the oil cooler case, and tighten four nuts.
Tightening Torque:
19.6-29.4 N⋅m {200-300 kgf⋅cm, 15-21 lbf⋅ft}
O-RING
! CAUTION
Do not damage the oil cooler element.
GASKET
OIL COOLER CASE
SHTS011120500017
INSTALL THE OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY.

O-RING
1. INSTALL THE OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY.

(1) Install the new O-rings to the oil cooler assembly.
OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY

SHTS011120500018
(2) Install the new gasket to the gasket installation groove of the oil
GASKET cooler element.
OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY

SHTS011120500019
(3) Install the guide bolts into the cylinder block horizontally.
GUIDE BOLT
NOTICE
Remove two to four guide bolts only after pretightening nine to
eleven oil cooler assembly mounting bolts.
SHTS011120500020
(4) Install the oil cooler assembly to the cylinder block, and tighten
thirteen bolts.
Tightening Torque:
28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
OIL COOLER
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120500021

BOCHARGER".
3. INSTALL THE OIL FILTER.

(1) Using the spacial tool, install the oil filter to the oil cooler assem-
bly.
Refer to the section "OIL FILTER".
4. FILL ENGINE OIL.

(1) Fill engine oil.

(1) Fill the coolant.
SYSTEM".

EN0111205H300001
Damage and scratches of Replace, Visual check

— —
the safety valve if necessary.
OIL PUMP
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111205D100004
A
5
6
2
1
3
3
4
SHTS011120500022
1 Oil pump 4 Cotter pin

2 Valve spring 5 Gasket
3 Seat 6 Safety valve

A 28.5 {290, 21}
OVERHAUL
EN0111205H200002
REMOVE THE OIL PUMP.

(1) Remove the flywheel housing from the cylinder block.
Refer to the section "FLYWHEEL HOUSING" in the chapter
"ENGINE MECHANICAL".
2. REMOVE THE OIL PUMP IDLE GEAR.

(1) Remove the oil pump idle gear from the cylinder block.
GEAR" in the chapter "ENGINE MECHANICAL".
3. REMOVE THE OIL PUMP.

(1) Remove eight bolts to remove the oil pump from the cylinder
block.
OIL
PUMP
CYLINDER
CYLINDER
BLOCK
HEAD SIDE
SHTS011120500023
DISASSEMBLE THE OIL PUMP.

DRIVEN GEAR
1. REMOVE THE DRIVEN GEAR AND THE SAFETY VALVE.
OIL PUMP DRIVE GEAR
(1) Remove the driven gear from the oil pump.
HINT
The drive gear is press-fitted into the shaft, thus cannot be
removed.
SHTS011120500024
(2) Remove the cotter pin to remove the seats, the valve spring and
SAFETY the safety valve.
VALVE
! CAUTION
VALVE Handle this work step carefully. When removing a cotter pin, the
SPRING seats and the valve spring might jump out.
SEAT
SEAT
COTTER
PIN
SHTS011120500025
ASSEMBLE THE OIL PUMP.

SAFETY
VALVE
1. ASSEMBLE THE GEAR AND SAFETY VALVE.
VALVE (1) Insert the safety valve, the valve spring, the seats in this order and
SPRING fix them with new cotter pin.
SEAT
SEAT
COTTER
PIN
SHTS011120500026
(2) Install the driven gear to the oil pump.

DRIVEN GEAR
OIL PUMP DRIVE GEAR
SHTS011120500027
INSTALL THE OIL PUMP.
1. INSTALL THE OIL PUMP.

(1) Apply engine oil to the pump case and bearing of the cylinder
block.
ENGINE OIL
APPLICATION
PART ! CAUTION
Nonperformance of applying engine oil will cause an engine oil
uptake trouble, resulting in seizure or excessive wear.
SHTS011120500028
(2) Install two to four guide bolts to the cylinder block horizontally, and
set a new gasket to the mounting position on the cylinder block.
GASKET ! CAUTION
Assembly with an off-positioned gasket will cause a sealing fail-
GUIDE BOLT ure, resulting in flow out of all engine oil from the oil pump when
the engine stops. A sealing failure will lead to insufficient engine
oil uptake, eventually resulting in seizure or excessive wear at an
initial speed when the engine restarts.
CYLINDER NOTICE
BLOCK
Remove two to four guide bolts only after pretightening four to six
SHTS011120500029
oil pump mounting bolts.
(3) Install the oil pump to the cylinder block and tighten eight bolts in
the order shown in the figure.
Tightening Torque:
OIL
PUMP 5 3 28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
1
6
8 2
4 7
CYLINDER CYLINDER
BLOCK HEAD SIDE
SHTS011120500030
2. INSTALL THE OIL PUMP IDLE GEAR.

(1) Install the oil pump idle gear to the cylinder block.
GEAR" in the chapter "ENGINE MECHANICAL".
3. CHECK THE BACKLASH.

(1) Use a dial gauge to measure backlash between the oil pump drive
OIL PUMP gear and the oil pump idle gear. If a measurement reading
DRIVE GEAR exceeds the standard value, restart the oil pump mounting proce-
dures.
HINT
After mounting the oil pump, backlash might fluctuate depending
on play in the oil pump mounting bolt hole.
DIAL GAUGE OIL PUMP

IDLE GEAR
0.020-0.122 {0.0008-0.0048} 0.30 {0.0118}
SHTS011120500031

(1) Install the flywheel housing to the cylinder block.
Refer to the section "FLYWHEEL HOUSING" in the chapter
"ENGINE MECHANICAL".

EN0111205H300002
Unit: mm {in.}
Gear width 53 {2.086} — — Measure
Block side pump body

53 {2.086} — —
inside depth
-0.013-0.050 Replace gear or

End play 0.15 {0.0059}
{-0.0005-0.0019} pump.

18 {0.709} — —
diameter
Block side
bushing inside 18 {0.709} — —
diameter
Drive gear
0.040-0.099 Replace gear or

Clearance —
{0.0016-0.0038} bushing.

18 {0.709} — —
diameter
Gear bushing
18 {0.709} — —
inside diameter
Driven
gear
0.040-0.083 Replace pump or

Clearance 0.15 {0.0059}
{0.0016-0.0032} bushing.
Measure
0.072-0.277
Gear backlash 0.30 {0.0118} Replace pump.
{0.0028-0.0109}
OIL PAN
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111205D100005
SHTS011120500036
1 Oil pan 2 Gasket

A 30 {305, 22}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111205H100002
REMOVE THE OIL PAN.

(1) Place a container under the drain plug to collect the engine oil.
(2) Remove the drain plug to drain engine oil from the oil pan.
NOTICE
Disposal of engine oil must comply with specified procedures
(waste disposal) or other environmentally-conscious procedures.

GASKET OIL PAN (1) Remove thirty-four bolts to remove the oil pan and a gasket from
the cylinder block.
HINT
• If a gasket is stuck and cannot be removed, use a scraper to
BOLT strip off the gasket.
• Use a container and a waste as engine oil might drip off dur-
ing removal of oil pan.
SHTS011120500037
INSTALL THE OIL PAN.
1. INSTALL THE OIL PAN

(1) Use a scraper to cut the excessive material of gaskets on the front
timing gear cover and on the end plate so that end faces of the
gaskets will be flush with the cylinder block bottom face.
(2) Apply liquid gasket (ThreeBond TB1207C (red) and ThreeBond
TB1207D (silver)) to the cylinder block and the front end plate at
ENGINE FRONT the frontmost bottom surface and to the cylinder block and the fly-
wheel housing at the rearmost bottom surface.
NOTICE
0.0984 in.}.
• Proceed with remounting works within 20 min. after applying
the liquid gasket.
CYLINDER
BLOCK
FRONT
END PLATE
CUT THE GASKET LIQUID

AND GASKET
LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION
APPLICATION PART
PART
FLYWHEEL
FRONT TIMING GEAR COVER HOUSING
SHTS011120500038
(3) Attach the guide bolts (70 mm {2.7559 in.} or more) to the cylinder
GASKET OIL PAN block. Set a new gasket to its proper mounting position with its
humps positioned in the frontward direction of the engine.
NOTICE
Remove the guide bolts after pretightening the mounting bolts for
oil pan.
BOSS
GUIDE BOLT
SHTS011120500039
(4) Install the oil pan to the cylinder block, and tighten thirty-four bolts.
GASKET OIL PAN Tightening Torque:
! CAUTION
BOLT The gasket for the oil pan is fragile. Handle this gasket carefully.
SHTS011120500040
2. FILL ENGINE OIL.

(1) Check engine oil level, and refill the engine oil, if the engine oil
level is low.
LUBRICATION CHECK AFTER LUBRICATION OVER-

HAUL
1. CHECKING THE VALVE TRAIN

NOTICE
• Conduct this check after every lubrication overhaul.
• Conduct this check at a coolant temperature of approxi-
mately 60°C {140°F}.
MECHANICAL".
NOTICE
Cut a head cover into half (enough to cover the camshaft) to make
a jig for avoiding spatter of engine oil. Attach this jig before check.
(2) Adjust an engine speed to the standard idling speed (550 r/min).
(3) Check that oil is supplied to the predetermined areas on all rocker
ADJUSTING SCREW arms (see a list below) within 10 seconds after the engine starts.
a. Roller and cam surface
b. Top surface of the spring upper seat and the head of the
crosshead, via adjust screws
! CAUTION
If oil is not supplied or if it takes long time until oil is supplied, oil
channels might have been blocked. This oiling trouble will cause
seizure, excessive wear, noise or other troubles.
CAM CROSSHEAD
SHTS011120500041

MECHANICAL".
OIL STRAINER AND PLATE

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111205D100006
A
1
SHTS011120500042
1 Oil strainer 2 O-ring

A 28.5 {290, 21}
SHTS011120500043
1 Plate

A 97 {990, 72}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111205H100003
REMOVE THE OIL STRAINSER AND PLATE.

(1) Remove the oil pan from the cylinder block.
Refer to the section "OIL PAN".
2. REMOVE THE OIL STRAINER.

(1) Remove two bolts to remove an O-ring and the oil strainer from
CYLINDER
OIL STRAINER BLOCK
the cylinder block.
HINT
O-RING removal of oil strainer.
SHTS011120500044
3. REMOVE THE PLATE.

ENGRAVED (1) Remove ten bolts to remove the plate from the cylinder block.
MARK
PLATE
SHTS011120500045
INSTALL THE OIL STRAINER AND PLATE.

ENGRAVED
MARK
1. INSTALL THE PLATE.
(1) Install the plate to the cylinder block, and tighten ten bolts.
Tightening Torque:
NOTICE
• Make sure that a engraved mark "UP" faces up before install-
PLATE ing the plate.
SHTS011120500046
• Make sure that the plate has been installed before proceed-
ing with a next step.
2. INSTALL THE OIL STRAINER.

(1) Replace an old O-ring with a new one. Pretighten two bolts to pre-
CYLINDER
OIL STRAINER BLOCK
install the oil strainer. Then fully tighten the bolts at a specified
torque.
Tightening Torque:
O-RING 28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}

(1) Install the oil pan to the cylinder block.
Refer to the section "OIL PAN".
SHTS011120500047
2A'0HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧞᦬㧠ᣣ‫ᦐᧁޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧠㧢ಽ
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111205D100007
SHTS011120500048
1 Oil pressure switch 2 Oil cooler assembly

A 24.5-34.3 {250-350, 18-25}
2A'0HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧞᦬㧝ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧡ᤨ㧞ಽ
REPLACEMENT
EN0111205H100004
REMOVE THE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH.

OIL COOLER
CASE 1. REMOVE THE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH.
(1) Disconnect the connector of the oil pressure switch.
(2) Remove the oil pressure switch from the oil cooler case.
OIL PRESSURE HINT

SWITCH Use a container and a waste as engine oil might drip off during
removal of oil pressure switch.
SHTS011120500050
COMPONENT CHECK
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
1. CHECK THE ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY.
(1) Apply air pressure or oil pressure and use a circuit tester to mea-
sure the electrical continuity between a terminal and a body. If a
trouble is found, make replacement.
Pressure Electrical continuity

At no load or at less than
Proper continuity
39 kPa {0.4 kgf/cm2, 5.7 Ibf/in.2}
At 39 kPa {0.4 kgf/cm2, 5.7 Ibf/in.2}
SHTS011120500051 No continuity
or more
INSTALL THE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH.

OIL COOLER
CASE 1. INSTALL THE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH.
(1) Make sure that an O-ring is attached to the oil pressure switch.
Install the oil pressure switch to the oil cooler case.
Tightening Torque:
OIL PRESSURE
24.5-34.3 N⋅m {250-350 kgf⋅cm, 18-25 lbf⋅ft}
SWITCH
(2) Connect the connector of the oil pressure switch.
SHTS011120500052
2. FILL ENGINE OIL.

(1) Check engine oil level, and refill the engine oil, if the engine oil
level is low.
OIL LEVEL GAUGE AND GUIDE

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111205D100008
SHTS011120500054
1 Oil level gauge guide 3 Oil level gauge

2 O-ring
REPLACEMENT
EN0111205H100005
REMOVE THE OIL LEVEL GAUGE AND THE GUIDE.

(REPRESENTATIVE TYPE)
1. REMOVE THE OIL LEVEL GAUGE.
(1) Pull off the oil level gauge from the oil level gauge guide.
OIL LEVEL
HINT
GAUGE
removal of oil level gauge.
SHTS011120500055
2. REMOVE THE OIL LEVEL GAUGE GUIDE.

OIL LEVEL (1) Remove a bolt to remove an O-ring and the oil level gauge guide
GAUGE GUIDE from the cylinder block.
HINT
Use a container or a waste as engine oil might drip off during
removal of oil level gauge guide.
O-RING
SHTS011120500056
INSTALL THE OIL LEVEL GAUGE AND THE GUIDE.

OIL LEVEL
GAUGE GUIDE
1. INSTALL THE OIL LEVEL GAUGE GUIDE.
(1) Replace an old O-ring with a new one. Install the oil level gauge
guide to the cylinder block, and tighten a bolt.
O-RING
SHTS011120500057
2. INSTALL THE OIL LEVEL GAUGE.

(REPRESENTATIVE TYPE) (1) Insert the oil level gauge into the oil level gauge guide.
OIL LEVEL
GAUGE
SHTS011120500058
2A'0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧝ᤨ㧟㧞ಽ
COOLING SYSTEM (A09C) EN06–1
COOLING SYSTEM (A09C)

EN06
EN06-001
COOLING SYSTEM .................................. EN06-2

DIAGRAM ........................................................ EN06-2
COOLANT PIPE........................................ EN06-3

RADIATOR................................................ EN06-7
INSPECTION ................................................... EN06-7
OVERHAUL ..................................................... EN06-8
RADIATOR CAP ..................................... EN06-14

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN06-14
INTER COOLER...................................... EN06-17

OVERHAUL ................................................... EN06-17
THERMOSTAT CASE AND

THERMOSTAT........................................ EN06-19
OVERHAUL ................................................... EN06-19
COOLANT PUMP.................................... EN06-23

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN06-23
COOLING FAN AND FAN CLUTCH....... EN06-28

OVERHAUL ................................................... EN06-28
HEADER TANK AND

WATER LEVEL SWITCH........................ EN06-33
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN06-34
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR.................................................. EN06-35
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN06-36
2A'0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧜ᤨ㧠㧡ಽ
EN06–2 COOLING SYSTEM (A09C)
COOLING SYSTEM
DIAGRAM
EN0111206J100001
RADIATOR CAP
HEADER TANK
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM AIR ESCAPE EGR COOLANT
SYSTEM AIR ESCAPE
COOLANT EGR
RADIATOR AIR ESCAPE TEMPERATURE COOLER
GAUGE
THERMOSTAT
CASE CYLINDER
HEAD
TURBO-
RADIATOR
CHARGER
CAR HEATER BYPASS
CIRCUIT CYLINDER
AIR
COMPRESSOR BLOCK
COOLANT
OIL
PUMP
COOLER
DRAIN PLUG DRAIN PLUG
: THERMOSTAT CLOSE
: THERMOSTAT OPEN
: AIR ESCAPE
SHTS011120600001
COOLANT PIPE
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111206D100001
COOLANT PIPE
COOLANT PIPE
COOLANT PIPE
(COOLANT PUMP -
AIR COMPRESSOR)
COOLANT PIPE
FRONT VIEW
SHTS011120600002
COOLANT PIPE
COOLANT PIPE
(AIR COMPRESSOR -
CYLINDER BLOCK)
COOLANT PIPE
LEFT SIDE VIEW

SHTS011120600003
COOLANT PIPE COOLANT PIPE

(TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY -
OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY)
RIGHT SIDE VIEW

SHTS011120600004
COOLANT PIPE
COOLANT PIPE
(COOLANT PUMP - AIR COMPRESSOR)
UPPER VIEW
SHTS011120600005
RADIATOR
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111206D100002
SHTS011120600006
1 Radiator assembly 7 Drain cock

2 Stay 8 Radiator hose
3 Fan shroud 9 Distance piece
4 Bracket 10 Baffle plate
5 Fixing cushion 11 Cushion
6 Seal ring (Rubber)

A 18-26 {185-265, 14-19}
INSPECTION
EN0111206H300001
INSPECTION BEFORE MAINTENANCE
1. INSPECT THE RADIATOR.

(1) Visually check the radiator for water leakage, cracks, damages
and other troubles. If a trouble would be found, replace the radia-
tor. If coolant decreases at a short interval and needs to be fre-
quently filling, check the radiator, hoses and pipes for water
leakage.
OVERHAUL
EN0111206H200001
REMOVE THE RADIATOR.

(1) Drain the coolant out of the drain plug of oil cooler and the drain
cock of the radiator.
! CAUTION
DRAIN PLUG To avoid the danger of burns and scalds, do not drain the coolant
while the engine and radiator are hot.
DRAIN COCK NOTICE
OIL FILTER
Disposal of coolant must comply with specified procedures
SHTS011120600007 (waste disposal) or other environmentally-conscious procedures.
HINT
• Coolant can be drained quicker by removing the radiator cap.
• Connection of a reasonable hose to the oil cooler drain pipe
would aid in avoiding spatters of coolant during drainage.
2. DISCONNECT THE HOSES.

(1) Loosen the clamps and disconnect the inter cooler hoses (in and
out).
SHTS011120600008
(2) Remove clamp and disconnect the reservoir hose.

(3) Loosen the clamps and disconnect the radiator hoses (upper and
lower).
SHTS011120600009
3. MOVE THE AIR CONDITIONER PIPE.

AIR (1) Remove the nut to remove the air conditioner pipe bracket.
CONDITIONER
PIPE (2) Use a piece of wire to temporarily fixate the air conditioner pipe on
WIRE the vehicle.
SHTS011120600010

NOTICE
Proceed with the steps below after protecting the radiator core
with a cardboard to prevent damages to the radiator core.
(1) Remove the brackets (right and left) from the lower area of the
radiator.
SHTS011120600011
(2) Remove bolts on the fan shroud.

FAN SHROUD
RADIATOR
SHTS011120600012
(3) Remove the nuts and bolts (left and right) of the stay.
NUT
NUT BOLT
SHTS011120600013
(4) Use a jack to lift the radiator and inter cooler assembly to a height
of approximately 100 mm {3.937 in.}, in order to remove a bolt on
the bracket on the side face of the radiator.
! CAUTION
The radiator is a plastic tank. Do not use it as a jack-up point.
Place a wooden block on both sides of the inter cooler tank at the
same time, and lift up.
SHTS011120600014
(5) Remove the bolts of the bracket.
SHTS011120600015
(6) Lower a jack and remove bolts securing the inter cooler onto the
radiator.
SHTS011120600016
(7) Pull the fan shroud in the direction toward the engine side to
ensure a clearance. Then, remove the radiator in the upward
direction.
! CAUTION
• In this step, pull off the radiator with a reasonable care as the
radiator lower pipe might be caught by the fan shroud or
other parts.
• Handle this work step carefully not to damage fins in the radi-
ator core.
COMPONENT CHECK
1. CHECKING FOR CLOGGING, CONTAMINATION AND DAM-

AGE.
(1) Pressurize tap water and inject it into the radiator through an
opening on the top of the radiator. Observe the water flowing out
from an opening at the bottom of the radiator, and determine
whether the radiator is clogged. If a trouble is found (e.g. only a
small amount of water is running out in contrary to high-pressure
water injection), replace the radiator.
RADIATOR
(2) Check the radiator core for crush or contamination. If a trouble is
found, clean, correct or replace the radiator.
SHTS011120600017
INSTALL THE RADIATOR.

(1) Pull in the fan shroud in the direction toward the engine side to
ensure a clearance. Then, insert the radiator from the upward
direction.
! CAUTION
Handle this work step carefully not to damage fins in the radiator
core.
(2) Combine the radiator and the inter cooler with the bolts.
Tightening Torque:
14-20 N⋅m {143-204 kgf⋅cm, 10-15 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS011120600016
(3) Use a jack to lift the radiator and inter cooler assembly to a height
of approximately 100 mm {3.937 in.}, in order to install the bracket
on the side face of the radiator, and tighten the bolts.
Tightening Torque:
18-26 N⋅m {185-265 kgf⋅cm, 14-19 lbf⋅ft}
! CAUTION
The radiator is a plastic tank. Do not use it as a jack-up point.
Place a wooden block on both sides of the intercooler tank at the
same time, and lift up.
SHTS011120600018
(4) Install the bracket with two nuts and a bolt to fix the vehicle, the
radiator and the inter cooler.
Tightening Torque:
18-26 N⋅m {185-265 kgf⋅cm, 14-19 lbf⋅ft}
NUT
NUT BOLT
SHTS011120600019
(5) Install the fan shroud with the bolts.

FAN SHROUD
RADIATOR
SHTS011120600020
(6) Install the brackets (right and left) to the lower area of the radiator.
Tightening Torque:
19-25 N⋅m {194-255 kgf⋅cm, 14-18 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS011120600021
2. CONNECT THE HOSES.

AIR (1) Place the air conditioner pipe assembly temporarily fixated onto
CONDITIONER
PIPE the vehicle, back to its original position. Secure the bracket.
WIRE
SHTS011120600022
(2) Insert the radiator hoses (upper and lower) and fix them with the
clamps.
Tightening Torque:
4.0-5.0 N⋅m {41-51 kgf⋅cm, 3-4 lbf⋅ft}
(3) Insert the reservoir hose and fix it with the clamp.
SHTS011120600023
(4) Insert the inter cooler hoses (inlet and outlet) until they contact
with individual alignment marks (bosses), and fasten new clamps.
Tightening Torque:
NOTICE
• If cracks or peeling would be found in the inner surface of the
inter cooler hoses, should be replace it.
• When inserting the inter cooler hoses, do not apply soap
water or adhesives to the inner surface of a hose or the mat-
ing sleeve.
SHTS011120600024
IDENTIFICATION POINT (BOSS)
INTER COOLER HOSE
SHTS011120600025

(1) Gradually fill coolant through the coolant inlet in the header tank.
NOTICE
Rapid filling will obstruct smooth air vent in the cooling piping
and increase the filling time.
Coolant volume: 33.5 L
(2) Fill coolant in the header tank to the "FULL"" level.
(3) Fully close the radiator cap.
(4) Set an engine speed slightly higher than a regular idling speed.
(5) Increase a coolant temperature to the extent that the coolant tem-
perature gauge indicates a middle level by racing the engine three
SHTS011120600026
to five times (idle to 1,800 r/min or more). Keep running the
engine for additional 10 min. to purge air from the radiator and
from inside the engine.
(6) Stop the engine and wait until the engine cools down. Check the
coolant levels in the header tank. Fill coolant to make up for a
decrease in coolant (used for air purge).
! CAUTION
Do not open the radiator cap when hot.
NOTICE
• An excessive increase of the engine speed would cause
breakdown of engine components or shorten the service life.
• Air-contained coolant would cause overheat or leakage from
the coolant pump.
• Check that no leakage (engine oil, etc.) or noise would be
observed from the fuel system and/or the cooling system.
2A'0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝㧞ᤨ㧝ಽ
RADIATOR CAP
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111206D100003
SHTS011120600027
1 Radiator cap (For prevent the overflow) 3 Header tank

2 Radiator cap (For feeding coolant)
A: This cap will not be necessary to be removed and be sealed to prevent from mistaking to feed coolant with a
wire.
REPLACEMENT
EN0111206H100001
REMOVE THE RADIATOR CAP (FOR PREVENT THE

OVERFLOW).
1. REMOVE THE RADIATOR CAP.

(1) Make sure that the engine is not hot.
(2) Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to remove it.
! CAUTION
• Do not open the radiator cap when hot.
• Retighten the cap if a large volume of vapor comes out. Wait
until a coolant temperature is low enough to proceed with
SHTS011120600028 works.
HINT
If coolant would be worm, wear two to three pairs of thick gloves
before proceeding with works.
REMOVE THE RADIATOR CAP (FOR FEEDING

DECOMPRESSION
LEVER COOLANT).
1. REMOVE THE RADIATOR CAP.

(1) Make sure that the engine is not hot.
(2) Set the decompression lever in the center of the cap in the upright
position.
(3) Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to remove it.
! CAUTION
• Do not open the radiator cap when hot.
SHTS011120600082 • Retighten the cap if a large volume of vapor comes out. Wait
until a coolant temperature is low enough to proceed with
works.
HINT
If coolant would be worm, wear two to three pairs of thick gloves
before proceeding with works.
COMPONENT CHECK
1. CHECK THE VALVE OPENING PRESSURE.

(1) Using a radiator cap tester, measure the valve opening pressure
of the radiator cap. If a measurement reading would be out of the
standard value, replace the radiator cap with a new one.
Standard value:
For prevent the overflow: 39-59 kPa {0.4-0.6 kgf/cm2, 6-8 lbf/in.2}
For feeding coolant: 69-88 kPa {0.7-0.9 kgf/cm2, 10-13 lbf/in.2}
2. CHECK THE WATER LEAKAGE OF THE COOLING SYSTEM.

SHTS011120600029 (1) Make sure that the coolant level is correct value.
(2) Using a radiator cap tester, pressurize the radiator and check to
see that there is no water or no air leakage. If leakage would
occur, repair or replace the radiator with a new one.
! CAUTION
Be careful, do not to apply a pressure more than below mentioned
value to the radiator.
Standard value: 100 kPa {1 kgf/cm2, 15 lbf/in.2}
INSTALL THE RADIATOR CAP (FOR PREVENT THE

RADIATOR CAP OVERFLOW).
1. INSTALL THE RADIATOR CAP.

FIRST LEVEL (1) Turn the radiator cap clockwise to the second level to fit it tight.
! CAUTION
Improper installation of the radiator cap would cause overheating
and spurt out hot water.
SECOND LEVEL
SHTS011120600030
(2) Connect hole of radiator cap with vapor tube by a wire and finally
pass an end of the wire into wire fixing fittings.
(3) Make sure to caulk the wire fixing fittings.
SHTS011120600083
INSTALL THE RADIATOR CAP (FOR FEEDING

RADIATOR CAP COOLANT).
1. INSTALL THE RADIATOR CAP.

(1) Turn the radiator cap clockwise to the second level to fit it tight.
! CAUTION
Improper installation of the radiator cap would cause overheating
FIRST LEVEL
and spurt out hot water.
SECOND LEVEL
SHTS011120600084
INTER COOLER
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111206D100004
SHTS011120600031
1 Inter cooler
OVERHAUL
EN0111206H100002
REMOVE THE INTER COOLER.

(1) Remove the radiator together with the inter cooler.
Refer to the section "RADIATOR".
2. REMOVE THE INTER COOLER.

(1) After removal of the radiator, remove the inter cooler from the radi-
ator.
SHTS011120600032
COMPONENT CHECK
1. INSPECT THE INTER COOLER.

(1) Check the radiator core for crush or contamination. If a trouble is
found, clean, correct or replace the radiator.
INSTALL THE INTER COOLER.
1. INSTALL THE INTER COOLER.

(1) Install the inter cooler to the radiator, and tighten the bolts.
Tightening Torque:
14-20 N⋅m {143-204 kgf⋅cm, 10-15 lbf⋅ft}

(1) Install the radiator together with the inter cooler.
SHTS011120600033
THERMOSTAT CASE AND THERMOSTAT

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111206D100005
SHTS011120600034
1 Thermostat case 3 Gasket

2 Thermostat case cover

A 55 {560, 41}
OVERHAUL
EN0111206H200002
REMOVE THE THERMOSTAT CASE.

NATOR".

(1) Remove the air compressor suction hose.
COMPRESSOR".

(1) Remove the U-turn pipe and the boost pipe.

TOR".

(1) Disconnect the connector of the coolant temperature sensor.
Refer to the section "COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR".
6. REMOVE THE COOLANT HOSE.

(1) Remove the coolant hose between the cooling pump and the
EGR cooler.
"EMISSION CONTROL".
(2) Remove the coolant hose between the coolant pump and the
coolant pipe.
Refer to the section "CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY" in the
chapter "ENGINE MECHANICAL".
7. REMOVE THE COOLANT PIPE.

(1) Remove the coolant pipe between the thermostat case and the
turbocharger assembly.
BOCHARGER".
8. REMOVE THE THERMOSTAT CASE.

(1) Remove the clamp and pull out the coolant hose from the thermo-
COOLANT CLAMP stat case.
HOSE
(2) Remove four bolts to remove the thermostat case and gasket from
the cylinder head.
THERMOSTAT CASE
SHTS011120600035
9. REMOVE THE THERMOSTAT.

THERMOSTAT (1) Remove three bolts to remove the thermostat case cover and the
CASE BOLT
thermostat from the thermostat case.
GASKET
THERMOSTAT
THERMOSTAT CASE COVER
SHTS011120600036
INSTALL THE THERMOSTAT CASE.

THERMOSTAT
CASE BOLT
1. INSTALL THE THERMOSTAT.
GASKET (1) Install the thermostat case cover and thermostat to the thermostat
case, and tighten three bolts.
Tightening Torque:
THERMOSTAT
THERMOSTAT CASE COVER
SHTS011120600037
NOTICE
FLANGE • Improper mounting of the gasket will cause water leakage.
THERMOSTAT Make sure that the gasket engages with a flange of the ther-
mostat.
GASKET
SHTS011120600038
• Position the jiggle valve on the top when assembling the

JIGGLE VALVE thermostat.
THERMOSTAT
SHTS011120600039
2. INSTALL THE THERMOSTAT CASE.

(1) Install two guide bolts to the cylinder head and match the new
gasket with the installation position.
NOTICE
Remove two guide bolts only after pre tightening two thermostat
GUIDE BOLT case mounting bolts.
GASKET
SHTS011120600040
(2) Install the thermostat case to the cylinder head, and tighten four
bolts.
COOLANT CLAMP
HOSE Tightening Torque:
(3) Insert the coolant hose into the thermostat case and fix it with the
clamp.
THERMOSTAT CASE
SHTS011120600041

(1) Install the coolant pipe between the thermostat case and the tur-
bocharger assembly.
BOCHARGER".
4. INSTALL THE COOLANT HOSE.

(1) Install the coolant hose to the coolant pipe.
Refer to the section "CYLINDER HEAD ASSEMBLY" in the
chapter "ENGINE MECHANICAL".
(2) Install the coolant hose to the EGR cooler.
"EMISSION CONTROL".

(1) Connect the connector of the coolant temperature sensor.
Refer to the section "COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR".

TOR".

(1) Install the U-turn pipe and the boost pipe.

(1) Install the air compressor suction hose.
COMPRESSOR".

NATOR".

EN0111206H300002
Unit: mm {in.}
Inspection item Standard LImit Remedy Inspection procedure
Thermostat valve open- 80-84°C

— Replace. Visual check
ing temperature {176-183.2°F}
More than
Valve lift — Replace. Measure
10 {0.0019}
COOLANT PUMP
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111206D100006
SHTS011120600042
1 Coolant pump 3 Coolant pump pulley

2 Coolant pipe (Coolant pump downside) 4 O-ring

A 28.5 {290, 21} C 55 {560, 41}
B 97 {990, 72}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111206H100003
REMOVE THE COOLANT PUMP.

2. REMOVE THE COOLING FAN AND RING.

(1) Remove the cooling fan and ring.
Refer to the section "COOLING FAN AND FAN CLUTCH".

NATOR".

(1) Remove three clips securing the coolant pipe.
CLIP
COOLANT PIPE
SHTS011120600043
COOLANT PIPE CLIP
SHTS011120600044
(2) Remove the union bolt to remove the coolant pipe between the
HINT
Use a container and a waste as coolant might drip off during
removal of coolant pipe.
COOLANT PIPE
SHTS011120600045
5. REMOVE THE COOLANT PUMP PULLEY.

COOLANT (1) Remove four bolts to remove the coolant pump pulley from the
PUMP coolant pump.
PULLEY
CRANK-
SHAFT
DAMPER
FRONT
TIMING
GEAR COVER
SHTS011120600046


TOR".

CLAMP (1) Remove three bolts, clamp and O-ring to remove the coolant pipe
(coolant pump downside) from the coolant pump.
COOLANT
PUMP
COOLANT PIPE
(COOLANT PUMP
DOWNSIDE)
SHTS011120600047
9. REMOVE THE COOLANT PUMP.

(1) Remove eight bolts to remove the coolant pump from the cylinder
COOLANT
PUMP block.
(2) Use a scraper to remove dirt from the mating surface between the
coolant pump and the cylinder block.
NOTICE
CYLINDER
BLOCK • Do not damage the mating surface.
• Remove liquid gasket with a scraper carefully so that
FRONT
TIMING removed liquid gasket will not fall into the pump chamber in
GEAR COVER the cylinder block.
SHTS011120600048
INSTALL THE COOLANT PUMP.

COOLANT PUMP
(1) Apply liquid gasket (ThreeBond TB1207B, black) to the coolant
pump as shown in the figure.
NOTICE
0.0984 in.}
LIQUID GASKET
SHTS011120600049 gasket.
(2) Fasten two to four guide bolts to the cylinder block horizontally.
KNOCK PIN NOTICE
• Remove the guide bolts when after pre tightening six coolant
pump mounting bolts.
• Note that there are knock pins on the coolant pump mount-
ing surface of the cylinder block.
GUIDE BOLT
SHTS011120600050
(3) Install the coolant pump, and tighten eight bolts.

Tightening Torque:
COOLANT
PUMP 28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
CYLINDER
BLOCK
FRONT
TIMING
GEAR COVER
SHTS011120600051

CLAMP
(1) Replace the O-ring with new one and install the coolant pipe
(coolant pump downside) with three bolts and clamp.
Tightening Torque:
Coolant pump side: 28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
Cylinder block side: 97 N⋅m {990 kgf⋅cm, 72 lbf⋅ft}
COOLANT
PUMP
COOLANT PIPE
(COOLANT PUMP
DOWNSIDE)
SHTS011120600052
3. INSTALL THE COOLANT PUMP PULLEY.

COOLANT (1) Install the coolant pump pulley to the coolant pump, and tighten
PUMP four bolts.
PULLEY
Tightening Torque:
CRANK-
SHAFT
DAMPER
FRONT
TIMING
GEAR COVER
SHTS011120600053

TOR".

(1) Install the U-turn pipe and boost pipe.

COOLANT PIPE CLIP (1) Replace the gasket with a new one. Install the coolant pipe
between the coolant pump and the air compressor with a union
bolt.
(2) Fasten three clips to secure the fuel pipe and the coolant pipe
above the intake pipe (intake side).
SHTS011120600054
COOLANT PIPE
SHTS011120600055
CLIP
COOLANT PIPE
SHTS011120600056

NATOR".
8. INSTALL THE COOLING FAN AND RING.

(1) Install the cooling fan and ring.
Refer to the section "COOLING FAN AND FAN CLUTCH".

COOLING FAN AND FAN CLUTCH

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111206D100007
SHTS011120600057
1 Silent block 4 Bracket

2 Cooling fan coupling 5 Fan clutch
3 Fan shroud 6 Cooling fan

A 47 {480, 35} B 55 {560, 40}
OVERHAUL
EN0111206H100004
REMOVE THE COOLING FAN ASSEMBLY.
1. REMOVE THE COOLING FAN AND THE FAN SHROUD RING.

NOTICE
Proceed with the steps below after protecting the radiator core
with a cardboard to prevent damages to the radiator core.
(1) Gradually move the seal ring (rubber) from the fan shroud ring to
the engine side.
SEAL RING (RUBBER)

SHTS011120600058
(2) Remove the bolt to remove two silent blocks and the spacer.
BRACKET
(3) Remove two bolts to remove the bracket (upper right) from the cyl-
inder head.
SPACER
SILENT
BLOCK
SHTS011120600059
(4) Remove three bolts to remove the spacer and two silent blocks.
(5) Remove two bolts to remove the bracket (lower left) from the cylin-
der block.
BRACKET
SILENT BLOCK SPACER
SHTS011120600060
(6) Remove three bolts to remove the spacer, two silent blocks and
the fan shroud ring.
FAN SHROUD RING
(7) Remove two bolts to remove the bracket (lower right) from the cyl-
inder block.
SPACER
SILENT
BLOCK
BRACKET
SHTS011120600061
(8) Remove six bolts to remove the cooling fan with the fan clutch
COOLING FAN COOLING FAN from the cooling fan coupling.
COUPLING
FAN CLUTCH
SHTS011120600062
HINT
FLAT HEAD SCREWDRIVER Insert a large flat head screwdriver into the flywheel gear through
FLYWHEEL
SHTS011120600063
2. REMOVE THE FAN CLUTCH.

COOLING (1) Remove six bolts to remove the fan clutch from the cooling fan.
FAN
FAN
CLUTCH
SHTS011120600064
INSTALL THE COOLING FAN ASSEMBLY.

COOLING
FAN
1. INSTALL THE FAN CLUTCH.
(1) Install the fan clutch to the cooling fan, and tighten six bolts.
Tightening Torque:
FAN
CLUTCH
SHTS011120600065
2. INSTALL THE COOLING FAN AND THE FAN SHROUD RING.

COOLING FAN COOLING FAN (1) Install the cooling fan and the fan clutch to the cooling fan cou-
COUPLING pling, and tighten six bolts.
Tightening Torque:
FAN CLUTCH
SHTS011120600066
HINT
FLAD HEAD SCREWDRIVER Insert a large flat head screwdriver into the flywheel gear through
FLYWHEEL
SHTS011120600067
(2) Install the bracket (lower right) to the cylinder block with two bolts.
(3) Install the fan shroud ring, attach two silent blocks and a spacer,
FAN SHROUD RING
and tighten a bolt.
SPACER
SILENT
BLOCK
BRACKET
SHTS011120600068
(4) Install the bracket (lower left) to the cylinder block with two bolts.
(5) Install the fan shroud ring, attach two silent blocks and a spacer,
and tighten a bolt.
BRACKET
SILENT BLOCK SPACER
SHTS011120600069
(6) Install the bracket (upper right) to the cylinder head with two bolts.
BRACKET (7) Install the fan shroud ring, attach the spacer and two silent block,
and tighten two bolts.
SPACER
SILENT
BLOCK
SHTS011120600070
(8) Check that the cooling fan does not interfere with the fan shroud
TIP CLEARANCE ring and that a tip clearance falls within the standard value. If the
standard value is not met, adjust and correct the bracket mounting
FAN SHROUD RING position.
HINT
Adjust a tip clearance by correcting play in the bolt hole in the
bracket.
Standard value: 5-11 mm {0.1969-0.4330 in.}
SHTS011120600071
(9) Install the seal ring (rubber) on the fan shroud ring.
FAN SHROUD SEAL RING (RUBBER)

SHTS011120600072

EN0111206H300003
Visual check
Fan clutch deformation Replace,

— —
and damage if necessary.
HEADER TANK AND WATER LEVEL SWITCH

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111206D100008
SHTS011120600074
1 Coolant hose 4 Water level switch

2 Radiator cap 5 Header tank
3 Coolant pipe
REPLACEMENT
EN0111206H100005
REMOVE THE HEADER TANK.

2. REMOVE THE HEADER TANK.

(1) Remove the clamp to disconnect four coolant hoses from the
header tank.
NOTICE
Before disconnection, check that a mark is indicated on each
hose. If a mark is fading, re-indicate a mark before disconnection.
HINT
removal of hose.
(2) Disconnect the connector of the water level switch.
SHTS011120600075 (3) Remove the bolt and nut to remove the header tank.
INSTALL THE HEADER TANK.
1. INSTALL THE HEADER TANK.

(1) Install the header tank with the bolt and nut.
(2) Connect the connector of the water level switch.
(3) Insert two escape hoses, one reserve hose and one radiator hose
into the header tank as shown in the figure and fix them with the
clamp.

SHTS011120600075

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111206D100009
SHTS011120600076
1 Coolant temperature sensor 2 O-ring

A 26.95-31.85 {275-325, 20-23}
2A'0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧝ᤨ㧟㧠ಽ
REPLACEMENT
EN0111206H100006
REMOVE THE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

U-TURN
PIPE 1. REMOVE THE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
(1) Disconnect the connector of the coolant temperature sensor.
HINT
removal of coolant temperature sensor.
BOOST
PIPE
SHTS011120600077
(2) Remove the coolant temperature sensor and gasket from the
COOLANT thermostat case.
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
GASKET
ALTERNATOR
THERMOSTAT
CASE
SHTS011120600078
COMPONENT CHECK
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR A
B 1. CHECK A RESISTANCE.
(1) Use water or engine oil to heat/cool the coolant temperature sen-
C
sor.
TEMPERATURE
INDICATOR ! CAUTION
If engine oil is used in this step, a temperature must not exceed
A 120°C {248°F}. Otherwise, hazardous gas might be generated.
C (2) Use a circuit tester to measure the resistance between terminals.
HEAT
RESERVOIR B If a measurement reading would be out of the standard value,
replace it with a new one.
SHTS011120600079
Between terminals A and C
Temperature (°C {°F}) Standard value (Ω)
-20 {-4} 13.84-16.33
20 {68} 2.32-2.59
80 {176} 0.31-0.326
110 {230} 0.1399-0.1435
Between terminal B and body

75 {167} 79-92
100 {212} 35.5-42.5
2A'0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧠㧞ಽ
INSTALL THE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR 1. INSTALL THE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
GASKET (1) Replace the gasket with new one and install the coolant tempera-
ture sensor to the thermostat.
ALTERNATOR Tightening Torque:
26.95-31.85 N⋅m {275-325 kgf⋅cm, 20-23 lbf⋅ft}
THERMOSTAT
CASE
SHTS011120600080
(2) Connect the connector of the coolant temperature sensor.
U-TURN
PIPE
BOOST
PIPE
SHTS011120600081

(1) Check the coolant level, fill the coolant, if the coolant level would
be low.
2A'0AHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧜ᤨ㧠㧥ಽ
FUEL SYSTEM (A09C) EN07–1
FUEL SYSTEM (A09C)

EN 07
EN07-001
FUEL PIPE ................................................ EN07-2 FUEL STRAINER ....................................EN07-62

COMPONENT LOCATOR ............................... EN07-2 COMPONENT LOCATOR ............................. EN07-62
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN07-63
FUEL TANK............................................... EN07-4
REPLACEMENT .............................................. EN07-7
FUEL SENDER GAUGE ........................... EN07-9

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN07-10
FUEL FILTER AND CASE ...................... EN07-11

OVERHAUL ................................................... EN07-13
WATER LEVEL WARNING SWITCH ...... EN07-19

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN07-20
SUPPLY PUMP ....................................... EN07-22

SPECIAL TOOL ............................................. EN07-24
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN07-25
PRIMING PUMP ...................................... EN07-36

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN07-38
INJECTOR............................................... EN07-40
SPECIAL TOOL ............................................. EN07-42
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN07-43
COMMON RAIL....................................... EN07-49

INSPECTION ................................................. EN07-52
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN07-52
COMMON RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR.. EN07-56

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN07-57
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR ........... EN07-59

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN07-60
EN07–2 FUEL SYSTEM (A09C)
FUEL PIPE
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111207D100001
PRESSURE-FEED PIPE FUEL FEED PIPE No.4

FUEL FEED PIPE No.2
RETURN PIPE No.1
FUEL FEED PIPE No.3

RETURN PIPE No.2 FUEL FEED PIPE No.1
LEFT SIDE VIEW
SHTS011120700001
RETURN PIPE No. 1
BACK VIEW
SHTS011120700002
FUEL TANK
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111207D100002
SHTS011120700003
1 Bracket 3 Feed hose

2 Return hose
200L
SHTS011120700004
1 Drain plug 4 Fuel tank assembly

2 Fuel tank band 5 Fuel tank support
3 Gasket

A 89-121 {907-1,233, 65-89} C 73-109 {744-1,111, 53-80}
B 19.6-39.2 {200-400, 15-28} (Outside) D 1.5-2.5 {15-25, 1.1-1.8}
10-13 {101-132, 7-9} (Inside)
400L
SHTS011120700005
1 Drain plug 3 Fuel tank assembly

2 Fuel tank band 4 Fuel tank support

A 50-70 {509-713, 36-51} D 96-144 {978-1,468, 70-106}
B 73-109 {744-1,111, 53-80} E 20-30 {203-305, 14-22}
C 1.5-2.5 {15-25, 1.1-1.8} F 21.5-31.5 {219-321, 15.8-23.2}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111207H100001
REMOVE THE FUEL TANK.
1. REMOVE THE FUEL TANK.

(1) Disconnect the connector of the fuel sender gauge.
(2) Indicate an alignment mark, and disconnect the feed hose and the
return hose.
HINT
Use a cover to prevent fuel leak and contamination during
removal works.
SHTS011120700006
(3) Disconnect the drain hose and drain fuel.
GASKET
DRAIN PLUG
SHTS011120700007
(4) Remove the double nut to remove the fuel tank band.
FUEL TANK (5) Remove the fuel tank from the fuel tank support.
BEAD
FUEL TANK FUEL TANK

BAND DOUBLE NUT
SUPPORT
SHTS011120700008
INSTALL THE FUEL TANK.
1. INSTALL THE FUEL TANK.

(1) Clean the drain plug filter and replace an old gasket with a new
one. Install the drain plug.
Tightening Torque:
89-121 N⋅m {907-1,233 kgf⋅cm, 65-89 lbf⋅ft}
GASKET
DRAIN PLUG
SHTS011120700009
(2) Place the fuel tank on the support.

FUEL TANK (3) Install the band and tighten the double nut.
Tightening Torque:
BEAD Outside: 19.6-39.2 N⋅m {200-400 kgf⋅cm, 15-28 lbf⋅ft}
Inside: 10-13 N⋅m {101-132 kgf⋅cm, 7-9 lbf⋅ft}
HINT
Align the fuel tank band with the fuel tank bead.
FUEL TANK
FUEL TANK
BAND
SUPPORT
MOUNTING NUT
SHTS011120700010
(4) Connect the connector of the fuel sender gauge.

(5) Make alignment with an alignment mark, and connect the feed
hose and the return hose.
NOTICE
Make sure that bolts are inserted in the certain direction if the sup-
port has been removed.
SHTS011120700011
FUEL SENDER GAUGE

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111207D100003
SHTS011120700012
1 Fuel sender gauge 2 Gasket

A 1.5-2.5 {15-25, 1.1-1.8}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111207H100002
REMOVE THE FUEL SENDER GAUGE.

FUEL TANK CONNECTOR
(1) Disconnect the connector of the fuel sender gauge.
2. REMOVE THE FUEL SENDER GAUGE.

(1) Remove five bolts to remove the fuel sender gauge and a gasket
from the fuel tank.
HINT
Use a container and a waste as fuel might drip off during removal
FUEL SENDER GAUGE of fuel sender gauge.
SHTS011120700013
COMPONENT CHECK
1. CHECK A RESISTANCE.
(1) Check that a float of the fuel sender gauge moves smoothly.
(2) Use a circuit tester to measure the resistance between terminals
F while moving the float from the E point to the F point. If a mea-
FUEL
surement reading exceeds the standard value, make replace-
SENDER ment.
GAUGE
Level Standard value (Ω)
1/2 E 146.5-153.5
FLOAT
1/2 29.5-32.5
F 0+1.2
E
SHTS011120700014
INSTALL THE FUEL SENDER GAUGE.

FUEL TANK CONNECTOR
1. INSTALL THE FUEL SENDER GAUGE.
(1) Replace an old gasket with a new one. Install the fuel sender
gauge to the fuel tank, and tighten five bolts.
Tightening Torque:
1.5-2.5 N⋅m {15-25 kgf⋅cm, 1.1-1.8 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
• The orientation must be checked for positioning so that there
FUEL SENDER GAUGE will be no interference with the buffer plate on the inner tank
SHTS011120700015 wall during installation works.
• After installation, start the engine for tryout to check that no
fuel leak is observed from the fuel sender gauge.

(1) Connect the connector of the fuel sender gauge.
FUEL FILTER AND CASE

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111207D100004
SHTS011120700016
1 Bracket 5 Fuel filter

2 Drain pipe 6 Return pipe No.1
3 Fuel feed pipe No.4 7 Fuel feed pipe No.5
4 Tube 8 Gasket

A 6.9 {70, 5} B 97 {990, 72}
3 B
2
2
1
A
6
7
SHTS011120700017
1 Bleeder plug 5 Element

2 O-ring 6 Cap
3 Center bolt 7 Spring
4 Drain plug 8 Holder

A 4.9-8.9 {50-90, 3.7-6.5} B 24.5-34.3 {250-350, 18-25}
OVERHAUL
EN0111207H200001
DRAIN WATER FROM THE FUEL FILTER.

TUBE
BLEEDER
PLUG
1. DRAIN WATER FROM THE FUEL FILTER.
(1) Place a container under the drain pipe so that drained water will
FUEL FILTER be collected in the container.
CASE (2) Loosen the bleeder plug and the drain plug, and drain the water
trapped at the bottom of the fuel filter case.
UNION
BOLT DRAIN NOTICE
PLUG • Drained water contains some fuel. Disposal of drained water
DRAIN must comply with applicable laws and regulations estab-
PIPE
lished in each region or country.
SHTS011120700018 • Note that water-contained fuel will cause malfunctions and
damages to an engine.
(3) Tighten the drain plug.
Tightening Torque:
4.9-8.9 N⋅m {50-90 kgf⋅cm, 3.7-6.5 lbf⋅ft}
(4) Start the priming pump to bleed air from systems.
NOTICE
PRIMING PUMP
Make sure that the bleeder plug is loosened on the fuel filter.
START
THE PRIMING PUMP
SHTS011120700019
(5) Tighten the bleeder plug on the fuel filter.

Tightening Torque:
TUBE
BLEEDER 4.9-8.9 N⋅m {50-90 kgf⋅cm, 3.7-6.5 lbf⋅ft}
PLUG
FUEL FILTER NOTICE

CASE After completion of these steps, start the engine for tryout to
check that no fuel leak is observed from the fuel filter.
DRAIN
PLUG
DRAIN
PIPE
SHTS011120700020
AIR BLEEDING FROM THE FUEL SYSTEM

TUBE
BLEEDER
PLUG
1. BLEED AIR FROM THE FUEL SYSTEM.
(1) Place a container under the drain pipe so that drained fuel will be
FUEL FILTER collected in this container.
CASE
NOTICE
Disposal of drained fuel must comply with applicable laws and
DRAIN regulations established in each region or country.
PLUG
DRAIN (2) Loosen the bleeder plug on the fuel filter.
PIPE
SHTS011120700021
(3) Turn the priming pump counterclockwise to allow it to pop out.

Move the priming pump back and forth.
PRIMING PUMP
(4) Repeat the back-and-forth motions of the priming pump until fuel
flows out from the pipe with no air bubbles.
START
THE PRIMING PUMP
SHTS011120700022
(5) Tighten the bleeder plug on the fuel filter.

Tightening Torque:
TUBE
BLEEDER 4.9-8.9 N⋅m {50-90 kgf⋅cm, 3.7-6.5 lbf⋅ft}
PLUG
FUEL FILTER (6) Move the priming pump again at least 20 more times.
CASE (7) Hold the priming pump to its fully retracted position and turn the
priming pump clockwise to the end.
NOTICE
DRAIN
PLUG • Make sure that the priming pump is secured tight.
DRAIN
PIPE • After completion of these steps, start the engine for tryout to
check that no fuel leak is observed from the fuel filter.
SHTS011120700023
REPLACE THE ELEMENT.

CAP
1. REPLACE THE ELEMENT.
FUEL FILTER (1) Pull off a tube from the cap.
CASE
TUBE
SHTS011120700024
(2) Remove a center bolt to remove two O-rings and a cap from the
CAP fuel filter case.
CENTER BOLT (3) Remove the element.
NOTICE
• Use a pan to collect the fuel from the fuel filter case.
O-RING ELEMENT • Note that unfiltered fuel will remain within the fuel filter case
if the element is replaced without completely draining the
fuel from the fuel filter.
FUEL FILTER
CASE
SHTS011120700025
2. INSTALL THE ELEMENT.

CAP (1) Remove dirt from the element fitting area inside the fuel filter case
CENTER BOLT and inside the cap.
(2) Replace an old element with a new one. Insert a new element in
the fuel filter case.
O-RING ELEMENT (3) Apply fuel onto new O-rings. Install O-rings to a groove on the fuel
filter case and to the center bolt seat.
FUEL FILTER
CASE
SHTS011120700026
(4) After positioning to an alignment mark, set the cap onto the fuel
CENTER ALIGNMENT filter case. Tighten a center bolt.
BOLT MARK Tightening Torque:
CAP 24.5-34.3 N⋅m {250-350 kgf⋅cm, 18-25 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
• Carefully attach the O-rings so that they will not be curled or
FUEL damaged.
FILTER
CASE • Make sure that O-rings fully contact with the seal surface.
SHTS011120700027
(5) Insert a tube in the cap.

CAP
FUEL FILTER
CASE
TUBE
SHTS011120700028
REMOVE THE FUEL FILTER AND CASE.

TUBE
BLEEDER
PLUG
1. DRAIN THE FUEL.
(1) Place a container under the drain pipe so that drained fuel will be
FUEL FILTER collected in this container.
CASE (2) Loosen the drain plug, the bleeder plug and a union bolt on the
UNION
drain pipe. Drain fuel from the fuel filter case.
BOLT DRAIN NOTICE
PLUG • Disposal of drained fuel must comply with applicable laws
DRAIN and regulations established in each region or country.
PIPE
• Drain all fuel contained in the filter in this step. Replacement
SHTS011120700029 of the element without draining all fuel will leave unfiltered
fuel within the filter. This will cause such unfiltered residual
fuel to flow into the engine.

WATER LEVEL WARNING SWITCH (1) Disconnect the connector of the water level warning switch.
ENGINE HARNESS
SHTS011120700030
3. REMOVE THE FUEL FILTER CASE.

(1) Remove three union bolts. Disconnect the fuel feed pipes No.4
RETURN PIPE and No.5 and the return pipe No.1 from the fuel filter case.
No.1
FUEL FEED HINT
PIPE No.4
Use a container and a waste as fuel might drip off during discon-
nection of fuel pipe.
FUEL FEED
PIPE No.5
SHTS011120700031
(2) Remove two bolts to remove the fuel filter case.

NOTICE
FUEL FILTER
CASE Take this step carefully not to spill undrained fuel remaining
within the fuel filter case.
BOLT
SHTS011120700032
(3) Remove two bolts to remove the bracket from the cylinder head.
HINT
BRACKET
Take this step only if a trouble is found.
SHTS011120700033
INSTALL THE FUEL FILTER AND CASE.

BRACKET
1. INSTALL THE FUEL FILTER CASE.
(1) Install the bracket to the cylinder head, and tighten two bolts.
Tightening Torque:
HINT
Omit this step if the bracket has not been removed.
SHTS011120700034
(2) Install the fuel filter case, and tighten two bolts.
Tightening Torque:
FUEL FILTER
CASE
BOLT
SHTS011120700035
(3) Replace an old gasket with a new one. Connect the fuel feed
pipes No.4 and No.5 and the return pipe No.1 to the fuel filter
RETURN PIPE case.
No.1
FUEL FEED
PIPE No.4
FUEL FEED
PIPE No.5
SHTS011120700036
(4) Tighten the drain plug, the bleeder plug and a union bolt on the
drain pipe.
Tightening Torque:
Drain plug: 4.9-8.9 N⋅m {50-90 kgf⋅cm, 3.7-6.5 lbf⋅ft}
BLEEDER
Bleeder plug: 4.9-8.9 N⋅m {50-90 kgf⋅cm, 3.7-6.5 lbf⋅ft}
PLUG
Union bolt: 6.9 N⋅m {70 kgf⋅cm, 5 lbf⋅ft}
UNION
BOLT
DRAIN DRAIN PLUG

PIPE
SHTS011120700037

WATER LEVEL WARNING SWITCH (1) Connect the connector of the water level warning switch.
ENGINE HARNESS
SHTS011120700038

(1) Start the priming pump to bleed air from the fuel system.
Refer to the section "FUEL FILTER AND CASE".
WATER LEVEL WARNING SWITCH

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111207D100005
SHTS011120700039
1 Water level warning switch 2 O-ring

A 2-3 {20-30, 1.5-2.2}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111207H100003
REMOVE THE WATER LEVEL WARNING SWITCH.
1. DRAIN THE FUEL.

(1) Loosen the drain plug, the bleeder plug and a union bolt on the

WATER LEVEL WARNING SWITCH (1) Disconnect the connector of the water level warning switch.
ENGINE HARNESS
SHTS011120700040
3. REMOVE THE WATER LEVEL WARNING SWITCH.

WATER LEVEL (1) Remove the water level warning switch from the fuel filter case.
WARNING SWITCH
HINT
of water level warning switch.
SHTS011120700041
COMPONENT CHECK
WATER LEVEL
WARNING SWITCH 1. CHECK THE ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY.
(1) Manually move a float of the water level warning switch up and
down. Use a circuit tester to measure the electrical continuity
between terminals. If a trouble is found, make replacement.
Float position Electrical continuity

Up Proper continuity
Down No continuity
SHTS011120700042
INSTALL THE WATER LEVEL WARNING SWITCH.

WATER LEVEL
WARNING SWITCH
1. INSTALL THE WATER LEVEL WARNING SWITCH.
(1) Check that an O-ring is installed to the water level warning switch.
Install the water level warning switch to the fuel filter case.
Tightening Torque:
2-3 N⋅m {20-30 kgf⋅cm, 1.5-2.2 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
After installing, start the engine for tryout to check that no fuel
leak is observed from the water level warning switch.
SHTS011120700043
(2) Connect the connector of the water level warning switch.

WATER LEVEL WARNING SWITCH
ENGINE HARNESS
SHTS011120700044

SUPPLY PUMP
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111207D100006
SHTS011120700045
1 Pressure-feed pipe 5 Gasket

2 Return pipe No.2 6 Fuel feed pipe No.3
4 Clip

A 32 {330, 24}
SHTS011120700046
1 Supply pump drive gear 6 Gasket

2 Supply pump 7 Fuel strainer
3 Clip 8 Oil pipe
4 Washer 9 Bracket
5 O-ring 10 Timing check window plug

A 20 {204, 15} D 29 {300, 21}
B 55 {560, 41} E 13 {130, 10}
C 250 {2,550, 184} F 12.5 {128, 9}
SHTS011120700047
1 Supply pump 2 Key

A 27 {275, 20}
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0111207K100001
S0951-22530 INJECTION PUMP TOOL

REPLACEMENT
EN0111207H100004
REMOVE THE SUPPLY PUMP.
1. DRAIN THE FUEL.


ENGINE (1) Disconnect the connectors from the engine speed sub sensor and
HARNESS the supply pump.
PRIMING
PUMP
SHTS011120700049
3. DISCONNECT THE FUEL PIPE AND THE OIL PIPE.

CLIP COMMON RAIL (1) Remove a nut to remove the clip.
(2) Loosen nuts to disconnect two pressure-feed pipes.
HINT
nection of pressure-feed pipes.
PRESSURE-FEED PIPE
SHTS011120700050
(3) Remove a bolt to remove the bracket from the cylinder head.
CYLINDER HEAD COMMON RAIL
BRACKET
SHTS011120700051
(4) Remove two union bolts and gaskets. Disconnect the return pipe
COMMON RAIL No.2 from the supply pump and from the common rail.
SUPPLY
HINT
PUMP Use a container and a waste as fuel might drip off during discon-
RETURN PIPE No.2

SHTS011120700052
(5) Remove three nuts and three clips.

CLIP RETURN PIPE No.2 (6) Remove a union bolt to disconnect the return pipe No.2 and
UNION remove gaskets.
BOLT
HINT
CLIP
GASKET
SHTS011120700053
(7) Remove two clips securing the fuel feed pipe No.5 between the
fuel filter case and the supply pump.
FUEL FEED PIPE No.5
SUPPLY PUMP CLIP
SHTS011120700054
(8) Remove a union bolt to disconnect the fuel feed pipe No.5 from
the fuel filter case.
FUEL FILTER
CASE
FUEL FEED
PIPE No.5
SHTS011120700055
(9) Remove a union bolt to disconnect the fuel feed pipe No.5
COMMON RAIL between the fuel filter case and the supply pump.
SUPPLY PUMP
HINT
FUEL FEED PIPE No.5
SHTS011120700056
(10) Remove two union bolts to disconnect the fuel feed pipe No.3 and
GASKET remove gaskets.
HINT
FUEL FEED nection of fuel pipe.
PIPE No.3
PRIMIMG PUMP
GASKET
SHTS011120700057
remove gaskets.
PRIMING HINT
FUEL FEED
PIPE No.2
GASKET
GASKET
SHTS011120700058
(12) Remove a nut to remove a clip from the bracket.

(13) Remove two union bolts to disconnect the oil pipe and remove
gaskets from the supply pump.
SUPPLY
HINT
PUMP
disconnection of oil pipe.
CLIP
OIL PIPE BRACKET
SHTS011120700059
4. REMOVE THE FLYWHEEL HOUSING COVER.

FLYWHEEL (1) Remove two bolts to remove the flywheel housing cover from the
HOUSING flywheel housing.
FLYWHEEL
HOUSING COVER
SHTS011120700060
5. SETTING THE TOP DEAD CENTER ON THE COMPRESSION

ALIGN THE POINTER
FLYWHEEL
STROKE OF THE CYLINDER No.1 (WHEN THE SUPPLY
WITH 1/6 LINE MARK. PUMP IS INSTALLED)
(1) Turn the crankshaft in the engine rotation direction (clockwise as
viewed from the cooling fan) and position the "1/6" line mark
LINE
shown on the outer peripheries of the crankshaft damper and of
MARK the flywheel, in alignment with the pointer.
6
1
POINTER
SHTS011120700061
(2) Remove the timing check window plug and a gasket from the sup-
ply pump.
GASKET
TIMING
CHECK
WINDOW
PLUG
SUPPLY PUMP
SHTS011120700062
(3) Insert a special tool in the timing check window and check that the
seat surface of the special tool is sitting on the supply pump.
INJECTION
PUMP TOOL SST: Injection pump tool (S0951-22530)
NOTICE
• A failure in seating implies that the seat surface is contacting
with an area other than the rotation stopper in the coupling
flange. Do not apply an excessive force to push the tool in.
• If no seating is observed, the cylinder No.6 is set to the top
dead center on the compression stroke. Make one additional
SEATING turn of the crankshaft and check with a special tool again.
INJECTION
PUMP TOOL
{0.1673 in.}
4.25 mm
6 mm {0.1969 in}
APPROX.
NO SEATING
SHTS011120700063
6. REMOVE THE SUPPLY PUMP.

BRACKET SUPPLY PUMP (1) Remove five bolts to remove the bracket.
SHTS011120700064
(2) Remove eight bolts to remove the supply pump and an O-ring
O-RING SUPPLY from the end plate of the front timing gear cover.
PUMP
END PLATE COUPLING PLATE

SHTS011120700065
(3) Set an aluminum sheet in a vise. Use this vise to fixate the supply
pump drive gear. Remove a nut to remove the supply pump drive
NUT
gear and the washer from the supply pump.
WASHER
SUPPLY PUMP
DRIVE GEAR
ALUMINUM
PLATE
VISE
SHTS011120700066
(4) After lightly tightening a nut, use a commercially available puller to

SUPPLY PUMP remove the supply pump drive gear from the supply pump.
PULLER DRIVE GEAR HINT
• Tighten a nut lightly before start of removal works in order to
prevent accidental drop-off of the supply pump drive gear.
• The supply pump drive gear can be easily pulled off by ham-
mering the puller head.
NUT
SHTS011120700067
(5) Remove four bolts to remove the supply pump and an O-ring from
the coupling plate.
SUPPLY PUMP
COUPLING PLATE
SHTS011120700068
INSTALL THE SUPPLY PUMP.

ALIGN THE POINTER
FLYWHEEL
WITH 1/6 LINE MARK.
1. SETTING THE TOP DEAD CENTER ON THE COMPRESSION
STROKE OF THE CYLINDER No.1 (WHEN THE SUPPLY
PUMP IS NOT INSTALLED)
LINE (1) Turn the crankshaft in the engine rotation direction (clockwise as
MARK viewed from the cooling fan) and position the "1/6" line mark
shown on the outer peripheries of the crankshaft damper and of
6
1
the flywheel, in alignment with the pointer.
POINTER
SHTS011120700069
(2) When placing the camshaft assembly, position two drilled holes
DRILLED HOLE located at an angle of 180° (drilled holes for determining the tim-
FOR ing) to be in parallel to the top surface of the cylinder head.
MISASSEMBLY
NOTICE
PROOF DRILLED HOLE
Place a transparent plastic scale or an edged scale on the top face
FOR
DETERMINING
of the cylinder head and on the side face of the camshaft gear,
SCALE THE TIMING and check that drilled holes for misassembly-proof lie at a height
above the scale.
DRILLED HOLE
FOR DETERMINING
THE TIMING
SHTS011120700070
(3) If drilled holes for misassembly-proof lie at a height below the top
face of the cylinder head, the cylinder No.6 is set at the top dead
center on the compression stroke. Make one additional rotation of
the crankshaft again and check that drilled holes for misassem-
bly-proof on the camshaft lie at a height above the top face of the
cylinder head.
2. INSTALL THE SUPPLY PUMP.

(1) Check that the cylinder No.1 is set at the top dead center on the
compression stroke.
SUPPLY PUMP (2) Replace an old O-ring with a new one. Install the supply pump to
the coupling plate, and tighten four bolts.
Tightening Torque:
COUPLING PLATE
SHTS011120700071
(3) Set an aluminum sheet in a vise. Use this vise to fixate the supply
pump drive gear. Attach a washer and tighten a nut to secure the
NUT
supply pump drive gear and the washer.
WASHER Tightening Torque:
250 N⋅m {2,550 kgf⋅cm, 184 lbf⋅ft}
SUPPLY PUMP
DRIVE GEAR
ALUMINUM
PLATE
VISE
SHTS011120700072
NOTICE
SUPPLY PUMP
In this step, align the shaft key with a keyway on the supply pump
DRIVE GEAR drive gear.
KEYWAY
SUPPLY PUMP
KEY
SHTS011120700073
(4) Replace an old O-ring with a new one. Install the supply pump
O-RING SUPPLY and the coupling plate to the end plate of the front timing cover,
PUMP and tighten eight bolts.
Tightening Torque:
NOTICE
• Attach an O-ring carefully so that it will not be curled or dam-
aged.
• The coupling plate has two knock pins.
END PLATE COUPLING PLATE
SHTS011120700074
(5) Insert the special tool in the timing check window and check that
the seat surface of the special tool is sitting on the supply pump.
INJECTION
PUMP TOOL SST: Injection pump tool (S0951-22530)
! CAUTION
No seating implies that the seat surface is contacting with an area
other than the rotation stopper in the coupling flange. Do not
apply an excessive force to push the tool in.
HINT
The timing is correct if the coupling plate mounting bolt can be
SEATING tightened in assembling the supply pump with the special tool
remaining seated.
INJECTION
PUMP TOOL (6) If the seat surface of the special tool is not sitting properly, the
timing is not correct. In such case, restart the remounting proce-
dures.
{0.1673 in.}
4.25 mm
6 mm {0.1969 in}
APPROX.
NO SEATING
SHTS011120700075
(7) After checking the timing, replace an old gasket with a new one
and install the timing check window plug.
GASKET Tightening Torque:
TIMING
CHECK
WINDOW
PLUG
SUPPLY PUMP
SHTS011120700076
(8) Tight the five bolts by using finger torque, to install the bracket to
BRACKET SUPPLY PUMP the supply pump and the cylinder block.
SHTS011120700077
(9) Tight the five bolts at a specified torque.

BRACKET SUPPLY PUMP Tightening Torque:
NOTICE
Properly adjust the positions of the supply pump and the bracket
in order to prevent an excessive force from being applied to the
bracket.
SHTS011120700078
3. INSTALL THE FLYWHEEL HOUSING COVER.

FLYWHEEL (1) Install the flywheel housing cover to the flywheel housing, and
HOUSING tighten two bolts.
Tightening Torque:
FLYWHEEL
HOUSING COVER
SHTS011120700079
4. CONNECT THE FUEL PIPE AND THE OIL PIPE.

(1) Replace old gaskets with new ones. Connect the oil pipe, and
tighten two union bolts.
SUPPLY Tightening Torque:
PUMP
Supply pump side: 12.5 N⋅m {128 kgf⋅cm, 9 lbf⋅ft}
Cylinder block side: 20 N⋅m {204 kgf⋅cm, 15 lbf⋅ft}
CLIP
(2) Install a clip to secure the oil pipe.
OIL PIPE BRACKET
SHTS011120700080
(3) Replace old gaskets with new ones. Connect the fuel feed pipe
No.2, and tighten two union bolts.
PRIMING Tightening Torque:
PUMP Supply pump side: 25 N⋅m {255 kgf⋅cm, 18 lbf⋅ft}
Priming pump side: 27 N⋅m {275 kgf⋅cm, 20 lbf⋅ft}
FUEL FEED
PIPE No.2
GASKET
GASKET
SHTS011120700081
GASKET No.3, and tighten two union bolts.
Tightening Torque:
Fuel strainer side: 27 N⋅m {275 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
FUEL FEED Engine ECU cooler side: 25 N⋅m {255 kgf⋅cm, 20 lbf⋅ft}
PIPE No.3
PRIMIMG PUMP
GASKET
SHTS011120700082
(5) Replace an old gasket with a new one. Connect the fuel feed pipe
COMMON RAIL No.5, and tighten a union bolt.
SUPPLY PUMP
Tightening Torque:
FUEL FEED PIPE No.5
SHTS011120700083
(6) Connect the fuel feed pipe No.5 to the fuel filter case, and tighten
a union bolt.
FUEL FILTER
CASE
FUEL FEED
PIPE No.5
SHTS011120700084
(7) Install two clips to secure the fuel feed pipe No.5.
FUEL FEED PIPE No.5
SUPPLY PUMP CLIP
SHTS011120700085
(8) Replace old gaskets with new ones. Connect the return pipe
CLIP RETURN PIPE No.2 No.2, and tighten a union bolt.
UNION Tightening Torque:
BOLT 25 N⋅m {255 kgf⋅cm, 18 lbf⋅ft}
(9) Tighten three nuts to secure three clips.
CLIP
GASKET
SHTS011120700086
(10) Replace old gaskets with new ones. Connect the return pipe No.2
COMMON RAIL to the supply pump and the common rail, and tighten two union
bolts.
SUPPLY
PUMP
Tightening Torque:
Supply pump side: 27 N⋅m {275 kgf⋅cm, 20 lbf⋅ft}
Common rail side: 12.5 N⋅m {128 kgf⋅cm, 9 lbf⋅ft}
RETURN PIPE No.2

SHTS011120700087
(11) Install the bracket to the cylinder head, and tighten a bolt.
CYLINDER HEAD COMMON RAIL
BRACKET
SHTS011120700088
(12) Connect two new pressure-feed pipes.

CLIP COMMON RAIL Tightening Torque:
! CAUTION
Note that the pressure-feed pipe must be replaced with a new one.
Otherwise fuel might leak out when a high pressure is applied.
(13) Tighten a nut to secure the clip.
NOTICE
After this step, start the engine for tryout to check that no fuel leak
PRESSURE-FEED PIPE
is observed form the supply pump.
SHTS011120700089

ENGINE (1) Connect the connectors to the engine speed sub sensor and to
HARNESS the supply pump respectively.
PRIMING
PUMP
SHTS011120700090

PRIMING PUMP
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111207D100007
SHTS011120700091
1 Priming pump 2 Bracket

SHTS011120700092

2 Gasket

A 27 {275, 20}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111207H100005
REMOVE THE PRIMING PUMP.
1. DRAIN THE FUEL.


BRACKET (1) Unlock a clamp to disconnect the engine harness from the
ENGINE HARNESS
bracket on the priming pump.
PRIMING PUMP
SHTS011120700093
(2) Remove union bolts (one each on the right and left) to remove the
GASKET FUEL FEED gaskets. Disconnect the fuel feed pipes No.2 and No.4 from the
PIPE No. 4 priming pump respectively.
HINT
FUEL FEED
PIPE No. 2 GASKET
SHTS011120700094
3. REMOVE THE PRIMING PUMP.

INTAKE PIPE BRACKET (1) Remove two bolts to remove the priming pump together with a
(INTAKE SIDE) bracket from under the intake pipe (intake side).
(2) Remove two bolts to remove the priming pump from the bracket.
PRIMING PUMP
SHTS011120700095
INSTALL THE PRIMING PUMP.

INTAKE PIPE BRACKET
(INTAKE SIDE)
1. INSTALL THE PRIMING PUMP.
(1) Install the priming pump to the bracket, and tighten two bolts.
(2) Install the priming pump under the intake pipe (intake side), and
tighten two bolts.
PRIMING PUMP
SHTS011120700096

GASKET FUEL FEED (1) Replace old gaskets with new ones. Connect the fuel feed pipes
PIPE No. 4 No.2 and No.4, and tighten two union bolts.
Tightening Torque:
FUEL FEED
PIPE No. 2 GASKET
SHTS011120700097
NOTICE
PRIMING PUMP If the fuel pipe fails to be connected, adjust the positioning of a
FUEL FEED EMBOSS
PIPE No. 2
priming pump or a bracket so as to avoid an excessive force from
(OUT)
being applied to the fuel pipe.
HINT
• The emboss "OUT" on the priming pump must be located in
the rear direction of the engine.
FUEL
FEED • The white-painted end of the fuel feed pipe No.2 must be con-
PIPE No. 4 nected to the priming pump.
WHITE
PAINT
SHTS011120700098
(2) Fasten a clamp to secure the engine harness onto the bracket on
BRACKET the priming pump.
ENGINE HARNESS
NOTICE
After this step, start the engine for tryout to check that no fuel leak
is observed from the priming pump.
PRIMING PUMP
SHTS011120700099

INJECTOR
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111207D100008
SHTS011120700100
1 Injector 3 O-ring
2 Injector clamp

A 34 {345, 25}
SHTS011120700101
1 Injector 2 Connector
SHTS011120700102
1 Injector harness

A 28.5 {290, 21}
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0111207K100002
09268-E1010 TORX WRENCH

REPLACEMENT
EN0111207H100006
REMOVE THE INJECTOR.

MECHANICAL".
2. DISCONNECT THE INJECTOR HARNESS.

SOLENOID (1) Loosen screws to disconnect the harnesses from the solenoid
VALVE valve of the engine retarder.
HINT
For easier disconnection, pull the harness off while turning the
screw.
(2) Remove a bolt to remove a clip.
SHTS011120700104
(3) Disconnect each connector from the injector.

(4) Remove six bolts to remove the injector harness together with the
INJECTOR
HARNESS injector harness bracket.
INJECTOR NOTICE
HARNESS BRACKET Carefully handle this step not to twist the injector harness
bracket.
SHTS011120700105
HINT
For easier works in this step, disconnect a connector on the cylin-
CYLINDER der head after all other disconnections.
HEAD
INJECTOR
CONNECTOR HARNESS
SHTS011120700106

"ENGINE RETARDER".
4. DISCONNECT THE INJECTION PIPE.

(1) Loosen twelve nuts on the injection pipes to disconnect six injec-
tion pipes from the injectors respectively.
! CAUTION
Do not reuse the injection pipes.
HINT
nection of injection pipes.
COMMON RAIL
SHTS011120700107
5. REMOVE THE INJECTORS.

CYLINDER HEAD (1) Place a container under the return pipe No.1 so as to collect
drained fuel.
NOTICE
Disposal of fuel must comply with applicable laws and regulations
established in each region or country.
(2) Prior to removing of injectors, disconnect the return pipe No.1 on
the rear side of the cylinder head and drain the fuel remaining in
leakage section.
RETURN PIPE No. 1

SHTS011120700108
(3) Use the special tool to remove six torx bolts. Remove six injectors
SPECIAL and six injector clamps.
TOOL SST: Torx wrench (09268-E1010)
INJECTOR
CLAMP INJECTOR
SHTS011120700109
COMPONENT CHECK
TERMINAL CAP
MEGOHMMETER 1. CHECK A RESISTANCE.

(1) Remove a plastic terminal cap on the injector.
(2) Use a 1,000 V megohmmeter to measure an insulation resistance
between the upper body of an injector and either of two terminals
UPPER
BODY (no polarity) to which the injector harness is connected.
! CAUTION
Do not take measurement between terminals. Inobservance of this
instruction will damage the injector.
Standard value (ambient temperature): 1,000 Ω or more
SHTS011120700110
(3) Use a circuit tester to measure the resistance between terminals.

TERMINAL CAP Standard value (at 20°C {68°F}): 0.35-0.55 Ω
(4) If measurement readings taken in the steps (2) and (3) above
exceed the standard values specified respectively, replace the as-
assembled injector.
UPPER
BODY
SHTS011120700111
2. CLEAN THE INJECTORS.

(1) Remove sludge, if any, from terminals and peripheral areas.
! CAUTION
• Do not use cleaning agent but use a waste to wipe sludge off.
• Use of cleaning agent will cause a risk of inducing electrical
malfunctions due to penetration of cleaning agent.
INSTALL THE INJECTORS.

INJECTOR
O-RING
(BLACK, SMALL) 1. INSTALL THE INJECTORS.
(1) Attach new O-rings (red and black) to the injector, and insert the
injector together with the injector clamp into the cylinder head.
NOTICE
• Apply engine oil to O-rings, and insert the injector carefully
not to allow O-rings to get pinched.
O-RING • Take this step carefully. Damage in O-rings will cause fuel
(RED) O-RING
leakage, resulting in a trouble in engine start.
(BLACK, LARGE)
• Do not fix the injector clamp until the injection pipes would
SHTS011120700112
be connected.
HINT
• A red O-ring and a black (large) O-ring are used to seal off
the leakage section.
• A red O-ring is used for oil seal.
(2) Connect six new injection pipes by using finger torque, to the
injector and the common rail.
! CAUTION
Note that replacement must be made with new injection pipes.
Nonperformance of replacement would cause fuel leakage from
connections and damage the engine.
COMMON RAIL
SHTS011120700113
NOTICE
• Before mounting, place the injection pipes in ascending
order of the engraved numbers, starting with the front side of
the engine.
FRONT OF ENGINE
ENGRAVED
NUMBERS
COMMON RAIL
SHTS011120700114
• During installing, adjust the positions of an injector and all
INJECTOR injection pipes in align the mark with each other.
INJECTOR
CLAMP INJECTION PIPE
SHTS011120700115
(3) Use the special tool to tighten six torx bolts to secure the injector
SPECIAL clamps.
TOOL Tightening Torque:
SST: Torx wrench (09268-E1010)
! CAUTION
Insufficient tightening torque will cause gas leakage, resulting in
nozzle seizure or other troubles.
INJECTOR
CLAMP INJECTOR
SHTS011120700116
(4) Tight the injection pipes at the specified torque.

Tightening Torque:
COMMON RAIL
SHTS011120700117
2. UPDATING AN INJECTOR OFFSET IN THE ENGINE ECU (RE-

PROGRAMMING)
IQA CODE
INJECTOR ! CAUTION
• After replacement with a new injector, update the engine
ECU with an injector compensation data (IQA code) indicated
on a new injector.
• Incorrect updating of an offset may cause engine troubles.
HINT
• The injector offset can be updated by using both a computer
tool and an IQA code reader.
SHTS011120700118
• A sequence of work steps are described below.
(1) Use the IQA code scanner to read an IQA code of the injector and
create an offset data file.
(2) Use a computer to update an injector offset in the engine ECU.
PERSONAL COMPUTER
MANUAL INPUT
(EXAMPLE)
IQA CODE READER
ENGINE ECU
Hino-Bowie
ENGINE TYPE CODE

IQA
CONNECTOR
CODE
NEW INJECTOR
SHTS011120700119

"ENGINE RETARDER".
4. CONNECT THE INJECTOR HARNESS.

(1) Install the injector harness together with the injector harness
INJECTOR
HARNESS bracket, and tighten six bolts.
INJECTOR Tightening Torque:
HARNESS BRACKET 28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
(2) Connect individual connectors to the cylinder head and the injec-
tors.
SHTS011120700120
HINT
For easier connection, first connect a connector to the cylinder
CYLINDER head.
HEAD
INJECTOR
CONNECTOR HARNESS
SHTS011120700121
(3) Connect the harnesses to the solenoid valve of the engine

SOLENOID retarder, and tighten screws.
VALVE Tightening Torque:
0.8 N⋅m {8 kgf⋅cm, 0.6 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
Make sure that harnesses are inserted to the deepest point in the
solenoid valve terminal before tightening the screws.
HINT
For easier works in this step, connect the harness while turning
the screw.
SHTS011120700122
(4) Install a clip with bolt to secure the harnesses to the solenoid
valve.

MECHANICAL".
COMMON RAIL
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111207D100009
SHTS011120700123
1 Common rail 3 Flow damper

2 Gasket

A 28.5 {290, 21} C 100 {1,020, 74}
B 12.5 {128, 9}
SHTS011120700124
1 Pressure-feed pipe 3 Clip

2 Return pipe No.2

A 32 {330, 24}
SHTS011120700125
1 Common rail 2 Flow damper

A 100 {1,020, 74}
INSPECTION
EN0111207H300001
CHECK THE COMMON RAIL.
1. CHECK THE FLOW DAMPER.

(1) Start and run the engine in a range from idling to full-throttle. Use
the Hino-DX to check for the diagnosis code of "flow damper acti-
vation".
(2) If the diagnosis code of "flow damper activation" is detected,
replace a relevant injector and check again.
(3) If such phenomenon is reproduced after replacement of an injec-
tor, replace the flow damper as a common rail assembly.
2. CHECK THE PRESSURE LIMITER.

(1) Remove the return pipe No.2.
Refer to the section "SUPPLY PUMP".
(2) Install the union to the pressure limiter.
PRESSURE (3) Set a vinyl hose to the union and set a drain tank.
LIMITER (4) Start the engine. If the fuel flows continuously, replace the pres-
sure limiter.
COMMON RAIL
VINYL HOSE
UNION
DRAIN TANK
SHTS011120700126
REPLACEMENT
EN0111207H100007
REMOVE THE COMMON RAIL.

FUEL FILTER CASE

(1) Disconnect the connector of the common rail pressure sensor.
EGR VALVE
SHTS011120700127

MECHANICAL".

(1) Remove the injector harness together with the bracket.
Refer to the section "INJECTOR".
4. REMOVE THE INJECTION PIPE.

(1) Remove the injection pipe.
5. REMOVE THE EGR VALVE.

(1) Remove the EGR valve.
"EMISSION CONTROL".
6. DISCONNECT THE PRESSURE-FEED PIPE.

CLIP COMMON RAIL (1) Remove the nut to remove the clip.
(2) Loosen the nut to disconnect two pressure-feed pipes.
HINT
nection of pressure-feed pipes.
PRESSURE-FEED PIPE
SHTS011120700128
(3) Remove two union bolts to disconnect the return pipe No.2 from
COMMON RAIL the common rail.
SUPPLY
HINT
nection of fuel pipes.
RETURN PIPE No.2

SHTS011120700129
7. REMOVE THE COMMON RAIL.

(1) Remove six bolts to remove the common rail and a gasket from
the cylinder head.
NOTICE
Use a clean plastic sheet to protect the common rail against
incoming dusts.
HINT
of common rail.
COMMON RAIL
SHTS011120700130
8. REMOVE THE FLOW DAMPER.

FLOW DAMPER (1) Remove six flow damper from the common rail.
HINT
of flow damper.
COMMON RAIL
SHTS011120700131
INSTALL THE COMMON RAIL.

FLOW DAMPER
1. INSTALL THE FLOW DAMPER.
(1) Install six flow damper to the common rail.
Tightening Torque:
100 N⋅m {1,020 kgf⋅cm, 74 lbf⋅ft}
COMMON RAIL
SHTS011120700132
2. INSTALL THE COMMON RAIL.

GUIDE BOLT (1) Install two guide bolts horizontally to the cylinder head and set a
GASKET
new gasket to the installation position.
NOTICE
Remove two guide bolts after pre-tightening four mounting bolts
for the common rail.
COMMON RAIL
SHTS011120700133
(2) Install the common rail to the cylinder head, and tighten six bolts.
Tightening Torque:
28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
COMMON RAIL
SHTS011120700134

COMMON RAIL (1) Replace the gasket with new one. Connect the return pipe No.2,
and tighten two union bolts.
SUPPLY
PUMP
Tightening Torque:
Supply pump side: 27 N⋅m {275 kgf⋅cm, 20 lbf⋅ft}
Common rail side: 12.5 N⋅m {128 kgf⋅cm, 9 lbf⋅ft}
RETURN PIPE No.2

SHTS011120700135
(2) Connect two new pressure-feed pipes.

CLIP COMMON RAIL Tightening Torque:
! CAUTION
Replace old pressure-feed pipes with new ones. Otherwise, fuel
might leak out when a high pressure is applied.
(3) Install the clip with nut.
PRESSURE-FEED PIPE
SHTS011120700136
4. INSTALL THE EGR VALVE.

(1) Install the EGR valve.
"EMISSION CONTROL".
5. CONNECT THE INJECTION PIPE.

(1) Connect the new injection pipes.

(1) Install the injector harness assembled with the bracket.

MECHANICAL".

FUEL FILTER CASE (1) Connect the connector of the common rail pressure sensor.
EGR VALVE
SHTS011120700137

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111207D100010
2
A
1
SHTS011120700138
1 Common rail pressure sensor 2 Common rail

A 100 {1,020, 74}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111207H100008
REMOVE THE COMMON RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR.
1. CHECK BEFORE START OF MAINTENANCE WORKS

(1) Replace the pressure sensor if the check engine light lights on
and the Hino-DX check detects "disconnection of pressure sen-
sor", "short-circuit of pressure sensor", or "no change in pressure
sensor output".

FUEL FILTER CASE (1) Disconnect the connector of the common rail pressure sensor.
EGR VALVE
SHTS011120700139
3. REMOVE THE COMMON RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR.

COMMON RAIL (1) Remove the common rail pressure sensor from the common rail.
PRESSURE SENSOR
COMMON RAIL ! CAUTION
Note that replacement must be made with a new common rail
pressure sensor. Do not reuse a once-demounted common rail
pressure sensor.
SHTS011120700140
COMPONENT CHECK
A B
C If a measurement reading exceeds the standard value, make
replacement as a complete common rail assembly.
A C
Measurement Standard value (kΩ)
between terminals without running the engine
COMMON RAIL
PRESSURE SENSOR B A↔B 0.5-3.0
B↔C 6.5-18.5
SHTS011120700141
INSTALL THE COMMON RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR.

COMMON RAIL
PRESSURE SENSOR
1. INSTALL THE COMMON RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR.
COMMON RAIL
(1) Install the new common rail pressure sensor to the common rail.
Tightening Torque:
100 N⋅m {1,020 kgf⋅cm, 74 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS011120700142

FUEL FILTER CASE (1) Connect the connector of the common rail pressure sensor.
EGR VALVE
SHTS011120700143

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111207D100011
2 A
1
SHTS011120700144
1 Fuel temperature sensor 2 Gasket

A 24.5 {250, 18}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111207H100009
REMOVE THE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

ENGINE ECU
(1) Disconnect the connector of the fuel temperature sensor.
AIR COMPRESSOR
SHTS011120700145
2. REMOVE THE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

FUEL (1) Remove a gasket and the fuel temperature sensor from the fuel
TEMPERATURE feed pipe No.1.
SENSOR
NOTICE
Use a clean plastic sheet to protect the common rail against
incoming dusts.
HINT
of fuel temperature sensor.
FUEL FEED
PIPE No. 1 GASKET
SHTS011120700146
COMPONENT CHECK
FUEL TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
(1) Use water or fuel to heat/cool the fuel temperature sensor.
If a measurement reading exceeds the standard value, make
replacement.
TEMPERATURE
GAUGE ! CAUTION
If fuel is used in this step, a temperature must not exceed 120°C
{248°F}. Otherwise, hazardous gas might be generated.
HEAT RESERVOIR
SHTS011120700147
-20 {-4} 13.84-16.33
20 {68} 2.32-2.59
80 {176} 0.31-0.326
110 {230} 0.1399-0.1435
INSTALL THE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

FUEL
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR 1. INSTALL THE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
(1) Replace an old gasket with a new one. Install the fuel temperature
sensor to the fuel feed pipe No.1.
Tightening Torque:
24.5 N⋅m {250 kgf⋅cm, 18 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
After mounting, start the engine for tryout to check that no fuel
FUEL FEED
PIPE No. 1 GASKET leak is observed from the fuel temperature sensor.
SHTS011120700148

ENGINE ECU (1) Connect the connector of the fuel temperature sensor.
AIR COMPRESSOR
SHTS011120700149
FUEL STRAINER
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111207D100012
SHTS011120700150
1 Fuel strainer

A 27 {275, 20}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111207H100010
REMOVE THE FUEL STRAINER.
1. REMOVE THE FUEL STRAINER.

(1) Remove the fuel strainer and a gasket from the rear face of the
supply pump.
FUEL STRAINER
HINT
of fuel strainer.
GASKET
SUPPLY
PUMP
SHTS011120700151
COMPONENT CHECK
SUPPLY PUMP
1. CHECK THE CLOGGING.

(1) Check the fuel strainer for dirt or clogging. Clean or make replace-
ment if dirt or clogging would be found.
NOTICE
Wipe off fuel spatters on the engine thoroughly if any.
HINT
Use fuel to clean the fuel strainer.
FUEL
STRAINER
SHTS011120700152
INSTALL THE FUEL STRAINER.
1. INSTALL THE FUEL STRAINER.

(1) Replace an old gasket with a new one. Install the fuel strainer to
the rear face of the supply pump.
FUEL STRAINER Tightening Torque:
NOTICE
After installing, start the engine for tryout to check that no fuel
leak is observed from the fuel strainer.
GASKET
SUPPLY
PUMP
SHTS011120700153

2A'0HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧜ᤨ㧡㧡ಽ
TURBOCHARGER (A09C) EN08–1
TURBOCHARGER (A09C)
EN08
EN08-001
TURBOCHARGER.................................... EN08-2
SPECIAL TOOL ............................................... EN08-4
INSPECTION ................................................... EN08-5
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN08-13
DC MOTOR CONTROLLER.................... EN08-19

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN08-20
EN08–2 TURBOCHARGER (A09C)
TURBOCHARGER
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111208D100001
A
8
7
A
A 5 B
2
A
A
3
6
4
A
C
1
SHTS011120800001
1 Oil pipe 5 Washer

2 Coolant pipe 6 Coolant pipe
3 Turbocharger assembly 7 Insulator
4 Gasket 8 Oil pipe

A 25 {255, 18} C 28.5 {290, 21}
B 74.5 {760, 55}
TROUBLESHOOTING
EN0111208F300001

Dense black smoke Air cleaner is choked with dust, caus- Disassemble and clean or replace the
(Insufficient intake) ing greater intake air resistance. air cleaner element.
Air inlet is choked Repair.
Air is leaking from intake manifold Repair.
Blower impeller and turbine shaft not Overhaul.
turning freely
VG assembly malfunction Inspect and replace.
Dense black smoke (Turbocharger Engine oil impurities deposited on Overhaul and clean turbocharger and/
goes not rotate smoothly.) rotor, resulting in heavy rotation or or repair.
sticking.
Dense black smoke Insufficient lubrication or blockage of Check lubricating oil system, and/or
(Bearing sticking.) lubricating oil lines. repair.
Temperature of lubricating oil too high Check cooling system.
Unbalanced rotating parts Check rotating parts.
Incomplete warming-up, failure to idle Operate vehicle properly.
before stopping engine, or jack rabbit
starts.
Dense black smoke Over-rotation Check and adjust the engine.
(Loose or damaged turbine rotor or Temperature of exhaust gas too high Check and adjust the engine.
blower impeller.)
Foreign matter present Remove foreign material. Inspect the
air cleaner and air intake manifold.
Repair if necessary.
Worm thrust bearing Overhaul and repair.
Incomplete assembly Reassembly.
High volume exhaust like noise. Exhaust gas leaking before turbo- Check and repair connections.
charger, therefore insufficient revolu-
tion.
Deformed or blocked exhaust gas lines Repair.
therefore insufficient revolution.
White smoke Choking defects, or deformation of oil Repair and replace the lines.
return lines so that oil leaks around
blower or turbine sides.
Increase in pressure on rear of blower Inspect and replace pipes and hoses.
impeller, causing oil to flow into the Clean or replace air Cleaner element.
blower side
Seal ring may be broken or worn due Replace the thrust washer.
to abnormal wear of thrust washer.
Break into abatement engine oil Increase in pressure on rear of blower Inspect and replace pipes and hoses.
impeller, causing oil to flow into the Clean or replace air Cleaner element.
blower side
Exhaust gas before turbocharger, get Repair.
mixed engine oil
Loss of power Gas leakage from exhaust system Repair.
Air leakage from air manifold Repair.
Clogged air cleaner element Clean or replace.
Turbocharger dirty or damaged Repair or replace.

Poor response of turbocharger Carbon accumulation on the turbine Change engine oil, clean turbocharger.
side seal ring and heavy rotation
Air or gas leaking from parts of the Inspect and repair the problem area.
intake or exhaust system
Poor combustion Check fuel system and improve com-
bustion.
High pitched noise and vibration So called "surging" Surging some- Overhaul and clean turbocharger.
(Noise) times occurs when the gas passage at
the nozzle of the turbine housing is
choked or when compressed air does
not flow in proper responses to accel-
eration.
Loosen rotating parts Overhaul or replace.
VG assembly malfunction Inspect and repair.
Air of gas leaking from parts of the Inspect and repair the problem area.
intake or exhaust system
High pitched noise and vibration Joints loose between turbocharger Check the mounting and repair.
(Vibration) and intake, exhaust manifold or oil
lines
Damaged bearing, loose rotating Repair.
parts, imbalanced rotating parts, etc.
Unbalanced rotating parts Repair or replace.
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0111208K100001
Prior to starting a turbocharger overhaul, it is necessary to have these special tools.
Attachment for measuring tur-

09290-E1010 TOOL ASSEMBLY
bine shaft play
S0944-41250 GAUGE
09258-E1010 HOSE
INSPECTION
EN0111208H300001
INSPECTION USING HINO-DX
1. OPERATION CHECK
(1) Using Hino-DX, check the turbocharger operating condition.
2. INSPECTION OF THE DC MOTOR

(1) Use the Hino-DX to actuate the DC motor. Check that the link rod
operates smoothly, and take measurement to examine that the
predetermined lift is met.
NOTICE
Do not loosen the link rod and the stopper bolts designed for
adjusting the VG full-open/full-close as these parts have been
already adjusted.
SHTS011120800005
INSPECTION OF THE TURBINE SHAFT

TURBO-
CHARGER 1. INSPECTION
ASSEMBLY
(1) Hold the lock nut at the end of the blower impeller, and manually
turn the turbine shaft lightly to check the rotations.
(2) Hold the lock nut at the end of the blower impeller, and manually
check the turbine shaft for radial play.
HINT
Use a metal wear boundary sample of the turbocharger assembly
LOCK NUT
to compare the degree of play.
SHTS011120800006
Part No. Part Name Permissible limit
Boundary sample for
Turbocharger
S2410-02360 detecting axial play in
assembly
the turbine by hand
(3) Replace the turbocharger assembly if the turbine shaft would not
rotate, would rotate but not smooth, or would have large radial
play or if the blower impeller contacts with the blower case.
(4) If it is difficult to determine the degree of play, use a special tool
referred above to check for play and determine whether the turbo-
charger assembly needs to be replaced.
HINT
If the turbocharger assembly would be replaced, omit the proce-
dures described in the section "INSPECTION USING THE SPE-
CIAL TOOL".
2. INSPECTION USING THE SPECIAL TOOL

(1) Exploded diagram of tool assembly
19
5
16 6
18
14
17 12
4 19
15
15
8
11 10
9
19
7
12
1
2
13
13
SHTS011120800007
Key No. Part Name Part No. Key No. Part Name Part No.
Gauge
Assy Tool assembly 09290-E1010 1 S0944-41510
(Dial gauge)
2 Guide S0948-11270 3 Stopper S0945-11170
4 Bar S0947-21900 5 Puller S0942-11210
6 Sleeve S0942-31240 7 Plate S0942-41600
8 Plate S0942-41480 9 Guide S0948-11190
10 Stopper S0948-11200 11 Bolt S0959-11030
12 Sleeve S0942-31250 13 Bolt SZ910-24165
14 Bolt SZ910-24166 15 Bolt SZ910-24167
Snap ring
16 Hook S0942-21330 17 SM381-01615
(Locking device)
18 Bar (Spring) S0947-21910 19 Bolt SZ910-24171

(2) Illustration of check for axial/radial play in the turbine shaft with a
special tool
SHTS011120800008
SHTS011120800009
3. CHECK FOR RADIAL PLAY.

STOPPER NOTICE
For the key numbers referred in the text, see an exploded diagram
of tool assembly.
LEFT-HAND (1) Screw a stopper (key No.3) on the thread protruding on the lock
SCREW nut at the end of the blower impeller.
NOTICE
This stopper is left-hand-threaded.
SHTS011120800010
(2) Insert a guide (key No.2) in the blower case on the air intake side.
GUIDE Tighten and secure a bolt (key No.13).
BOLT
SHTS011120800011
(3) Screw a bar (key No.4) in the stopper (key No.3) and lock it.
STOPPER
BAR
SHTS011120800012
(4) Insert a sleeve (key No.12) and a gauge (key No.1) in the plate
GAUGE (key No.7) in this sequential order. Secure a bolt (key No.19).
NOTICE
BOLT Keep inserting until the gauge end contacts with the stopper (key
No.3), and secure a bolt.
PLATE
SHTS011120800013
(5) Hang a bar [spring (key No.18)] on the hook (key No.16) at the
ZERO POINT ADJUSTMENT end of the bar (key No.4), and pull it down with a force of 4.9 to 5.9
N {0.5 to 0.6 kgf, 1.2 to 1.3 lbf}. While keeping this pulling force,
BAR (SPRING)
set a gauge reading to zero.
HOOK
SHTS011120800014
(6) While pulling a bar [spring (key No.18)] upward with a force of 4.9
to 5.9 N {0.5 to 0.6 kgf, 1.2 to 1.3 lbf}, measure radial play with a
GAUGE gauge.
(7) Take three measurements and calculate an average. If an aver-
age exceeds the permissible limit, replace it with a new part.
RADIAL PLAY
Limit 1.0 mm {0.039 in.}
HINT
BAR (SPRING) If the turbocharger assembly is replaced, other checking works
hereafter will not be required.
SHTS011120800015
4. CHECK FOR THRUST PLAY.

NOTICE
For the key numbers referred in the text, see an exploded diagram
of tool assembly.
(1) Remove a gauge (key No.1), a sleeve (key No.12) and a plate
(key No.7). Loose a bolt (key No.13) on the guide (key No.2) and
GUIDE turn the guide (key No.2) by 90° to fix it.
BOLT
SHTS011120800016
(2) Use a bolt (key No.14) to attach a plate (key No.8) to be checked
PLATE GAUGE for thrust play. Insert a gauge, and tighten and secure a bolt (key
No.19).
NOTICE
Keep inserting until the gauge end contacts with the stopper (key
No.3), and secure a bolt.
BOLT
SHTS011120800017
(3) Attach a guide (key No.9) for the purpose of preventing lateral dis-
placement of a measuring instrument.
GAUGE
PLATE
SHTS011120800018
(4) When fixating a guide (key No.9), move a bar (key No.4) up and
GAUGE
GUIDE
down and adjust a guide (key No.9) to ensure that a gauge pointer
BAR reads a middle range. Then secure a stopper (key No.10).
KEY
BOLT
SHTS011120800019
(5) While holding a puller (key No.5) against the turbine side in the
ZERO POINT ADJUSTMENT axial direction, set a gauge reading to zero.
PULLER
SHTS011120800020
(6) Next, pull it in the opposite direction and measure thrust play.
PULLER (7) Take three measurements and calculate an average. If an aver-

age exceeds the permissible limit, replace it with a new part.
THRUST PLAY
Limit 0.1 mm {0.003 in.}
SHTS011120800021
REPLACEMENT
EN0111208H100001
REMOVE THE TURBOCHARGER REVOLUTION SEN-

SOR.

(1) Use the Hino-DX to conduct a check. If a trouble is found, make
replacement as a complete turbocharger assembly.

(1) Disconnect the connector of the turbocharger revolution sensor.
Refer to "REMOVE THE TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY".

Refer to "REMOVE THE TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY".
INSTALL THE TURBOCHARGER REVOLUTION SEN-

SOR.

Refer to "INSTALL THE TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY".

(1) Connect the connector of the turbocharger revolution sensor.
Refer to "INSTALL THE TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY".
REMOVE THE TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY.

SYSTEM".

TURBOCHARGER (1) Disconnect the connectors of the DC motor and the turbocharger
ASSEMBLY
revolution sensor.
ALTERNATOR
OIL COOLER
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120800022

4. REMOVE THE INSULATOR.

TURBO- (1) Remove six bolts and washer to remove the insulator from the tur-
CHARGER
ASSEMBLY
bocharger assembly.
INSULATOR WASHER
SHTS011120800023
5. REMOVE THE TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY.

OIL PIPE GASKET (1) Remove four bolts to remove the oil pipe and gasket from the tur-
bocharger assembly.
HINT
TURBO- removal of oil pipe.
CHARGER
ASSEMBLY
OIL COOLER
GASKET ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120800024
(2) Remove the bolt and union bolts to remove the oil pipe and gasket
TURBO- GASKET from the turbocharger assembly.
CHARGER
ASSEMBLY HINT
OIL
PIPE
removal of oil pipe.
OIL COOLER
ASSEMBLY
GASKET
SHTS011120800025
(3) Remove two union bolts to remove the coolant pipe and gasket
TURBO- GASKET from the turbocharger assembly.
CHARGER
ASSEMBLY HINT
COOLANT
PIPE
OIL COOLER
ASSEMBLY
GASKET
SHTS011120800026
GASKET GASKET from the turbocharger assembly.
HINT
(5) To prevent contamination, cover individual oil holes and water
holes in the turbocharger assembly.
TURBO- ! CAUTION
CHARGER COOLANT Take a meticulous care to prevent contaminants from coming into
ASSEMBLY PIPE
ALTERNATOR the turbocharger assembly.
SHTS011120800027
(6) Remove four nuts to remove the turbocharger assembly and gas-
ket from the exhaust manifold.
GASKET ! CAUTION
NUT
• The DC motor link rod has been already adjusted. Do not
remove it.
• Removal of the DC motor will ruin adjustment, which will
TURBOCHARGER degrade the turbocharger functionality.
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120800028
• Place the turbocharger assembly in its proper posture during

TURBO- storage after removal, in order to prevent damages in the DC
CHARGER motor (plastic).
ASSEMBLY
(7) To prevent contamination, cover an opening in the exhaust mani-

fold.
DC MOTOR
SHTS011120800029
INSTALL THE TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY.
1. INSTALL THE TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY.

(1) Before mounting, pour engine oil through the oil inlet and manu-
ally rotate the turbocharger assembly to lubricate the journal bear-
TURBO-
ings and thrust bearings.
CHARGER
ASSEMBLY
(2) Check that no dusts or contaminants are seen in the exhaust pip-
ing.
OIL INLET
SHTS011120800030
(3) Replace the gasket with a new one and install the turbocharger
assembly to the exhaust manifold with four nuts in the order
UPSIDE shown in the figure.
1 2 GASKET
Tightening Torque:
74.5 N⋅m {760 kgf⋅cm, 55 lbf⋅ft}
(4) Tighten the nuts in the same order as in (3).

3 4
DOWNSIDE Tightening Torque:
74.5 N⋅m {760 kgf⋅cm, 55 lbf⋅ft}
TURBOCHARGER
ASSEMBLY
NOTICE
SHTS011120800031 • Make sure to tighten twice.
• If the stud bolts are stuck in the exhaust flange, use a com-
mercially available stud bolt remover and replace stuck stud
bolts.
(5) Replace the gasket with a new one and install the coolant pipe to
TURBO- GASKET the turbocharger, and tighten two bolts.
CHARGER Tightening Torque:
ASSEMBLY 25 N⋅m {255 kgf⋅cm, 18 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
COOLANT After cleaning the coolant pipe, check that no crush, dust or con-
PIPE
taminants are seen in the pipe.
OIL COOLER
ASSEMBLY
GASKET
SHTS011120800032
(6) Replace the gasket with a new one. Install the coolant pipe to the
GASKET GASKET turbocharger assembly, and tighten four bolts.
Tightening Torque:
NOTICE
After cleaning the coolant pipe, check that no crush, dust or con-
taminants are seen in the pipe.
TURBO-
CHARGER COOLANT
ASSEMBLY PIPE
ALTERNATOR
SHTS011120800033
(7) Replace the gasket a with new a one. Install the oil pipe to the tur-
TURBO- GASKET bocharger assembly, and tighten four bolts.
CHARGER Tightening Torque:
ASSEMBLY
OIL
PIPE NOTICE
After cleaning the oil pipe, check that no crush, dust or contami-
OIL COOLER
nants are seen in the pipe.
ASSEMBLY
GASKET
SHTS011120800034
(8) Replace the gasket with a new one. Install the oil pipe to the tur-
OIL PIPE GASKET bocharger assembly, and tighten four bolts.
Tightening Torque:
28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
TURBO- After cleaning the oil pipe, check that no crush, dust or contami-
CHARGER
ASSEMBLY
nants are seen in the pipe.
OIL COOLER
GASKET ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120800035

(1) Install the U-turn pipe and boost pipe.
3. INSTALL THE INSULATOR.

TURBO- (1) Replace the gasket with a new one. Install the insulator to the tur-
CHARGER
ASSEMBLY
bocharger assembly, and tighten six bolts.
Tightening Torque:
INSULATOR WASHER
SHTS011120800036
4. INSTALL THE HARNESS.

TURBOCHARGER (1) Connect the connectors of the DC motor and the turbocharger
ASSEMBLY
revolution sensor.
ALTERNATOR
OIL COOLER
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011120800037
5. FILL ENGINE OIL.

(1) Check the engine oil level, and refill the coolant, if the coolant
level is low.

SYSTEM".
CHECK AFTER THE INSTALLATION
1. OPERATING PROCEDURES
(1) After mounting the turbocharger to the engine body, start the
engine and check each portion for leakage of engine oil, coolant
and exhaust gas.
! CAUTION
• Do not racing or run the engine at a high rpm immediately
after starting the engine. Actuation of the turbocharger with
insufficient oiling at initial start will cause various troubles
such as bearing seizure.
• Keep idling for approximately 5 min. before stopping the
engine.
• If the engine is suddenly stopped, rotations will keep running
with no turbocharger oil pressure. This will use up oil film,
resulting in wear in the bearing.
2. CHECK THE BOOST PRESSURE.

(1) Use the Hino-DX to check a boost pressure.
Standard value (max speed at no load):
4.9 kPa {0.05 kgf/cm2, 0.7 lbf/in.2} or more
ENGINE
HARNESS NOTICE
When using the Hino-DX, the display will indicate a total pressure
of an atmospheric pressure and a boost pressure (check a pres-
sure when the engine is stopped).
BOOST (2) Remove the boost pressure sensor from the intake pipe and con-
PRESSURE SENSOR nect special tools.
SST:
SHTS011120800038 Gauge (S0944-41250)
Boost pressure measuring hose (09258-E1010)
(3) Next, take a gauge (special tool) into a cab as shown in the figure.
SPECIAL TOOL
(GAUGE)
(4) After fully warming the engine, depress the clutch pedal to disen-
gage the clutch.
(5) Depress the accelerator pedal to the deepest point and measure
a boost pressure at the max rpm at no load with a special tool
(gauge).
NOTICE
Keep a special tool (gauge) positioned vertically, or a gauge
HOSE FOR MEASUREMENT
OF THE BOOST PRESSURE pointer will be instable and cannot take an accurate reading.
(PULL IN THE HOSE FROM
THE ASSISTANT SEAT SIDE)
(6) If a measurement value does not reach the standard boost pres-
sure, check whether air is leaking from the air seal in the intake
SHTS011120800039
system, whether the air cleaner or the intercooler is clogged, and
whether the VG mechanism incurs failures.
(7) After measurement, replace an old gasket with a new one and set
the boost pressure take-up portion back to its original state.
DC MOTOR CONTROLLER
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111208D100002
SHTS011120800040
1 DC motor controller 2 Bracket

A 28.5 {290, 21} B 6 {60, 4.4}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111208H100002
REMOVE THE DC MOTOR CONTROLLER.

(1) Use the Hino-DX to conduct a check. If a trouble is found, make
replacement as a complete turbocharger assembly.

(1) Disconnect the connector of the DC motor controller.
DC MOTOR CONTROLLER
SHTS011120800041
3. REMOVE THE DC MOTOR CONTROLLER.

(1) Remove two nuts to remove the DC motor controller from the
bracket.
(2) Remove two bolts to remove the bracket from the cylinder block.
DC MOTOR
CONTROLLER BRACKET
SHTS011120800042
INSTALL THE DC MOTOR CONTROLLER.
1. INSTALL THE DC MOTOR CONTROLLER.

(1) Install the bracket to the cylinder block, and tighten two bolts.
Tightening Torque:
28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
(2) Install the DC motor controller to the bracket, and tighten two nuts.
Tightening Torque:
DC MOTOR 6 N⋅m {60 kgf⋅cm, 4.4 lbf⋅ft}
CONTROLLER BRACKET NOTICE
SHTS011120800043 Make sure that a connector on the DC motor controller is posi-
tioned at the bottom.

(1) Connect the connector of the DC motor controller.
DC MOTOR CONTROLLER
SHTS011120800044
2A'0AA0QVTGGHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧜ᤨ㧡㧤ಽ
EMISSION CONTROL (A09C) EN10–1
EN10 EMISSION CONTROL (A09C) EN10-001
EGR VALVE AND COOLER..................... EN10-2

REPLACEMENT .............................................. EN10-3
EGR COOLER OUTLET

COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR .... EN10-9
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN10-10
EN10–2 EMISSION CONTROL (A09C)
EGR VALVE AND COOLER

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111210D100001
5
B A
3
8
2 A
8
2
4
8 7
2
2
5
8
B
A
5
8
1 6
SHTS011121000001
1 Coolant pipe 5 Coolant hose

2 Gasket 6 O-ring
3 EGR valve 7 EGR pipe
4 EGR cooler 8 Clamp

A 55 {560, 41} B 68.5 {700, 51}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111210H100001
REMOVE THE EGR VALVE AND COOLER.
1. CHECK BEFORE START OF MAINTENANCE WORKS.

(1) Use the Hino-DX to check the air flow sensor.
Refer to the section "AIR FLOW SENSOR" in the chapter "AIR
INTAKE SYSTEM".
(2) Use the Hino-DX to check operations of the onboard EGR valve.

SYSTEM".

(1) Disconnect a connector of the EGR valve.
EGR VALVE
INTAKE PIPE
SHTS011121000002
(2) Disconnect a connector from the EGR cooler outlet coolant tem-
EGR COOLER ENGINE perature sensor.
HARNESS
(3) Unlock three clamps and disconnect the engine harness from the
EGR cooler.
SHTS011121000003
4. DISCONNECT THE COOLANT HOSES.

EGR COOLER (1) Remove eight clips to disconnect four coolant hoses from the
EGR cooler.
! CAUTION
Proceed with all replacement works only after all related compo-
nents/parts cool down. Otherwise hot components/parts will
cause burn injury. (Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position
and leave it for at least 30 min.)
HINT
COOLANT HOSES Use a container and a waste as coolant might drip off during dis-
SHTS011121000004
connection of coolant hoses.
5. REMOVE THE EGR VALVE.

(1) Remove three bolts to disconnect the EGR pipe and remove a
gasket from the EGR cooler.
EGR PIPE
GASKET
EGR COOLER
SHTS011121000005
(2) Remove two bolts to remove the EGR valve, the EGR pipe and a
EGR VALVE BOLT gasket from the intake pipe.
EGR PIPE ! CAUTION

• During engine maintenance works, do not step on the EGR
valve.
• Removal/loosening of bolts and nuts on the EGR valve com-
GASKET
ponents will cause performance failure.
HOOK
• If bolts and nuts are unfastened to disassemble the EGR
INTAKE PIPE valve, make replacement with a new EGR valve. Do not
attempt to reassemble a once-disassembled EGR valve.
SHTS011121000006
EGR VALVE
PROHIBITIVE SECTION OF DISASSEMBLY
BOLT OF REGARD
DISASSEMBLY AS IMPROPER
NUT OF REGARD
DISASSEMBLY AS IMPROPER
A
A
SECTION A-A
SHTS011121000007
6. DISCONNECT THE EGR PIPE.

(1) Remove four bolts to disconnect the EGR pipe and remove a gas-
EGR VALVE
ket from the EGR valve.
BOLT
GASKET
EGR PIPE
SHTS011121000008
7. REMOVE THE EGR COOLER.

(1) Remove four A bolts, three B bolts and a gasket. Remove the
GASKET
EGR cooler from the brackets.
BOLT B
BOLT A (2) Remove four C bolts to remove the right/left brackets from the cyl-
inder head.
HINT
If no troubles or failures are found, do not remove these compo-
nents.
BRACKET
EGR COOLER
BOLT C
SHTS011121000009
INSTALL THE EGR VALVE AND COOLER.

GASKET
BOLT B 1. INSTALL THE EGR COOLER.
BOLT A (1) Pretighten four C bolts to preinstall the right/left brackets to the
cylinder head.
HINT
Omit this step if brackets have not been removed.
(2) Pretighten four A bolts to preinstall the EGR cooler to the right/left
brackets.
(3) Attach a new gasket between the EGR cooler and the exhaust
manifold, and pretighten three B bolts.
(4) Use a specified torque to fully tighten four C bolts that have been
pretightened to preinstall the right/left brackets to the cylinder
head.
Tightening Torque:
68.5 N⋅m {700 kgf⋅cm, 51 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
Make correct positioning before tightening at a specified torque
BRACKET
so that no excessive force will be applied to the EGR cooler or
brackets.
EGR COOLER
BOLT C HINT
Omit this step if brackets have not been removed.
SHTS011121000010
(5) Use a specified torque to fully tighten four A bolts that have been
pretightened to preinstall the EGR cooler to the right/left brackets.
Tightening Torque:
28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
brackets.
(6) Use a specified torque to fully tighten three B bolts that have been
pretightened to preinstall the EGR cooler (on the exhaust mani-
fold side).
Tightening Torque:
68.5 N⋅m {700 kgf⋅cm, 51 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
brackets.
2. CONNECT THE EGR PIPE.

(1) Attach a new gasket between the EGR pipe and the EGR valve,
EGR VALVE and tighten four bolts.
Tightening Torque:
BOLT
GASKET
EGR PIPE
SHTS011121000011
3. INSTALL THE EGR VALVE.

EGR VALVE BOLT (1) Set the positioning tab of a new gasket in the downward direction,
and attach the gasket between the EGR valve and the intake
EGR PIPE pipe. Pretighten two bolts.
GASKET
TAB
INTAKE PIPE
SHTS011121000012
(2) Attach a new gasket between the EGR pipe and the EGR cooler,
and fasten three bolts.
(3) Use a specified torque to fully tighten five bolts that have been
EGR PIPE
GASKET pretightened on the intake pipe and the EGR cooler.
Tightening Torque:
EGR COOLER
SHTS011121000013
4. CONNECT THE COOLANT HOSES.

EGR COOLER (1) Insert four coolant hoses into the EGR cooler, and fasten eight
clips.
COOLANT HOSES
SHTS011121000014

EGR COOLER ENGINE (1) Connect the engine harness to the EGR cooler, and fasten three
HARNESS
clamps.
(2) Connect a connector to the EGR cooler outlet coolant tempera-
ture sensor.
SHTS011121000015
(3) Connect the connector of the EGR valve.
EGR VALVE
INTAKE PIPE
SHTS011121000016
6. FILL COOLANT.
(1) Fill coolant.
SYSTEM".
EGR COOLER OUTLET

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111210D100002
A
1
SHTS011121000017
1 EGR cooler outlet coolant temperature sensor 2 Gasket

A 26.95-31.85 {275-325, 20-23}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111210H100002
REMOVE THE EGR COOLER OUTLET COOLANT

ENGINE
EGR COOLER
HARNESS TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

(1) Disconnect a connector of the EGR cooler outlet coolant tempera-
ture sensor.
SHTS011121000018
2. REMOVE THE EGR COOLER OUTLET COOLANT TEMPERA-

TURE SENSOR.
EGR COOLER (1) Remove the EGR cooler outlet coolant temperature sensor and a
gasket from the EGR cooler.
HINT
removal of EGR cooler outlet coolant temperature sensor.
GASKET
EGR COOLER
OUTLET COOLANT
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
SHTS011121000019
COMPONENT CHECK
EGR COOLER OUTLET COOLANT
TEMPERATURE A
SENSOR B 1. CHECK A RESISTANCE.
(1) Use water or engine oil to heat/cool the coolant temperature sen-
C
sor.
TEMPERATURE
INDICATOR ! CAUTION
If engine oil is used in this step, a temperature must not exceed
A
120°C {248°F}. Otherwise, hazardous gas might be generated.
C (2) Use a circuit tester to measure the resistance between terminals.
HEAT
RESERVOIR B If a measurement reading exceeds the standard value, make
SHTS011121000020 replacement.
Between A and C terminals
-20 {-4} 13.84-16.33
20 {68} 2.32-2.59
80 {176} 0.31-0.326
110 {230} 0.1399-0.1435
Between B terminal and body

75 {167} 79-92
100 {212} 35.5-42.5
INSTALL THE EGR COOLER OUTLET COOLANT

EGR COOLER
TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1. INSTALL THE EGR COOLER OUTLET COOLANT TEMPERA-

TURE SENSOR.
(1) Replace an old gasket with a new one, and install the EGR cooler
outlet coolant temperature sensor to the EGR cooler.
GASKET
Tightening Torque:
EGR COOLER 26.95-31.85 N⋅m {275-325 kgf⋅cm, 20-23 lbf⋅ft}
OUTLET COOLANT
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
SHTS011121000021

EGR COOLER ENGINE (1) Connect a connector of the EGR cooler outlet coolant tempera-
HARNESS
ture sensor.
SHTS011121000022

(1) Check the coolant level, and refill the coolant if the coolant level is
low.
SYSTEM".
2A'0AHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧝ᤨ㧝ಽ
ALTERNATOR (A09C) EN11–1
ALTERNATOR (A09C)
EN1
EN11-001
V-RIBBED BELT ....................................... EN11-2

REPLACEMENT .............................................. EN11-3
AUTO TENSIONER................................... EN11-4

REPLACEMENT .............................................. EN11-6
ALTERNATOR (24V-60A) ........................ EN11-7

DIAGRAM ...................................................... EN11-10
PROPOSAL TOOL ........................................ EN11-11
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN11-12
OVERHAUL ................................................... EN11-15
ALTERNATOR (24V-90A) ...................... EN11-25

DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS...................... EN11-25
TROUBLESHOOTING................................... EN11-25
DIAGRAM ...................................................... EN11-28
PROPOSAL TOOL ........................................ EN11-29
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN11-30
OVERHAUL ................................................... EN11-33
EN11–2 ALTERNATOR (A09C)
V-RIBBED BELT
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111211D100001
SHTS011121100001
1 Auto tensioner 2 V-ribbed belt

REPLACEMENT
EN0111211H100001
REMOVE THE V-RIBBED BELT.

ALTERNATOR
(1) Using a box wrench, move the auto tensioner pulley setbolt slowly
to arrow marked direction and loosen the V-ribbed belt.
(2) Remove the V-ribbed belt and bring back the auto tensioner
slowly.
NOTICE
Remove and check an indicator if unsmoothness is found when
the auto tensioner is activated.
PULLEY SETBOLT
SHTS011121100002
INSTALL THE V-RIBBED BELT.

ALTERNATOR
(IF A SET PIN IS INSTALLED.)
HINT
The set pin is installed when the auto tensioner is replaced.
(1) Preassemble the V-ribbed belt to the pulley other than the auto
tensioner pulley. Hold the V-ribbed belt in the location near the
PULLEY auto tension pulley with one of your hands.
SETBOLT (2) With your other hand, gradually turn the pulley setbolt with a box
SET PIN
wrench in the direction shown with an arrow in the figure, and pull
SHTS011121100003 off the set pin.
(3) Gradually turn the pulley setbolt back to tension the V-ribbed belt.
ALTERNATOR
NOTICE
Make sure that the V-ribbed belt does not come off from a groove
in each pulley.
HINT
The auto tensioner is installed and does not require belt tension
adjustments.
PULLEY SETBOLT
SHTS011121100004

(IF A SET PIN IS NOT INSTALLED.)
(1) Preassemble the V-ribbed belt to the pulley other than the auto
tensioner pulley. Hold the V-ribbed belt in the location near the
auto tensioner pulley with one of your hands.
(2) Gradually turn the pulley setbolt back to tension the V-ribbed belt.
ALTERNATOR
NOTICE
Make sure that the V-ribbed belt does not come off from a groove
in each pulley.
HINT
The auto tensioner is installed and does not require belt tension
adjustments.
PULLEY SETBOLT
SHTS011121100005
AUTO TENSIONER
TROUBLESHOOTING
EN0111211F300001

Charging current does not flow I.C. regulator faulty Replace I.C. regulator.
(Light does not light) Stator coil faulty Replace stator coil.
(Disconnecting or rare short)
Field coil faulty Replace field coil.
(Disconnecting or rare short)
Diode faulty (Open or short circuit) Replace rectifier holder.
Lead wiring disconnected or loose Repair or replace.
(Plate, support etc.)
Wiring disconnection (Including fuse) Replace.
Voltmeter indicates 29V or more I.C. regulator installation faulty Repair or replace.
(Light does not light) (EX: Installation support)
Charging current is always insuffi- Stator coil faulty Replace stator coil.
cient (Battery goes dead) (Light Diode faulty (open or short circuit) Replace rectifier holder.
does light)
Lead wiring disconnecting or loose Repair or replace.
(Plate or support etc.)
Charging current is always insuffi- Volume of using load is too high Decrease the load.
cient (Battery goes dead) (Light (Volume of using load is imbalance)
remains dark)
Charging current is always too I.C. regulator installation faulty Replace rectifier holder.
great (Battery does dry in short (EX: Installation of support)
amount of time) (Light remains Battery nearly over its life period Repair or replace.
dark)
Abnormal noise Stator coil faulty (Rare short, earth) Repair or replace.
Bumping inside Repair or replace.
(Bearing inside and bracket abrasion)
Tension of belt faulty (Belt slip) Repair.
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111211D100002
1
A
SHTS011121100006
1 Auto tensioner

A 55 {560, 41}
2A'0AHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧡ಽ
REPLACEMENT
EN0111211H100002
REMOVE THE AUTO TENSIONER.

Refer to the section "V-RIBBED BELT".

BOLT (1) Remove a bolt to remove the auto tensioner from the alternator
AUTO TENSIONER
bracket.
SHTS011121100007
INSTALL THE AUTO TENSIONER.

AUTO TENSIONER
(1) With the auto tensioner having been removed, measure a clear-
ance as shown in the figure. If a measurement reading exceeds
the permissible limit, make replacement.
Standard value Permissible limit
CLEARANCE
9.0 mm {0.354 in.} 10.5 mm {0.413 in.}
PERMISSIBLE
LIMIT
.5
10
AUTO TENSIONER
SHTS011121100008
(2) Install the auto tensioner to the alternator bracket, and tighten a
BOLT bolt.
AUTO TENSIONER
Tightening Torque:
(3) Gradually turn back the pulley setbolt on the auto tensioner to
install the V-ribbed belt.
SHTS011121100009
ALTERNATOR (24V-60A)
EN0111211I200001
Nominal voltage 24V
Nominal output 24V-60A
Max. output 60A at 28V, 5,000 r/min.
Initial output starting speed 950 r/min. at 27V
Max. rotating 8,400 r/min.
Rotating direction Right (seen from pulley side)
Regulator Mount-on
TROUBLESHOOTING
EN0111211F300002

(Light does not turn on) Stator coil faulty (Disconnecting or Replace stator coil.
rare short)
Field coil faulty (Disconnecting or rare Replace field coil.
short)
Voltmeter indicates 29V or more I.C. regulator faulty Replace I.C. regulator.
(Light does not turn on) I.C. regulator installation faulty (EX: Repair or replace.
Installation support)
Charging current flows normally I.C. regulator faulty Replace I.C. regulator.
(Light does not turn on)
remains dark)
(Plate or support)
Volume of using load is too high (Vol- Decrease the load.
ume of using load is imbalance)
Charging current is always too I.C. regulator faulty Replace stator coil.
great (Battery does dry in short I.C. regulator installation faulty (EX: Replace rectifier holder.
amount of time) (Light remains Installation of support)
dark)
Battery nearly over its life period Repair it.
Abnormal noise Stator coil faulty (Rare short, earth) Replace stator coil.
Bumping inside (Bearing inside and Repair or replace.
bracket abrasion)
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111211D100003
B 4
2 A
B
5
3
C
3
B
SHTS011121100010
1 Alternator bracket 4 Brace

2 Alternator 5 Alternator earth
3 Washer

A 4 {40, 2.9} C 132 {1,350, 97}
B 55 {560, 41}
SHTS011121100011
1 Alternator 11 Drive end frame assembly

2 Drive end frame 12 Bearing cover
3 Rotor assembly 13 Rectifier minus
4 Rectifier end frame 14 B terminal
5 Insulator 15 Collar
6 Fan 16 Front bearing
7 Rear bearing 17 Field coil
8 End frame assembly 18 End frame
9 Cover 19 Stator coil
10 Pulley 20 Regulator

A 5.9-8.8 {60-90, 4.4-6.4} D 1.9-2.5 {20-25, 1.5-1.8}
B 2.9-3.9 {30-39, 2.2-2.8} E 1.6-2.3 {16-23, 1.2-1.6}
C 127-157 {1,300-1,600, 94-115} F 4.9-5.9 {50-60, 3.7-4.3} (Inner nut)
DIAGRAM
EN0111211J100001
DIODE
B FUSE LOAD
L LIGHT (1.4-3W)
FIELD R
COIL STARTER
REGULATOR C SWITCH
P
STATOR BATTERY
COIL 24V
E
ALTERNATOR
SHTS011121100012
PROPOSAL TOOL
EN0111211K100001
JIG A (FOR BEARING) JIG B (FOR BEARING) Unit: mm
23 {0.906} 25 {0.984}
1C
35 {1.378}
50 {1.969}
70 {2.756}
50 {1.969}
1C 10 to 20
{0.394-0.787}
50 {1.969}
19 {0.748}
30 {1.181}
JIG C (FOR BEARING) JIG D (FOR BEARING)
34 {1.339} 41 {1.614}
20 {0.787} 20 {0.787}
40 {1.575} 40 {1.575}
10 {0.394} 10 {0.394}
54 {2.126} 64 {2.520}
60 {2.362} 70 {2.756}
SHTS011121100013
REPLACEMENT
EN0111211H100003
REMOVE THE ALTERNATOR.
1. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY CABLE.

(1) Disconnect the battery earth cable from the battery minus termi-
nal.

TURBOCHARGER (1) Disconnect the connector of the alternator.
ASSEMBLY
ALTERNATOR
SHTS011121100014
(2) Remove four bolts to remove the alternator earth and bracket.
U-TURN PIPE
ALTERNATOR
BRACKET ALTERNATOR EARTH

SHTS011121100015

(1) Disconnect the U-turn pipe and the boost pipe.


ALTERNATOR
BOLT
(1) Remove two bolts to remove the brace.
(2) Remove the nut and through bolt to remove the alternator and
washer.
BRACE
THROUGH
NUT BOLT
SHTS011121100016
(3) Remove three bolts to remove the alternator bracket from the cyl-
inder block.
HINT
Remove the alternator bracket only if it has some problems.
ALTERNATOR
BRACKET
SHTS011121100017
INSTALL THE ALTERNATOR.

(1) Install the alternator bracket, and tighten three bolts.
BRACKET 55 N⋅m {560 kgf⋅cm, 41 lbf⋅ft}
HINT
Omit this work step if the alternator bracket has not been
removed.
SHTS011121100018
(2) Replace the washer with new one and preinstall the alternator
ALTERNATOR BOLT and the brace with two bolts, nut and through bolt.
NOTICE
Adjust the positions of an alternator and a brace carefully so that
BRACE
no excessive force will be applied to the brace.
THROUGH
BOLT
NUT
SHTS011121100019
(3) Use a specified torque to fully tighten a bolt and nut that have
ALTERNATOR been pretighten to preinstall the alternator.
Tightening Torque:
Nut: 132 N⋅m {1,350 kgf⋅cm, 97 lbf⋅ft}
Bolt: 55 N⋅m {560 kgf⋅cm, 41 lbf⋅ft}
BOLT
NUT
SHTS011121100020
(4) Use a specified torque to fully tighten a bolt that have been pre-
ALTERNATOR BOLT tighten to preinstall the brace.
Tightening Torque:
BRACE
SHTS011121100021


(1) Connect the U-turn pipe and the boost pipe.

U-TURN PIPE (1) Install the alternator earth and bracket, and tighten four bolts.
Alternator earth: 4 N⋅m {40 kgf⋅cm, 2.9 lbf⋅ft}
Bracket: 28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
BRACKET
ALTERNATOR EARTH
SHTS011121100022
(2) Connect the connector of the alternator.

TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY
ALTERNATOR
SHTS011121100023
5. CONNECT THE BATTERY CABLE.

(1) Connect the battery earth cable to the battery minus terminal.
6. CHECK AFTER REINSTALLING THE ALTERNATOR.

(1) Check that the engine harness does not interfere with the alterna-
tor.
(2) Ensure that a connector is properly connected.
(3) Check the alternator rotations and charging.
OVERHAUL
EN0111211H200001
DISASSEMBLE THE ALTERNATOR.

COVER 1. DISASSEMBLE THE END FRAME AND DRIVE END FRAME.
NOTICE
The work should be done on such thing as rubber mat and the
like.
(1) Remove the setbolt to remove the cover.
NOTICE
• To avoid cracks, take care not to apply an excessive force in
pressing a tab on the cover.
SHTS011121100024 • Do not use a screwdriver to press a tab.
(2) Remove the through bolts, disassemble the end frame and drive
END FRAME SIDE end frame.
DRIVE END
FRAME SIDE
SHTS011121100025
2. DISASSEMBLE THE DRIVE END FRAME SIDE.

FAN (1) Remove the pulley lock nut, remove the pulley, the fan and the
collar.1
PULLEY NOTICE
• Fit a generally available V-ribbed belt in a groove in the pul-
V-RIBBED
BELT ley. Use a vise to fixate the pulley.
• Do not reuse a pulley if its ridge is damaged.
SHTS011121100026
(2) Remove the rotor assembly from drive end frame, using a press.
NOTICE
• Do not damage to the screw tip.
• Hold rotor by hand so that it will not fall off.
SHTS011121100027
(3) Remove the bolt using a screwdriver to remove the bearing cover.
BEARING
COVER
SHTS011121100064
(4) Using a press and jig C, remove the front bearing from the drive
end frame.
NOTICE
Attach the jig C to inner race of the ball bearing.
SHTS011121100029
3. DISASSEMBLE THE END FRAME SIDE.

(1) Unsolder the lead wire between starter coil and diode and remove
it by pulling gently.
NOTICE
• Unsolder the wiring connections at the stator and diode and
take off excess solder spread claws part at the connections
and disconnect stator lead wires.
• In case that diode is distorted, do not reuse the diode.
• Unsoldering work should be done for short moment (Within 5
SOLDER sec.).
SHTS011121100030
(2) Remove the stator from the end frame.
! CAUTION
Be careful not to damage the stator coil.
END FRAME
STATOR COIL
SHTS011121100031
(3) Remove three regulator connecting bolts and two regulator set-
REGULATOR bolts, and remove the regulator.
! CAUTION
Regulator setbolt is used not to be unscrewed easily. So, be care-
ful not to damage the groove on bolt head.
SHTS011121100065
(4) Loosen the "B" terminal nut.

NOTICE
Loosen the nut to some extent and do not remove from terminal B.
NUT
SHTS011121100066
(5) Using a screwdriver, remove four bolts to remove the rectifier

holder and regulator.
! CAUTION
Lock agent is used not to be unscrewed easily. So, be careful not
to damage the groove on bolt head.
RECTIFIER
(HOLDER AND
REGULATOR)
SHTS011121100034
(6) Using a screwdriver, remove three bolts to remove the field coil
from the end frame.
FIELD
COIL
END FRAME
SHTS011121100035
(7) Attach the jig A to inner race of the rear bearing and remove rear
bearing from the end frame, using a press.
JIG A ! CAUTION
A removed bearing should not be reused. Replace it with a new
one.
SHTS011121100036
ASSEMBLE THE ALTERNATOR.
1. ASSEMBLE THE DRIVE END FRAME SIDE.

NOTICE
like.
(1) Using a press and a jig C, install new front bearing into the drive
end frame.
NOTICE
Attach the jig C on the outer race of the front bearing.
SHTS011121100037
(2) Install the bearing cover to the drive end frame, and tighten a
SCREW screw.
Tightening Torque:
1.9-2.5 N⋅m {20-25 kgf⋅cm, 1.5-1.8 lbf⋅ft}
BEARING COVER
DRIVE END FRAME

SHTS011121100067
(3) Using a press, install the rotor assembly.

NOTICE
• When pressing in rotor, it should be supported by the inner
lace of bearing.
• Take care not to damage the rotor shaft.
SHTS011121100039
(4) Fit a generally available V-ribbed belt in a groove in the pulley.

FAN Use a vise to fixate the pulley.
ROTOR
ASSEMBLY (5) Install the collar, fan and pulley to the shaft of the rotor assembly.
PULLEY Tightening Torque:
127-157 N⋅m {1,300-1,600 kgf⋅cm, 94-115 lbf⋅ft}
! CAUTION
V-RIBBED
BELT
Do no reuse a pulley if its ridge is damaged.
SHTS011121100040
2. ASSEMBLE THE END FRAME SIDE.

(1) Using a press, jig A and jig B, install new rear bearing into the end
frame.
NOTICE
• Press fit until jig A hits to the end frame.
• If the bearing case is deformed or damaged during press-fit-
ting, do not reuse it.
SHTS011121100041
(2) Install the field coil to the end frame.

Tightening Torque:
2.9-3.9 N⋅m {30-39 kgf⋅cm, 2.2-2.8 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
Tighten bolts evenly after pretightening.
FIELD COIL
END FRAME
SHTS011121100042
(3) Preinstall the stator coil to the end frame.
! CAUTION
END
STATOR COIL FRAME
SHTS011121100043
(4) Apply lock agent (ThreeBond TB1344) to the tip of mounting bolts
for rectifier. Install the rectifier to the end frame, and tighten the
bolts.
Tightening Torque:
1.9-2.5 N⋅m {20-25 kgf⋅cm, 1.5-1.8 lbf⋅ft}
RECTIFIER
(HOLDER AND
REGULATOR)
SHTS011121100044
(5) Apply lock agent (ThreeBond TB1344) to the tip of setbolts for
REGULATOR
regulator. Install the regulator to the end frame, and tighten the
bolts.
Tightening Torque:
Regulator: 1.6-2.3 N⋅m {16-23 kgf⋅cm, 1.2-1.6 lbf⋅ft}
Coil lead: 1.0-1.4 N⋅m {10-14 kgf⋅cm, 0.8-1.0 lbf⋅ft}
Heat sink: 1.0-1.4 N⋅m {10-14 kgf⋅cm, 0.8-1.0 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS011121100045
(6) Using a solder ring iron, solder the lead wire connecting the regu-
lator and field coil as well as the stator coil and diode.
NOTICE
• Soldering work should be done just after tightening the bolt.
• Solder lead wire after bending and fixing the terminal of regu-
lator.
• Solder field coil after caulking the tip of diode.
• Soldering work should be done for short moment (Within 5
SOLDER sec.).
SHTS011121100068
(7) Tighten the inner nut of the B terminal.

Tightening Torque:
4.9-5.9 N⋅m {50-60 kgf⋅cm, 3.7-4.3 lbf⋅ft}
HINT
Outer nut should be tightened after installing alternator and con-
necting its wiring.
NUT
SHTS011121100069
3. ASSEMBLE THE END FRAME AND DRIVE END FRAME.

END FRAME SIDE (1) Assemble the end frame and drive end frame with the through
bolts.
Tightening Torque:
7.8-9.8 N⋅m {80-100 kgf⋅cm, 5.8-7.2 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
Tighten the through bolt evenly.
DRIVE END
FRAME SIDE
SHTS011121100048
(2) Attach a cover with its tab positioned in place, and tighten bolts.
COVER Tightening Torque:
3.2-4.4 N⋅m {33-44 kgf⋅cm, 2.4-3.2 lbf⋅ft}
! CAUTION
Do not hit the cover, it might cause tab damage.
SHTS011121100049
CHECK THE ALTERNATOR.
1. CHECK THE ALTERNATOR FOR PROPER ROTATION.

NOTICE
like.
(1) Turn the pulley by hand and make sure that there is no noise,
catching or rough movement in the shaft direction and that it
rotates smoothly.
PULLEY
SHTS011121100050
(2) Measure the resistance between terminals. If the resistance is not

specified value, reassemble the alternator.
Test lead
Standard
(+) (–)
B E APPROX. 20 Ω
E B ∞Ω
P E APPROX. 7 Ω
E P ∞Ω
SHTS011121100051
SHTS011121100052

EN0111211H300001
Unit: mm {in.}
Measure
Resistance of field coil

6.2-6.8 Ω — Replace.
[at 20°C (68°F)]
Measure
Insulation resistance of
1 MΩ or more — Replace.
field coil
Measure
Resistance of stator
0.15-0.17 Ω — Replace.
coil [at 20°C (68°F)]
Measure
1 MΩ or more — Replace.
stator
Measure
Normal direction
APPROX. 10 Ω
Resistance of diode — Replace.
Reverse direction
∞Ω
Measure
Rotor shaft outside

diameter (Front bearing 25 {0.984} 24.98 {0.9835} Replace.
portion)
Measure
Rotor shaft outside

diameter (Rear bearing 17 {0.669} 16.98 {0.6685} Replace.
portion)
Measure
Normal direction
APPROX. 10 Ω
Resistance of regulator — Replace.
Reverse direction
∞Ω
ALTERNATOR (24V-90A)
EN0111211I200002
Nominal voltage 24V
Nominal output 24V-90A
Max. output 90A at 28V, 5,000 r/min.
Initial output starting speed 1,000 r/min. at 27V
Max. rotating 8,400 r/min.
Rotating direction Right (seen from pulley side)
Regulator Mount-on
TROUBLESHOOTING
EN0111211F300003

(Light does not turn on) Stator coil faulty (Disconnecting or Replace stator coil.
rare short)
Field coil faulty (Disconnecting or rare Replace field coil.
short)
Voltmeter indicates 29V or more I.C. regulator faulty Replace I.C. regulator.
(Light does not turn on) I.C. regulator installation faulty (EX: Repair or replace.
Installation support)
Charging current flows normally I.C. regulator faulty Replace I.C. regulator.
(Light does not turn on)
remains dark)
(Plate or support)
Volume of using load is too high (Vol- Decrease the load.
ume of using load is imbalance)
Charging current is always too I.C. regulator faulty Replace stator coil.
great (Battery does dry in short I.C. regulator installation faulty (EX: Replace rectifier holder.
amount of time) (Light remains Installation of support)
dark)
Battery nearly over its life period Repair it.
Abnormal noise Stator coil faulty (Rare short, earth) Replace stator coil.
Bumping inside (Bearing inside and Repair or replace.
bracket abrasion)
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111211D100004
B 4
2 A
B
5
3
C
3
B
SHTS011121100010
1 Alternator bracket 4 Brace

2 Alternator 5 Alternator earth
3 Washer

A 4 {40, 2.9} C 132 {1,350, 97}
B 55 {560, 41}
SHTS011121100061
1 Cover 12 Through bolt

2 Condenser 13 Field coil
3 Regulator 14 Stator assembly
4 Terminal insulator 15 Roller bearing
5 Terminal insulator 16 Rotor assembly
6 Rectifier holder 17 Retainer plate
7 Holder 18 Shim
8 Terminal bolt 19 Ball bearing
9 Clamp 20 Drive end frame
10 Lead wire connector 21 Fan and pulley
11 Rectifier end frame 22 Lock nut

A 1.9-2.5 {20-25, 1.5-1.8} D 2.9-3.9 {30-39, 2.2-2.8}
B 4.9-5.9 {50-60, 3.7-4.3} E 5.9-8.8 {60-90, 4.4-6.4}
C 3-5 {31-50, 2.3-3.6} F 127-157 {1,300-1,600, 94-115}
DIAGRAM
EN0111211J100002
ALTERNATOR
CONDENSER
DIODE FUSE
LOAD
L LIGHT 1.4 3W
P
STARTER
SWITCH
FIELD COIL
N
I.C. REGULATOR
STATOR BATTERY
COIL 24V
SHTS011121100062
PROPOSAL TOOL
EN0111211K100002
JIG A (FOR BEARING) JIG B (FOR BEARING) Unit: mm
23 {0.906} 25 {0.984}
1C
35 {1.378}
50 {1.969}
70 {2.756}
50 {1.969}
1C 10 to 20
{0.394-0.787}
50 {1.969}
19 {0.748}
30 {1.181}
JIG C (FOR BEARING) JIG D (FOR BEARING)
34 {1.339} 41 {1.614}
20 {0.787} 20 {0.787}
40 {1.575} 40 {1.575}
10 {0.394} 10 {0.394}
54 {2.126} 64 {2.520}
60 {2.362} 70 {2.756}
SHTS011121100013
REPLACEMENT
EN0111211H100004
REMOVE THE ALTERNATOR.

nal.

TURBOCHARGER (1) Disconnect the connector of the alternator.
ASSEMBLY
ALTERNATOR
SHTS011121100014
(2) Remove four bolts to remove the alternator earth and bracket.
U-TURN PIPE
ALTERNATOR
BRACKET ALTERNATOR EARTH

SHTS011121100015

(1) Disconnect the U-turn pipe and the boost pipe.


ALTERNATOR
BOLT
(1) Remove two bolts to remove the brace.
(2) Remove the nut and through bolt to remove the alternator and
washer.
BRACE
THROUGH
NUT BOLT
SHTS011121100016
(3) Remove three bolts to remove the alternator bracket from the cyl-
inder block.
HINT
Remove the alternator bracket only if it has some problems.
ALTERNATOR
BRACKET
SHTS011121100017
INSTALL THE ALTERNATOR.

(1) Install the alternator bracket, and tighten three bolts.
BRACKET 55 N⋅m {560 kgf⋅cm, 41 lbf⋅ft}
HINT
Omit this work step if the alternator bracket has not been
removed.
SHTS011121100018
(2) Replace the washer with new one and preinstall the alternator
ALTERNATOR BOLT and the brace with two bolts, nut and through bolt.
NOTICE
Adjust the positions of an alternator and a brace carefully so that
BRACE
no excessive force will be applied to the brace.
THROUGH
BOLT
NUT
SHTS011121100019
(3) Use a specified torque to fully tighten a bolt and nut that have
ALTERNATOR been pretighten to preinstall the alternator.
Tightening Torque:
Nut: 132 N⋅m {1,350 kgf⋅cm, 97 lbf⋅ft}
Bolt: 55 N⋅m {560 kgf⋅cm, 41 lbf⋅ft}
BOLT
NUT
SHTS011121100020
(4) Use a specified torque to fully tighten a bolt that have been pre-
ALTERNATOR BOLT tighten to preinstall the brace.
Tightening Torque:
BRACE
SHTS011121100021


(1) Connect the U-turn pipe and the boost pipe.

U-TURN PIPE (1) Install the alternator earth and bracket, and tighten four bolts.
Alternator earth: 4 N⋅m {40 kgf⋅cm, 2.9 lbf⋅ft}
Bracket: 28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
BRACKET
ALTERNATOR EARTH
SHTS011121100022
(2) Connect the connector of the alternator.

TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY
ALTERNATOR
SHTS011121100023

6. CHECK AFTER REINSTALLING THE ALTERNATOR.

(1) Check that the engine harness does not interfere with the alterna-
tor.
(2) Ensure that a connector is properly connected.
(3) Check the alternator rotations and charging.
OVERHAUL
EN0111211H200002
DISASSEMBLE THE ALTERNATOR.

COVER 1. DISASSEMBLE THE END FRAME AND DRIVE END FRAME.
NOTICE
like.
(1) Remove the setbolt to remove the cover.
NOTICE
• To avoid cracks, take care not to apply an excessive force in
pressing a tab on the cover.
SHTS011121100024 • Do not use a screwdriver to press a tab.
(2) Remove the through bolts, disassemble the end frame and drive
END FRAME SIDE end frame.
DRIVE END
FRAME SIDE
SHTS011121100025
2. DISASSEMBLE THE DRIVE END FRAME SIDE.

FAN (1) Remove the pulley lock nut, remove the pulley, the fan and the
collar.
PULLEY NOTICE
• Fit a generally available V-ribbed belt in a groove in the pul-
V-RIBBED
BELT ley. Use a vise to fixate the pulley.
• Do not reuse a pulley if its ridge is damaged.
SHTS011121100026
(2) Remove the rotor assembly from drive end frame, using a press.
NOTICE
• Do not damage to the screw tip.
• Hold rotor by hand so that it will not fall off.
SHTS011121100027
(3) Remove the bolt using a screwdriver to remove the bearing cover.
SHTS011121100028
(4) Using a press and jig C, remove the front bearing from the drive
end frame.
NOTICE
Attach the jig C to inner race of the ball bearing.
SHTS011121100029
3. DISASSEMBLE THE END FRAME SIDE.

(1) Unsolder the lead wire between starter coil and diode and remove
it by pulling gently.
NOTICE
• Unsolder the wiring connections at the stator and diode and
take off excess solder spread claws part at the connections
and disconnect stator lead wires.
• In case that diode is distorted, do not reuse the diode.
• Unsoldering work should be done for short moment (Within 5
SOLDER sec.).
SHTS011121100030
(2) Remove the stator from the end frame.
! CAUTION
END FRAME
STATOR COIL
SHTS011121100031
(3) Remove three regulator connecting bolts and two regulator set-
bolts, and remove the regulator.
! CAUTION
Regulator setbolt is used not to be unscrewed easily. So, be care-
ful not to damage the groove on bolt head.
SHTS011121100032
(4) Loosen the "B" terminal nut.

NOTICE
Loosen the nut to some extent and do not remove from terminal B.
SHTS011121100033
(5) Using a screwdriver, remove four bolts to remove the rectifier

holder and regulator.
! CAUTION
Lock agent is used not to be unscrewed easily. So, be careful not
to damage the groove on bolt head.
RECTIFIER
(HOLDER AND
REGULATOR)
SHTS011121100034
(6) Using a screwdriver, remove three bolts to remove the field coil
from the end frame.
FIELD
COIL
END FRAME
SHTS011121100035
(7) Attach the jig A to inner race of the rear bearing and remove rear
bearing from the end frame, using a press.
JIG A ! CAUTION
A removed bearing should not be reused. Replace it with a new
one.
SHTS011121100036
ASSEMBLE THE ALTERNATOR.
1. ASSEMBLE THE DRIVE END FRAME SIDE.

NOTICE
like.
(1) Using a press and a jig C, install new front bearing into the drive
end frame.
NOTICE
Attach the jig C on the outer race of the front bearing.
SHTS011121100037
(2) Install the bearing cover to the drive end frame, and tighten a
screw.
Tightening Torque:
1.9-2.5 N⋅m {20-25 kgf⋅cm, 1.5-1.8 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS011121100071
(3) Using a press, install the rotor assembly.

NOTICE
• When pressing in rotor, it should be supported by the inner
lace of bearing.
• Take care not to damage the rotor shaft.
SHTS011121100039
(4) Fit a generally available V-ribbed belt in a groove in the pulley.

FAN Use a vise to fixate the pulley.
ROTOR
ASSEMBLY (5) Install the collar, fan and pulley to the shaft of the rotor assembly.
PULLEY Tightening Torque:
127-157 N⋅m {1,300-1,600 kgf⋅cm, 94-115 lbf⋅ft}
! CAUTION
V-RIBBED
BELT
Do no reuse a pulley if its ridge is damaged.
SHTS011121100040
2. ASSEMBLE THE END FRAME SIDE.

(1) Using a press, jig A and jig B, install new rear bearing into the end
frame.
NOTICE
• Press fit until jig A hits to the end frame.
• If the bearing case is deformed or damaged during press-fit-
ting, do not reuse it.
SHTS011121100041
(2) Install the field coil to the end frame.

Tightening Torque:
2.9-3.9 N⋅m {30-39 kgf⋅cm, 2.2-2.8 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
Tighten bolts evenly after pretightening.
FIELD COIL
END FRAME
SHTS011121100042
(3) Preinstall the stator coil to the end frame.
! CAUTION
END
STATOR COIL FRAME
SHTS011121100043
(4) Apply lock agent (ThreeBond TB1344) to the tip of mounting bolts
for rectifier. Install the rectifier to the end frame, and tighten the
bolts.
Tightening Torque:
1.9-2.5 N⋅m {20-25 kgf⋅cm, 1.5-1.8 lbf⋅ft}
RECTIFIER
(HOLDER AND
REGULATOR)
SHTS011121100044
(5) Apply lock agent (ThreeBond TB1344) to the tip of setbolts for
REGULATOR
regulator. Install the regulator to the end frame, and tighten the
bolts.
Tightening Torque:
Regulator: 1.6-2.3 N⋅m {16-23 kgf⋅cm, 1.2-1.6 lbf⋅ft}
Coil lead: 1.0-1.4 N⋅m {10-14 kgf⋅cm, 0.8-1.0 lbf⋅ft}
Heat sink: 1.0-1.4 N⋅m {10-14 kgf⋅cm, 0.8-1.0 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS011121100045
(6) Using a solder ring iron, solder the lead wire connecting the regu-
lator and field coil as well as the stator coil and diode.
NOTICE
• Soldering work should be done just after tightening the bolt.
• Solder lead wire after bending and fixing the terminal of regu-
lator.
• Solder field coil after caulking the tip of diode.
• Soldering work should be done for short moment (Within 5
sec.).
SHTS011121100046
(7) Tighten the inner nut of the B terminal.

Tightening Torque:
4.9-5.9 N⋅m {50-60 kgf⋅cm, 3.7-4.3 lbf⋅ft}
HINT
Outer nut should be tightened after installing alternator and con-
necting its wiring.
SHTS011121100047
3. ASSEMBLE THE END FRAME AND DRIVE END FRAME.

END FRAME SIDE (1) Assemble the end frame and drive end frame with the through
bolts.
Tightening Torque:
7.8-9.8 N⋅m {80-100 kgf⋅cm, 5.8-7.2 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
Tighten the through bolt evenly.
DRIVE END
FRAME SIDE
SHTS011121100048
(2) Attach a cover with its tab positioned in place, and tighten bolts.
COVER Tightening Torque:
3.2-4.4 N⋅m {33-44 kgf⋅cm, 2.4-3.2 lbf⋅ft}
! CAUTION
Do not hit the cover, it might cause tab damage.
SHTS011121100049
CHECK THE ALTERNATOR.
1. CHECK THE ALTERNATOR FOR PROPER ROTATION.

NOTICE
like.
(1) Turn the pulley by hand and make sure that there is no noise,
catching or rough movement in the shaft direction and that it
rotates smoothly.
PULLEY
SHTS011121100050
(2) Measure the resistance between terminals. If the resistance is not

specified value, reassemble the alternator.
Test lead
Standard
(+) (–)
B E APPROX. 20 Ω
E B ∞Ω
P E APPROX. 7 Ω
E P ∞Ω
SHTS011121100051
E
B
R L
N P
DETAIL OF A
SHTS011121100063

EN0111211H300002
Unit: mm {in.}
Measure
Resistance of field coil

6.6-7.2 Ω — Replace.
[at 20°C (68°F)]
Measure
1 MΩ or more 0.5MΩ or less Replace.
field coil
Measure
Resistance of stator
0.11-0.12 Ω — Replace.
coil [at 20°C (68°F)]
Measure
1 MΩ or more 0.5MΩ or less Replace.
stator
Measure
Normal direction
APPROX. 10 Ω
Resistance of diode — Replace.
Reverse direction
∞Ω
Measure
Rotor shaft outside

diameter (Front bearing 30 {1.181} 29.98 {1.1803} Replace.
portion)
Measure
Rotor shaft outside

diameter (Rear bearing 17 {0.669} 16.98 {0.6685} Replace.
portion)
Measure
Normal direction
APPROX. 10 Ω
Resistance of regulator — Replace.
Reverse direction
∞Ω
2A'0HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧝ᤨ㧣ಽ
STARTER (A09C) EN12–1
EN12 STARTER (A09C) EN12-001
STARTER .................................................. EN12-2

REPLACEMENT .............................................. EN12-5
OVERHAUL ..................................................... EN12-6
EN12–2 STARTER (A09C)
STARTER
EN0111212I200001
Type Reduction gear (planetary gear) type
Rated output 24V, 6kW
Number of teeth of pinion 11
Module 3.5
Rotating direction Clockwise (Seen from pinion side)
TROUBLESHOOTING
EN0111212F300001

Engine does not crank, or cranks Poor contact Repair or replace.
slowly. (Ignition switch)
Engine does not crank, or cranks Discharged battery Charge.
slowly. (Battery) Poor contact at battery terminal Clean or retighten.
Poor contact at earth cable Absolutely assemble.
Engine does not crank, or cranks Improper viscosity oil Change oil.
slowly. (Engine oil)
Engine does not crank, or cranks Poor contact Repair or replace.
slowly. (Magnetic switch)
Engine does not crank, or cranks Defective or poor contact Repair or replace.
slowly. (Starter relay)
Engine does not crank, or cranks Brush worn out Replace.
slowly. (Starter) Commutator burnt out Replace.
Commutator worn out Correct by undercutting.
Armature winding shorted or grounded Replace armature.
Insufficient brush spring tension Replace brush spring.
Out of commission clutch inside starter Clean or replace.
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111212D100001
A
1
SHTS011121200001
1 Starter

A 127 {1,295, 94}
SHTS011121200002
1 Clutch sub assembly 15 Bracket

2 Bushing 16 Lead wire
3 Set bolt 17 Starter
4 Through bolt 18 Lever
5 Start drive housing 19 Cover
6 Packing 20 Yoke assembly
7 Plate 21 Spring
8 Commutator end frame 22 Retainer ring
9 Brush holder assembly 23 Dust protector
10 Brush 24 Pinion
11 Armature assembly 25 Planetary gear
12 O-ring 26 Shaft assembly
13 Bearing 27 Start magnet switch
14 Internal gear

A 14-16 {140-160, 10.4-11.7} C 3.6-4.9 {37-49, 2.7-3.6}
B 15.7-17.6 {160-179, 11.6-12.9}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111212H100001
REMOVE THE STARTER.

nal.

NUT ENGINE HARNESS FLYWHEEL (1) Disconnect the connector of the starter.
FIXING CLAMP HOUSING (2) Remove the nut and disconnect the starter cable from the B termi-
nal.
(3) Remove the engine harness fixing clamp.
(4) Remove two bolts and a nut to remove the starter from the fly-
wheel housing.
B TERMINAL NUT BOLT

STARTER
SHTS011121200003
INSTALL THE STARTER.

NUT ENGINE HARNESS FLYWHEEL
FIXING CLAMP HOUSING
(1) Install the starter to the flywheel housing with two bolts and a nut.
Tightening Torque:
127 N⋅m {1,295 kgf⋅cm, 94 lbf⋅ft}
(2) Install the engine harness fixing clamp.

(3) Connect the starter cable to the B terminal with the nut.
Tightening Torque:
B TERMINAL NUT BOLT 12.3-15.2 N⋅m {125-155 kgf⋅cm, 9.1-11.2 lbf⋅ft}
STARTER
SHTS011121200004 (4) Connect the connector of the starter.

OVERHAUL
EN0111212H200001
DISASSEMBLE THE STARTER.

M TERMINAL LEAD
M TERMINAL 1. REMOVE THE M TERMINAL LEAD.
HINT
For easier works, secure the starter on a work bench.
(1) Remove the M terminal cap from the start magnet switch.
(2) Remove the nut, and remove the M terminal lead from the start
magnet switch.
START MAGNET
SWITCH
SHTS011121200005
2. REMOVE THE COMMUTATOR END FRAME.

THROUGH BOLT (1) Remove the through bolt from the commutator end frame.
COMMUTATOR
END FRAME
SHTS011121200006
(2) Remove set bolts and O-rings to remove the commutator end
frame.
O-RING
SET BOLT
NOTICE
While holding down the M terminal lead, slightly lift the commuta-
tor end frame for removal.
SHTS011121200007
3. REMOVE THE BRUSH HOLDER ASSEMBLY.

(1) Using a flat head screwdriver, needle-nose plier or plier, remove
the brush from the brush holder assembly.
NOTICE
Do not cut the fixed clamp of brush lead.
SHTS011121200008
(2) Remove the brush holder assembly from the armature assembly.
SHTS011121200009
4. REMOVE THE YOKE ASSEMBLY.

M TERMINAL LEAD (1) Remove the yoke assembly from the center bracket assembly.
YOKE ASSEMBLY
NOTICE
Do not grasp the M terminal lead. Grasp the yoke assembly outer
diameter.
CENTER BRACKET
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200010
5. REMOVE THE PACKING.

YOKE ASSEMBLY (1) Remove the packing from both ends of the yoke assembly.
PACKING PACKING
SHTS011121200011
6. REMOVE THE ARMATURE ASSEMBLY.

(1) Remove the armature assembly from the center bracket assem-
bly.
ARMATURE
ASSEMBLY NOTICE
Note that a plate at the end of the gear might drop off and get lost
when removing the armature assembly.
CENTER
BRACKET
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200012
7. REMOVE THE REAR SIDE BEARING.

(1) Remove the bearing of the armature assembly using a puller or a
press.
SHTS011121200013
8. REMOVE THE COVER.

(1) Remove the cover and packing from the center bracket assembly.
PACKING COVER
SHTS011121200014
9. REMOVE THE PLANETARY GEAR.

(1) Remove the planetary gear from the carrier pin.
NOTICE
Make sure that the gear is not damaged.
PLANETARY
GEAR
CARRIER
PIN
SHTS011121200015
10. REMOVE THE INTERNAL GEAR.

(1) Remove the internal gear from the center bracket.
NOTICE
Make sure that the gear is not damaged.
INTERNAL GEAR
CENTER BRACKET
SHTS011121200016
11. REMOVE THE SHIM WASHER.

(1) Remove the shim washer from the shaft assembly.
SHIM WASHER
SHTS011121200017
12. REMOVE THE PINION.

RETAINER RING (1) Put the retainer ring orifice directly above. Using a vise, support
the pinion gear to avoid turing the pinion gear.
PINION GEAR
SHTS011121200018
(2) Apply two flat head screwdrivers to both ends of the retainer ring
RETAINER RING
orifice. Strike a screwdriver with a hammer to stagger the retainer
ring.
! CAUTION
SHTS011121200019
(3) Remove the pinion stopper using a flat head screwdriver.

(4) Remove the pinion from the clutch assembly.
CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
RETAINER RING
PINION
SHTS011121200020
13. REMOVE THE START DRIVE HOUSING.

START DRIVE HOUSING (1) Using a box screwdriver or a box wrench, remove two set bolts
from the switch. Remove the start drive housing.
CLUTCH
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200021
14. REMOVE THE LEVER ASSEMBLY.

(1) Pushing the lever toward clutch to disconnect the lever assembly
from the plunger.
PLUNGER
HOLDER
LEVER
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200022
(2) Turn the lever and remove the lever.
LEVER
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200023
15. REMOVE THE BRAKE PLATE.

(1) Holding the outer diameter of the clutch case and sliding the
clutch assembly to upper side, remove it, pinching the clip of fixing
the brake plate with a needle-nose pliers.
CLIP
SHTS011121200024
(2) Remove the plate from the center bracket assembly.
PLATE
CENTER BRACKET ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200025
16. REMOVE THE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY.

(1) Pushing the clutch assembly toward center bracket assembly,
CLUTCH ASSEMBLY shift a bit by a tooth the phase of helical spline.
(2) Pulling out to upper direction from its shifted location, remove the
clutch assembly.
CENTER
BRACKET
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200026
17. REMOVE THE SHAFT ASSEMBLY.

(1) Turning the center bracket assembly upside-down, pull out the
WASHER shaft assembly, holding the carrier plate.
NOTICE
Be careful not to lose the washers of upper and lower sides of the
carrier plate.
SHAFT
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200027
18. REMOVE THE PACKING.

(1) Turning the center bracket assembly upside-down again, remove
the packing reversed.
PACKING
CENTER BRACKET
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200028
ASSEMBLE THE STARTER.
1. INSTALL THE PACKING.

(1) Install the new packing to the center bracket assembly.
PACKING
CENTER BRACKET
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200029
2. INSTALL THE SHAFT ASSEMBLY.

(1) Turning the center bracket assembly upside-down. Holding the
WASHER carrier plate, grease each portion (Refer to "LUBRICATION") and
install the shaft assembly.
NOTICE
Be careful not to lose the washers of upper and lower sides of the
carrier plate.
SHAFT
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200030
3. INSTALL THE CLUTCH ASSEMBLY.

(1) Apply the grease to each portion (Refer to "LUBRICATION") and
CLUTCH ASSEMBLY insert the clutch assembly into the center bracket assembly.
CENTER
BRACKET
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200031
4. INSTALL THE PLATE.

install the plate to the center bracket assembly.
PLATE
CENTER BRACKET ASSEMBLY

SHTS011121200032
5. INSTALL THE LEVER ASSEMBLY.

(1) Apply the grease to each portion (Refer to "LUBRICATION").
Turn the lever and install the lever.
LEVER ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200033
6. INSTALL THE START DRIVE HOUSING.

START DRIVE HOUSING (1) Install two set bolts to the switch using a box screwdriver or a box
wrench.
Tightening Torque:
14-16 N⋅m {140-160 kgf⋅cm, 10.4-11.7 lbf⋅ft}
CLUTCH
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200034
7. INSTALL THE PINION.

(1) Set the shaft assembly on a work stand and install the pinion. If it
is difficult to install the pinion gear, tap the pinion evenly using a
brass bar and hammer and install it to the shaft assembly.
PINION NOTICE
When installing the pinion, set the chamfered side of the gear to
outside.
SHAFT
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200035
(2) Using a long nose plier, install a new retainer ring.
! CAUTION
Wear a safety goggle, because the retainer ring may spring out the
groove at the time of installation.
RETAINER
RING
SHTS011121200036
8. INSTALL THE SHIM WASHER.

install the shim washer to the center bracket.
SHIM WASHER
SHTS011121200037
9. INSTALL THE INTERNAL GEAR.

internal gear to the center bracket.
INTERNAL GEAR
CENTER BRACKET
SHTS011121200038
10. INSTALL THE PLANETARY GEAR.

planetary gear to the carrier pin.
PLANETARY
GEAR
CARRIER
PIN
SHTS011121200039
11. INSTALL THE COVER.

(1) Replace the packing with a new one and install the cover to the
PACKING COVER center bracket assembly.
SHTS011121200040
12. INSTALL THE REAR SIDE BEARING.

(1) Using a press, install the new bearing to the armature assembly.
13. INSTALL THE ARMATURE ASSEMBLY.

(1) Install the armature assembly to the center bracket assembly.
ARMATURE NOTICE
ASSEMBLY Note that a plate at the end of the gear might drop off and get lost
when installing the armature assembly.
CENTER
BRACKET
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200041
14. INSTALL THE PACKING.

YOKE ASSEMBLY (1) Install the new packing to both ends of the yoke assembly.
PACKING PACKING
SHTS011121200042
15. INSTALL THE YOKE ASSEMBLY.

M TERMINAL LEAD (1) Install the yoke assembly to the center bracket assembly.
YOKE ASSEMBLY
CENTER BRACKET
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121200043
16. INSTALL THE BRUSH HOLDER ASSEMBLY.

(1) Install the brush holder assembly to the armature assembly.
SHTS011121200044
(2) Install the brush to the brush holder assembly using a flat head
screwdriver, needle-nose plier or a plier.
SHTS011121200045
17. INSTALL THE COMMUTATER END FRAME.

(1) Insert the commutator end frame into the yoke assembly. Replace
SET BOLT O-RING the O-ring with new one, screw through bolt lightly and tighten two
set bolts.
Tightening Torque:
3.6-4.9 N⋅m {37-49 kgf⋅cm, 2.7-3.6 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS011121200046
(2) Tighten the through bolts.

THROUGH BOLT Tightening Torque:
15.7-17.6 N⋅m {160-179 kgf⋅cm, 11.6-12.9 lbf⋅ft}
COMMUTATOR
END FRAME
SHTS011121200047
18. INSTALL THE M TERMINAL LEAD.

M TERMINAL LEAD (1) Install the M terminal lead to the start magnet switch with nut.
M TERMINAL (2) Install the M terminal cap to the start magnet switch.
START MAGNET
SWITCH
SHTS011121200048
19. LUBRICATION
(1) Apply the grease to the portion as shown in the figure.
NOTICE
Grease should be adhered on commutator surface, brash nor
other connecting points.
13 4 5 6
7 1
11
8 9 14 10 2 12 3
SHTS011121200049
LIST OF LUBRICATION
No. Part of lubrication Grease Quantity (g) Remarks
1 Pinion case bushing and grease joint Multemp AC-N 0.8-1.5
2 Bracket center bushing and grease joint Multemp AC-N 0.8-1.5
3 Shim washer Multemp AC-N 0.2-0.5 Washer (both sides)
4 Armature front bushing Multemp AC-N 0.5-1.0
5 Shim washer Multemp AC-N 0.2-0.5 Washer (both sides)
Internal gear
6 Armature gear Multemp AC-N 7-11
Planetary gear
7 Pinion straight spline Multemp AC-N 0.5-1.0
8 Inner sleeve bushing Multemp AC-N 0.3-0.6
9 Helical spline Multemp AC-N 0.5-1.0
10 Clutch case lever shifter unit Pyronoc No.2 1-2
11 Bracket rear bearing housing Pyronoc No.2 0.2-0.5
12 Planetary gear housing Multemp AC-N 1-2
13 Lever holder unit Multemp AC-N 0.4-0.8
14 Lever roller rod unit Pyronoc No.2 0.2-0.5


EN0111212H300001
Unit: mm {in.}
Measure
If the iron rod does

Armature short circuit
not vibrated,
test (Using a growler — Replace.
the armature is
tester)
good.
Measure
Less than
Armature insulation More than 1 MΩ Replace.
1 kΩ
Measure
Outside diameter of the Less than

36 {1.417} Replace.
commutator 34 {1.339}
Measure
Depth between the mica

0.5-0.8 Less than
and the commutator Replace or repair.
{0.0197-0.0314} 0.2 {0.0078}
(Under cut depth)
Measure
Insulation between the

Less than
brush and the yoke — Replace.
1 kΩ
body
A: 11.98 Measure
Outside diameter of the A: 12 {0.472} {0.4717}
Replace.
armature assembly B: 9 {0.354} B: 8.98
{0.3535}
Measure
Insulation between the Less than

More than 1 MΩ Replace.
brush and brush holder 1 kΩ
Measure
Brush length 18 {0.709} 13 {0.5112} Replace.

Measure
A: 25.90
Outside diameter of the A: 26.0 {1.024} {1.0197}
Replace.
drive shaft assembly B: 14.1 {0.555} B: 14.04
{0.5528}
Measure
Inside diameter of the More than

26.0 {1.024} Replace the metal.
center bracket 26.2 {1.031}
Measure
Outside diameter of the
clutch assembly inner 28 {1.102} 27.90 {1.0984} Replace.
sleeve
Measure
Inside diameter of com-

28 {1.102} 28.1 {1.1063} Replace.
mutator end frame
Measure
Inside diameter of shaft More than

9 {0.3543} Replace.
assembly bushing 9.2 {0.3622}
Measure
C
Resistance between the M

C terminal and M termi- 0.12-0.14 Ω — Replace.
nal (Pulling Coil)
Measure
Resistance between the C

C terminal and the body 1.13-1.25 Ω — Replace.
(Holding Coil)
BODY
Continuity between the FREE

Free: No continuity
M terminal and B termi- — Replace.
Push: Continuity
nal
M
PUSH
B
2A'0AHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧝ᤨ㧥ಽ
AIR COMPRESSOR (A09C) EN13–1
AIR COMPRESSOR (A09C)

EN13
EN13-001
AIR COMPRESSOR.................................. EN13-2

DESCRIPTION ................................................ EN13-2
SPECIAL TOOL ............................................... EN13-8
REPLACEMENT .............................................. EN13-9
OVERHAUL ................................................... EN13-15
EN13–2 AIR COMPRESSOR (A09C)
AIR COMPRESSOR
EN0111213I200001
Type Reciprocating, single cylinder
Discharge amount 340 cm3 {20.7 cu.in.}
Bore x stroke 85 mm x 60 mm {3.35 in. x 2.36 in.}
Lubrication system Forced feed lubrication
Cooling system Forced water-circulated
DESCRIPTION
EN0111213C100001
AIR PIPING
DELIVERY AIR PIPE
AIR UNLOADER PIPE
RIGHT SIDE VIEW

SHTS011121300001
AIR UNLOADER PIPE
DELIVERY AIR PIPE
BACK SIDE VIEW

SHTS011121300002
AIR UNLOADER PIPE
DELIVERY AIR PIPE
UPPER SIDE VIEW
SHTS011121300003
TROUBLESHOOTING
EN0111213F300001

Charging efficiency dropped (Valve) Abnormal wear, damage, or poor con- Replace.
tact
Charging efficiency dropped Worn piston and cylinder liner Replace.
(Piston, cylinder liner and piston Seized piston Replace (piston, piston rings and cylin-
rings) der liner).
Worn or broken piston ring Replace.
Charging efficiency dropped Leakage of high-pressure air Replace or tighten pipe joint.
(Air pipe and joints) Clogged air pipe Inspect and clean.
Charging efficiency dropped Clogged element Clean or replace element.
(Air cleaner)
Noisy operation (Piston) Wear of piston pin boss or piston pin Replace.
Seized, damaged or worn connecting Overhaul.
rod small end
Worn piston or cylinder liner Replace.
Damaged or seized piston Replace.
Foreign particles on the top surface of Clean or replace.
piston
Noisy operation (Bearing) Damaged, or worn ball bearing and/or Replace.
connecting rod bearing
Out of commission (Unloader valve) Tenesmus of unloader valve Clean or replace.
Air leakage Repair or tighten.
Out of commission Adjustment or replace.
(Pressure regulator)
Excessive carbon or oil in the com- Worn, sticking or broken piston rings Replace piston rings and/or cylinder
pressor cylinder head or discharge liner.
line (Piston ring) Insufficient piston ring tension Replace piston rings and/or cylinder
liner.
Malposition of piston rings Reposition piston rings.
(Upside down)
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111213D100001
SHTS011121300004
1 Oil pipe 7 Coolant pipe

2 Clip 8 Air compressor
3 Gasket 9 Plate
4 O-ring 10 Air compressor suction hose
5 Air compressor drive gear 11 Clamp
6 Delivery air pipe 12 Air unloader pipe

A 97 {990, 72} D 142 {1,450, 105}
B 25 {255, 18} E 68.5 {700, 51}
C 19.6 {200, 14}
B 9
8
6
13
13
12
1
C
14
11 A
3 4
10
15
3
2
5
2
SHTS011121300005
1 Gasket 9 Piston ring

2 Main bearing 10 Cylinder liner
3 O-ring 11 Lock plate
4 Bearing 12 Piston pin
5 Crankshaft 13 Retainer ring
6 Cylinder head 14 Valve seat
7 Crank case 15 Bearing holder
8 Piston

A 25-29 {250-300, 19-21} C 23-26 {230-260, 17-19}
B 29-34 {300-350, 22-25}
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0111213K100001
Prior to starting an air compressor overhaul, it is necessary to have these special tools.
S0965-01101 PULLER ASSEMBLY
S0944-21011 PISTON RING EXPANDER
S0965-01101 BEARING PULLER

REPLACEMENT
EN0111213H100001
REMOVE THE AIR COMPRESSOR.

U-TURN
CLAMP
PIPE
(1) Remove two clamps, three bolts and three clips to remove the air
compressor suction hose.
CYLINDER
HEAD COVER
VENT HOSE
SHTS011121300009
2. REMOVE THE OIL PIPE.

AIR
(1) Remove two union bolts to remove the oil pipe and gasket from
COMPRESSOR the air compressor.
HINT
UNION BOLT
OIL
PIPE
SHTS011121300010

COOLANT AIR
(1) Remove the union bolt to remove the coolant pipe from the air
PIPE COMPRESSOR compressor.
UNION BOLT ING SYSTEM".
from the air compressor.
HINT
SHTS011121300011
4. REMOVE THE AIR PIPE.

AIR UNLOADER PIPE (1) Remove two nuts and two clips.
(2) Remove two nuts to remove the air unloader pipe, the delivery
pipe and the gasket.
DELIVERY
PIPE
SHTS011121300012
5. REMOVE THE BRACKET (ON THE REAR SIDE OF THE

INTAKE PIPE).
(1) Remove the bracket (on the rear side of the intake pipe).

CYLINDER (1) Remove three bolts to remove the air compressor and O-ring from
BLOCK the cylinder block.
NOTICE
• If the flywheel housing is not removed, indicate an alignment
mark on the air compressor drive gear and on the air com-
AIR pressor idle gear respectively.
COMPRESSOR
• When removing/installing the air compressor, take care to
avoid contact with the fuel temperature sensor.
SHTS011121300013
INSTALL THE AIR COMPRESSOR.

(1) Set the No.1 cylinder to the top dead center of the compression
stroke.
TEM".
(2) Set the new O-ring on the O-ring groove of the air compressor.
AIR
COMPRESSOR
O-RING
SHTS011121300014
(3) At first, insert three bolts in the air compressor and assemble the
CYLINDER air compressor to the cylinder block. Then pretighten three bolts.
BLOCK
AIR
COMPRESSOR
SHTS011121300015
NOTICE
ALIGNMENT MARK AIR • If the flywheel housing is not removed, make sure that align-
COMPRESSOR ment marks indicated prior to removal of the air compressor
are flush with each other when installing the air compressor.
AIR COMPRESSOR
DRIVE GEAR AIR COMPRESSOR
IDLE GEAR
ALIGNMENT MARK
SHTS011121300016
• If the flywheel housing has been removed, install the air com-
AIR COMPRESSOR pressor after making sure that a punched mark (white paint
IDLE GEAR
at the tooth top) on the air compressor drive gear is aligned
with punched marks on the air compressor idle gear as
shown in the figure.
• Do not rotate the gear and the air compressor body in the
rotational direction until gear engagement is ensured.
• When removing/installing the air compressor, take care to
avoid contact with the fuel temperature sensor.
AIR COMPRESSOR
DRIVE GEAR HINT
SHTS011121300017 When mounting the air compressor, make sure to first insert bolts
in the air compressor. Otherwise, the air compressor cannot be
mounted due to interference with the engine ECU cooler.
(4) Remove a plug and a gasket from the orientation check hole in
AIR CYLINDER BLOCK the cylinder block.
COMPRESSOR
GASKET PLUG
SHTS011121300018
(5) Insert a gauge (φ6) having a mark (line) at a point of 72 mm

{2.835 in.} from its tip, into the orientation check hole in the cylin-
AIR COMPRESSOR
der block until it contacts with the gear. Check whether the air
compressor drive gear is assembled in its correct orientation.
AIR
COMPRESSOR
DRIVE GEAR
MARK
(LINE)
GAUGE
72 mm
{2.835 in.}
SHTS011121300019
(6) When a tip of the gauge contacts with the gear, a mark (line) must
CYLINDER BLOCK CYLINDER BLOCK be out of the cylinder block as shown in the figure.
NOTICE
If a groove in the gauge goes into the cylinder block, restart the
remounting procedures again and correct the gear orientation.
6
GAUGE GAUGE
CORRECT INCORRECT
SHTS011121300020
(7) Replace the gasket with new one. Install the plug into the orienta-
tion check hole in the cylinder block.
Tightening Torque:
(8) Tighten three bolts to the specified torque.

CYLINDER Tightening Torque:
BLOCK 97 N⋅m {990 kgf⋅cm, 72 lbf⋅ft}
AIR
COMPRESSOR
SHTS011121300021
2. INSTALL THE BRACKET (ON THE REAR SIDE OF THE

INTAKE PIPE).
(1) Install the bracket (on the rear side of the intake pipe).
3. INSTALL THE AIR PIPE.

AIR UNLOADER PIPE (1) Replace the gasket with new one and install the air unloader pipe
and two delivery air pipes, and tighten two union bolts.
Tightening Torque:
Delivery air pipe: 68.5 N⋅m {700 kgf⋅cm, 51 lbf⋅ft}
Air unloader pipe: 19.6 N⋅m {200 kgf⋅cm, 14 lbf⋅ft}
(2) Install two clips with two nuts.
DELIVERY
PIPE
SHTS011121300022

COOLANT AIR
(1) Replace the gasket with new one. Install the coolant pipe, and
PIPE COMPRESSOR tighten two union bolts.
Tightening Torque:
UNION BOLT 25 N⋅m {255 kgf⋅cm, 18 lbf⋅ft}
(2) Install the coolant pipe between the coolant pump and the air
compressor.
ING SYSTEM".
SHTS011121300023
5. INSTALL THE OIL PIPE.

AIR
(1) Install the gasket with new one. Install the oil pipe, and tighten two
COMPRESSOR union bolts.
Tightening Torque:
UNION BOLT 19.6 N⋅m {200 kgf⋅cm, 14 lbf⋅ft}
OIL
PIPE
SHTS011121300024
6. INSPECT THE BACKLASH.

AIR COMPRESSOR DIAL GAUGE (1) Using a dial gauge, measure the backlash between air compres-
IDLE GEAR sor idle gear and air compressor drive gear.
Standard value: 0.020-0.133 mm {0.0007-0.0052 in.}
AIR COMPRESSOR
DRIVE GEAR
SHTS011121300025
2A'0AHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧝㧜ᐕ㧝᦬㧞㧜ᣣ‫ޓ‬᳓ᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧟ᤨ㧠㧟ಽ

CLAMP
U-TURN (1) Install the air compressor suction hose with two clamps, three
PIPE bolts and three P-clips.
! CAUTION
• Avoid distorting the suction hose.
• Keep the head cover from coming in contact with the suction
hose.
CYLINDER
HEAD COVER
VENT HOSE
SHTS011121300026
8. FILL ENGINE OIL.

(1) Check the engine oil level, and refill the engine oil, if the engine oil
level is low.

(1) Check the coolant level, and refill the coolant, if the coolant level is
low.
SYSTEM".
OVERHAUL
EN0111213H200001
DISASSEMBLE THE AIR COMPRESSOR.

AIR
AIR
COMPRESSOR
COMPRESSOR 1. REMOVE THE AIR COMPRESSOR DRIVE GEAR.
DRIVE GEAR (1) Set an aluminum sheet in a vise. Use this vise to fixate the air
VISE
compressor drive gear. Remove a nut and a plate.
! CAUTION
Take care not to deform or scratch the air compressor drive gear.
ALUMINUM
PLATE NUT
SHTS011121300027
(2) Using the special tool, remove the air compressor drive gear from
SPECIAL TOOL the air compressor.
SST: Bearing puller (S0965-01101)
HINT
For easier removal of the air compressor drive gear, use a hammer
to apply some impacts onto the puller head.
AIR COMPRESSOR
DRIVE GEAR
AIR COMPRESSOR
SHTS011121300028
2. DISASSEMBLE THE CYLINDER.

CYLINDER HEAD (1) After indicating an alignment mark from the cylinder head to the
cylinder liner, remove a bolt. Remove the cylinder head, a gasket,
a valve seat and an O-ring.
BOLT
NOTICE
Do not disassemble the valve seat.
GASKET
VALVE
SEAT
O-RING ALIGNMENT MARK
SHTS011121300029
(2) Before removing the bolt, make the alignment marks to the cylin-
BOLT der liner and the crank case. Remove the bolt to remove the cylin-
CYLINDER
LINER
der liner and O-ring.
ALIGNMENT
MARK
CRANK
CASE
SHTS011121300030
3. DISASSEMBLE THE PISTON AND THE CRANK.

(1) Release crimp on the lock plate on the connecting rod.
(2) Fix the crank case with a vise and remove the connecting rod bolt
installation nut and lock plate.
(3) Pull the piston upward together with the connecting rod and dis-
engage a bolt and a cap from the connecting rod. Paint an align-
ment mark on the connecting rod and the cap.
(4) Remove the bearing from the connecting rod and cap.
SHTS011121300031
(5) Fix the connecting rod with a vise and remove the piston ring
using the special tool.
NOTICE
The piston ring has vertical directionality. Use an oil-based marker
to indicate a directional mark in order to prevent wrong position-
ing (top or bottom) in reassembly.
SHTS011121300032
(6) Using a snap ring plier, remove the retainer rings from the both
sides of the piston.
! CAUTION
(7) Using a brass bar and hammer, drive out the piston pin and sepa-
rate the piston from the connecting rod.
(8) Remove the bolt of the bearing holder.
SHTS011121300033
(9) Position the drive gear on top. Use a plastic hammer to tap at the
crankshaft lightly to remove the crankshaft.
! CAUTION
CRANKSHAFT
• Do not damage the mounting flange surface.
• Take care not to drop and damage the crankshaft.
SHTS011121300034
(10) Using a plastic hammer, strike the bearing holder and remove the
bearing holder and O-ring from the crankshaft.
SHTS011121300035
(11) Using the special tool, remove the main bearings from the both
sides of the crankshaft.
SST: Bearing puller (S0965-01101)
SPECIAL
TOOL
MAIN
BEARING
SHTS011121300036
ASSEMBLE THE AIR COMPRESSOR.
1. INSTALL THE MAIN BEARING.

(1) Use an insertion tool and a hammer to fit the main bearing onto
the crankshaft.
SHTS011121300037

(1) Replace the O-ring with new one. Install the crankshaft and the
bearing holder to the crank case, and tighten the bolt.
Tightening Torque:
25-29 N⋅m {250-300 kgf⋅cm, 19-21 lbf⋅ft}
SHTS011121300038
3. INSTALL THE CONNECTING ROD.

(1) Apply engine oil to a bolt and the bearing surface. Attach the
bearing to the connecting rod. Match alignment marks, and install
a connecting rod, a cap, a bolt, a new lock plate and a nut.
Tightening Torque:
23-26 N⋅m {230-260 kgf⋅cm, 17-19 lbf⋅ft}
(2) Caulk the lock plate.
SHTS011121300039
4. MEASURE THE CONNECTING ROD END PLAY.

CONNECTING (1) Use a thickness gauge to measure end play in the connecting rod.
ROD If a measurement value exceeds the permissible limit, replace the
connecting rod.
END PLAY
Standard Limit
0.2-0.4 mm 0.5 mm
{0.0079-0.0157 in.} {0.0197 in.}
SHTS011121300040
5. MEASURE THE CRANKSHAFT END PLAY.

CRANKSHAFT (1) Use a magnet stand to set a dial gauge at the end of the crank-
shaft. Measure the end play in the crankshaft. If a measurement
value exceeds the permissible limit, replace the crankshaft or
END PLAY
bearing.
Standard Limit
0-0.6mm {0-0.0236 in.} 1.0 mm {0.0394 in.}
SHTS011121300041
6. INSTALL THE PISTON RING.

(1) Using the special tool, install the piston rings to the piston.
SHTS011121300042
NOTICE
Install the piston rings in order shown in the figure.
TOP RING
UPPER
SECOND RING
OIL RING
SHTS011121300043
7. INSTALL THE PISTON.

(1) Using a snap ring plier, install the new retainer ring at one end of
the piston pin hole.
! CAUTION
(2) Apply engine oil to the piston pin.
(3) Using plastic hammer, install the piston pin into the piston and
connection rod.
(4) Using a snap ring plier, install the retainer ring to other piston pin
SHTS011121300044 hole.
! CAUTION

PISTON RING (1) Turn the crankshaft to set it to the top dead center.
PISTON OUTSIDE (2) Position the piston ring end as shown in the figure.
C DIAMETER END A: Top ring end
B: Second ring end
C: Oil ring spacer end
DB AD D: Oil ring side rail end
SHTS011121300045
(3) Replace the O-ring with new one. Align the alignment marks.
BOLT Install the cylinder liner to the crank case, and tighten the bolt.
CYLINDER
LINER Tightening Torque:
25-29 N⋅m {250-300 kgf⋅cm, 19-21 lbf⋅ft}
ALIGNMENT
MARK
NOTICE
Do not twist the O-ring when installing the cylinder liner.
CRANK
CASE
SHTS011121300046
9. INSTALL THE CYLINDER HEAD.

CYLINDER HEAD (1) Replace the O-ring and the gasket with new ones. Align the align-
ment marks. Install the valve seat and the cylinder head.
Tightening Torque:
BOLT 29-34 N⋅m {300-350 kgf⋅cm, 22-25 lbf⋅ft} (Bolt)
NOTICE
Do not twist the O-ring when installing it on the cylinder.
GASKET
VALVE
SEAT
O-RING ALIGNMENT MARK
SHTS011121300047
10. INSTALL THE AIR COMPRESSOR DRIVE GEAR.

AIR (1) After assembling the key to the crankshaft, make sure to insert
AIR
COMPRESSOR
COMPRESSOR the air compressor drive gear. Use a vise to fixate the air com-
DRIVE GEAR pressor drive gear and tighten a nut.
Tightening Torque:
VISE 142 N⋅m {1,450 kgf⋅cm, 105 lbf⋅ft}
ALUMINUM
PLATE NUT
SHTS011121300048

EN0111213H300001
Unit: mm {in.}
Visual check
Cracks or defects of the con-

— — Replace.
necting rod
Outside diameter of piston pin 18 {0.709} — Measure
Clearance between the piston 0.016-0.044 Replace.

0.07 {0.0028}
pin and connecting rod {0.0007-0.0017}
Inside diameter of the con- Measure

necting rod
34 {1.339} —
(Tighten the bearing cap to
the specified torque.)
Outside diameter of the crank

34 {1.339} —
pin
Replace.
Oil clearance between the

0.025-0.075
connecting rod and the crank 0.1 {0.0039}
{0.0010-0.0029}
pin
Measure
Replace con-
0.2-0.4
Connecting rod end play 0.5 {0.0197} necting rod or
{0.0079-0.0157}
crankshaft.
Visual check
Damage and scratches of the

— — Replace.
cylinder liner
Outside diameter of the piston 85 {3.346} — Measure
Inside diameter of the cylinder

85 {3.346} —
liner
A: 0.23-0.295
0.335 {0.0132}
{0.0091-0.0116}
Replace.
Clearance between the piston

and the cylinder liner B: 0.09-0.155
0.195 {0.0077}
{0.0036-0.0061}
Clearance between the piston 0-0.028 Measure

0.08 {0.0031}
pin hole and the piston pin {0-0.0011}
Replace.
Outer diameter of the piston
18 {0.709} —
pin
Compression Measure
Piston ring 2.0 {0.0787} —
ring
thickness
Oil ring 4.0 {0.1575} —
Compression
Piston ring 2.0 {0.0787} —
ring
groove
Oil ring 4.0 {0.1575} — Replace.
Clearance between the ring

0.01-0.045
groove and the compression 0.08 {0.0031}
{0.0004-0.0017}
ring
0.1-0.3 Measure
Top 1.0 {0.0394}
{0.0040-0.0118}
Gap between
ends of pis- Replace.
ton ring 0.1-0.3
2nd 1.0 {0.0394}
{0.0040-0.0118}
Visual check
Worn or damaged bearing — — Replace.

Visual check
Worn or damaged delivery Replace valve

— —
valve seat.
Visual check
Worn or damaged suction Replace valve

— —
valve seat.
Measure
Replace crank
Crankshaft end play 0-0.6 {0-0.0236} 1.0 {0.0394} shaft and/or
ball bearing.
Visual check
Worn or damaged unloader

— — Replace.
valve piston
2A'0APQVTGGHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧝ᤨ㧝㧞ಽ
ENGINE P.T.O. (POWER TAKE-OFF) (A09C) EN14–1
ENGINE P.T.O. EN14
(POWER TAKE-OFF) (A09C)

EN14
EN14-001
POWER TAKE-OFF ASSEMBLY .............. EN14-2

SPECIAL TOOL ............................................... EN14-3
REPLACEMENT .............................................. EN14-4
OVERHAUL ................................................... EN14-10
EN14–2 ENGINE P.T.O. (POWER TAKE-OFF) (A09C)
POWER TAKE-OFF ASSEMBLY

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111214D100001
4
B
A 8
6 1
10
A
9
7
5
11
2
3
5
SHTS011121400001
1 Flywheel power take-off cover (Body side) 7 Flywheel power take-off cover (Engine side)
2 Input shaft 8 Output shaft
3 Flywheel power take-off drive gear 9 Sleeve
4 Collar 10 Oil seal
5 Bearing 11 O-ring
6 Cover

A 55 {560, 41} C 300 {3,060, 221}
B 28.5 {290, 21}
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0111214K100001
Prior to starting a power take-off overhaul, it is necessary to have these special tools.
S0947-21830 BAR
S0947-21021 BAR
S0942-11270 PULLER
09220-E1010 OIL SEAL PRESS

REPLACEMENT
EN0111214H100001
REMOVE THE FLYWHEEL POWER TAKE-OFF.

SYSTEM".

(REPRESENTATIVE TYPE) (1) Disconnect the connector of the engine speed main sensor.
FLYWHEEL CLIP Remove two clips to remove the engine harness.
POWER
TAKE-OFF
ENGINE
HARNESS
ENGINE SPEED
MAIN SENSOR
SHTS011121400006

(REPRESENTATIVE TYPE) (1) Remove union bolt and remove the return pipe No.2.
FLYWHEEL TEM".
POWER TAKE-OFF (2) Remove two union bolts and gasket.
(3) Remove the bolt and three nuts to remove three clips and return
pipe No.1.
HINT
of fuel pipe.
SHTS011121400007
4. REMOVE THE AIR PIPE.

(REPRESENTATIVE TYPE) (1) Remove two union bolts and gasket.
UNION BOLT (2) Remove two nuts to remove two clips, the delivery air pipe and the
AIR UNLOADER PIPE
air unloader pipe.
DELIVERY
AIR PIPE FLYWHEEL POWER TAKE-OFF
SHTS011121400008
5. REMOVE THE OIL PIPE.

(REPRESENTATIVE TYPE) (1) Remove the nut and the clip.
(2) Remove three union bolts to remove the oil pipe and gasket.
FLYWHEEL
POWER TAKE-OFF
HINT
SHTS011121400009
6. REMOVE THE FLYWHEEL POWER TAKE-OFF.

(1) Remove three bolts to remove two brackets from the flywheel
power take-off upper cover.
BRACKET
FLYWHEEL COVER
POWER TAKE-OFF
UP SIDE VIEW
SHTS011121400010
(2) Remove four bolts to remove the flywheel power take-off and the
cover from the flywheel housing.
(3) Use a scraper to remove dirt from the mating surfaces of the
cover, the flywheel power take-off and the flywheel housing.
NOTICE
COVER • Do not damage the mating surfaces.
• Do not allow old liquid gasket waste to fall into the flywheel
FLYWHEEL power take-off or the flywheel housing.
POWER TAKE-OFF
(GEAR CASE)
FLYWHEEL
HOUSING
SHTS011121400011
INSTALL THE FLYWHEEL POWER TAKE-OFF.

GEAR CASE
1. INSTALL THE FLYWHEEL POWER TAKE-OFF.
(1) Apply liquid gasket (ThreeBond TB1207D, silver) to the gear case
installation part as shown in the figure.
NOTICE
0.0984 in.}
LIQUID GASKET
• Proceed with a next stop within 20 min. after applying liquid
SHTS011121400012 gasket.
(2) Apply liquid gasket (ThreeBond TB1207D, silver) to the flywheel

FLYWHEEL HOUSING housing installation part as shown in the figure.
NOTICE
0.0984 in.}
• Proceed with a next stop within 20 min. after applying liquid
gasket.
LIQUID GASKET
SHTS011121400013
(3) Install the flywheel power take-off and the cover to the flywheel
housing, and tighten four bolts.
Tightening Torque:
COVER
FLYWHEEL
POWER TAKE-OFF
(GEAR CASE)
FLYWHEEL
HOUSING
SHTS011121400014
NOTICE
Position the knock pins in place and install the flywheel power
KNOCK-PIN
take-off.
POSITION
FLYWHEEL HOUSING
SHTS011121400015
(4) Install two brackets to the flywheel power take-off upper cover,
and tighten three bolts.
Tightening Torque:
28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
BRACKET
FLYWHEEL COVER
POWER TAKE-OFF
UP SIDE VIEW
SHTS011121400016
2. MEASUREMENT OF BACKLASH
OUTPUT SHAFT (1) Set a dial gauge into the bolt hole in the output shaft, and mea-
FLYWHEEL sure backlash between the flywheel power take-off drive gear and
POWER TAKE-OFF the main idle gear.
(2) Manually turn the output shaft in the direction shown with an
DIAL GAUGE arrow in the figure, and take measurement.
NOTICE
Take measurement in other three bolt holes by taking the same
step.
(3) If a measurement reading multiplied by 1.48 exceeds the stan-
dard value, replace the flywheel power take-off drive gear and the
SHTS011121400017
main idle gear.
Standard Limit
0.030-0.326 mm 0.40 mm
{0.0012-0.0128 in.} {0.0157 in.}
3. INSTALL THE OIL PIPE.

(REPRESENTATIVE TYPE) (1) Replace the gasket with new one. Install the oil pipe, and tighten
three union bolts.
FLYWHEEL Tightening Torque:
POWER TAKE-OFF 19.6 N⋅m {200 kgf⋅cm, 14 lbf⋅ft}
(2) Install the clip with the nut.
SHTS011121400018
4. INSTALL THE AIR PIPE.

(REPRESENTATIVE TYPE) (1) Replace the gasket with new one. Install the air unloader pipe and
UNION BOLT the delivery air pipe, and tighten two union bolts.
AIR UNLOADER PIPE
Tightening Torque:
Delivery air pipe: 68.5 N⋅m {700 kgf⋅cm, 51 lbf⋅ft}
Air unloader pipe: 19.6 N⋅m {200 kgf⋅cm, 14 lbf⋅ft}
(2) Install two clips with two nuts.
DELIVERY
AIR PIPE FLYWHEEL POWER TAKE-OFF
SHTS011121400019

(REPRESENTATIVE TYPE) (1) Replace the gasket with new one, install the return pipe No.1 with
two union bolts.
FLYWHEEL
POWER TAKE-OFF
(2) Install three clips with the bolt and three nuts.
(3) Install the return pipe No.2 with the union bolt.
TEM".
SHTS011121400020
6. INSTALL THE HARNESS.

(REPRESENTATIVE TYPE) (1) Connect the connector of the engine speed main sensor and fix
FLYWHEEL CLIP the engine harness with two clips.
POWER
TAKE-OFF
ENGINE
HARNESS
ENGINE SPEED
MAIN SENSOR
SHTS011121400021
7. FILL THE ENGINE OIL.

(1) Check the engine oil level, and refill the engine oil, if the engine oil
level is low.

SYSTEM".
OVERHAUL
EN0111214H200001
DISASSEMBLE THE FLYWHEEL POWER TAKE-OFF.

GEAR CASE
1. REMOVE THE OUTPUT SHAFT.
(1) Remove the nut to remove the collar and the output shaft from the
NUT gear case.
COLLAR
OUTPUT SHAFT
SHTS011121400022
2. REMOVE THE FLYWHEEL POWER TAKE-OFF COVER.

(1) Remove two bolts to remove the flywheel power take-off cover
(body side) from the gear case.
FLYWHEEL
POWER TAKE-OFF
COVER
(BODY SIDE)
GEAR CASE
SHTS011121400023
(2) Remove four bolts to remove the flywheel power take-off cover
(engine side) from the gear case.
HINT
When removing the flywheel power take-off cover (engine side)
from the gear case, utilize a gap and a collar of each part/compo-
nent and use a flat head screwdriver for removal.
FLYWHEEL
POWER TAKE-OFF (3) Use a scraper to remove old liquid gasket from the flywheel power
COVER take-off cover (engine side) and the gear case.
(ENGINE SIDE)
GEAR CASE
SHTS011121400024
(4) Remove the oil seal and sleeve from the flywheel power take-off
cover (engine side).
SLEEVE
OIL SEAL
FLYWHEEL
POWER TAKE-OFF
COVER
(ENGINE SIDE)
SHTS011121400025
3. REMOVE THE POWER TAKE-OFF DRIVEN GEAR.

(1) Remove the O-ring from the input shaft.
INPUT SHAFT GEAR CASE
O-RING
GEAR CASE
(ENGINE SIDE)
SHTS011121400026
(2) Using the special tool, pull out the bearing (body side) together
BEARING (BODY SIDE) with the input shaft and remove the flywheel power take-off drive
gear.
INPUT SHAFT
SST:
Bar (S0947-21830)
Bar (S0947-21021)
Puller (S0942-11270)
SPECIAL TOOL
FLYWHEEL POWER TAKE-OFF
DRIVE GEAR
SHTS011121400027
(3) Install the flywheel power take-off drive gear to the input shaft
again. With the side face of the flywheel power take-off drive gear
INPUT SHAFT as a press support point, push the rear end of the input shaft with
FLYWHEEL a press to pull off the bearing (body side) and the flywheel power
POWER TAKE-OFF take-off drive gear.
DRIVE GEAR BEARING
(BODY SIDE)
SHTS011121400028
(4) Install the input shaft to the bearing (engine side) of the gear case
(engine side) again.
GEAR CASE
(BODY SIDE)
BEARING
(ENGINE SIDE)
GEAR CASE
(ENGINE SIDE)
SHTS011121400029
(5) Using the special tool, remove the bearing (engine side) with the
GEAR CASE (ENGINE SIDE) input shaft from the gear case (engine side).
INPUT SHAFT SST:
Bar (S0947-21830)
Bar (S0947-21021)
Puller (S0942-11270)
SPCIAL TOOL
BEARING (ENGINE SIDE)
SHTS011121400030
(6) Install the flywheel power take-off drive gear to the input shaft
FLYWHEEL BEARING again. Use the side face of the flywheel power take-off drive gear
POWER TAKE-OFF (ENGINE SIDE) as a press supporting point, and push the rear end of the input
DRIVE GEAR shaft with a press to eject the bearing (engine side) and the fly-
wheel power take-off drive gear.
INPUT SHAFT
SHTS011121400031
ASSEMBLE THE FLYWHEEL POWER TAKE-OFF.
INPUT SHAFT 1. INSTALL THE POWER TAKE-OFF DRIVEN GEAR.

BEARING (1) Apply engine oil to the bearing (body side) and press the bearing
(BODY SIDE) (body side) into the input shaft using a press.
NOTICE
• Fit the bearing straight.
SHTS011121400032
• Make sure of directionality of the bearing.

BEARING
(BODY SIDE)
INPUT SHAFT
SHTS011121400033
(2) Use a dolly block and a hammer to fit the bearing (engine side)
into the gear case (engine side).
DOLLY BLOCK NOTICE
• Fit the bearing straight.
BEARING
(ENGINE SIDE)
GEAR CASE
(ENGINE SIDE)
SHTS011121400034
• Make sure of directionality of the bearing.

BEARING BEARING
(ENGINE SIDE) (BODY SIDE)
INPUT SHAFT
SHTS011121400035
(3) Install the flywheel power take-off drive gear to the gear case and
INPUT SHAFT press the input shaft using a press.
FLYWHEEL
POWER TAKE-OFF
DRIVE GEAR
GEAR CASE
SHTS011121400036
(4) Install the new O-ring to the groove on the input shaft.
INPUT SHAFT GEAR CASE
O-RING
GEAR CASE
(ENGINE SIDE)
SHTS011121400037
(5) Install the sleeve to the input shaft.
INPUT SHAFT
SLEEVE
SHTS011121400038
2. INSTALL THE OIL SEAL.

OIL SEAL (1) Apply engine oil to the new oil seal inner side.
ENGINE OIL
APPLICATION
AREA
OUTPUT SHAFT SIDE
SHTS011121400039
(2) Using the special tool, press the oil seal to the flywheel power
BEFORE PRESS-FITTING take-off cover (engine side).
SST: Oil seal press (09220-E1010)
OIL SEAL
CLEARANCE
NOTICE
• Tighten a nut until the oil seal press contacts with the oil seal
guide, and press-fit the oil seal evenly onto the whole periph-
ery.
• After inserting the oil seal, use a waste to wipe off excessive
engine oil.
OIL SEAL PRESS
OIL SEAL
GUIDE
AFTER PRESS-FITTING
OIL SEAL UNTIL
PRESS CONTACT
OIL SEAL PRESS

OIL SEAL
GUIDE
SHTS011121400040
HINT
This figure illustrates the structure of a press (special tool).
KEY
NUT
GUIDE
PRESS
SHTS011121400041
(3) After press-fitting the oil seal, check that the oil seal is properly fit-
ted in.
3. INSTALL THE FLYWHEEL POWER TAKE-OFF COVER.

LIQUID (1) Apply liquid gasket (ThreeBond TB1207D, silver) to the flywheel
GASKET power take-off cover installation part of the gear case.
NOTICE
0.0984 in.}
FLYWHEEL
POWER TAKE-OFF • Proceed with a next stop within 20 min. after applying liquid
COVER gasket.
(ENGINE SIDE)
SHTS011121400042
(2) Install the flywheel power take-off cover (engine side) to the gear
case, and tighten four bolts.
Tightening Torque:
FLYWHEEL
POWER TAKE-OFF
COVER
(ENGINE SIDE)
GEAR CASE
SHTS011121400043
(3) Install the flywheel power take-off cover (body side) to the fly-
wheel power take-off cover (engine side), and tighten two bolts.
Tightening Torque:
28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
FLYWHEEL
POWER TAKE-OFF
COVER
(BODY SIDE)
GEAR CASE
SHTS011121400044
4. INSTALL THE OUTPUT SHAFT.

(1) Apply chassis grease to the output shaft spline.
OUTPUT SHAFT
CHASSIS GREASE
APPLICATION
SHTS011121400045
(2) Install the output shaft and collar to the input shaft with the nut.
GEAR CASE Tightening Torque:
300 N⋅m {3,060 kgf⋅cm, 221 lbf⋅ft}
NUT
COLLAR
OUTPUT SHAFT
SHTS011121400046

EN0111214H300001
Unit: mm {in.}
Shaft and gear: — — Replace, Visual check

Wear and damage if necessary.
Oil seal lip: — — Replace, Visual check

Wear and damage if necessary.
Bearing improper — — Replace, Visual check

rotation if necessary.
Drive gear backlash 0.030-0.326 0.4 {0.0157} Replace, Measure

(Measure at bolt of out- {0.0011-0.0128} if necessary.
put coupling P.C.D: 100
mm {3.937 in.})
2A'0HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧝ᤨ㧝㧠ಽ
ENGINE RETARDER (A09C) EN15–1
ENGINE RETARDER (A09C)

EN 15
EN15-001
ENGINE RETARDER ................................ EN15-2

SPECIAL TOOL ............................................... EN15-7
OVERHAUL ..................................................... EN15-8
EN15–2 ENGINE RETARDER (A09C)
ENGINE RETARDER
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111215D100001
3-CYLINDER RETARDATION TYPE
SHTS011121500001
1 Bracket 2 Retarder support

A 1
A
A
SHTS011121500002
1 Engine retarder

A 68.5 {700, 51}
6
C
C 15 B
13 5
12 B
8
11 10
16
4 1
9
A
2
14
7
SHTS011121500003
1 Control valve cover 9 Seal ring (Lower)

2 Control valve spring 10 Control valve plate
3 Master piston 11 Push rod
4 Slave piston 12 Slave piston spring
5 Retainer plate 13 Master piston stopper plate
6 Engine retarder 14 Slave piston adjusting screw
7 Control valve 15 Solenoid valve
8 Seal ring (Upper) 16 Seal ring (Center)

A 18 {184, 13} C 5.5 {56, 4}
B 12.5 {128, 9}
6-CYLINDER RETARDATION TYPE
SHTS011121500004
1 Bracket 2 Retarder support

A
A 1
A
1
SHTS011121500005
1 Engine retarder

A 68.5 {700, 51}
6
C
C 15 B
13 5
12 B
8
11 10
16
4 1
9
A
2
14
7
SHTS011121500006
1 Control valve cover 9 Seal ring (Lower)

2 Control valve spring 10 Control valve plate
3 Master piston 11 Push rod
4 Slave piston 12 Slave piston spring
5 Retainer plate 13 Master piston stopper plate
6 Engine retarder 14 Slave piston adjusting screw
7 Control valve 15 Solenoid valve
8 Seal ring (Upper) 16 Seal ring (Center)

A 18 {184, 13} C 5.5 {56, 4}
B 12.5 {128, 9}
SPECIAL TOOL
EN0111215K100001
Prior to starting an engine retarder overhaul, it is necessary to have this special tool.
SLAVE PISTON SPRING

S0940-91180
PRESS
2A'0HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧝㧜ᐕ㧝᦬㧞㧜ᣣ‫ޓ‬᳓ᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧟ᤨ㧟㧣ಽ
OVERHAUL
EN0111215H200001
REMOVE THE ENGINE RETARDER.

MECHANICAL".

HINT
One unit of engine retarder handles three cylinders. Two varia-
tions are available: 3-cylinder retardation type having only one
unit, and 6-cylinder retardation type having two units.
(1) Loosen the screws and disconnect the harness of the solenoid
SOLENOID VALVE valve.
SHTS011121500008
(2) Gradually loosen the bolts (turn approximately 90° at each time)
in the order shown in the figure.
1 3 6 1 3 6
4 5 2 4 5 2
ENGINE FRONT
SHTS011121500009
(3) Remove six brackets and a retarder support from the cylinder
head upper side.
BRACKET RETARDER SUPPORT
ENGINE
FRONT
SHTS011121500010
DISASSEMBLE THE ENGINE RETARDER.
1. REMOVE THE SLAVE PISTON.

(1) Loosen a lock nut to lift the slave piston adjusting screw until it is
released from a spring load.
SLAVE PISTON LOCK NUT

ADJUSTING SCREW
SHTS011121500011
(2) Place a hole in the special tool on the top end of the adjusting
SPECIAL TOOL RETAINER screw and hold the retainer plate at the opposite side in such a
PLATE
way that a spring load will be received.
SST: Slave piston spring press (S0940-91180)
SCREW
SHTS011121500012
(3) Use a torx wrench to remove screws while keeping the special
SCREW tool held down.
SLAVE RETAINER
(4) Gradually loosen the special tool to release the retainer plate, and
PISTON SPRING PLATE
remove the slave piston spring, the push rod and the slave piston.
PUSH ROD
SLAVE PISTON NOTICE
The slave piston is subject to a large spring load. The designated
special tool shall be used in removing the slave piston.
! CAUTION
Wear safety glasses to protect your eyes against accidental fly-out
of components/parts.
SHTS011121500013
2. REMOVE THE CONTROL VALVE.

SCREW (1) Hold the control valve plate with your fingers and gradually loosen
CONTROL
a screw to remove the control valve plate.
VALVE PLATE (2) Remove the control valve cover, the control valve spring and the
control valve.
HINT
If unsmoothness is found during removal of control valve, replace
CONTROL
VALVE COVER
the valve.
CONTROL
VALVE SPRING
CONTROL
VALVE
SHTS011121500014
3. REMOVE THE MASTER PISTON.

MASTER PISTON SCREW (1) Remove a screw using a torx wrench to remove the master piston
STOPPER PLATE stopper plate.
(2) Remove the master piston.
HINT
If unsmoothness is found during removal of the master piston,
check the outer surface of the piston for burrs or excessive wear.
If a trouble is found, replace it.
MASTER PISTON
SHTS011121500015
4. REMOVE THE SOLNOID VALVE.

SCREW (1) Remove the screws to remove the solenoid valve.
SOLENOID HINT
VALVE The solenoid valve must not be disassembled. If a trouble is
found, replace it as an assembly.
SEAL RING
(UPPER) (2) Remove three seal rings from the solenoid valve.
SEAL RING
(CENTER)
SEAL RING
(LOWER)
SHTS011121500016
ASSEMBLE THE ENGINE RETARDER.

SOLENOID VALVE
SCREW 1. INSTALL THE SOLENOID VALVE.

(1) Apply enough engine oil to three new seal rings. Attach the upper
and center seal rings to the solenoid valve and the lower seal ring
SEAL RING to the bottom in the retarder housing, and insert the solenoid
(UPPER) valve.
SEAL RING
NOTICE
(CENTER)
• Each seal ring shall not be tilted and have tight contact.
SEAL RING
(LOWER) • Insufficient application of engine oil will cause skew or drag-
in of seal rings.
SHTS011121500017
(2) Tighten the screws to fix the solenoid valve.

Tightening Torque:
12.5 N⋅m {128 kgf⋅cm, 9 lbf⋅ft}
2. INSTALL THE MASTER PISTON.

MASTER PISTON SCREW (1) Apply engine oil to the master piston and insert it to the housing.
STOPPER PLATE (2) Using a torx wrench, install the master piston stopper plate with a
screw.
Tightening Torque:
5.5 N⋅m {56 kgf⋅cm, 4 lbf⋅ft}
MASTER PISTON
SHTS011121500018
(3) Check that a clearance between the master piston stopper plate
MASTER PISTON leg and the master piston meets the standard value.
Standard value: 0.5 mm {0.0197 in.} or more
0. .01 MO
5 9 R
R }
{0 R
O n.
O .01 m
m 7 E
M 7i
{0 .5 m
m in
R 9
0
.}
MASTER PISTON
STOPPER PLATE
SHTS011121500019
3. INSTALL THE CONTROL VALVE.

SCREW (1) Apply engine oil to the control valve and insert it to the housing.
CONTROL
(2) Insert the control valve spring and the control valve cover. Hold
VALVE PLATE the control valve plate with your fingers, and tighten a screw.
Tightening Torque:
12.5 N⋅m {128 kgf⋅cm, 9 lbf⋅ft}
CONTROL
VALVE COVER CONTROL
VALVE SPRING
CONTROL
VALVE
SHTS011121500020
4. INSTALL THE SLAVE PISTON.

SCREW (1) Apply engine oil to the slave piston. Insert the slave piston, the
SLAVE RETAINER
push rod and the slave piston spring in the housing in this
PISTON SPRING PLATE
sequential order.
PUSH ROD (2) Set the retainer plate to the mounting position and place it onto
SLAVE PISTON the slave piston spring.
SHTS011121500021
(3) Place a hole in the special tool on the top end of the adjusting
SPECIAL TOOL RETAINER screw and hold the retainer plate at the opposite side in such a
PLATE
way that a spring load will be received. Compress until screws are
threaded in.
SST: Slave piston spring press (S0940-91180)
(4) Use a torx wrench to tighten screws for securing the retainer
plate.
SCREW
SHTS011121500022
INSTALL THE ENGINE RETARDER.

(1) Make sure that the rocker arm assembly is properly installed.
(2) Install six brackets and a retarder support on the cylinder head
upper side.
BRACKET RETARDER SUPPORT
ENGINE
FRONT
SHTS011121500023
(3) Install the engine retarder on the rocker arm support, six brackets
and a retarder support.
NOTICE
• Before mounting, remove coating, dust or contaminant from
the top mounting surface and the retarder mounting boss
bottom surface.
• Proceed with this work step with a care not to damage the
master piston or the slave piston.
(4) Tighten the retarder installation bolts in order shown in the figure.
Tightening Torque:
68.5 N⋅m {700 kgf⋅cm, 51 lbf⋅ft}
6 4 1 6 4 1
3 2 5 3 2 5
ENGINE FRONT
SHTS011121500024
(5) Connect the harnesses to the solenoid valve and fix them with
SOLENOID VALVE screws.
Tightening Torque:
0.8 N⋅m {8 kgf⋅cm, 0.6 lbf⋅ft}
NOTICE
Make sure that harnesses are inserted to the deepest point in the
solenoid valve terminal before tightening the screws.
HINT
For easier works in this step, connect the harness while turning
the screw.
SHTS011121500025
2. ADJUST THE SLAVE PISTON CLEARANCE.

ADJUSTING (1) Set the No.1 cylinder to the top dead center of the compression
SCREW
RETARDER stroke.
LOCK NUT Refer to the section "SUPPLY PUMP" in the chapter "FUEL SYS-
PUSH ROD TEM".
(2) Recheck the valve clearance of the exhaust side.
Refer to the section "ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY" in the chapter
SLAVE RASH "ENGINE MECHANICAL".
(3) Insert the thickness gauge between the slave piston of the No.1
cylinder and the push rod of the slave piston.
Slave piston clearance: 0.5-0.6 mm {0.0197-0.0236 in.}
SHTS011121500026 (4) Turn the adjusting screw until the slave piston lightly contact with
thickness gauge and tighten the lock nut to specified torque.
Tightening Torque:
(5) Position the each cylinder at top dead center of the compression
stroke, then adjust the slave piston clearance for each cylinder in
the firing order.

MECHANICAL".

EN0111215H300001
Unit: mm {in.}
Slave piston top face sink 0.05 {0.0019} — Replace. Measure

2A'0AAOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧝ᤨ㧝㧣ಽ
ENGINE CONTROL (A09C) EN16–1
ENGINE CONTROL (A09C)

EN16
EN16-001
CONTROL PARTS .................................... EN16-2

SYSTEM DIAGRAM ........................................ EN16-2
ENGINE HARNESS .................................. EN16-3

ENGINE ECU AND

ENGINE ECU COOLER ............................ EN16-8
REPLACEMENT .............................................. EN16-9
VEHICLE CONTROL ECU...................... EN16-17

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN16-17
ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR ........... EN16-19

INSPECTION ................................................. EN16-19
REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN16-20
ENGINE SPEED SUB SENSOR ............. EN16-21

INSPECTION ................................................. EN16-21
IDLE SET VOLUME ................................ EN16-22

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN16-23
ACCELERATOR STROKE SENSOR...... EN16-25

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN16-25
OPERATIONAL
ACCELERATOR SENSOR...................... EN16-27
INSPECTION ................................................. EN16-28
ACCELERATOR SWITCH....................... EN16-30

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN16-31
ACCELERATOR PEDAL......................... EN16-32

REPLACEMENT ............................................ EN16-32
EN16–2 ENGINE CONTROL (A09C)
CONTROL PARTS
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EN0111216J100001
OPERATIONAL ACCELERATOR SENSOR
ENGINE STOP SWITCH

BATTERY
NEUTRAL SWITCH
Chassis
DIAGNOSIS SWITCH
FUSE
ACCELERATOR SENSOR (MAIN AND SUB) FUSE FUSE
STOP LIGHT SWITCH EGR, VNT

SUB POWER RELAY
P.T.O. SWITCH STARTER
STARTER
SWITCH
SWITCH
VEHICLE ENGINE CHECK LIGHT

CONTROL ECU
Cab
EGR ACTUATOR HEATER RELAY
CAN H INJECTOR 1
VNT ACTUATOR
CAN L INJECTOR 2
ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR INJECTOR 3
ENGINE SPEED SUB SENSOR
INJECTOR 4
COMMON RAIL ENGINE ECU INJECTOR 5

PRESSURE SENSOR
INJECTOR 6
AIR FLOW SENSOR
AIR FLOW TEMPERATURE MPROP
SENSOR
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ENGINE RETARDER 1

EGR COOLANT SOLENOID VALVE
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
ENGINE RETARDER 2
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SOLENOID VALVE
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
Engine
SHTS011121600001
ENGINE HARNESS
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111216D100001
EGR COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

ENGINE HARNESS
BOOST PRESSURE
SENSOR
FRONT VIEW
SHTS011121600002

WATER LEVEL WARNING
ENGINE SPEED SWITCH
SUB SENSOR
ENGINE SPEED
MAIN SENSOR
DC MOTOR
CONTROLLER
ENGINE HARNESS FUEL TEMPERATURE

SENSOR
WITH FLYWHEEL P.T.O.
LEFT SIDE VIEW

SHTS011121600003
ENGINE HARNESS
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
RIGHT SIDE VIEW

SHTS011121600004
ENGINE HARNESS
ENGINE SPEED
MAIN SENSOR
BACK VIEW
SHTS011121600005
ENGINE HARNESS
ENGINE SPEED
MAIN SENSOR
EGR COOLANT
TEMPERATURE SENSOR COMMON RAIL
PRESSURE SENSOR
TOP VIEW
SHTS011121600006
ENGINE ECU AND ENGINE ECU COOLER

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111216D100002
2
3
2
1
A
SHTS011121600007
1 Engine ECU 3 Engine ECU cooler

2 Rubber cushion

A 8-12 {82-122, 6-8} B 28.5 {290, 21}
REPLACEMENT
EN0111216H100001
CLEANING OF THE ENGINE ECU CONNECTOR
ENGINE ECU
16 PIN
CONNECTOR
36 PIN 89 PIN CONNECTOR

CONNECTOR
SHTS011121600008
1. CLEANING OF THE ENGINE ECU CONNECTOR

16 PIN 89 PIN CONNECTOR (1) Check that the engine ECU connectors are securely engaged with
CONNECTOR the engine ECU.
(2) Use a wet waste to clean the engine ECU connectors and the sur-
face of the engine ECU.
(3) Blow air to remove dusts and contaminants from the engine ECU
connectors and the surface of the engine ECU.
36 PIN CONNECTOR
SHTS011121600009
(4) Use a small brush to thoroughly remove all dusts and contami-
nants remaining in the slides.
16 PIN CONNECTOR
SLIDES (5) Repeat the steps (1) to (4) if a lever motion is unsmooth.
(6) Disconnect the engine ECU connectors and check for adhering
36 PIN dusts and contaminants.
CONNECTOR
SHTS011121600010
(7) If side faces of the harness connector are unclean, use a wet
waste to wipe clean. In this step, reasonable cares must be used
DO NOT WIPE
THE TERMINAL.
not to allow any dusts or contaminants from falling onto the termi-
nals.
WIPING
PLACE NOTICE
Wring a waste out before use.
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
SHTS011121600011
(8) If side faces of the engine ECU connector are unclean, use a wet
waste to wipe clean.
WIPING NOTICE
DO NOT WIPE PLACE
THE TERMINAL. • Wring a waste out before use.
• Do not touch inner surfaces of the terminal.
ENGINE ECU
CONNECTOR (9) Blow air to remove dusts and contaminants from the terminal on
the engine ECU connector.
SHTS011121600012
(10) Connect the connectors to the engine ECU. If a lever motion is

unsmooth, apply some water drops onto the slide while moving a
SLIDES
lever, in order to smoothen a lever motion.
(11) Move a lever to the direction shown with an arrow in this figure
until it makes a click sound.
LEVER
SHTS011121600013
REMOVE THE ENGINE ECU.
1. DISCONNECT THE ENGINE ECU CONNECTOR.

LEVER (1) Move a lever to the direction shown with an arrow in this figure
until it makes a click sound. Disconnect a connector.
16 PIN AND
36 PIN CONNECTOR
LEVER
89 PIN CONNECTOR
SHTS011121600014
(2) Pull off a connector in the straight direction.

NOTICE
LEVER • Connect/disconnect a connector only if so required.
• Do not pull nor twist a harness when disconnecting a con-
nector. Inobservance of this instruction will cause wire dam-
ages and/or terminal deformation.
• Do not insert a test rod after connector.
• Do not apply paint or oil/grease to a connector. Inobservance
of this instruction will degrade functionality and durability of
a connector.
16 PIN AND HINT
36 PIN CONNECTOR If a connector cannot be pulled off with a small force, check
whether a lever is fully released.
LEVER
89 PIN CONNECTOR
SHTS011121600015
2. REMOVE THE ENGINE ECU.

ENGINE ECU (1) Remove eight bolts to remove the engine ECU from the engine
ECU cooler.
NOTICE
• Use a plastic cover to protect the engine ECU connector
against incoming dusts and contaminants.
ENGINE ECU • Do not reuse the engine ECU if dropped.
COOLER
• Do not touch a connector terminal with a hand.
• Do not disassemble the engine ECU.
SHTS011121600016
the connector.
REMOVE THE ENGINE ECU COOLER.

AIR COMPRESSOR FUEL FEED
PIPE No.1
UNION (1) Remove two nuts and two clips.
BOLT
(2) Remove a union bolt to disconnect the fuel feed pipe No.1.
HINT
GASKET
SHTS011121600017
GASKET remove gaskets.
HINT
FUEL FEED nection of fuel pipe.
PIPE No.3
PRIMING PUMP
GASKET
SHTS011121600018
2. REMOVE THE ENGINE ECU COOLER.

ENGINE ECU COOLER (1) Remove four bolts and four rubber cushions. Remove the engine
ECU cooler from the cylinder block.
(2) Remove two bolts to remove the brackets from the engine ECU
cooler.
BRACKET
RUBBER
CUSHION
ENGINE ECU
COOLER
SHTS011121600019
INSTALL THE ENGINE ECU COOLER.

ENGINE ECU COOLER
1. INSTALL THE ENGINE ECU COOLER.

(1) Install two brackets to the engine ECU cooler, and tighten two
bolts.
Tightening Torque:
(2) Attach four rubber cushions. Install the engine ECU cooler to the
cylinder block, and tighten four bolts.
Tightening Torque:
28.5 N⋅m {290 kgf⋅cm, 21 lbf⋅ft}
BRACKET
RUBBER
CUSHION
ENGINE ECU
COOLER
SHTS011121600020

GASKET (1) Replace old gaskets with new ones. Connect the fuel feed pipe
No.3, and tighten two union bolts.
Tightening Torque:
FUEL FEED Fuel strainer side: 27 N⋅m {275 kgf⋅cm, 20 lbf⋅ft}
PIPE No.3 Engine ECU cooler side: 25 N⋅m {255 kgf⋅cm, 18 lbf⋅ft}
PRIMING PUMP
GASKET
SHTS011121600021
AIR COMPRESSOR FUEL FEED No.1 to the engine ECU cooler, and tighten a union bolt.
PIPE No.1 Tightening Torque:
UNION 27 N⋅m {275 kgf⋅cm, 20 lbf⋅ft}
BOLT
(3) Tighten two nuts to secure two clips.
GASKET
SHTS011121600022
INSTALL THE ENGINE ECU.

ENGINE ECU
1. INSTALL THE ENGINE ECU.
(1) Install the engine ECU to the engine ECU cooler, and tighten
eight bolts in the diagonal order.
Tightening Torque:
ENGINE ECU 8-12 N⋅m {82-122 kgf⋅cm, 6-8 lbf⋅ft}
COOLER
NOTICE
• Do not reuse the engine ECU if dropped.
• Do not tough a connector terminal with a hand.
SHTS011121600023
a connector.
2. CONNECT THE ENGINE ECU CONNECTOR (16 PIN CONNEC-

ENGINE ECU TOR AND 36 PIN CONNECTOR).
CONNECTOR (1) Make sure that a lever on the harness connector is fully released.
Fit the harness connector in the straight direction onto the engine
ECU connector.
LEVER
NOTICE
Make sure that a lever is fully released in this step.
HARNESS (2) Press the upper area of the harness connector and insert the con-
CONNECTOR nector evenly.
SHTS011121600024
(3) Check that the lock is sticking out.

NOTICE
If the lock remains retracted, repeat the steps (1) and (2).
(PROPER)
LOCK
STICKING
OUT
ENGINE ECU
CONNECTOR
(IMPROPER)
LOCK
REMAINING
RETRACTED
SHTS011121600025
until it makes a click sound. Connect the connector.
LEVER NOTICE
If a lever motion is unsmooth, repeat the steps (1) to (3).
SHTS011121600026
3. CONNECT THE ENGINE ECU CONNECTOR (89 PIN CONNEC-

TOR).
ENGINE ECU
HARNESS CONNECTOR (1) Make sure that a lever on the harness connector is fully released.
CONNECTOR Fit the harness connector in the straight direction onto the engine
ECU connector.
NOTICE
Make sure that a lever is fully released this step.
(2) Press the upper area of the harness connector and insert the con-
LEVER nector evenly.
SHTS011121600027
until it makes a click sound. Connect a connector.
NOTICE
If a lever motion would be unsmooth, repeat the steps (1) and (2).
SLIDE
RETRACTED
LEVER
SHTS011121600028
VEHICLE CONTROL ECU

REPLACEMENT
EN0111216H100002
REMOVE THE VEHICLE CONTROL ECU.
1. REMOVE THE INSTRUMENT PANEL.

(1) Remove the instrument panel lower cover.

(1) Disconnect the connector of the vehicle control ECU.
3. REMOVE THE ECU.

(1) Remove the vehicle control ECU.
VEHICLE
CONTROL ECU
SHTS011121600029
INSTALL THE VEHICLE CONTROL ECU.
1. INSTALL THE VEHICLE CONTROL ECU.

(1) Install the vehicle control ECU.

(1) Connect the connector of the vehicle control ECU.
3. INSTALL THE INSTRUMENT PANEL.

(1) Install the instrument panel lower cover.
ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111216D100003
SHTS011121600030
1 Engine speed main sensor

A 10 {102, 7}
INSPECTION
EN0111216H300001
(1) Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position.
ENGINE SPEED (2) Use a circuit tester to measure the resistance between terminals.
MAIN SENSOR If a measurement reading exceeds the standard value, make
replacement.
Standard value: 108.5-142.5 Ω
SHTS011121600031
REPLACEMENT
EN0111216H100003
REMOVE THE ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR.

(1) Disconnect a connector from the engine speed main sensor.
CYLINDER
HEAD
ENGINE SPEED FLYWHEEL

MAIN SENSOR HOUSING
SHTS011121600032
2. REMOVE THE ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR.

FLYWHEEL HOUSING (1) Remove a bolt to remove the engine speed main sensor from the
flywheel housing.
ENGINE SPEED
MAIN SENSOR O-RING
SHTS011121600033
INSTALL THE ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR.

FLYWHEEL HOUSING
1. INSTALL THE ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR.
(1) Make sure that an O-ring is attached to the engine speed main
sensor. Install the engine speed main sensor to the flywheel hous-
ing, and tighten a bolt.
Tightening Torque:
ENGINE SPEED HINT
MAIN SENSOR O-RING
This sensor is of flange type that does not require any gap adjust-
ments.
SHTS011121600034

(1) Connect a connector to the engine speed main sensor.
CYLINDER
HEAD
ENGINE SPEED FLYWHEEL

MAIN SENSOR HOUSING
SHTS011121600035

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111216D100004
SHTS011121600036
1 Engine speed sub sensor
INSPECTION
EN0111216H300002
1. CHECK THE ENGINE SPEED SUB SENSOR.

SUPPLY PUMP (1) A check on the engine speed sub sensor itself is infeasible with a
circuit tester, thus must be conducted by using the Hino-DX to
detect failure codes and using the signal check harness to check
the circuit of the engine speed sub sensor.
(2) The engine speed sub sensor is assembled with a supply pump. If
this sensor needed to be replaced, contact Bosch Service Shop.
ENGINE SPEED
SUB SENSOR
SHTS011121600037
IDLE SET VOLUME

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111216D100005
3
2
SHTS011121600038
1 Idle set button 3 Idle set volume

2 Ring nut
REPLACEMENT
EN0111216H100004
REMOVE THE IDLE SET VOLUME.
1. REMOVE THE IDLE SET VOLUME.

(1) Insert a piece of wire of 2.5 mm {0.0984 in.} in diameter into the
idle set button release hole and unlatch a clip to pull off the idle
set button.
NOTICE
The clip will come off when the idle set button is pulled off. Keep
the unfastened clip in a reasonable storage area until remounting.
IDLE (2) Disconnect the harness connector. Remove a ring nut and the idle
SET BUTTON RING NUT
set volume.
CONNECTOR
CLIP
RELEASE
HOLE IDLE SET
VOLUME
SHTS011121600039
COMPONENT CHECK
2
3 1. CHECK THE RESISTANCE OF THE IDLE SET VOLUME.
1 (1) Measure the resistance between No.1 and No.3 terminals of the
connector (on the part side). If a measurement reading exceeds
the standard value, make replacement.
Standard value: 1,180-1,620 Ω
(2) Measure the resistance between No.2 and No.3 terminals while
turning a shaft of the idle set volume. Check that an ohmage
changes smoothly in line with shaft rotations. If an ohmage
changes intermittently or unevenly, make replacement.
SHTS011121600040
INSTALL THE IDLE SET VOLUME.
1. INSTALL THE IDLE SET VOLUME.

(1) Position the idle set volume in its proper orientation and insert it
into a hole in the instrument panel. Fasten a ring nut.
(2) Insert a clip into a hole in the idle set button. In this step, the
smaller end of a clip must face the direction toward the hole.
(3) Install the idle set button in alignment with a shaft of the idle set
volume. Attempt to pull the idle set button to check that it is fully
engaged.
IDLE
SET BUTTON RING NUT
CONNECTOR
CLIP
HOLE
IDLE SET
VOLUME
SHTS011121600041
ACCELERATOR STROKE SENSOR

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111216D100006
SHTS011121600042
1 Accelerator stroke sensor
REPLACEMENT
EN0111216H100005
REMOVE THE ACCELERATOR STROKE SENSOR.
1. REMOVE THE ACCELERATOR STROKE SENSOR.

(1) Disconnect a connector of the accelerator stroke sensor.
ACCELERATOR
STROKE
SENSOR
SHTS011121600043
(2) Remove two nuts to remove the accelerator stroke sensor.

ACCELERATOR
STROKE SENSOR
NUT
SHTS011121600044
INSTALL THE ACCELERATOR STROKE SENSOR.

ACCELERATOR
STROKE SENSOR
1. INSTALL THE ACCELERATOR STROKE SENSOR.
(1) Install the accelerator stroke sensor and tighten two nuts.
NUT
SHTS011121600045
(2) Connect a connector of the accelerator stroke sensor.
ACCELERATOR
STROKE
SENSOR
SHTS011121600046
ADJUSTING THE ACCELERATOR STROKE SENSOR
1. ADJUSTING AN OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF THE ACCELERATOR

STROKE SENSOR
(1) Use the Hino-DX to check an output voltage.
(2) If an output voltage would not meet the standard, adjust the
ACCELERATOR
STROKE mounted position of the accelerator stroke sensor in the rotational
SENSOR direction (oblong hole of the sensor) or replace the accelerator
stroke sensor.
Measurement item Standard value

SHTS011121600047 Pedal in idle
0.70-1.00 V
(pedal stroke: 0 mm)
Pedal in full
3.61-3.91 V
(pedal stroke: max)
Engine retarder switch "ON" 0.70-1.00 V

COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111216D100007
SHTS011121600048
1 Bracket 3 Lever
2 Operational accelerator sensor
INSPECTION
EN0111216H300003
1. CHECK THE RESISTANCE OF THE OPERATIONAL ACCEL-

ERATOR SENSOR.
IDLE FULL STOPPER BOLT (1) Connect an extension harness (waterproof) to the connector of
(FULL SIDE) the operational accelerator sensor.
Extension harness: S8207-11470
(2) Measure the resistance between No.1 and No.3 terminals of the
LEVER
extension harness. If a measurement reading exceeds the stan-
STOPPER BOLT dard value, make replacement.
(IDLE SIDE) Standard value: 1,600-2,400 Ω
OPERATIONAL
ACCELERATOR SENSOR
EXTENSION HARNESS
2 1
4
3
VIEW A
SHTS011121600049
extension harness while moving a lever. Check that an ohmage
changes smoothly in line with lever motions. If an ohmage
changes intermittently or unevenly, make replacement.
2 1 NOTICE
Do not reuse the extension harness for the purpose of installation
in vehicle because its terminals may have been damaged or
deformed during checking works.
4 3
SHTS011121600050
2. CHECK THE OUTPUT VOLTAGE OF THE OPERATIONAL

STOPPER BOLT ACCELERATOR SENSOR
IDLE FULL (FULL SIDE) (1) Connect an extension harness (waterproof) to the connector of
the operational accelerator sensor.
Extension harness: S8207-11470
LEVER (2) Connect the positive side of the 5 ± 0.1V DC stabilization power
STOPPER BOLT supply to No.1 terminal and the negative side to No.3 terminal.
(IDLE SIDE) (3) Keep a lever contacting with the stopper bolt (idle side) and mea-
OPERATIONAL sure voltages at No.2 and No.3 terminals. If a measurement read-
ACCELERATOR SENSOR ing exceeds the standard value, loosen the mounting nut for the
operational accelerator sensor and make adjustment with an
EXTENSION HARNESS
oblong hole of the sensor. After adjustment, tighten a nut.
Standard value: 0.70-1.00V
A (4) Keep a lever contacting with the stopper bolt (full side) and mea-
sure voltages at No.2 and No.3 terminals. If a measurement read-
ing exceeds the standard value, make adjustment with the
5V POWER SUPPLY stopper bolt (full side).
Standard value: 3.3-3.9V
2 1 NOTICE
Do not reuse the extension harness for the purpose of installation
in vehicle because its terminals may have been damaged or
deformed during checking works.
4
VIEW A 3
SHTS011121600051
ACCELERATOR SWITCH
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111216D100008
SHTS011121600052
1 Accelerator switch
REPLACEMENT
EN0111216H100006
REMOVE THE ACCELERATOR SWITCH.
1. REMOVE THE ACCELERATOR SWITCH.

ACCELERATOR
PEDAL ASSEMBLY
(1) Remove the accelerator switch.
Refer to the section "ACCELERATOR PEDAL".
(2) Remove two bolts to remove the accelerator switch from the
accelerator pedal assembly.
ACCELERATOR
SWITCH
SHTS011121600053
COMPONENT CHECK
MEGOHMMETER
CONNECTOR
1. CHECK THE RESISTANCE.
(1) Use a megohmmeter to measure insulation resistances between
BODY the connector and the terminal and between the terminal and the
body. If a measurement reading exceeds the standard value,
make replacement.
Standard value: 3 MΩ or more
NOTICE
Do not take measurement between terminals. Otherwise, the
ACCELERATOR SWITCH accelerator switch may be damaged.
SHTS011121600054
INSTALL THE ACCELERATOR SWITCH.
1. INSTALL THE ACCELERATOR SWITCH.

ACCELERATOR
(1) Install the accelerator switch to the accelerator pedal assembly
PEDAL ASSEMBLY
with two bolts.
(2) Install the accelerator pedal assembly.
Refer to the section "ACCELERATOR PEDAL".
ACCELERATOR
SWITCH
SHTS011121600055
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
COMPONENT LOCATOR
EN0111216D100009
SHTS011121600056
1 Accelerator pedal assembly 3 Accelerator switch

2 Accelerator stroke sensor
REPLACEMENT
EN0111216H100007
REMOVE THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY.
1. REMOVE THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY.

ACCELERATOR (1) Disconnect the connectors of accelerator stroke sensor and
SWITCH accelerator switch.
(2) Remove two bolts to remove the accelerator pedal assembly.
ACCELERATOR
STROKE
BOLT SENSOR
ACCELERATOR
PEDAL
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121600057
(3) Remove two nuts, remove the accelerator stroke sensor from the
accelerator pedal assembly.
ACCELERATOR
STROKE SENSOR
ACCELERATOR
PEDAL ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121600058
INSTALL THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY.
ACCELERATOR 1. INSTALL THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY.

STROKE SENSOR (1) Install the accelerator stroke sensor to the accelerator pedal
assembly, and tighten two nuts.
Tightening Torque:
1.57-2.35 N⋅m {16.0-23.9 kgf⋅cm, 1.16-1.73 lbf⋅ft}
ACCELERATOR
PEDAL ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121600059
(2) Install the accelerator pedal assembly with a bolt.

(3) Connect the connectors of accelerator stroke sensor and acceler-
ator switch.
ACCELERATOR
SWITCH
ACCELERATOR
STROKE
BOLT SENSOR
ACCELERATOR
PEDAL
ASSEMBLY
SHTS011121600060
(4) After installation, check the accelerator pedal height from the heel
rest.
Standard value:
Approximately 124-134 mm {4.882-5.275 in.}
(5) Measure the output voltage of the accelerator stroke sensor.
ACCELERATOR PEADL
HEIGHT If the value exceeds the standard value, adjust the accelerator
stroke sensor.
Refer to the section "ACCELERATOR STROKE SENSOR".
HEEL REST
SHTS011121600061
2A&0APQVTGGHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧝㧝ᤨ㧠㧢ಽ
ENGINE CONTROL (A09C, VEHICLE CONTROL) DN01–1
ENGINE CONTROL
DN01
(A09C, VEHICLE CONTROL) DN01-001
COMMON RAIL NO ACTIVATION OF AUXILIARY BRAKE .... DN01-30

FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM .....................DN01-2 NO ACTIVATION/RELEASE OF
STARTING IDLE UP
PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS ................. DN01-2
CONTROL FUNCTION.................................. DN01-32
ELECTRICAL................................................... DN01-4
NO ACTIVATION/RELEASE OF
SIGNAL CHECK HARNESS............................ DN01-5
CRUISE FUNCTION...................................... DN01-33
COMPUTER (ECU) PIN ASSIGNMENT.......... DN01-7
NO ACTIVATION OF POWER MODE........... DN01-35
PRIOR CHECK .............................................. DN01-13
NO RELEASE OF POWER MODE................ DN01-36
VEHICLE CONTROL ECU INSPECTION ..... DN01-14
IDLE VOLUME INSPECTION........................ DN01-37
ACCELERATOR SWITCH INSPECTION...... DN01-38
(PERSONAL COMPUTER)
STARTER SWITCH INSPECTION ................ DN01-38
DIAGNOSIS TOOL WITH INTERFACE......... DN01-17
CLUTCH SWITCH INSPECTION .................. DN01-39
DIAGNOSIS USING
CLUTCH STROKE SWITCH INSPECTION .. DN01-39
THE DIAGNOSIS MONITOR......................... DN01-20
CRUISE SWITCH 1 & 2 INSPECTION.......... DN01-40
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE AND
RETARDER SWITCH INSPECTION ............. DN01-41
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLE CODE TABLE ......... DN01-22
CRUISE MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION ......... DN01-42
CLUTCH SWITCH MALFUNCTION .............. DN01-24
NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION ................ DN01-43
CRUISE SWITCH MALFUNCTION ............... DN01-24
STARTING IDLE UP CONTROL SWITCH
NEUTRAL SWITCH MALFUNCTION ............ DN01-25
INSPECTION ................................................. DN01-43
EXCESSIVE VEHICLE
POWER MODE SWITCH INSPECTION ....... DN01-44
SPEED SENSOR INPUT............................... DN01-25
BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION..................... DN01-44
INPUT OPEN/SHORT ................................... DN01-26
STARTER SWITCH BATTERY SHORT........ DN01-26
VBB FAIL TROUBLE
(HIGH/LOW RANGE) .................................... DN01-26
VIMC FAIL TROUBLE
(HIGH/LOW RANGE) .................................... DN01-27
FLASH ROM DATA ERROR ......................... DN01-27
SIGNAL ERROR............................................ DN01-27
DISCONNECTION OF BUS LINE
BETWEEN ABS/ASR
AND VEHICLE CONTROL ............................ DN01-28
BETWEEN VEHICLE DISTANCE CRUISE
BETWEEN ASC
BETWEEN AT
BETWEEN MECHANICAL AUTO
AND VEHECLE CONTROL ........................... DN01-29
BETWEEN METER
BLACKOUT IN THE ENGINE CAN ............... DN01-29
DN01–2 ENGINE CONTROL (A09C, VEHICLE CONTROL)
COMMON RAIL FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS
EN1611201F200001
• Ensure that individual connectors are certainly connected before

start of checking works.
• Make sure to set the starter key to the "LOCK" position before dis-
connecting a connector.
• Replace the part or the component that have a failure or trouble.
Do not fix and reuse it.
• Delete the past malfunction code after recording. Then conduct a
diagnosis again to check for present failures.
• Delete the past failure memory after completion of a diagnostic
analysis.
1. ILLUSTRATION OF CONNECTOR AND MEASUREMENT ON

TERMINAL
LOCK
ILLUSTRATION OF CONNECTOR
The illustration of a connector contained in this document
represents an image of a connector with its lock positioned
on top as viewed from the connecting face.
TO BE CONNECTED
MALE FEMALE
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
NUMBERING OF CONNECTOR TERMINALS

3 2 1 1 2 3 The terminals are symmetrically numbered (symmetrically
6 5 4 4 5 6 reversed numbering) as viewed on the connecting faces of a
pair of connectors.
The terminal #1 is located at the top right corner of a male
connector and at the top left corner of a female connector
MALE FEMALE respectively in this document.
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
PRECAUTIONS FOR TERMINAL MEASUREMENT

Unless otherwise specified in this document, the illustration
of a connector represents an image of a connector as viewed
from the connecting face. A test probe must access the back
face of a connector.
However, some types of connector do not allow a test probe
to contact with the back face such as a waterproof connector.
In such case, a test probe may be allowed to access the front
face of a connector but a special care must be used to avoid
a risk of damage in terminals.
As to a connector that is designed to use the signal check
harness for terminal measurement, do not place a test probe
directly onto the front or back face. Use a contact box of the
connected signal check harness to take measurement on
terminals.
A 1 2
4 3
5 6 ILLUSTRATION OF CONNECTOR AND
VIEW A MEASUREMENT SURFACE
3 2 represents an image of a connector as viewed from the
6 1
5 4 connecting face. For example, the terminal #1 of a female
connector is located at the top left corner of a connector as
viewed from the connecting face.
VIEW B In actual measurement on the terminal #1 of a female
B
connector, a test probe must be placed onto the top right
corner on the back face of a connector.
SHTS161120100001
ELECTRICAL
EN1611201F200002
15A
BATTERY POWER 1 AIR
15A MALFUNCTION
50A BATTERY POWER 2
SIGNAL
10A BATTERY POWER 3
ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY 1

B AMM S ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY 2 AIR PRESSURE
C1 2 T
C ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY 3 SW
LOCK IDLE UP FULLY-AUTOMATIC
ACC ACTUATOR RELAY DRIVE 1 SIGNAL AIR CONDITIONER
ON
ST ACTUATOR RELAY DRIVE 2 VEHICLE VEHICLE SPEED PULSE CONVERTER
SPEED
VEHICLE CAN+
CRUISE
INTEGRATION STARTER SIGNAL 1
ABS
60A
VEHICLE CAN- AIR SUSPENSION
FL9 10A
KEY SW SIGNAL 1 METER
KEY SW SIGNAL 2 ENGINE CAN+ ENGINE
ENGINE CAN-
VNT
WARM-UP SW EGR
OFF VEHICLE CAN+
60A ON
DPR LIGHT VEHICLE CAN-
FL7
DPR REGENERATION ENGINE CAN+
OFF SW ENGINE CAN-
ON
STARTOFF SLD LIGHT
OFF CONTROL SW VARIABLE
ON SLD LIGHT
ECONOMY
RUNNING SW IDLE STOP LIGHT
METER
1st, REVERSE SW
TACHOMETER FULLY-AUTOMATIC
AIR CONDITIONER
STARTER ON RELAY STARTER
CANCEL ADHESION MONITOR RELAY
CRUISE SW 1 SIGNAL
SET
CRUISE SW 2 STARTER ON RELAY 1
RESUME
STARTER ON RELAY 2
BUZZER CANCEL CIRCUIT
ICC VEHICLE CONTROL ECU
N AIR CONDITIONER OFF
FSC BUZZER CANCEL RELAY CIRCUIT
VEHICLE DISTANCE SW AIR CONDITIONER
CONSTANT-SPEED SW OFF RELAY
BLOWER AIR
CLUTCH SW DELAY CIRCUIT
ACCELERATOR SW BLOWER AIR
DELAY RELAY
COMBINATION SW 1st 10A
EEEBE COMBINATION SW 2nd
B 1 3 E 2 COMBINATION SW 3rd
OFF IDLE VOLUME TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION
POWER SUPPLY RETARDER
IDLE RETARDER
IDLE VOLUME RELAY M/V
VOLUME
IDLE VOLUME GND DIAGNOSIS LIGHT
AUXILIARY BRAKE
WITH INTERLOCK FUNCTION IDLE STOP SW DIAGNOSIS SW DTC CONNECTOR
BRAKE SW
STOP LIGHT SW
PRO SHIFT
10A ES START
CLUTCH STROKE SW
(PTO) PRO SHIFT PTO CIRCUIT
15A (INTEGRATED, IDLE STOP, BRAKE LOCK, DIFFERENTIAL LOCK) G2GND1
NEUTRAL SW G2GND2
ES START
10A (BACK LIGHT CIRCUIT) IDLE STOP G2GND3
BACK LIGHT SW
OTHER G2GND4
10A CIRCUIT
PARKING SW G2GND5
(METER INTEGRATED ES START
CIRCUIT) G2GND6
UNIT WARNING BRAKE LOCK
BUZZER RELAY G4GND1
TRAILER PICK-UP SW G4GND2
EXHAUST BRAKE G4GND3
SW: SWITCH
ABS ECU CUT RELAY G4GND4
ABS DRIVE SIGNAL
SHTS161120100002
SIGNAL CHECK HARNESS

EN1611201F200003
1. MENTION OF THE SIGNAL CHECK HARNESS

(1) HINO provides a signal check harness to check the ECU.
! CAUTION
To prevent damage of the ECU connector, connect the signal
check harness and perform measuring by bringing the test probe
into contact with the signal check harness side (Contact box).
HINT
The terminal numbers referred in text or illustrations in this docu-
ment correspond to the numbering in the next section "COM-
PUTER (ECU) PIN ASSIGNMENT" as shown in the figure below.
COMPUTER (ECU) SP2 SP1
TERMINAL SIGNAL ISSW CRSW BBSW RANH CSW3 CSW2 CSW1 IDLE CLSW
ISOK AGD4 ASCS APC4
COMPUTER (ECU) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
EXAMPLE: A22 TERMINAL TERMINAL No. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
A 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31 32 33 34
A22
A
SIGNAL CHECK
HARNESS
(CONTACT BOX) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
SHTS161120100004
2. CONNECT THE SIGNAL CHECK HARNESS.

(1) Turn the starter switch to the "LOCK" position and disconnect the
connectors from the vehicle control ECU.
HARNESS
ECU
(VEHICLE SIDE) (2) Connect a signal check harness to the vehicle harness and the
vehicle control ECU.
SST: Signal check harness (S0904-91080)
SIGNAL CHECK
HARNESS
TEST PROBE
CONTACT BOX
SHTS161120100005
COMPUTER (ECU) PIN ASSIGNMENT

EN1611201F200004
COMPUTER (ECU) TERMINAL SIGNAL COMPUTER (ECU) TERMINAL No.
SP2 SP1 A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
BUSW CRSW CSW2 CSW1 IDLE CLSW 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
ISOK AGD4 ASCS APC4 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31 32 33 34
B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
SET RES KSW2 KSW1 NUSW TBSW STS 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
BACK AFSW INHB SSUP CLST 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
VSP1 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
SG2 SG1 C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ABS BSW1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
DGSW 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
ECAL ECAH VCAL VCAH 28 29 30 31 32
AG3 D 1 2 3 4 5 6
TACH 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
ARY1 SIND 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
PRLP 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
AP3 AP2 AP1 AG2 AG1 E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
CDGL CDGH HCAL HCAH 26 27 28 29 30 31
SIGNAL CHECK HARNESS (CONTACT BOX) TERMINAL No.
A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
SHTS161120100006
COMPUTER (ECU) PIN CONNECTION

• The terminal number in the table correspond with the contact box of signal check harness.
CONTACT BOX (A)
No. Signal Connection destination No. Signal Connection destination
1 – 18 –
2 – 19 ISOK Diagnosis connector
3 – 20 AGD4 Idle volume switch
4 – 21 ASCS Idle volume switch
5 – 22 APC4 Idle volume switch
6 SP2 Fuse 7B 23 –
7 SP1 Fuse 7B 24 –
8 – 25 –
9 BUSW Accelerator switch 26 –
10 CRSW Auto cruising switch 27 –
11 – 28 –
12 – 29 –
13 – 30 –
14 CSW2 Combination switch 31 –
15 CSW1 Combination switch 32 –
16 IDLE Accelerator switch 33 –
17 CLSW Clutch switch 34 –

CONTACT BOX (B)
1 – 19 STS Engine ECU
2 – 20 –
3 – 21 –
4 – 22 BACK Back light switch
5 – 23 AFSW Power mood switch
6 – 24 –
7 – 25 INHB Accelerator switch
8 SET Auto cruising switch 26 SSUP Idle up switch
9 RES Auto cruising switch 27 CLST Clutch stroke sensor
10 – 28 –
11 – 29 –
12 KSW2 Starter switch 30 –
13 KSW1 Starter switch 31 –
14 NUSW Neutral switch 32 –
15 – 33 VSP1 Combination meter
16 – 34 –
17 TBSW Stop light switch 35 –
18 –
2A&0APQVTGGHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧞㧤ಽ
CONTACT BOX (C)
1 – 17 BSW1 Stop light switch
2 – 18 –
3 SG2 Ground 19 –
4 SG1 Ground 20 –
5 – 21 –
6 – 22 –
7 – 23 DGSW Diagnosis switch
8 – 24 –
9 – 25 –
10 – 26 –
11 – 27 –
12 – 28 ECAL Junction CAN
13 – 29 ECAH Junction CAN
14 – 30 –
15 – 31 YCAL Junction CAN
16 ABS ABS cut relay 32 YCAH Junction CAN

CONTACT BOX (D)
1 AG3 Ground 19 –
2 – 20 –
3 – 21 –
4 – 22 –
5 – 23 ARY1 Actuator relay
6 – 24 –
7 – 25 –
8 – 26 –
9 – 27 SIND Diagnosis lamp
10 TACH Tachometer 28 –
11 – 29 –
12 – 30 –
13 – 31 –
14 – 32 –
15 – 33 PRLP Combination meter
16 – 34 –
17 – 35 –
18 –
CONTACT BOX (E)
1 AP3 Fuse 7B 17 –
2 AP2 Fuse 7B 18 –
3 AP1 Fuse 7B 19 –
4 AG2 Ground 20 –
5 AG1 Ground 21 –
6 – 22 –
7 – 23 –
8 – 24 –
9 – 25 –
10 – 26 CDGL Junction CAN
11 – 27 CDGH Junction CAN
12 – 28 HCAL Junction CAN
13 – 29 HCAH Junction CAN
14 – 30 –
15 – 31 –
16 –
PRIOR CHECK
EN1611201F200005
1. CHECKING THE BATTERY VOLTAGE.

(1) Check the battery voltage.
Standard: 20V or more
HINT
• If power would not be supplied to the vehicle control ECU, a
vehicle could still run, but various troubles might occur as
described below.
– The tachometer might not work.
– The water temperature gauge might not work.
• The function listed below might not properly operate.
– FS cruise
– Economy running
– Auxiliary brake (Engine retarder, exhaust brake, transmission
retarder)
– Idle volume
– Starting idle up control
2. CHECKING THE FUSE.

(1) Check the fuse.
3. CHECKING THE CONNECTION OF THE VEHICLE CONTROL

ECU CONNECTOR.
(1) Check that the vehicle control ECU connector is surely con-
nected.
4. CHECKING THE ENGINE ECU.

(1) Diagnose the engine ECU and check that diagnosis codes would
not output.
.
VEHICLE CONTROL ECU INSPECTION

EN1611201F200006
1. CHECK THE VEHICLE CONTROL ECU INPUT VOLTAGE.

A6 C4 (1) Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position and connect the sig-
nal check harness to the vehicle control ECU.
(2) Measure the voltage between the terminals A6 and C4 of the sig-
nal check harness.
Standard: 10-16V
SHTS161120100007
NO
Trouble of harness between vehicle control
ECU and battery
YES
2. CHECK THE VEHICLE CONTROL ECU INPUT VOLTAGE.
B13 C4 (1) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position, and measure the volt-
age between the terminals B13 and C4 of the signal check har-
ness.
Standard: 10-16V
SHTS161120100008
NO
Trouble of harness between vehicle control
ECU and starter switch
YES
Proceed to 3.
3. CHECK THE RESISTANCE BETWEEN VEHICLE CONTROL

D1 ECU AND GND.
C4 E5
(1) Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position and measure the
resistance between the terminals C4, D1, E5 of the signal check
BATTERY harness and battery GND.
GND Standard: 1 Ω or less
SHTS161120100009
NO
• Disconnection of GND harness
• Loose connection
YES
4. CHECK THE VEHICLE CONTROL ECU ACTUATOR RELAY

E3 ACTIVATION.
E2
E1 BODY GND (1) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position and measure the volt-
age between the terminals E1, E2, E3 of the signal check harness
and body GND.
SHTS161120100010
NO
Trouble of actuator power supply circuit
YES
Proceed to 5.
5. CHECK THE RESISTANCE BETWEEN VEHICLE CONTROL

ECU AND ENGINE CAN LINE.
(1) Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position and disconnect the
engine ECU connector.
(2) Measure the resistance between C28 terminal of the signal check
C28 CANL
harness and CANL terminal of engine ECU.
Standard: 1 Ω or less
SHTS161120100011
(3) Measure the resistance between C29 terminal of the signal check
harness and CANH terminal of engine ECU.
C29 CANH
SHTS161120100012
.
NO
Trouble of CAN harness between vehicle con-
trol ECU and engine ECU
YES
Normal
.

TOOL WITH INTERFACE
EN1611201F200007
1. INTRODUCTION TO HINO-DX
(1) The Hino-DX is designed to diagnose the vehicle control ECU.
For connection to the vehicle, the Hino-Bowie (interface box) and
dedicated cables must be used.
SST:
Communication interface assembly (Hino-Bowie)
(09993-E9070)
Cable communication (S0904-21220)
Diagnosis software: HINO Diagnostic explorer (Hino-DX)
SHTS161120100013 HINT
• The Hino-Bowie and the cable to connect computer are
included in the Hino-Bowie kit.
Select the RS-232C cable or the USB cable.
• Also, read the operation manual of the Hino-Bowie.
• Install the Hino Diagnostic eXplorer (Hino-DX) software on a
personal computer. For installation procedures, read the
manual supplied with a CD.
2. CONNECT THE PC DIAGNOSIS TOOL (Hino-DX).

(1) Turn the starter switch to the "LOCK" position.
interface.
P

DIAGNOSIS (4) Turn the starter switch to the "ON" position.
CONNECTOR
(Do not start the engine.)
HINT
When the Hino-Bowie is connected to a vehicle, the power supply
will turn on and the power light (red) on the Hino-Bowie will light
on.
SHTS161120100014
3. FUNCTION OF Hino-DX
INITIAL SCREEN
VEHICLE CONTROL SYSTEM
FAILURE DATA MONITOR CUSTOMIZE SYSTEM SPECIFICATION ACTIVE TEST

INFORMATION CHANGE
DISPLAY CURRENT FAILURE ENGINE TORQUE VEHICLE SPEED LEARNED FIRE ENGINE IDENTIFICATION IDLE STOP INDICATOR LIGHT
TARGET VEHICLE SPEED ABS CAN IDENTIFICATION

VEHICLE SPEED FLAG
DISPLAY PAST FAILURE ENGINE SPEED LEARNED
AIR SUSPENSION
CAN IDENTIFICATION
ENGINE SHUTDOWN SETTING I VARIABLE SLD SET LIGHT
DELETE PAST VEHICLE SPEED DENTIFICATION FLAG VEHICLE DISTANCE CRUISE
FAILURE MEMORY CAN IDENTIFICATION
CONTROL DISABLE FLAG SLD INSTALLATION LIGHT
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE FOR FUEL EFFICIENCY AT CAN IDENTIFICATION
CONTROL Q CUT DPF REGENERATION
SEMITRACTOR IDENTIFICATION INDICATOR LIGHT
CONTROL DISABLE FLAG FOR
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
FUEL EFFICIENCY CONTROL DRIVE MASTER
POSITION SENSOR DIAGNOSIS LIGHT
7-SPEED ACCELERATION IDENTIFICATION
"NORMALLY" ON FLAG FOR ENGINE RETARDER

VEHICLE CAN SEND EEC #1 IDENTIFICATION TRANSMISSION RETARDER
VEHICLE FUEL EFFICIENCY SOLENOID VALVE
CONTROL MAIN
CAN HX07 MANUAL
INFORMATION IDENTIFICATION
LIMITER VEHICLE SPEED ACTUATOR RELAY
ENGINE CAN RECEIVE EEP #8 MULTIPLE DISPLAY FLAG
ENGINE START AID
IDENTIFICATION STARTER SWITCH ON RELAY 1
OTHER INTERLOCK FLAG FOR
VEHICLE INFORMATION CRUISE AUXILIARY BRAKE HIGH-TORQUE DIFFERENTIAL
INTERLOCK CONTROL IDENTIFICATION STARTER SWITCH ON RELAY 2
ECO-RUN SW
NUMBER OF PRO SHIFT IDENTIFICATION
INTERLOCK FLAG FOR SLD BUZZER CANCEL REQUEST
IDLING WARNINGS AUXILIARY BRAKE INTERLOCK CRUISE RETARDER
CONTROL ECO-RUN SW IDENTIFICATION BLOWER AIR DELAY RELAY
FS LIMITER ECO-RUN SW TRANSMISSION RETARDER
INTERLOCK FLAG IDENTIFICATION TACHOMETER DISPLAY
FS LIMITER OFF FLAG METER CORRECTION

FACTOR
CRUISE MAX SET
AIR FLOW SENSOR
VEHICLE SPEED
CHARACTERISTIC
SPEED LIMITER UPPER LIMIT DIFFERENTIAL RATIO
DYNAMIC TIRE RADIUS
FREQUENCY AND NUMBER

OF ENGINE STOPS
SHTS161120100015
4. LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
Part name Part No. Appearance Outline/feature
Personal • Operating system (OS): Win-

computer dows 95, Windows 98 (IE 5.0 or
(DOS/V standard) later), Windows 2000 (SP3, IE 5.0
or later), Windows XP (SP1a, IE
6.0 or later)
—
• CPU and memory: Must be guar-
anteed for the performances of
the aforesaid operating systems.
• Display: 800 x 600 (Resolution),
256 or more colors
Hino-Bowie 09993-E9070 • Personal computer interface

(Interface box) Interface box the body
and cables
(For RS-232C and USB)
S0904-21220
Cable of between
vehicle and
Hino-Bowie
5. OPERATION OF THE HINO-DX SYSTEM SPECIFICATION

CHNAGE FUNCTION WHEN THE PARTS REPLACEMENT
(1) By compare with the factory manufactured vehicle between the
retrofitted vehicle, If would retrofit the different size of tire or the
differential from default installation, use the system specification
change function of the Hino-DX, to update the ECU data.
.
DIAGNOSIS USING THE DIAGNOSIS MONITOR

EN1611201F200008
(1) Trouble diagnosis also could be performed using the diagnosis
monitor. The malfunction codes are indicated by sound and light.
SST: Diagnosis monitor (S0963-01370)
SHTS161120100018
2. CONNECTING THE DIAGNOSIS MONITOR

(1) Connect the dedicated harness connector to a white one of two
centralized diagnosis connectors, located on the lower right side
in front of the driver seat. then, connect the diagnosis monitor to
STD: ES START
OPT: IDL STOP
the connector having a "STD ENG" tag.

STD ENG
SHTS161120100019
NOTICE
FIXING The centralized diagnosis connectors are generally connected to
DUMMY CONNECTOR
the fixing dummy connectors. Pull the centralized diagnosis con-
nectors out when using the centralized diagnosis connctor, and
connect the centralized diagnosis connctor with the fixing dummy
connectors after use.
(2) Turn the starter switch to the "ON" position.
BLACK: OPT CONNECTOR
WHITE: STD CONNECTOR

SHTS161120100021
3. READ OUT THE MALFUNCTION CODE.

(1) Read out the malfunction codes and write down the malfunction
codes that are indicated.
NOTICE
Malfunction codes are indicated, starting from the lowest and pro-
gressing to higher one, with no distinction between present and
past malfunction codes.
MALFUNCTION CODE INDICATION PATTERN
Malfunction code 32 and 21

0.5S 0.5S
Turn ON
Turn OFF
1.5S 4.3S
Code 32 Code 21
Repeat
Normal
0.3S
Turn ON
Turn OFF S: Seconds
SHTS161120100022
.
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE AND DIAGNOSIS TROUBLE CODE

TABLE
EN1611201F200009
NOTICE
MC No.: Diagnosis Monitor Code (Using the diagnosis monitor)
DTC No.: Diagnosis Trouble Code (Using the PC diagnosis tool)
MC DTC
DIAGNOSIS ITEM PRESUMED CAUSE OF TROUBLE
No. No.
Clutch switch malfunction No clutch change, during in a vehicle speed range from 0 km/h to
41 P0704
80 km/h or from 80 km/h to 0 km/h.
43 P1565 Cruise switch malfunction The cruise switch 1 or switch 2 is ON when the starter is ON.
Neutral switch malfunction No neutral change, during a vehicle speed range from 0 km/h to
47 P0850
80 km/h or from 80 km/h to 0 km/h.
Excessive vehicle speed sen-

P0501 A vehicle speed pulse equivalent to 200 km/h is detected.
sor input
24
Vehicle speed sensor input The engine speed is 800 r/min or more, the water temperature is
P0500
open/short 80°C {176°F} or more and the vehicle speed is zero.
Starter switch battery short The engine speed is 1,000 r/min or more and the starter switch is
45 P0617
ON.
P0563 VBB fail trouble (High range) Voltage of 32V or more.

5
P0562 VBB fail trouble (Low range) Voltage of 0V.
P1143 VIMC fail trouble (High range) Idle volume voltage of 4.59V or more.
44
P1142 VIMC fail trouble (Low range) Idle volume voltage of 0V.
2 P0605 Flash ROM data error Flash ROM mirror check error.
Vehicle speed sensor signal A deviation in the vehicle speed is 200 km/h or more in a cycle of
24 P0501
error 16 msec.
Disconnection of bus line

U0121 between ABS/ASR and vehicle EBC1 blackout in the vehicle CAN.
control

U0104 between vehicle distance cruise ACC1 blackout in the vehicle CAN.
and vehicle control

U0132 between ASC and vehicle con- ASC1 blackout in the vehicle CAN.
22 trol

ETC1 blackout in the vehicle CAN.
between AT and vehicle control
U0101 Disconnection of bus line
between mechanical auto and DISP_TM blackout in the vehicle CAN.
vehicle control

U0155 between meter and vehicle con- DISP_METER blackout in the vehicle CAN.
trol
Blackout in the engine CAN

EEC1 blackout in the engine CAN.
(EEC1)
23 U0105
(EEC2)
MC DTC
DIAGNOSIS ITEM PRESUMED CAUSE OF TROUBLE
No. No.

(EEC3)

CCVS blackout in the engine CAN.
(CCVS)

ERC1_ER blackout in the engine CAN.
(ERC1_ER)

ET1 blackout in the engine CAN.
(ET1)

DPR1 blackout in the engine CAN.
(DPR1)

23 U0105 DIAG blackout in the engine CAN.
(DIAG)

TAVG blackout in the engine CAN.
(TAVG)

EEP1 blackout in the engine CAN.
(EEP1)

EC blackout in the engine CAN.
(EC)

RC_ER blackout in the engine CAN.
(RC_ER)

RC_EXR blackout in the engine CAN.
(RC_EXR)
CLUTCH SWITCH MALFUNCTION

EN1611201F200010
MC No. 41 DTC No. P0704 Clutch switch malfunction
1. INSPECTION
(1) Prior check and check to see that there is no abnormal.
Refer to the section "PRIOR CHECK".
.
NO
Repair the trouble
YES
2. CHECK THE CLUTCH SWITCH.

(1) Check the clutch switch and check to see that there is no abnor-
mal.
Refer to the section "CLUTCH SWITCH INSPECTION".
.
NO
Trouble of connector and terminal or harness
YES
Normal
CRUISE SWITCH MALFUNCTION

EN1611201F200011
MC No. 43 DTC No. P1565 Cruise switch malfunction
1. INSPECTION
(1) Prior check and check to see that there is no abnomal.
.
NO
Repair the trouble
YES
2. CHECK THE CRUISE MAIN SWITCH.

(1) Check the cruisecruise main switch and check to see that there is
no abnomal.
Refer to the section "CRUISE MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION".
.
NO
YES
Normal
.
NEUTRAL SWITCH MALFUNCTION

EN1611201F200012
MC No. 47 DTC No. P0850 Neutral switch malfunction
1. INSPECTION
.
NO
Repair the trouble
YES
2. CHECK THE NEUTRAL SWITCH.

(1) Check the neutral switch and check to see that there is no
abnomal.
Refer to the section "NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION".
.
NO
YES
Normal
EXCESSIVE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INPUT

EN1611201F200013
MC No. 24 DTC No. P0501 Excessive vehicle speed sensor input
1. INSPECTION
.
NO
Repair the trouble
YES
2. CHECK THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR.

(1) Check the vehicle speed sensor and check to see that there is no
abnomal.
Refer to the section "VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION".
.
NO
YES
Normal
.
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INPUT OPEN/SHORT

EN1611201F200014
MC No. 24 DTC No. P0500 Vehicle speed sensor input open/short
1. INSPECTION ITEM
(1) Take the same procedures as described in the section "Excessive
vehicle speed sensor input".
Refer to the section "EXCESSIVE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
INPUT (DTC No.P0501/MC No.24)".
.
STARTER SWITCH BATTERY SHORT

EN1611201F200015
MC No. 45 DTC No. P0617 Starter switch battery short
1. INSPECTION
.
NO
Repair the trouble
YES
2. CHECK THE STARTER SWITCH.

(1) Check the starter switch and check to see that there is no
abnomal.
Refer to the section "STARTER SWITCH INSPECTION".
.
NO
YES
Normal
VBB FAIL TROUBLE (HIGH/LOW RANGE)

EN1611201F200016
MC No. 5 DTC No. P0563 VBB fail trouble (High range)
MC No. 5 DTC No. P0562 VBB fail trouble (Low range)
1. INSPECTION
.
NO
Repair the trouble
YES
Normal
.
VIMC FAIL TROUBLE (HIGH/LOW RANGE)

EN1611201F200017
MC No. 44 DTC No. P1143 VIMC fail trouble (High range)
MC No. 44 DTC No. P1142 VIMC fail trouble (Low range)
1. INSPECTION
.
NO
Repair the trouble
YES
2. CHECK THE IDLE VOLUME.

(1) Check the idle volume and check to see that there is no abnomal.
Refer to the section "IDLE VOLUME INSPECTION".
.
NO
YES
Normal
FLASH ROM DATA ERROR

EN1611201F200018
MC No. 2 DTC No. P0605 Flash ROM data error
1. INSPECTION
.
NO
Repair the trouble
YES
Normal
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL ERROR

EN1611201F200019
MC No. 24 DTC No. P0501 Vehicle speed sensor signal error
1. INSPECTION ITEM
(1) Take the same procedures as described in the section "Excessive
vehicle speed sensor input".
Refer to the section "EXCESSIVE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
INPUT (DTC No.P0501/MC No.24)".
.
DISCONNECTION OF BUS LINE BETWEEN ABS/ASR AND VEHICLE

CONTROL
EN1611201F200020
MC No. 22 DTC No. U0121 Disconnection of bus line between ABS/ASR and vehicle control
1. INSPECTION ITEM
(1) Check the CAN communication line.
Refer to the chapter "OTHERS (CAN COMMUNICATION)" in the
"WORKSHOP MANUAL (CHASSIS)".
.
DISCONNECTION OF BUS LINE BETWEEN VEHICLE DISTANCE

CRcruiseUISE AND VEHICLE CONTROL
EN1611201F200021
Disconnection of bus line between vehicle distance cruise and

MC No. 22 DTC No. U0104
vehicle control
1. INSPECTION ITEM
.
DISCONNECTION OF BUS LINE BETWEEN ASC AND VEHICLE

CONTROL
EN1611201F200022
MC No. 22 DTC No. U0132 Disconnection of bus line between ASC and vehicle control
1. INSPECTION ITEM
.
DISCONNECTION OF BUS LINE BETWEEN AT AND VEHICLE

CONTROL
EN1611201F200023
MC No. 22 DTC No. U0101 Disconnection of bus line between AT and vehicle control
1. INSPECTION ITEM
.
DISCONNECTION OF BUS LINE BETWEEN MECHANICAL AUTO AND

VEHECLE CONTROL
EN1611201F200024
Disconnection of bus line between mechanical auto and vehicle

MC No. 22 DTC No. U0101
control
1. INSPECTION ITEM
.
DISCONNECTION OF BUS LINE BETWEEN METER AND VEHICLE

CONTROL
EN1611201F200025
MC No. 22 DTC No. U0155 Disconnection of bus line between meter and vehicle control
1. INSPECTION ITEM
.
BLACKOUT IN THE ENGINE CAN

EN1611201F200026
MC No. 23 DTC No. U0105 Blackout in the engine CAN
1. INSPECTION ITEMINSPECTION ITEM

.
NO ACTIVATION OF AUXILIARY BRAKE

EN1611201F200027
1. INSPECTION
.
NO
Repair the trouble
YES

abnomal.
.
NO
YES

abnomal.
.
NO
YES
4. CHECK THE ACCELERATOR SWITCH.

(1) Check the accelerator switch and check to see that there is no
abnomal.
Refer to the section "ACCELERATOR SWITCH INSPECTION".
.
NO
YES

(1) Check the clutch switch and check to see that there is no
abnomal.
.
NO
YES
6. CHECK THE RETARDER SWITCH.

(1) Check the retarder switch and check to see that there is no
abnomal.
Refer to the section "RETARDER SWITCH INSPECTION".
.
NO
YES
7. CHECK THE STOP LIGHT SWITCH.

(1) Check the stop light switch and check to see that there is no
abnomal.
Refer to the section "STOP LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION".
.
NO
YES
8. CHECK THE AUXILIARY BRAKE ACTIVATION CONDITION.

(1) Check whether under condition of the auxiliary brake activation.
• Engine retarder activation conditions
(Under all of the conditions 1 to 9.)
• One of the requests listed below:
—Driver's request for engine retarder (1st or 2nd lever position)
—Engine retardation by auxiliary brake interlock function
—Engine retardation by cruise interlock
—Engine retardation by external request
• No engine stall
• PTO inactive
• Engine retarder setting selected
• Engine speed predetermined for engine retarder activation
(850 r/min or more)
• Water temperature predetermined for engine retarder activation
(40°C {104°F} or more)
• Injection flow predetermined for engine retarder activation
• No cut in engine retarder (clutch pedal not depressed; accelerator
opening of 0%; ABS not activated)
• No auxiliary brake control stop
.
NO
Repair the trouble
YES
Normal
.
NO ACTIVATION/RELEASE OF STARTING IDLE UP CONTROL

FUNCTION
EN1611201F200028
1. INSPECTION
.
NO
Repair the trouble
YES
2. CHECK THE STARTING IDLE UP CONTROL SWITCH.

(1) Check the starting idle up control switch and check to see that
there is no abnomal.
Refer to the section "STARTING IDLE UP CONTROL SWITCH
INSPECTION".
.
NO
YES
3. CHECK THE CLUTCH STROKE SWITCH.

(1) Check the clutch stroke switch and check to see that there is no
abnomal.
Refer to the section "CLUTCH STROKE SWITCH INSPEC-
TION".
.
NO
YES

abnomal.
.
NO
YES

abnomal.
.
NO
YES
Normal
.
NO ACTIVATION/RELEASE OF CRUISE FUNCTION

EN1611201F200029
1. INSPECTION
.
NO
Repair the trouble
YES
2. CHECK THE CRUISE MAIN SWITCH.

(1) Check the crcruiseuise main switch and check to see that there is
no abnomal.
Refer to the section "CRUISE MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION".
.
NO
YES
3. CHECK THE CRUISE SWITCH 1, 2.

(1) Check the crcruiseuise switch 1, 2 and check to see that there is
no abnomal.
Refer to the section "CRUISE SWITCH 1 & 2 INSPECTION".
.
NO
YES

abnomal.
.
NO
YES

abnomal.
.
NO
YES

abnomal.
.
NO
YES

abnomal.
.
NO
YES
8. CHECK THE BRAKE SWITCH.

(1) Check the brake switch and check to see that there is no
abnomal.
Refer to the section "BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION".
.
NO
YES
Normal
.
NO ACTIVATION OF POWER MODE

EN1611201F200030
1. INSPECTION
.
NO
Repair the trouble
YES
2. CHECK THE POWER MODE SWITCH.

(1) Check the power mode switch and check to see that there is no
abnomal.
Refer to the section "POWER MODE SWITCH INSPECTION".
.
NO
YES

abnomal.
.
NO
YES
Normal
.
NO RELEASE OF POWER MODE

EN1611201F200031
1. INSPECTION
.
NO
Repair the trouble
YES
2. CHECK THE POWER MODE SWITCH.

(1) Check the power mode switch and check to see that there is no
abnomal.
Refer to the section "POWER MODE SWITCH INSPECTION".
.
NO
YES

abnomal.
.
NO
YES

abnomal.
.
NO
YES
Normal
.
IDLE VOLUME INSPECTION

EN1611201F200032
1. CHECK THE IDLE VOLUME POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE.

(1) Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position and connect the sig-
A20 nal check harness to the vehicle control ECU.
A22 (2) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position, and measure the volt-
age between the terminals A22 and A20 of the signal check har-
ness.
Standard: 4.5V or more
SHTS161120100023
2. CHECK THE IDLE VOLUME VOLTAGE.

(1) Measure the voltage between the terminals A21 and A20 of the
A20 signal check harness.
A21 Check that a voltage increases when the idle volume is turned
clockwise.
Standard: 1.5-4.0V
SHTS161120100024
.
NO
YES
Normal
.
ACCELERATOR SWITCH INSPECTION

EN1611201F200033
1. MEASURE THE ACCELERATOR SWITCH SIGNAL.

BODY GND
(2) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position, and measure the volt-
age between the body GND and the terminal A16 of the signal
check harness when the accelerator pedal would be step on and
would be step off.
Standard:
Accelerator pedal depressed: APPROX. 0V
Accelerator pedal released: 20V or more
SHTS161120100025
.
NO
YES
Normal
STARTER SWITCH INSPECTION

EN1611201F200034
1. MEASURE THE STARTER SWITCH SIGNAL.

B19 nal check harness to the vehicle control ECU.
BODY GND
(2) With the starter running, measuring the voltage between the body
GND and the terminal B19 of the signal check harness.
Standard:
Starter activated: 9V or more
Other: APPROX. 0V
SHTS161120100026
.
NO
YES
Normal
.
CLUTCH SWITCH INSPECTION

EN1611201F200035
1. MEASURE THE CLUTCH SWITCH SIGNAL.

BODY GND
check harness when the clutch pedal would be step on and would
be step off.
Standard:
Clutch pedal depressed: 20V or more
Clutch pedal released: APPROX. 0V
SHTS161120100027
.
NO
YES
Normal
CLUTCH STROKE SWITCH INSPECTION

EN1611201F200036
1. MEASURE THE CLUTCH STROKE SWITCH SIGNAL.

BODY GND
age between the body GND and the terminal B27 of the signal
check harness when the clutch pedal would be step on and would
be step off.
Standard:
Clutch pedal depressed: APPROX. 0V
Clutch pedal released: 20V or more
SHTS161120100028
.
NO
YES
Normal
.
CRUISE SWITCH 1 & 2 INSPECTION

EN1611201F200037
1. MEASURE THE SIGNALS OF CRUISE SWITCHES 1 & 2.

B8
BODY GND
check harness when the cruise set switch is ON and OFF.
Standard:
Set switch "ON": 20V or more
Set switch "OFF": APPROX. 0V
SHTS161120100029
(3) Also measure the voltage between the body GND and the termi-
nal B9 of the signal check harness when the resume switch is ON
B9
BODY GND
and OFF.
Standard:
Resume switch "ON": 20V or more
Resume switch "OFF": APPROX. 0V
SHTS161120100030
.
NO
YES
Normal
.
RETARDER SWITCH INSPECTION

EN1611201F200038
1. MEASURE THE SIGNAL OF RETARDER SWITCH.

A14 A15 (1) Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position and connect the sig-
BODY GND
age between the body GND and the A14 and A15 of the signal
check harness when the retarder switch is set to each position as
listed below.
Standard:
Terminal A14 Terminal A15

No switch operation 0V 0V
SHTS161120100031
1st position 0V 20V or more
2nd position 20V or more 20V or more
NO
YES
Normal
.
CRUISE MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION

EN1611201F200039
1. MEASURE THE CRUISE MAIN SWITCH SIGNAL.

A10
BODY GND
check harness when the constant-speed switch is ON and OFF.
Standard:
Constant-speed switch "ON": 20V or more
Constant-speed switch "OFF": APPROX. 0V
SHTS161120100032
(3) Measure the voltage between the body GND and the terminal B10
of the signal check harness when the vehicle distance switch is
B10
BODY GND
ON and OFF.
Standard:
Vehicle distance switch "ON": 20V or more
Vehicle distance switch "OFF": APPROX. 0V
SHTS161120100033
.
NO
YES
Normal
.
NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION

EN1611201F200040
1. MEASURE THE NEUTRAL SWITCH SIGNAL.

B14
BODY GND
check harness when the shift lever is set to and not set to the neu-
tral position.
Standard:
In neutral position: 20V or more
Not in neutral position: APPROX. 0V
SHTS161120100034
.
NO
YES
Normal
STARTING IDLE UP CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION

EN1611201F200041
1. MEASURE THE STARTING IDLE UP CONTROL SWITCH SIG-

NAL.
B26 (1) Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position and connect the sig-
BODY GND
check harness when the starting idle up control switch is ON and
OFF.
Standard:
Starting idle up control switch "ON": 20V or more
Starting idle up control switch "OFF": APPROX. 0V
SHTS161120100035
.
NO
YES
Normal
.
POWER MODE SWITCH INSPECTION

EN1611201F200042
1. MEASURE THE POWER MODE SWITCH SIGNAL.

BODY GND
check harness when the power mode switch is ON and OFF.
Standard:
Power mode switch "ON": 20V or more
Power mode switch "OFF": APPROX. 0V
SHTS161120100036
.
NO
YES
Normal
BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION

EN1611201F200043
1. MEASURE THE BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL.

C17
BODY GND
age between the body GND and the terminal C17 of the signal
check harness when the brake pedal is depressed and released.
Standard:
Brake pedal released: 20V or more
Brake pedal depressed: APPROX. 0V
SHTS161120100037
.
NO
YES
Normal
.
2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧞ᤨ㧝㧝ಽ
FUEL CONTROL (A09C) DN02–1
FUEL CONTROL (A09C)

DN02
DN02-001
COMMON RAIL FUEL INJECTION ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR........ DN02-85

SYSTEM ....................................................DN02-2 INJECTOR SOLENOID VALVE
DRIVE SYSTEM COMMON 1 & 2 ................. DN02-86
PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS ................. DN02-2
INJECTOR SOLENOID VALVE
ELECTRICAL................................................... DN02-4
DRIVE SYSTEM COMMON 1 & 2 ................. DN02-90
INSPECTION ................................................... DN02-5
INJECTOR SOLENOID VALVE
SIGNAL CHECK HARNESS............................ DN02-6
DRIVE SYSTEM ............................................ DN02-93
COMPUTER (ECU) PIN ASSIGNMENT.......... DN02-8
CYLINDER CONTRIBUTION/BALANCE....... DN02-96
SUPPLY PUMP METERING-UNIT
(PERSONAL COMPUTER)
PROPORTIONAL (MPROP).......................... DN02-98
DIAGNOSIS TOOL WITH INTERFACE......... DN02-14
SUPPLY PUMP METERING-UNIT
DIAGNOSIS USING
PROPORTIONAL (MPROP)........................ DN02-100
THE DIAGNOSIS MONITOR......................... DN02-17
SUPPLY PUMP ........................................... DN02-102
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE AND
EGR ACTUATOR ........................................ DN02-102
DIAGNOSIS TROUBLE CODE TABLE ......... DN02-19
VNT (VARIABLE NOZZLE TURBINE)
CHECK OF THE ECU POWER SUPPLY
ACTUATOR ................................................. DN02-102
VOLTAGE ...................................................... DN02-22
EGR COOLER OVERHEAT ........................ DN02-103
CHECK OF THE GROUND ........................... DN02-22
ENGINE RETARDER .................................. DN02-104
ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR.................. DN02-23
ENGINE RETARDER .................................. DN02-108
INJECTOR CORRECTION DATA ............... DN02-112
(PULSE)......................................................... DN02-25
ECU ............................................................. DN02-112
ENGINE SPEED SUB SENSOR ................... DN02-26
MAIN RELAY ............................................... DN02-113
IDLE SWITCH.............................................. DN02-114
(PULSE)......................................................... DN02-28
STARTER SWITCH ..................................... DN02-115
ENGINE SPEED MAIN AND
NEUTRAL SWITCH ..................................... DN02-116
SUB SENSOR ............................................... DN02-29
CAN COMMUNICATION ERROR
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ......... DN02-30
(TRANSMISSION) ....................................... DN02-117
ENGINE OVERHEAT .................................... DN02-33
ENGINE OVERRUN ...................................... DN02-34
(CRUISE) ..................................................... DN02-117
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR ................. DN02-35
BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR ..................... DN02-38
(ABS/AIR SUSPENSION)............................ DN02-117
TURBOCHARGER OVER BOOST................ DN02-42
TURBOCHARGER OVERRUN ..................... DN02-43
(METER) ...................................................... DN02-118
AIR FLOW SENSOR ..................................... DN02-44
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR....... DN02-49
(VEHICLE CONTROL ECU) ........................ DN02-118
EGR COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR........................................................ DN02-52
(EGR)........................................................... DN02-119
COMMON RAIL PRESSURE,
CONTROL SYSTEM ..................................... DN02-55
(VNT) ........................................................... DN02-120
COMMON RAIL PRESSURE ........................ DN02-55
CAN MALFUNCTION (ENGINE) ................. DN02-121
COMMON RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR ........ DN02-56
NO VEHICLE INFORMATION
COMMON RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR ........ DN02-57
RECORDED ................................................ DN02-122
FUEL LEAKAGE ............................................ DN02-61
ACCELERATOR SENSOR 1......................... DN02-62
ACCELERATOR SENSOR 1 & 2 .................. DN02-78
P.T.O. ACCELERATOR SENSOR ................ DN02-79
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .......................... DN02-83
2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧟㧞ಽ
DN02–2 FUEL CONTROL (A09C)
COMMON RAIL FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS
EN1611202F200001
• Ensure that individual connectors are certainly connected before

start of checking works.
• Make sure to set the starter key to the "LOCK" position before dis-
connecting a connector.
• Replace the part or the component that have a failure or trouble.
Do not fix and reuse it.
• Delete the past malfunction code after recording. Then conduct a
diagnosis again to check for present failures.
• Delete the past failure memory after completion of a diagnostic
analysis.
1. ILLUSTRATION OF CONNECTOR AND MEASUREMENT ON

TERMINAL
LOCK
ILLUSTRATION OF CONNECTOR
represents an image of a connector with its lock positioned
on top as viewed from the connecting face.
TO BE CONNECTED
MALE FEMALE
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
NUMBERING OF CONNECTOR TERMINALS

3 2 1 1 2 3 The terminals are symmetrically numbered (symmetrically
6 5 4 4 5 6 reversed numbering) as viewed on the connecting faces of a
pair of connectors.
The terminal #1 is located at the top right corner of a male
connector and at the top left corner of a female connector
MALE FEMALE respectively in this document.
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
PRECAUTIONS FOR TERMINAL MEASUREMENT

Unless otherwise specified in this document, the illustration
of a connector represents an image of a connector as viewed
from the connecting face. A test probe must access the back
face of a connector.
However, some types of connector do not allow a test probe
to contact with the back face such as a waterproof connector.
In such case, a test probe may be allowed to access the front
face of a connector but a special care must be used to avoid
a risk of damage in terminals.
As to a connector that is designed to use the signal check
harness for terminal measurement, do not place a test probe
directly onto the front or back face. Use a contact box of the
connected signal check harness to take measurement on
terminals.
A 1 2
4 3
5 6 ILLUSTRATION OF CONNECTOR AND
VIEW A MEASUREMENT SURFACE
3 2 represents an image of a connector as viewed from the
6 1
5 4 connecting face. For example, the terminal #1 of a female
connector is located at the top left corner of a connector as
viewed from the connecting face.
VIEW B In actual measurement on the terminal #1 of a female
B
connector, a test probe must be placed onto the top right
corner on the back face of a connector.
SHTS161120200001
ELECTRICAL
EN1611202F200002
ACCELERATOR SENSOR
(FOR OPERATION)

BATTERY
NEUTRAL SWITCH
CHASSIS
DIAGNOSIS SWITCH
ACCELERATOR SENSOR No.1, 2

EGR, VNT
KEY SWITCH
STARTER SWITCH
STOP LIGHT SWITCH POWER RELAY
POWER TAKE-OFF SWITCH
CHECK ENGINE
VEHICLE CONTROL LIGHT (METER)
ECU
Hino-DX
(DIAGNOSIS TOOL)
CAB
EGR ACTUATOR
INJECTOR 1
CAN H
INJECTOR 2
VNT ACTUATOR
CAN L
INJECTOR 3
ENGINE SPEED SUB SENSOR INJECTOR 4
ENGINE ECU INJECTOR 5
AIR FLOW SENSOR INJECTOR 6

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SUPPLY PUMP

(EGR COOLER OUTLET) ENGINE RETARDER 1 SOLENOID VALVE

ENGINE RETARDER 2 SOLENOID VALVE
TURBOCHARGER SPEED SENSOR
ENGINE
SHTS161120200002
INSPECTION
EN1611202F200003
1. PRIOR CHECK
(1) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position (do not start the engine)
and confirm that the check engine light in the indicator area lights
up.
HINT
If the check engine light does not go out, the system is abnormal.
Check the system according to diagnosis on the following page.
.
SHTS161120200003
CHECK ENGINE LIGHT ILLUMINATION PATTERN
START
STARTER ON
SWITCH
LOCK
RUNNING
ENGINE
STOP
CHECK ON
ENGINE OFF
LIGHT
TIME
SHTS161120200004
SIGNAL CHECK HARNESS

EN1611202F200004
1. MENTION OF THE SIGNAL CHECK HARNESS

(1) HINO provides a signal check harness to check the ECU.
! CAUTION
• To prevent damage of the ECU connector, connect the signal
check harness and perform measuring by bringing the test probe
into contact with the signal check harness side (Contact box).
HINT
The terminal numbers referred in text or illustrations in this docu-
ment correspond to the numbering in the next section "COM-
PUTER (ECU) PIN ASSIGNMENT" as shown in the figure below.
COMPUTER (ECU) TERMINAL SIGNAL

EXT
TACH EBMV TH1G + ETHW AGDT CE/G ST
BSW
SSWS NUSW AT STOP CANL CANH
HRY +BF +BF PGD PGD 2
2 2 1 2 1 ET2
PWEV TH2G PTO VS
+
VB VB CGD CGD AGD AVC AGD ACS ACS AGD AVC
EXPS DGSW ISOK
1 2 1 2 2 3 1 1 2 3 5
COMPUTER (ECU) TERMINAL No.

A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27 A28 A29 A30 A31 A32 A33 A34 A35
A36 A37 A38 A39 A40 A41 A42 A43 A44 A45 A46 A47 A48 A49 A50 A51 A52 A53
A7 A8 A9 A10 A11
EXAMPLE: A25 TERMINAL

A-1
A-1 (1 to 40)
SIGNAL CHECK
HARNESS
(CONTACT BOX) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
A25
SHTS161120200006
2. CONNECT THE SIGNAL CHECK HARNESS.

connectors from the ECU.
(2) Connect a signal check harness to the vehicle harness and the
engine ECU.
SST: Signal check harness (09843-E1010)
COMPUTER (ECU)
A-1
B
HARNESS
A-2
(VEHICLE SIDE)
C
TEST LEAD
A-3
SIGNAL CHECK SIGNAL CHECK

HARNESS B CONTACT BOX HARNESS A
09843-E1030 09843-E1020
09843-E1010
SHTS161120200007
2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧟㧤ಽ
COMPUTER (ECU) PIN ASSIGNMENT

EN1611202F200005
COMPUTER (ECU) TERMINAL SIGNAL

CONNECTOR A
ETHW AGDT CE/G ST
SSWS NUSW BSW2 CANL CANH

+BF +BF PGD PGD
2 1 2 1
PWEV PTO VS
VB VB CGD CGD AGD AGD ACS ACS AVC AVC DGSW ISOK
1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 5
CONNECTOR C CONNECTOR B
IJ2 IJ1 IJ5 IJ6 IJ4 THF PIM ASVC TBSG RTPW AFVB
+ + + + + +
AFT ASCS THW AGD ASGN NE1
IJ3 SPV SP1S INJ + - 1 +
+ 1 3
AFSG TBGN NE1
-
AGD AFGN AVC
4 1
INJ INJ INJ INJ INJ THW PCR AVC PCR G1- G1+ RTD RTD
4 6 5 1 2 + 1 2 - 1 2
COMPUTER (ECU) TERMINAL No.

CONNECTOR A
A7 A8 A9 A10 A11
CONNECTOR C CONNECTOR B
C5 C4 C3 C2 C1 B36 B35 B34 B33 B32 B31 B30 B3 B2 B1
B29 B28 B27 B26 B25 B24 B23

C11 C10 C9 C8 C7 C6 B5 B4
B22 B21 B20 B19 B18 B17 B16
C16 C15 C14 C13 C12 B15 B14 B13 B12 B11 B10 B9 B8 B7 B6
SIGNAL CHECK HARNESS (CONTACT BOX) TERMINAL No.

A-1 (1 to 40) A-2 (41 to 80)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
A-3 (81 to 90)

81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89
B (1 to 36) C (1 to 16)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36
SHTS161120200008
COMPUTER (ECU) PIN CONNECTION

• The terminal number in the table correspond with the contact box of signal check harness.
CONTACT BOX (A-1)
1 – 21 –
2 VB1 Fuse 7D 22 –
3 VB2 Fuse 7D 23 –
4 – 24 –
5 CGD1 Ground 25 –
6 CGD2 Ground 26 –
7 – 27 ETHW EGR coolant temperature sensor
8 +BF2 Fuse 7D 28 AGDT EGR coolant temperature sensor
9 +BF1 Fuse 7D 29 –
10 PGD2 Ground 30 CE/G Combination meter
11 PGD1 Ground 31 ST Starter switch
12 – 32 –
13 – 33 –
14 – 34 –
15 – 35 –
16 – 36 –
17 – 37 –
18 – 38 –
19 – 39 –
20 – 40 SSWS Fuse 39
CONTACT BOX (A-2)
41 NUSW Neutral switch 61 –
42 BSW2 Stop light switch 62 –
43 – 63 –
44 – 64 –
45 – 65 –
46 – 66 PTO P.T.O. position switch
47 – 67 –
48 – 68 –
49 – 69 –
50 – 70 –
51 – 71 VS Vehicle speed sensor
52 CANL Junction CAN 72 –
53 CANH Junction CAN 73 –
54 PWEV EGR VNT power relay 74 –
55 – 75 –
56 – 76 AGD2 Accelerator sensor
57 – 77 –
58 – 78 AGD1 Accelerator sensor
59 – 79 ACS1 Accelerator sensor
60 – 80 ACS2 Accelerator sensor

CONTACT BOX (A-3)
81 – 86 –
82 AVC2 Accelerator sensor 87 –
83 – 88 –
84 AVC5 Accelerator sensor 89 ISOK Diagnosis connector
85 DGSW Diagnosis connector

CONTACT BOX (B)
1 – 19 NE1- Engine speed sub sensor
2 AFVB Air flow sensor 20 TBGN Turbine speed sensor
3 RTPW Engine retarder 21 AFSG Air flow sensor
4 – 22 –
5 – 23 NE1+ Engine speed sub sensor
6 RTD2 Engine retarder 24 ASGN P.T.O. accelerator sensor
7 RTD1 Engine retarder 25 AGD1 Boost pressure sensor
8 – 26 THW- Coolant temperature sensor
9 G1+ Engine speed main sensor 27 ASCS P.T.O. accelerator sensor
10 G1- Engine speed main sensor 28 –
11 – 29 AFT+ Air flow sensor
12 PCR- Common rail pressure sensor 30 TBSG Turbine speed sensor
13 AVC2 Common rail pressure sensor 31 ASVC P.T.O. accelerator sensor
14 PCR1 Common rail pressure sensor 32 –
15 THW+ Coolant temperature sensor 33 –
16 AVC1 Boost pressure sensor 34 PIM Boost pressure sensor
17 AFGN Air flow sensor 35 THF+ Fuel temperature sensor
18 AGD4 Fuel temperature sensor 36 –

2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧟㧥ಽ
CONTACT BOX (C)
1 IJ4+ Injector 4 9 SP1S Supply pump
2 IJ6+ Injector 6 10 SPV1 Supply pump
3 IJ5+ Injector 5 11 IJ3+ Injector 3
4 IJ1+ Injector 1 12 INJ2 Injector 2
5 IJ2+ Injector 2 13 INJ1 Injector 1
6 INJ3 Injector 3 14 INJ5 Injector 5
7 – 15 INJ6 Injector 6
8 – 16 INJ4 Injector 4

TOOL WITH INTERFACE
EN1611202F200006
1. INTRODUCTION TO HINO-DX
(1) The Hino-DX is designed to diagnose the common rail fuel injec-
tion system and the chassis system. For connection to the vehi-
cle, the Hino-Bowie (interface box) and dedicated cables must be
used.
SST:
Communication interface assembly (Hino-Bowie)
(09993-E9070)
Cable communication (S0904-21220)
Diagnosis software: HINO Diagnostic explorer (Hino-DX)
SHTS161120200009 HINT
• Use the Hino-Bowie designated above as an interface.
• Cables to be routed between the Hino-Bowie and a computer
are included in the Hino-Bowie kit.
Select either the RS-232C cable or the USB cable.
• Install the Hino Diagnostic eXplorer (Hino-DX) software on a
personal computer. For installation procedures, read the
manual supplied with a CD.
2. CONNECT THE PC DIAGNOSIS TOOL (Hino-DX)

interface.
P

DIAGNOSIS (4) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position.
CONNECTOR
(Do not start the engine.)
HINT
When the Hino-Bowie is connected to a vehicle, the power supply
will turn on and the POWER light (red) on the Hino-Bowie will light
SHTS161120200010 on.
3. STARTING THE DIAGNOSIS

(1) Boot the Hino-DX.
(2) Click on the [Equipment DTC] button and select "Engine" from a
pull-down menu in the [Select System Category]. Then, click on
the [Load] button.
SHTS161120200011
(3) Make sure that "Engine" is indicated in the [Select System Cate-
gory] box. Click on the [System Fix] button to diagnose the
engine.
SHTS161120200012
4. LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS
Part name Part No. Appearance Outline/feature
Personal • Operating system (OS): Win-

computer dows 95, Windows 98 (IE 5.0 or
(DOS/V standard) later), Windows 2000 (SP3, IE 5.0
or later), Windows XP (SP1a, IE
6.0 or later)
—
• CPU and memory: Must be guar-
anteed for the performances of
the aforesaid operating systems.
• Display: 800 x 600 (Resolution),
256 or more colors
Hino-Bowie 09993-E9070 • Personal computer interface

(Interface box) Interface box the body
and cables
(For RS-232C and USB)
S0904-21220
Cable of between
vehicle and
Hino-Bowie
Signal check 09843-E1010 • This signal check harness is

harness (For common rail fuel designed to be routed between
injection system) the vehicle harness and the ECU
and allows a check to be con-
ducted with a test probe while
power is being supplied.
Both of types A and B are used.
A (09843-E1020)
B (09843-E1030)
.
DIAGNOSIS USING THE DIAGNOSIS MONITOR

EN1611202F200007
(1) Trouble diagnosis also can be performed using the diagnosis
monitor. The malfunction codes are indicated by sound and light.
SST: Diagnosis monitor (S0963-01370)
SHTS161120200017
2. CONNECTING THE DIAGNOSIS MONITOR

(2) Connect the dedicated harness connector to a white one of two
centralized diagnosis connectors, located on the lower right side
in front of the driver’s seat. then, connect the diagnosis monitor to
OPT:
STD:
the connector having a "STD ENG" tag.

STD ENG
(3) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position.
SHTS161120200018
FIXING NOTICE
DUMMY CONNECTOR he centralized diagnosis connectors are generally connected to
the fixing dummy connectors. Pull the centralized diagnosis con-
nectors out when using the centralized diagnosis connctor, and
connect the centralized diagnosis connctor with the fixing dummy
connectors after use.
HINT
BLACK: OPT CONNECTOR Add a new tag to your dedicated harness (S0963-02300) if the
aforesaid tag is not attached.
WHITE: STD CONNECTOR
SHTS161120200019
3. READ OUT THE MALFUNCTION CODE.

(1) Read out the malfunction codes and write down the malfunction
codes that are indicated.
NOTICE
Malfunction codes are indicated, starting from the lowest and pro-
gressing to higher one, with no distinction between present and
past malfunction codes.
MALFUNCTION CODE INDICATION PATTERN
Malfunction code 32 and 21

0.5S 0.5S
Turn ON
Turn OFF
1.5S 4.3S
Code 32 Code 21
Repeat
Normal
0.3S
Turn ON
Turn OFF S: Seconds
SHTS161120200020
.
DIAGNOSIS MONITOR CODE AND DIAGNOSIS TROUBLE CODE

TABLE
EN1611202F200008
NOTICE
MC No.: Diagnosis Monitor Code (Using the diagnosis monitor)
DTC No.: Diagnosis Trouble Code (Using the PC diagnosis tool)
[a] SYMPTOM MC DTC

PRESUMED CAUSE OF TROUBLE
[b] CHECK ENGINE LIGHT No. No.
78 P0093 Fuel leakage
a. Engine does not start Engine speed main sensor malfunction

13 P0335
Engine stops (Main and sub sensor malfunction)
b. Check engine light: light 3 P0606 ECU malfunction (Hard detection)
3 P0607 ECU malfunction (Monitoring IC malfunction in ECU)
a. Engine has low power

22 P2120 Accelerator sensor 1 and 2 malfunction
b. Check engine light: light

6 P0217 Engine overheat
b. Check engine light: Not light
a. Engine has low power 39 P0049 Turbocharger overrun

b. Check engine light: Not light 39 P0234 Turbocharger over boost
74 P0629 Supply pump MPROP malfunction (Short circuit to battery)
Supply pump MPROP malfunction

75 P0628
(Open circuit, short circuit to ground)
Injector solenoid valve drive system common 1 malfunction

57 P1211
(Short circuit in the "–" side harness)

58 P1214

57 P1212
(Short circuit in the "+" side harness)

58 P1215
a. Engine has low power 17 P0102 Air flow sensor malfunction (Input too low)
b. Check engine light: light 17 P0103 Air flow sensor malfunction (Input too high)
51 P0201 Injector 1 solenoid valve drive system malfunction (Wire breaking)
13 P0335 Engine speed main sensor malfunction
13 P0336 Engine speed main sensor pulse abnormal
35 P0045 VNT controller malfunction (Major fault)

[a] SYMPTOM MC DTC

36 P0045 VNT controller malfunction (Minor fault)
81 P1458 EGR actuator 1 malfunction (Major fault)
81 P1459 EGR actuator 2 malfunction (Minor fault)
76 P0088 Excessive common rail pressure
67 P0192 Common rail pressure sensor malfunction (Input too low)
67 P0193 Common rail pressure sensor malfunction (Input too high)
a. Engine has low power 67 P0191 Common rail pressure sensor stuck
b. Check engine light: light 77 P1266 Supply pump malfunction (Force feed)
68 P0088 Excessive common rail pressure (1st step)
69 P0088 Excessive common rail pressure (2nd step)
37 P0237 Boost pressure sensor malfunction (Input too low)
37 P0108 Boost pressure sensor malfunction (Input too high)
8 U1122 CAN communication error (EGR)
8 U1123 CAN communication error (VNT)
22 P2122 Accelerator sensor 1 malfunction (Input too low)
22 P2123 Accelerator sensor 1 malfunction (Input too high)
22 P2127 Accelerator sensor 2 malfunction (Input too low)
22 P2128 Accelerator sensor 2 malfunction (Input too high)
22 P2121 Accelerator sensor 1 abnormal voltage (Stuck close)
22 P2121 Accelerator sensor 1 abnormal voltage (Stuck open)
22 P2126 Accelerator sensor 2 abnormal voltage (Stuck close)
22 P2126 Accelerator sensor 2 abnormal voltage (Stuck open)
15 P2228 Atmospheric pressure sensor malfunction (Input too low)
15 P2229 Atmospheric pressure sensor malfunction (Input too high)

a. Other phenomena
11 P0117 Coolant temperature sensor malfunction (Input too low)
11 P0118 Coolant temperature sensor malfunction (Input too high)
14 P0187 Fuel temperature sensor malfunction (Input too low)
14 P0188 Fuel temperature sensor malfunction (Input too high)
8 P0610 No vehicle information recorded
16 P0112 Intake air temperature sensor malfunction (Input too low)
16 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor malfunction (Input too high)
12 P0340 Engine speed sub sensor malfunction
12 P0341 Engine speed sub sensor pulse abnormal
5 P0686 Main relay malfunction
2 P1601 Injector correction data conforming error

[a] SYMPTOM MC DTC

Vehicle speed sensor malfunction (Input too high)

21 P0501
a. Other phenomena (Overhigh frequency)
b. Check engine light: light Vehicle speed sensor malfunction (Input too low)
21 P0500
(Open/short circuit)
42 P0510 Idle switch malfunction
23 P1133 P.T.O. accelerator sensor malfunction
19 P1417 EGR coolant temperature sensor malfunction (Input too low)
19 P1418 EGR coolant temperature sensor malfunction (Input too high)
26 P1462 Engine retarder 1 open circuit, short circuit to ground
26 P1463 Engine retarder 1 short circuit to battery
27 P1467 Engine retarder 2 open circuit, short circuit to ground
27 P1468 Engine retarder 2 short circuit to battery
47 P0850 Neutral switch malfunction
61 P0263 Cylinder 1 contribution/balance fault

a. Other phenomena
b. Check engine light: Not light
7 P0219 Engine overrun
85 P1416 EGR cooler overheat
45 P0617 Starter switch malfunction
9 U0101 CAN communication error (Transmission)
9 U0121 CAN communication error (ABS)
9 U0104 CAN communication error (Cruise)
9 U0155 CAN communication error (Meter)
9 U0132 CAN communication error (Air suspension)

8 U0073 CAN malfunction (Engine)
a. Other phenomena
8 U110A CAN communication error (Vehicle control ECU)
CHECK OF THE ECU POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

EN1611202F200009
1. CHECK THE VOLTAGE BETWEEN TERMINALS.

+ SIDE A8
+ SIDE (1) Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position and connect the sig-
A9
A3 A-1 nal check harness.
A2
(2) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position and measure the volt-
age between terminals.
Terminals to measure the voltage

A11 A5 A6 A10 + side - side
- SIDE
A2, A3, A8, A9 A5, A6, A10, A11
SHTS161120200021
.
NO
• 0V: Fuse blows, harness malfunction,
ground malfunction
YES • 20V or less: Battery retrogradation, ground
malfunction
Normal
CHECK OF THE GROUND

EN1611202F200010
1. CHECK THE RESISTANCE BETWEEN TERMINALS.

A-1 (1) Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position and connect the sig-
nal check harness.
(2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
(3) Measure the resistance between A5, A6, A10, A11 terminals and
A11 A5 A6 A10 battery (–) terminal.
Terminals to measure the resistance
A5 ↔ Battery (–)
SHTS161120200022
.
NO
• Ground harness disconnection
• Bad contact of terminal
YES
Normal
2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧠㧜ಽ

EN1611202F200011
MC No. 13 DTC No. P0335 Engine speed main sensor malfunction

B23 B19
nal check harness.
(3) Measure the resistance between B19 and B23 terminals.
Standard: APPROX. 108.5-142.5 Ω at 20°C {68°F}
SHTS161120200023
.
NO
Proceed to 3.
YES
2. RECHECK THE MC OR DTC.

(1) Connect the PC DIAGNOSIS TOOL. (Refer to the page DN02-
14.)
(2) Connect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
(3) Erase the MC or DTC memory.
(4) Start the engine.
(5) After performing warm-up at engine speed idling, stop the engine.
(6) Check the MC or DTC.
Standard: Normal
SHTS161120200024
.
NO
• Malfunction of engine ECU
• Bad contact of ECU connectors
YES • Malfunction of harness (Short circuit)
Normal
(Temporary malfunction because of radio interference noise.)

(1) Disconnect the connectors of engine speed main sensor.
(2) Measure the resistance between No.1 and No.2 terminals of
engine speed main sensor.
Standard: APPROX. 108.5-142.5 Ω at 20°C {68°F}
SHTS161120200025
.
NO
Malfunction of engine speed main sensor
YES
• Malfunction of harness (Short circuit)

• Bad contact of connectors
.
ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR (PULSE)

EN1611202F200012
MC No. 13 DTC No. P0336 Engine speed main sensor pulse abnormal
1. CHECK THE INPUT PULSE GENERATION TO ENGINE ECU.

B23 B19 nal check harness.
(3) Measure the pulse generation between B19 and B23 terminals of
the signal check harness using an oscilloscope.
Standard: 56 pulse (Between non-signal holes)
(4) After measurement, stop the engine.
SHTS161120200026
.
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES

• Malfunction of ECU connectors
2. CHECK THE INPUT PULSE GENERATION FROM ENGINE

SPEED MAIN SENSOR.
(1) Connector of engine speed main sensor remains connected.
(3) Measure the pulse generation between No.1 and No.2 terminals
of engine speed main sensor (Vehicle harness side).
NOTICE
This figure is viewed from the vehicle harness side.
Standard: 56 pulse (Between non-signal holes)
SHTS161120200027
NO
• Engine speed main sensor malfunction
• Flywheel signal hole abnormal
YES • Bad contact of connectors
• Malfunction of harness
.
2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧠㧜ಽ

EN1611202F200013
MC No. 12 DTC No. P0340 Engine speed sub sensor malfunction

B10 nal check harness.
Standard: 774-946 Ω at 20°C {68°F}
SHTS161120200028
NO
Proceed to 3.
YES

(1) Connect the PC DIAGNOSIS TOOL. (Refer to the page DN02-
14.)
(2) Connect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
(3) Erase the MC or DTC memory.
(5) After performing warm-up at engine speed idling, stop the engine.
Standard: Normal
SHTS161120200029
.
NO
• Bad contact of ECU connectors
YES • Malfunction of harness (Short circuit)
Normal

(1) Disconnect the connector of engine speed sub sensor.
(2) Measure the resistance between terminals of engine speed sub
sensor.
Standard: 774-946 Ω at 20°C {68°F}
SHTS161120200030
.
NO
Malfunction of engine speed sub sensor
YES
• Bad contact of connectors
.
ENGINE SPEED SUB SENSOR (PULSE)

EN1611202F200014
MC No. 12 DTC No. P0341 Engine speed sub sensor pulse abnormal
1. CHECK THE INPUT PULSE GENERATION TO ENGINE ECU.

(3) Measure the pulse generation between B9 and B10 terminals of
the signal check harness using an oscilloscope.
Standard: 7 pulse (Including extra signal pin)
SHTS161120200031
.
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES

2. CHECK THE INPUT PULSE GENERATION FROM ENGINE

1 2 SPEED SUB SENSOR.
(1) Connector of engine speed sub sensor remains connected.
(3) Measure the pulse generation between No.1 and No.2 terminals
of engine speed sub sensor (Vehicle harness side).
NOTICE
This figure is viewed from the vehicle harness side.
Standard: 7 pulse (Including extra signal pin)
SHTS161120200032
NO
Bad contact of connectors
YES
Malfunction of harness
.
ENGINE SPEED MAIN AND SUB SENSOR

EN1611202F200015
MC No. 13 DTC No. P0335 Engine speed main and sub sensor malfunction
1. INSPECTION ITEM
(1) Make sure to inspect it in accordance with the contents of MC
No.12, 13 or DTC No. P0335, P0340.
Refer to the section "ENGINE SPEED MAIN SENSOR (DTC No.
P0335/MC No.13)" .
Refer to the section "ENGINE SPEED SUB SENSOR (DTC No.
P0340/MC No.12)" .
.

EN1611202F200016
MC No. 11 DTC No. P0117 Coolant temperature sensor malfunction (Input too low)
MC No. 11 DTC No. P0118 Coolant temperature sensor malfunction (Input too high)

B15 B26
nal check harness.
HINT
Measure the resistance under any of the following conditions.
Standard:
Coolant temperature Resistance
SHTS161120200033
20°C {68°F} 2.45 kΩ
40°C {104°F} 1.15 kΩ
60°C {140°F} 584 Ω
80°C {176°F} 318 Ω
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES
Proceed to 3.

(1) Disconnect the connector of coolant temperature sensor.
(2) Measure the resistance between No.1 and No.2 terminals of cool-
ant temperature sensor.
HINT
Standard:

20°C {68°F} 2.45 kΩ
SHTS161120200034 40°C {104°F} 1.15 kΩ
60°C {140°F} 584 Ω
80°C {176°F} 318 Ω
NO
Malfunction of coolant temperature sensor
YES
• Malfunction of connectors
3. CHECK THE CONTINUITY OF HARNESS.

(1) Measure the resistance between B15 terminal of the signal check
B15 harness and chassis GND.
Standard: ∞ Ω
FRAME
SHTS161120200035
NO
Proceed to 4.
YES
Proceed to 5.
4. CHECK THE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

(2) Measure the resistance between No.1 terminal of coolant temper-
ature sensor and chassis GND.
Standard: ∞ Ω
FRAME
SHTS161120200036
NO
YES

B15 (2) Measure the voltage between B15 terminal of the signal check
harness and chassis GND.
Standard: 1V or less
FRAME
SHTS161120200037
NO
YES

.
ENGINE OVERHEAT
EN1611202F200017
MC No. 6 DTC No. P0217 Engine overheat

(3) Measure the resistance between No.1 and No.2 terminals.
HINT
Standard:

20°C {68°F} 2.45 kΩ
SHTS161120200038
40°C {104°F} 1.15 kΩ
60°C {140°F} 584 Ω
80°C {176°F} 318 Ω
HINT
• This code would be displayed when the coolant temperature
sensor operates normally and coolant temperature ascends
over 105°C {221°F}.
• Also, while the MC or DTC is being detected, Max. volume of
fuel injection will be limited and will return back to normal
control volume when it descends 80°C {176°F} or less.
.
NO
YES
Malfunction of engine cooling system
.
ENGINE OVERRUN
EN1611202F200018
MC No. 7 DTC No. P0219 Engine overrun
1. The MC or DTC will be displayed, once detected over 2,650 r/

min. in the engine revolution. Also, the fuel injection will be
suspended during the MC or DTC to be detected and the fuel
injection will be resumed when engine revolution goes down
2,550 r/min or less.
HINT
• This MC or DTC aim is not for detecting the engine overrun
under abnormal operation of the system, but for storing in
memory the high revolution of the engine. (For example,
detection of wrong shifting, etc.)
• Also, there is a case in which "overrun" would be detected by
misunderstanding the engine revolution, with a noise to be
generated by harness malfunction and its modification.
.

EN1611202F200019
MC No. 14 DTC No. P0187 Fuel temperature sensor malfunction (Input too low)
MC No. 14 DTC No. P0188 Fuel temperature sensor malfunction (Input too high)

HINT
Standard:
SHTS161120200040
20°C {68°F} 2.45 kΩ
40°C {104°F} 1.15 kΩ
60°C {140°F} 584 Ω
80°C {176°F} 318 Ω
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES
Proceed to 3.

(1) Disconnect the connector of fuel temperature sensor.
(2) Measure the resistance between No.1 and No.2 terminals of fuel
temperature sensor.
HINT
Standard:

20°C {68°F} 2.45 kΩ
SHTS161120200041 40°C {104°F} 1.15 kΩ
60°C {140°F} 584 Ω
80°C {176°F} 318 Ω
NO
Malfunction of fuel temperature sensor
YES

Standard: ∞ Ω
FRAME
SHTS161120200042
NO
Proceed to 4.
YES
Proceed to 5.
4. CHECK THE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

(1) Disconnect the connector of fuel temperature sensor.
(2) Measure the resistance between No.1 terminal of fuel tempera-
ture sensor and chassis GND.
Standard: ∞ Ω
FRAME
SHTS161120200043
NO
Malfunction of fuel temperature sensor
YES

FRAME
SHTS161120200044
NO
YES

.

EN1611202F200020
MC No. 37 DTC No. P0108 Boost pressure sensor malfunction (Input too high)
MC No. 37 DTC No. P0237 Boost pressure sensor malfunction (Input too low)

(2) Set the stater switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Measure the voltage between B34 and B25 terminals of the signal
check harness.
Standard: 0.2-4.8V
(After measurement, turn the starter switch to "LOCK" position.)
SHTS161120200045
.
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES


(1) Disconnect the connector of boost pressure sensor.
(2) Set the stater switch to the "ON" position.
GND +5V
(3) Measure the voltage between +5V and GND terminals of boost
pressure sensor (Vehicle harness side).
Standard: 4.75-5.25V
SHTS161120200046
.
NO
Proceed to 5.
YES
Proceed to 3.
SIG (1) Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position.

B34 (2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
harness and SIG terminal of boost pressure sensor (Vehicle har-
ness side).
SHTS161120200047
(4) Measure the resistance between terminals of the signal check

B25 B16 FRAME
B34 Terminals to measure the resistance
B34 ↔ B16
B34 ↔ B25
B34 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200048
.
NO
YES

FRAME
SHTS161120200049
NO
YES
• Malfunction of boost pressure sensor


+5V
harness and +5V terminal of boost pressure sensor (Vehicle har-
ness side).
SHTS161120200050
harness and GND terminal of boost pressure sensor (Vehicle har-
ness side).
B25 GND Standard: 2 Ω or less
SHTS161120200051

FRAME
B25 B16
B16 ↔ B25
B16 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200052
.
NO
YES
Proceed to 6.

B16
B25 (2) Measure the voltage between terminal of the signal check har-
ness and chassis GND.
FRAME Terminals to measure the voltage
+ side - side
B16
Chassis GND
B25
SHTS161120200053
.
NO
YES

.
2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧠㧝ಽ
TURBOCHARGER OVER BOOST

EN1611202F200021
MC No. 39 DTC No. P0234 Turbocharger over boost
1. CHECK THE VNT CONTROL SYSTEM, USING THE PC DIAG-

NOSIS TOOL (Hino-DX).
(1) Connect the PC DIAGNOSIS TOOL (Hino-DX) (Refer to the page
DN02-14).
(2) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position (The engine is
stopped).
(3) Select the "Activation Test" menu and check the VNT operation.
Standard: Normal
SHTS161120200054
NO
• Malfunction of VNT
(Replace the VNT assembly.)
YES
Erace diagnosis of the boost pressure sensor MC No.37 or DTC

No. P0108, P0237.
.
TURBOCHARGER OVERRUN
EN1611202F200022
MC No. 39 DTC No. P0049 Turbocharger overrun
1. CHECK THE TURBOCHARGER, USING THE PC DIAGNOSIS

TOOL (Hino-DX).
DN02-14).
(3) Select the "Check turbocharger" menu and check the turbo-
charger operation.
SHTS161120200055
2. CHECK THE VNT CONTROL SYSTEM, USING THE PC DIAG-

NOSIS TOOL (Hino-DX).
DN02-14).
(3) Select the "Activation Test" menu and check the VNT operation.
.
SHTS161120200056
AIR FLOW SENSOR

EN1611202F200023
MC No. 17 DTC No. P0102 Air flow sensor malfunction (Input too low)
MC No. 17 DTC No. P0103 Air flow sensor malfunction (Input too high)
1. CHECK THE AIR FLOW SENSOR, USING THE DIAGNOSIS

TOOL (HINO DX).
DN02-14).
(2) Check the intake air flow.
SHTS161120200057

B17
check harness.
SHTS161120200058
NO
Proceed to 3.
YES


(1) Disconnect the air flow sensor connector.
+14V GND
(3) Measure the voltage between +14V and GND terminals of air flow
sensor (Vehicle harness side).
Standard: 10-16V
SHTS161120200059
NO
Proceed to 6.
YES

SIG (2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
B21 (3) Measure the resistance between B21 terminal of the signal check
harness and SIG terminal of air flow sensor (Vehicle harness
side).
SHTS161120200060

B2 FRAME
B21
B17 B21 ↔ B2
B21 ↔ B17
B21 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200061
NO
YES
Proceed to 5.

FRAME
SHTS161120200062
NO
YES
• Malfunction of air flow sensor


+14V (2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
B2
harness and +14V terminal of air flow sensor (Vehicle harness
side).
SHTS161120200063
harness and GND terminal of air flow sensor (Vehicle harness
B17 GND side).
SHTS161120200064
(5) Measure the resistance between terminal of the signal check har-
B2 B17 FRAME
B2 ↔ Chassis GND
B17 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200065
NO
YES
Proceed to 7.

B2 B17 (2) Measure the voltage between terminal of the signal check har-
+ side - side
B2
Chassis GND
B17
SHTS161120200066
.
NO
YES

.
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EN1611202F200024
MC No. 16 DTC No. P0112 Intake air temperature sensor malfunction (Input too low)
MC No. 16 DTC No. P0113 Intake air temperature sensor malfunction (Input too high)

(3) Measure the resistance between B29 and B17 terminals of the
signal check harness.
HINT
Standard:
Intake air temperature Resistance

SHTS161120200067
-20°C {-4°F} 12.5-16.9 kΩ
20°C {68°F} 1.80-2.20 kΩ
60°C {140°F} 0.50-0.68 kΩ
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES
Proceed to 3.

(1) Disconnect the connector of intake air temperature (air flow) sen-
sor.
intake air temperature (air flow) sensor.
HINT
Standard:
Intake air temperature Resistance
SHTS161120200068
-20°C {-4°F} 12.5-16.9 kΩ
20°C {68°F} 1.80-2.20 kΩ
60°C {140°F} 0.50-0.68 kΩ
NO
Malfunction of intake air temperature (air flow)
sensor
YES

Standard: ∞ Ω
FRAME
SHTS161120200069
NO
Proceed to 4.
YES
Proceed to 5.
4. CHECK THE INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

(1) Disconnect the connector of intake air temperature (air flow) sen-
FRAME sor.
2 5 (2) Measure the resistance between terminals of intake air tempera-
ture (air flow) sensor and chassis GND.
2↔5
2 ↔ Chassis GND
SHTS161120200070
Standard: ∞ Ω
.
NO
Malfunction of intake air temperature (air flow)
sensor
YES

FRAME
SHTS161120200071
NO
Proceed to 4.
YES

.
EGR COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EN1611202F200025
MC No. 19 DTC No. P1417 EGR coolant temperature sensor malfunction (Input too low)
MC No. 19 DTC No. P1418 EGR coolant temperature sensor malfunction (Input too high)

A-1 A27 (1) Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position and connect the sig-
A28 nal check harness.
(3) Measure the resistance between A27 and A28 terminals of the
signal check harness.
HINT
Standard:

SHTS161120200072 20°C {68°F} 2.45 kΩ
40°C {104°F} 1.15 kΩ
60°C {140°F} 584 Ω
80°C {176°F} 318 Ω
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES
Proceed to 3.

(1) Disconnect the connector of EGR coolant temperature sensor.
(2) Measure the resistance between No.1 and No.2 terminals of EGR
coolant temperature sensor.
HINT
Standard:

20°C {68°F} 2.45 kΩ
40°C {104°F} 1.15 kΩ
SHTS161120200073
60°C {140°F} 584 Ω
80°C {176°F} 318 Ω
NO
Malfunction of EGR coolant temperature
sensor
YES
• Malfunction of the connector

(1) Measure the resistance between A27 terminal of the signal check
A-1 A27
Standard: ∞ Ω
FRAME
SHTS161120200074
NO
Proceed to 4.
YES
Proceed to 5.
4. CHECK THE EGR COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

(1) Disconnect the connector of EGR coolant temperature sensor.
(2) Measure the resistance between No.1 terminal of EGR coolant
temperature sensor and chassis GND.
FRAME Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200075
NO
Malfunction of EGR coolant temperature
sensor
YES

A-1 A27
(2) Measure the voltage between A27 terminal of the signal check
FRAME
SHTS161120200076
NO
YES

.
COMMON RAIL PRESSURE, CONTROL SYSTEM

EN1611202F200026
MC No. 68 DTC No. P0088 Excessive common rail pressure (1st step)
MC No. 69 DTC No. P0088 Excessive common rail pressure (2nd step)
1. INSPECTION ITEM
(1) When a valve opening or closing failure occurs in the pressure
limiter due to an excessive common rail pressure rise, the diagno-
sis determines such phenomenon as a trouble.
If this failure code is output, there may be troubles such as:
• malfunction of supply pump,
• malfunction of common rail pressure sensor,
• excessive fuel flow due to trouble in fuel supply system,
• leakage trouble inside the injector, and
• malfunction of engine ECU, harness or connector.
SHTS161120200077 (2) Replace the pressure limiter. More detailed diagnosis should be
done by PC DIAGNOSIS TOOL (Hino-DX).
.

EN1611202F200027
MC No. 76 DTC No. P0088 Excessive common rail pressure
1. INSPECTION ITEM
(1) When no failures are found with the DTC No. P0628, P0629,
P0088, P0191, P0192 and P0193/MC No. 74, 75, 68, 69, 76 and
67 but an actual common rail pressure exceeds the target pres-
sure by 15 MPa or greater for a certain duration of time at the
engine speed of 450 r/min or more, the diagnosis will determine
such phenomenon as a trouble.
(2) Use the Hino-DX to check that no other failure codes are output.
If other failure codes are output, fix to clear such failure codes.
(3) Check the supply pump set timing. If installation would fail to be
set to the top dead center of 0, correct installation.
SHTS161120200078 (4) If no troubles are found by the aforesaid checks, use the Hino-DX
to delete the past failures and start the engine.
If the same code is output again, there may be a trouble in the
supply pump or the common rail pressure sensor, an excessive
fuel flow due to a trouble in the fuel supply system, a leakage trou-
ble inside the injector, and/or a trouble in the engine ECU, har-
nesses or connectors.
More detailed diagnosis should be done by PC DIAGNOSIS
TOOL (Hino-DX).
.

EN1611202F200028
MC No. 67 DTC No. P0191 Common rail pressure sensor stuck

nal check harness.
(2) Start and warm up the engine until an indicator of the coolant tem-
perature gauge starts reading. Then stop the engine.
B12 (3) After an engine coolant temperature lowers 10°C {50°F}, set the
starter switch to the "ON" position and measure the voltage
between B12 and B14 terminals of the signal check harness.
SHTS161120200079
.
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES

2. CHECK THE MC OR DTC.

(1) Replace the common rail pressure sensor and conduct the same
check again.
(2) If the same failure code is output again, there may be a trouble in
harnesses, connectors or engine ECU, a leakage trouble inside
the injector, or clogging in the leak pipe.
More detailed diagnosis should be done by PC DIAGNOSIS
TOOL (Hino-DX).
.
SHTS161120200080

EN1611202F200029
MC No. 67 DTC No. P0192 Common rail pressure sensor malfunction (Input too low)
MC No. 67 DTC No. P0193 Common rail pressure sensor malfunction (Input too high)

nal check harness.
B12 check harness.
Standard: 0.2-4.8V
(After measurement, turn the starter switch to "LOCK" position.)
SHTS161120200081
.
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES


(1) Disconnect the connector of common rail pressure sensor.
GND +5V (2) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Measure the voltage between +5V and GND terminals of common
rail pressure sensor (Vehicle harness side).
SHTS161120200082
.
NO
Proceed to 5.
YES
Proceed to 3.

SIG
harness and SIG terminal of common rail pressure sensor (Vehi-
cle harness side).
SHTS161120200083

FRAME B13 B14
B14 ↔ B12
B14 ↔ B13
B14 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200084
.
NO
YES

FRAME
SHTS161120200085
.
NO
YES
• Malfunction of common rail pressure sensor


+5V (3) Measure the resistance between B13 terminal of the signal check
harness and +5V terminal of common rail pressure sensor (Vehi-
cle harness side).
SHTS161120200086
harness and GND terminal of common rail pressure sensor (Vehi-
cle harness side).
B12 GND
SHTS161120200087

FRAME
B12 B13
B13 ↔ B12
B13 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200088
NO
YES
Proceed to 6.

B12
+ side - side
B12
Chassis GND
B13
SHTS161120200089
.
NO
YES

.
FUEL LEAKAGE
EN1611202F200030
MC No. 78 DTC No. P0093 Fuel leakage
1. INSPECTION ITEM
P0191, P0192 and P0193 but a phenomenon described below is
detected at the engine speed of 450 r/min or more, the diagnosis
will determine such phenomenon as a trouble.
• In case the supply pump is running at a maximum discharge rate
but an actual common rail pressure (RailCo-pPeak) is 15 MPa
{153 kgf/cm2} lower than the target pressure (Rail-psetpoint) for a
certain duration of time.
When this failure is detected, both an injection flow and an injec-
tion pressure will be limited thus the engine power will be kept low.
SHTS161120200090 Check the fuel supply system for clogging. If no troubles are found
in the high-pressure piping, there may be a trouble in the supply
pump.
(2) More detailed diagnosis should be done by PC DIAGNOSIS
TOOL (Hino-DX).
.
ACCELERATOR SENSOR 1
EN1611202F200031
MC No. 22 DTC No. P2121 Accelerator sensor 1 abnormal voltage (Stuck close/open)

A-2 nal check harness.
A79 (2) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position. Depress the accelera-
tor pedal to measure the voltage between A78 and A79 terminals
of the signal check harness.
NOTICE
A78 The standard value at full throttle is based on an actual measure-
ment value.
Standard:
0.7-1.0V (Accelerator pedal released)
SHTS161120200091 3.7-4.4V (Full throttle)
A voltage over 1.0V shall change in proportion to an acceler-
ator pedal travel.
.
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES


(1) Disconnect the connector of accelerator sensor.
(3) Measure the voltage between A-VCC and A-GND terminals of
A-GND
accelerator sensor (Vehicle harness side).
Standard: 4.7-5.3V
A-VCC
SHTS161120200092
.
NO
Proceed to 5.
YES
Proceed to 3.

A-2 A79 ACC1 (2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
harness and ACC1 terminal of accelerator sensor (Vehicle har-
ness side).
SHTS161120200093

A-3 A-2
A79
FRAME A79 ↔ A78

A84 A78
A79 ↔ A84
A79 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200094
.
NO
YES

A-2
A79 harness and chassis GND.
FRAME
SHTS161120200095
.
NO
YES
• Malfunction of accelerator sensor


A-VCC
A-3 (2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
A84
harness and A-VCC terminal of accelerator sensor (Vehicle har-
ness side).
SHTS161120200096
A-GND
harness and A-GND terminal of accelerator sensor (Vehicle har-
A-2 ness side).
A78
SHTS161120200097

A-2 A84 A-3
A78
FRAME
A84 ↔ A78
A84 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200098
NO
YES
Proceed to 6.

A-2 A-3 (2) Measure the voltage between terminal of the signal check har-
FRAME A78 A84 Terminals to measure the voltage
+ side - side
A78
Chassis GND
A84
SHTS161120200099
.
NO
YES

.
EN1611202F200032
MC No. 22 DTC No. P2122 Accelerator sensor 1 malfunction (Input too low)
MC No. 22 DTC No. P2123 Accelerator sensor 1 malfunction (Input too high)

A79 (2) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position.
(3) Measure the voltage between A79 and A78 terminals of the signal
check harness.
Standard: 0.60-4.85V: Idle to full throttle
A78
SHTS161120200100
.
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES


(3) Measure the voltage between A-VCC and A-GND terminals of
A-GND
Standard: 4.7-5.3V
A-VCC
SHTS161120200101
.
NO
Proceed to 5.
YES
Proceed to 3.

A-2 A79 ACC1 (2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
ness side).
SHTS161120200102

A-3 A-2
A79
FRAME A79 ↔ A78

A84 A78
A79 ↔ A84
A79 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200103
.
NO
YES

A-2
FRAME
SHTS161120200104
.
NO
YES


A-VCC
A-3 (2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
A84
ness side).
SHTS161120200105
A-GND
A-2 ness side).
A78
SHTS161120200106

A-2 A84 A-3
A78
FRAME
A84 ↔ A78
A84 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200107
NO
YES
Proceed to 6.

+ side - side
A78
Chassis GND
A84
SHTS161120200108
.
NO
YES

.
EN1611202F200033
MC No. 22 DTC No. P2126 Accelerator sensor 2 abnormal voltage (Stuck close/open)

(3) Measure the voltage between the A80 and A76 terminals of the
signal check harness with depress the accelerator pedal.
A76
NOTICE
The standard value at full throttle is based on an actual measure-
ment value.
Standard:
0.7-1.0V (Accelerator pedal released)
SHTS161120200109 3.7-4.40V (Full throttle)
A voltage over 1.0V shall change in proportion to an acceler-
ator pedal travel.
.
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES


A-GND (3) Measure the voltage between A-VCC and A-GND terminals of
Standard: 4.7-5.3V
A-VCC
SHTS161120200110
.
NO
Proceed to 5.
YES
Proceed to 3.

ACC2
A-2 (3) Measure the resistance between A80 terminal of the signal check
A80
ness side).
SHTS161120200111

A-3 A-2
A80 Terminals to measure the resistance
FRAME
A80 ↔ A76
A82 A76
A80 ↔ A82
A80 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200112
.
NO
YES

A-2
FRAME
SHTS161120200113
.
NO
YES


A82 A-3 (2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
ness side).
A-VCC
SHTS161120200114
A-GND
ness side).
A-2
A76
SHTS161120200115

A76 A-2 A82 A-3
FRAME
A82 ↔ A76
A82 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200116
NO
YES
Proceed to 6.

+ side - side
A76
Chassis GND
A82
SHTS161120200117
.
NO
YES

.
EN1611202F200034
MC No. 22 DTC No. P2127 Accelerator sensor 2 malfunction (Input too low)
MC No. 22 DTC No. P2128 Accelerator sensor 2 malfunction (Input too high)

check harness.
Standard: 0.60-4.85V: Idle to full throttle
A76
SHTS161120200118
.
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES


A-GND (3) Measure the voltage between A-VCC and A-GND terminals of
Standard: 4.7-5.3V
A-VCC
SHTS161120200119
.
NO
Proceed to 5.
YES
Proceed to 3.

ACC2
A-2 (3) Measure the resistance between A80 terminal of the signal check
A80
ness side).
SHTS161120200120

A-3 A-2
A80 Terminals to measure the resistance
FRAME
A80 ↔ A76
A82 A76
A80 ↔ A82
A80 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200121
.
NO
YES

A-2
FRAME
SHTS161120200122
.
NO
YES


A82 A-3 (2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
ness side).
A-VCC
SHTS161120200123
A-GND
ness side).
A-2
A76
SHTS161120200124

A76 A-2 A82 A-3
FRAME
A82 ↔ A76
A82 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200125
NO
YES
Proceed to 6.

+ side - side
A76
Chassis GND
A82
SHTS161120200126
.
NO
YES

.
ACCELERATOR SENSOR 1 & 2

EN1611202F200035
MC No. 22 DTC No. P2120 Accelerator sensor 1 and 2 malfunction
1. INSPECTION ITEM
(1) Make sure to inspect it in accordance with the contents of MC
No.22 or DTC No. P2122, P2123, P2127 and P2128.
Refer to the section "ACCELERATOR SENSOR 1 (DTC No.
P2122, P2123/MC No.22)" .
Refer to the section "ACCELERATOR SENSOR 2 (DTC No.
P2127, P2128/MC No.22)" .
.
P.T.O. ACCELERATOR SENSOR

EN1611202F200036
MC No. 23 DTC No. P1133 P.T.O. accelerator sensor malfunction

nal check harness.
B27 (2) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position.
check harness.
B24 Standard: 4.6V or less
SHTS161120200127
.
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES


(1) Disconnect the connector of the accelerator sensor.
+5V (3) Measure the voltage between +5V and GND terminals of acceler-
ator sensor (Vehicle harness side).
Standard: 4.5-5.5V
GND
SHTS161120200128
.
NO
Proceed to 5.
YES
Proceed to 3.

B27 SIG (3) Measure the resistance between B27 terminal of the signal check
harness and SIG terminal of accelerator sensor (Vehicle harness
side).
SHTS161120200129

B24 B27

FRAME
B27 ↔ B24
B27 ↔ B31
B27 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200130
NO
YES

FRAME
SHTS161120200131
.
NO
YES


+5V (2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
B31 harness and +5V terminal of accelerator sensor (Vehicle harness
side).
SHTS161120200132
harness and GND terminal of accelerator sensor (Vehicle harness
B24
side).
GND
SHTS161120200133

B24 FRAME
B31 ↔ B24
B31 ↔ Chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200134
NO
YES
Proceed to 6.

B31 ness and chassis GND.

FRAME
+ side - side
B24
Chassis GND
B31
SHTS161120200135
.
NO
YES

.

EN1611202F200037
Vehicle speed sensor malfunction (Input too low)

MC No. 21 DTC No. P0500
(Open/short circuit)
Vehicle speed sensor malfunction (Input too high)

(Overhigh frequency)

nal check harness.
(3) Prepare the voltage measurement between terminals of the signal
A5 check harness.
A6 (4) Measure the voltage while the vehicle starts to run at the speed of
A-2 10 km/h {6.2 miles/h}.
A71
+ side - side
SHTS161120200136
A5
A71
A6
! WARNING
Start the vehicle with caution to surroundings.
Standard: 4.5V or more ↔ 1.5V or less
(5) Stop the vehicle.
.
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES

• Bad contact of ECU connector

A-2 SPD
signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
A71
(2) Disconnect the connector of vehicle speed pulse converter.
harness and SPD terminal of vehicle speed pulse converter (Vehi-
cle harness side).
SHTS161120200137
.
NO
Harness disconnection in the vehicle speed
sensor circuit
YES
3. CHECK THE INSULATION RESISTANCE BETWEEN TERMI-

NALS.
A-2 FRAME (1) Measure the insulation resistance between A71 terminal of the
A71 signal check harness and chassis GND.
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200138
.
NO
Short circuit to ground in the vehicle speed
sensor circuit
YES
Malfunction of vehicle speed sensor and pulse adjust computer

HINT
Check the vehicle speed sensor itself and the pulse adjust
computer. Replace the ECU if the same DTC No. P0500 or
P0501 or the MC No. 21 is output again after deleting the
past failure and then making a test operation.
.
2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧠㧞ಽ
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR

EN1611202F200038
MC No. 15 DTC No. P2228 Atmospheric pressure sensor malfunction (Input too low)
MC No. 15 DTC No. P2229 Atmospheric pressure sensor malfunction (Input too high)

DN02-14).
(2) After the starter switch is positioned on the "LOCK" once, it should
be turned to the "ON" position again.
(3) After erasing the MC or DTC, check that the same code is dis-
played again.
Standard: Normal
SHTS161120200139
.
NO
Malfunction of engine ECU
YES
Normal
.
INJECTOR SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE SYSTEM COMMON 1 & 2

EN1611202F200039



C6 ECU CASE GND nal check harness.
(ECU MOUNTING BOLT)
(4) Measure the voltage between the terminals of the signal check
C12 C16
C15
harness and ECU case GND.
C13
C14
! WARNING
Do not start the engine in this step, or it will cause system mal-
functions or electric shocks.
SHTS161120200140
MC No. DTC No.
+ side - side
57 P1211 C13, C12, C6 ECU case GND
.
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES
Proceed to 3.

ECU CASE GND (2) Disconnect the injector harness collecting connector that is
1 2 3 4 (ECU MOUNTING BOLT) located on the front side of the cylinder.
5 6 7 8 (3) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position.
9 10 11 12 (4) Measure the voltage between the terminals of injector harness
13 14 15 16 collecting connector (Vehicle harness side) and ECU case GND.
! WARNING
SHTS161120200141
MC No. DTC No.
+ side - side
57 P1211 11, 2, 6 ECU case GND
58 P1214 3, 7, 10 ECU case GND
.
NO
Malfunction of harness (Short circuit)
YES
Malfunction of harness inside head cover (Short circuit)

C6 ECU CASE GND (2) Measure the resistance between the terminals of the signal check
(ECU MOUNTING BOLT)
harness and ECU case GND.
MC No. DTC No. Terminals to measure the resistance

C12 C16
C13 C15 57 P1211 C13, C12, C6 ECU case GND
C14
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200142
.
NO
Proceed to 4.
YES
Proceed to 5.

1 2 3 4 located on the front side of the cylinder.
(ECU MOUNTING BOLT)
5 6 7 8 (3) Measure the resistance between the terminals of injector harness
13 14 15 16
57 P1211 11, 2, 6 ECU case GND
58 P1214 3, 7, 10 ECU case GND

SHTS161120200143
Standard: ∞ Ω
.
NO
YES
• Malfunction of harness inside head cover (Short circuit)

• Malfunction of harness of injector (Short circuit)
• Malfunction of injector insulation

C4 (1) Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position.
C3 C5 (2) Disconnect the injector harness collecting connector that is
C2 C6
C1 located on the front side of the cylinder.
(3) Measure the resistance between the terminals of the signal check
harness.
C11 C16
C12 C15 MC No. DTC No. Terminals to measure the resistance
C13 C14
C4 ↔ C13, C5 ↔ C12, C11 ↔ C6,
57 P1211
C13 ↔ C12, C12 ↔ C6, C13 ↔ C6
SHTS161120200144
C1 ↔ C16, C3 ↔ C14, C2 ↔ C15,
58 P1214
C16 ↔ C14, C14 ↔ C15, C16 ↔ C15
Standard: ∞ Ω
.
NO
YES
Proceed to 6.
2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧠㧟ಽ

nal check harness on the ECU side.
DN02-14).
(3) Start the engine and erase the MC or DTC.
Standard: Normal
HINT
If the same code is output after replacing the engine ECU, there
may be a layer short in the harness or the injector.
SHTS161120200145
NO
If the same MC or DTC is displayed again,
replace engine ECU.
YES
Normal (Temporary malfunction)
.
INJECTOR SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE SYSTEM COMMON 1 & 2

EN1611202F200040


1. CHECK THE VOLTAGE BETWEEN TERMINALS AND GND.

C3 (1) Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position and connect the sig-
C2 nal check harness.
ECU CASE GND
C1 (2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
(ECU MOUNTING BOLT)
C11
(4) Measure the voltage between the terminals of the signal check
C5 harness and ECU case GND.
C4
! WARNING
SHTS161120200146
MC No. DTC No.
+ side - side
.
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES
Proceed to 3.

(ECU MOUNTING BOLT)
5 6 7 8 (3) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position.
9 10 11 12 (4) Measure the voltage between the terminals of injector harness
! WARNING
SHTS161120200147
MC No. DTC No.
+ side - side
57 P1212 12, 1, 5 ECU case GND
58 P1215 4, 8, 9 ECU case GND
.
NO
YES
Malfunction of harness inside head cover (Short circuit)

C2 (2) Measure the resistance between the terminals of the signal check
ECU CASE GND
C1 harness and ECU case GND.
(ECU MOUNTING BOLT)
C11
C5
C4 57 P1212 C4, C5, C11 ECU case GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200148
.
NO
Proceed to 4.
YES
Proceed to 5.
2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧠㧟ಽ

(ECU MOUNTING BOLT)
5 6 7 8 (3) Measure the resistance between the terminals of injector harness
13 14 15 16
57 P1212 12, 1, 5 ECU case GND
58 P1215 4, 8, 9 ECU case GND

SHTS161120200149
Standard: ∞ Ω
.
NO
YES
• Malfunction of harness in the head cover (Short circuit)

• Malfunction of harness of injector (Short circuit)
• Malfunction of injector insulation

nal check harness on the ECU side.
DN02-14).
Standard: Normal
HINT
If the same code is output after replacing the engine ECU, there
may be a layer short in the harness or the injector.
SHTS161120200150
NO
replace engine ECU.
YES
.
INJECTOR SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE SYSTEM

EN1611202F200041
MC No. 51 DTC No. P0201 Injector 1 solenoid valve drive system malfunction (Wire breaking)

C3 C5 nal check harness.
C2 C6
C1 (2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
harness.
C11 C16
C12 C15 Failure position Terminals to mea-
C13 C14 MC No. DTC No.
(Breaking position) sure the resistance
51 P0201 No.1 Injector C4 ↔ C13
SHTS161120200151
.
NO
Proceed to 3.
YES
Proceed to 2.
2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧠㧠ಽ

nal check harness connector on the ECU side.
DN02-14).
Standard: Normal
SHTS161120200152
NO
replace engine ECU.
YES

(1) Disconnect the injector harness collecting connector that is
4 3 2 1
located at the front side of the cylinder head.
8 7 6 5 (2) Measure the resistance between the terminals of the injector har-
12 11 10 9 ness collecting connector (Cylinder head side).
16 15 14 13
51 P0201 11 ↔ 12
52 P0202 1↔2
SHTS161120200153 53 P0203 5↔6
54 P0204 3↔4
55 P0205 7↔8
56 P0206 9 ↔ 10
.
NO
Proceed to 4.
YES
Malfunction of harness (Vehicle harness side)

(Check the harness between ECU and the injector harness col-
lecting connector.)

(1) Dismount the head cover.
Disconnect the injector connector (injector side) of the cylinder
displayed by MC or DTC.
injector connector.
Standard: 0.15-0.35 Ω
SHTS161120200154
.
NO
Proceed to 5.
YES
Bad contact of the connector or the harness in the head cover.

(Check the connector or the harness in the head cover.)

(1) Remove the injector terminal cap of the cylinder display by MC or
DTC.
Measure the insulation resistance between terminal and injector
body.
SHTS161120200155
.
NO
Injector coil disconnection.
(Replace the injector assembly.)
YES
Injection harness disconnections.

(Replace the injector harness.)
.
2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧠㧠ಽ
CYLINDER CONTRIBUTION/BALANCE
EN1611202F200042
MC No. 61 DTC No. P0263 Cylinder 1 contribution/balance fault
1. CHECK THE FLOW DAMPER.

DN02-14).
(2) Set the starter switch to the "LOCK" position and stop the engine.
(3) Wait for about 30 seconds and then start the engine.
(4) Perform warm-up until the coolant temperature becomes 60°C
{140°F} or more. And erase the MC or DTC.
SHTS161120200156
(5) If the same MC or DTC is displayed again after erasing it, inspect
FLOW DAMPER the flow damper of displayed cylinder.
Failure position
MC No. DTC No.
(Flow damper)
61 P0263 No.1
62 P0266 No.2
63 P0269 No.3
COMMON RAIL
SHTS161120200157
64 P0272 No.4
65 P0275 No.5
66 P0278 No.6
INSPECTION:
After removing the flow damper from the common rail, feed air
from one side of the flow damper. Observe whether air flows to the
other side and examine whether shutoff takes place.
NOTICE
Take care not to allow dust or water to go into the flow damper
when feeding air.
Flow damper active (No air is flowing): Replace the flow damper.
Flow damper inactive (Air is flowing): Proceed to the step "2.
RECHECK THE MC OR DTC".

(1) Check that the other MC or DTC is not displayed.
If the other MC or DTC would be displayed, repair the trouble and
erase the MC or DTC by PC DIAGNOSIS TOOL (Hino-DX).
If the same MC or DTC would be displayed again, it is possibly
from the following problems.
• Excessive fuel flow will cause fuel leakage from injection pipe
(Between flow damper and injector) by bending, cracking and pipe
connection looseness.
→ Check leakage.
• Excessive or shortage fuel flow would cause an increase in the
SHTS161120200158
internal leakage of injector.
→ Check injector leakage using nozzle tester.
• Excessive fuel flow would cause injector seat defection.
→ Check injector nozzle seat using nozzle tester.
• Excessive or shortage fuel flow would cause injector operation
malfunction.
→ Check by replacing the injector.
(2) To identify an area where a failure has occurred, conduct a diag-
nosis while examining the engine data. This diagnosis should be
conducted after using the Hino-DX to check the inter-cylinder off-
set and inactivating a relevant injector.
.
SUPPLY PUMP METERING-UNIT PROPORTIONAL (MPROP)

EN1611202F200043
Supply pump MPROP malfunction

(Open circuit, short circuit to ground)

C10 nal check harness.
(3) Measure the resistance between C9 and C10 terminals of the sig-
nal check harness.
SHTS161120200159
(4) Measure the resistance between the terminal of the signal check
ECU CASE GND harness and ECU case GND.
(ECU MOUNTING BOLT)
C9 Terminals to measure the resistance
C10
C9 ↔ ECU case GND
C10 ↔ ECU case GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200160
.
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES
Proceed to 3.
2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧠㧡ಽ
2. CHECK THE SUPPLY PUMP MPROP.

(2) Disconnect the connector of the MPROP.
MPROP connector.
Standard: 2.0-3.4Ω
SHTS161120200161
(4) Measure the resistance between the terminal of the MPROP con-
nector and ECU case GND.
ECU CASE GND
(ECU MOUNTING BOLT) Terminals to measure the resistance
1 ↔ ECU case GND
1 2 2 ↔ ECU case GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200162
.
NO
Malfunction of MPROP
(Replace the supply pump)
YES
• Bad contact of harness connector

nal check harness connector on the ECU side.
DN02-14).
Standard: Normal
SHTS161120200163
NO
replace engine ECU.
YES
.
SUPPLY PUMP METERING-UNIT PROPORTIONAL (MPROP)

EN1611202F200044
MC No. 74 DTC No. P0629 Supply pump MPROP malfunction (Short circuit to battery)

C9
C10
ECU CASE GND nal check harness.
(ECU MOUNTING BOLT) (2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
(4) Measure the voltage between the terminal of the signal check har-
ness and ECU case GND.
+ side - side
SHTS161120200164
C9 ECU case GND
C10 ECU case GND
.
NO
YES

C10 (2) Disconnect the connector of the MPROP.
(3) Measure the resistance between C9 and C10 terminals of the sig-
nal check harness.
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200165
NO
YES
Proceed to 3.
3. CHECK THE MPROP.

MPROP connector.
SHTS161120200166
NO
Malfunction of MPROP
(Replace the supply pump)
YES

(2) Connect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side and
the MPROP connector.
DN02-14).
Standard: Normal
SHTS161120200167
NO
replace engine ECU.
YES
.
SUPPLY PUMP
EN1611202F200045
MC No. 77 DTC No. P1266 Supply pump malfunction (Force feed)
1. INSPECTION ITEM
P0088, P0191, P0192 and P0193/MC No. 74, 75, 68, 69, 76 and
67 but an actual common rail pressure falls below the target pres-
sure by 15 MPa or greater for a certain duration of time at the
engine speed of 450 r/min or more, the diagnosis will determine
such phenomenon as a trouble.
If this failure code is output, there may be troubles such as:
• insufficient fuel flow due to clogging in fuel supply system,
• malfunction of supply pump,
• malfunction of common rail pressure sensor, and
SHTS161120200168
• fuel leakage from high-pressure piping system.
(2) More detailed diagnosis should be done by PC DIAGNOSIS
TOOL (Hino-DX).
.
EGR ACTUATOR
EN1611202F200046
MC No. 81 DTC No. P1458 EGR actuator 1 malfunction (Major fault)
MC No. 81 DTC No. P1459 EGR actuator 2 malfunction (Minor fault)
1. CHECK THE EGR.

DN02-14).
(2) Select the "EGR" menu and check the EGR.
.
SHTS161120200170
VNT (VARIABLE NOZZLE TURBINE) ACTUATOR

EN1611202F200047
MC No. 35 DTC No. P0045 VNT controller malfunction (Major fault)
MC No. 36 DTC No. P0045 VNT controller malfunction (Minor fault)
1. CHECK THE VNT.

DN02-14).
(2) Select the "VNT" menu and check the VNT.
.
SHTS161120200171
EGR COOLER OVERHEAT

EN1611202F200048
MC No. 85 DTC No. P1416 EGR cooler overheat
1. INSPECTION ITEM
DN02-14).
(2) Confirm not to find the engine overheat (DTC No. P0217/MC
No.6).
Standard: Not to find the engine overheat.
SHTS161120200172
NO
• Overheating because of abnormal cooling
system
YES • Check the cooling system.
(Presence of coolant, coolant leak.)

(2) Disconnect the connector of the EGR cooler coolant temperature
sensor.
EGR cooler coolant temperature sensor.
HINT
Standard:

SHTS161120200173
20°C {68°F} 2.45 kΩ
40°C {104°F} 1.15 kΩ
60°C {140°F} 584 Ω
80°C {176°F} 318 Ω
HINT
This code would be displayed when the EGR cooler coolant tem-
perature sensor is properly functioning and detects the EGR
cooler coolant temperature of 105°C {221°F} or more.
.
NO
Malfunction of EGR cooler coolant tempera-
ture sensor
YES
Malfunction of EGR cooler
.
ENGINE RETARDER
EN1611202F200049
MC No. 26 DTC No. P1462 Engine retarder 1 open circuit, short circuit to ground
MC No. 26 DTC No. P1463 Engine retarder 1 short circuit to battery

B3 B7
nal check harness.
(3) Measure the resistance between B3 and B7 terminals of the sig-
nal check harness.
Standard: 34-44 Ω
SHTS161120200174
NO
Proceed to 3.
YES

Standard: ∞ Ω
FRAME
SHTS161120200175
NO
Proceed to 4.
YES
Proceed to 5.

8 7 6 5 (3) Measure the resistance between the No.14 and No.16 terminals
12 11 10
16 15 14 13
9
of the injector harness collecting connector (Cylinder head side).
Standard: 34-44 Ω
SHTS161120200176
(4) If the above check shows abnormality, remove the cylinder head,
remove the engine retarder valve harness and measure the resis-
tance between terminals (Engine retarder solenoid valve side).
Standard: APPROX. 34-44 Ω
SHTS161120200177
NO
Malfunction of engine retarder solenoid valve
YES
• Malfunction of connector
4. CHECK THE ENGINE RETARDER SOLENOID VALVE.

4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
located on the front side of the cylinder.
12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
(3) Measure the resistance between No.16 terminal of the injector
harness collecting connector (cylinder head side) and chassis
FRAME
GND.
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200178
(4) If the above check would show abnormality, remove the cylinder
head, remove the engine retarder solenoid valve harness and
measure the resistance between terminals and chassis GND.
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200179
NO
YES

B7 (2) Measure the voltage between B7 terminal of the signal check har-
FRAME
SHTS161120200180
NO
YES

.
ENGINE RETARDER
EN1611202F200050
MC No. 27 DTC No. P1467 Engine retarder 2 open circuit, short circuit to ground
MC No. 27 DTC No. P1468 Engine retarder 2 short circuit to battery

B3 B6
nal check harness.
(3) Measure the resistance between B3 and B6 terminals of the sig-
nal check harness.
Standard: 34-44 Ω
SHTS161120200181
NO
Proceed to 3.
YES

Standard: ∞ Ω
FRAME
SHTS161120200182
NO
Proceed to 4.
YES
Proceed to 5.

4 3 2 1
12 11 10 9 (3) Measure the resistance between No.14 and No.15 terminals of
16 15 14 13
the injector harness collecting connector (Cylinder head side).
Standard: 34-44 Ω
SHTS161120200183
measure the resistance between terminals (Engine retarder sole-
noid valve side).
Standard: APPROX. 34-44 Ω
SHTS161120200184
NO
YES
4. CHECK THE ENGINE RETARDER SOLENOID VALVE.

4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
located on the front side of the cylinder.
12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
(3) Measure the resistance between No.15 terminal of the injector
harness collecting connector (cylinder head side) and chassis
FRAME GND.
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200185
measure the resistance between terminals and chassis GND.
Standard: ∞ Ω
SHTS161120200186
NO
YES

B6 (2) Measure the voltage between B6 terminal of the signal check har-
FRAME
SHTS161120200187
NO
YES

.
2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧠㧣ಽ
INJECTOR CORRECTION DATA

EN1611202F200051
MC No. 2 DTC No. P1601 Injector correction data conforming error
1. CHECK THE QR CODE.

(1) Connect the PC DIAGNOSIS TOOL (Hino-DX). (Refer to the
page DN02-14.)
Select the "Injector Calibration" menu and read the QR codes.
Standard: Same as the installed injector or service record.
SHTS161120200188
.
NO
Re-input the QR codes.
YES
Replace the engine ECU.
ECU
EN1611202F200052
MC No. 3 DTC No. P0606 ECU malfunction (Hard detection)
MC No. 3 DTC No. P0607 ECU malfunction (Monitoring IC malfunction in ECU)

page DN02-14.)
(2) After the starter switch is positioned on the "LOCK" once, it should
be turned to the "ON" position again.
(3) After erasing the MC or DTC, check that the same code (DTC No.
P0606, P0607/MC No.3) is displayed again.
Standard: Normal
SHTS161120200189
NO
Malfunction of engine ECU
YES
Normal
.
MAIN RELAY
EN1611202F200053
MC No. 5 DTC No. P0686 Main relay malfunction

nal check harness.
(3) Measure the resistance between terminal of the signal check har-
FRAME A14 B3 ness and chassis GND.
A13
A13 ↔ chassis GND
A14 ↔ chassis GND

SHTS161120200190
B3 ↔ chassis GND
Standard: ∞ Ω
.
NO
YES

A-1
(2) Measure the voltage between terminal of the signal check har-
FRAME A14 Terminals to measure the voltage

B3
A13
+ side - side
A13
A14 chassis GND

SHTS161120200191
B3
.
NO
YES

.
IDLE SWITCH
EN1611202F200054
MC No. 42 DTC No. P0510 Idle switch malfunction

(2) Disconnect connector of the idle switch.
(3) Measure the resistance between No.1 and No.2 terminals of idle
switch connector (Switch side).
Standard:
2 Ω or less (Accelerator pedal released)
∞ Ω (With full throttle)
SHTS161120200192
NO
Malfunction of accelerator switch
YES
• Malfunction of vehicle control ECU
.
STARTER SWITCH
EN1611202F200055
MC No. 45 DTC No. P0617 Starter switch malfunction

nal check harness.
A31 (2) Disconnect the signal check harness connector on the ECU side.
FRAME
NOTICE
Make sure that transmission is in neutral position.
Standard:
1V or less (Starter switch "LOCK")
SHTS161120200193 8V or more (Starter switch "START")
.
NO
• Malfunction of starter switch
YES

.
NEUTRAL SWITCH
EN1611202F200056
MC No. 47 DTC No. P0850 Neutral switch malfunction
1. CHECK THE VOLTAGE BETWEEN TERMINAL AND GND.

A41 nal check harness.
FRAME
Standard:
8V or more (Transmission: Neutral position)
1V or less (Transmission: Not neutral position)
SHTS161120200194
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES


(2) Disconnect the connector of neutral switch.
(3) Measure the resistance between No.1 and No.2 terminals of neu-
tral switch connector (Neutral switch side).
Standard:
1 Ω or less (Neutral switch pressed)
∞ Ω (Neutral switch not pressed)
SHTS161120200195
NO
Malfunction of neutral switch
YES
• Malfunction of neutral relay
.
CAN COMMUNICATION ERROR (TRANSMISSION)

EN1611202F200057
MC No. 9 DTC No. U0101 CAN communication error (Transmission)
1. INSPECTION ITEM
(1) Use the Hino-DX to check whether communication blackout (Vehi-
cle control ECU) (DTC No. U110A/MC No. 8) is output.
If the communication blackout (Vehicle control ECU) code is out-
put, fix such failure. Then check again whether the DTC No.
U0101/MC No. 9 is output.
Refer to the section "CAN COMMUNICATION ERROR (VEHI-
CLE CONTROL ECU) (DTC No. U110A/MC No. 8)" .
"WORKSHOP MANUAL (CHASSIS)" .
.
CAN COMMUNICATION ERROR (CRUISE)

EN1611202F200058
MC No. 9 DTC No. U0104 CAN communication error (Cruise)
1. INSPECTION ITEM
(1) Use the Hino-DX to check whether communication blackout (Vehi-
cle control ECU) (DTC No. U110A/MC No. 8) is output.
.
CAN COMMUNICATION ERROR (ABS/AIR SUSPENSION)

EN1611202F200059
MC No. 9 DTC No. U0121 CAN communication error (ABS)
MC No. 9 DTC No. U0132 CAN communication error (Air suspension)
1. INSPECTION ITEM
.
CAN COMMUNICATION ERROR (METER)

EN1611202F200060
MC No. 9 DTC No. U0155 CAN communication error (Meter)
1. INSPECTION ITEM
(1) Use the Hino-DX to check whether communication blackout
(Vehicle control ECU) (DTC No. U110A/MC No. 8) is output.
.
CAN COMMUNICATION ERROR (VEHICLE CONTROL ECU)

EN1611202F200061
MC No. 8 DTC No. U110A CAN communication error (Vehicle control ECU)

A52
A53
check harness.
Standard: Pulse wave-shape by 0 ↔ 5V
SHTS161120200196
NO
YES
.
CAN COMMUNICATION ERROR (EGR)

EN1611202F200062
MC No. 8 DTC No. U1122 CAN communication error (EGR)

No.3
(2) Disconnect the connectors of EGR actuator.
(4) Measure the voltage between No.3 and No.6 terminals of EGR
No.6 actuator (Vehicle harness side).
SHTS161120200197
NO
YES

A52
A53
(2) Connect the connector of the EGR actuator.
Measure the voltage between A53 and A52 terminals of the signal
check harness.
SHTS161120200198
NO
YES
Malfunction of EGR actuator
.
CAN COMMUNICATION ERROR (VNT)

EN1611202F200063
MC No. 8 DTC No. U1123 CAN communication error (VNT)

(2) Disconnect the connectors of VNT actuator.
No.13 No.14 (3) Set the starter switch to the "ON" position.
(4) Measure the voltage between No.13 and No.14 terminals of VNT
actuator (Vehicle harness side).
SHTS161120200199
NO
YES

A52
A53
(2) Connect the connector of the VNT actuator.
Measure the voltage between A53 and A52 terminals of the signal
check harness.
SHTS161120200200
NO
YES
Malfunction of VNT actuator
.
CAN MALFUNCTION (ENGINE)

EN1611202F200064
MC No. 8 DTC No. U0073 CAN malfunction (Engine)
1. CHECK THE CONTINUITY BETWEEN CANH TERMINALS.

No.15
(2) Disconnect the connector of the VNT actuator.
(4) Check the continuity between A53 terminal of the signal check
A53
harness and No.15 terminal of VNT actuator (Vehicle harness
side).
Standard: Continuity
SHTS161120200201
NO
YES
2. CHECK THE CONTINUITY BETWEEN CANL TERMINALS.

(1) Check the continuity between A52 terminal of the signal check
A-2 harness and No.16 terminal of VNT actuator (Vehicle harness
No.16 side).
A52 Standard: Continuity
SHTS161120200202
NO
YES

.
2A&0AOQMWLKMCKHOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧡ᣣ‫ޓ‬Ἣᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧝ᤨ㧠㧢ಽ
NO VEHICLE INFORMATION RECORDED

EN1611202F200065
MC No. 8 DTC No. P0610 No vehicle information recorded

page DN02-14.)
(2) After the starter switch is positioned on the "LOCK" once, wait for
about 30 seconds, it should be turned to the "ON" position again.
(3) Use the Hino-DX to delete the past failure records and check
whether the same code (DTC No.P0610/MC No.8) is output
again.
Standard: Normal
SHTS161120200203
NO
Proceed to 2.
YES
No information has been recorded in the EEPROM between

receipt of new vehicle information and ECU power off. Finish
this step after observing normal recovery.
2. CHECK THE CAN COMMUNICATION ERROR (VEHICLE CON-

TROL ECU).
(1) Use the Hino-DX to check whether the CAN communication error
(Vehicle control ECU) (DTC No.U110A/MC No.8) is output.
Standard:
Not to find the CAN communication error (Vehicle control
ECU).
SHTS161120200204
NO
Vehicle information unreceived due to CAN
communication error (Vehicle control ECU)
YES
Take the procedures for DTC No.U110A/MC
No.8.
Refer to the section "CAN COMMUNICATION
ERROR (VEHICLE CONTROL ECU) (DTC
No. U110A/MC No. 8)" .

.
%1.12*10HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧝㧜ᐕ㧝᦬㧞㧜ᣣ‫ޓ‬᳓ᦐᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦᓟ㧟ᤨ㧡㧞ಽ
Pub. No. S5-MA09E02A ’08-5

S5-MA09E02B ’10-1

Engine A09C Service

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engine A09C Service

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engine A09C Service

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

(14'914&HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧟㧣ಽ

Applicable for A09C engine

CHAPTER REFERENCES REGARDING THIS WORKSHOP MANUAL

MANUAL NO. S5-MA09E02B

STRUCTURES AND FEATURES

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

GENERAL INTRODUCTION GN01-001

ENGINE INTRODUCTION EN01-001

ENGINE MECHANICAL EN02-001

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM EN03-001

EXHAUST SYSTEM EN04-001

LUBRICATING SYSTEM EN05-001

COOLING SYSTEM EN06-001

FUEL SYSTEM EN07-001

EMISSION CONTROL EN10-001

AIR COMPRESSOR EN13-001

ENGINE P.T.O. (POWER TAKE-OFF) EN14-001

ENGINE RETARDER EN15-001

ENGINE CONTROL EN16-001

ENGINE CONTROL DN01-001

FUEL CONTROL DN02-001

STRUCTURES AND FEATURES

INDEX: STRUCTURES AND FEATURES

All rights reserved. This manual may not be

OUTLINE OF VEHICLE (CHANGE) ................ 1-8

LAWS AND REGULATIONS.......................... 1-13

FAILURE DIAGNOSIS ................................... 1-14

2 IDENTIFICATION OF VEHICLE MODEL CODE

LIST OF VEHICLE MODEL CODES

LIST OF APPLICABLE VEHICLE MODELS

VEHICLE MODEL ENGINE MODEL TRANSMISSION MODEL

DESIGNATION OF VEHICLE MODEL CODE

CLASSIFICATION OF VEHICLE TYPE

VEHICLE CLASS AND DRIVE SYSTEM

CLASS OF PAYLOAD (TONNAGE) DRIVE SYSTEM

CLASSIFICATION OF WHEEL BASE

INDICATION OF VEHICLE BODY CONFIGURATION

INTRODUCTION TO VEHICLE MODEL SERIES

Long cargo trucks

FEATURES OF VEHICLE MODEL

Keyword - More user-friendly, more powerful !

NEW A09C ENGINE IN COMPLIANCE WITH US04 ENGINE

ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED HIGH-PRESSURE

280 1,200 120

280 1,200 120

² OUTLINE OF VEHICLE (CHANGE)

LIST OF VEHICLE (CHANGE) OUTLINE

LIST OF CHANGE OUTLINE

NAME OF OUTLINE OF VEHICLE

Increased accuracy of injection

Use of ECU cooler (cooling by

Addition of twist tube and

Separately arranged layout of

Common rail Higher immunity to

[A09C] Optimization of relief valve

NAME OF OUTLINE OF VEHICLE

[A09C] Use of semi-open deck water

NAME OF OUTLINE OF VEHICLE

[A09C] Three piston rings; optimization Compliance with

[A09C] Embedded cap bolt; improved

(14'914&HOࡍ࡯ࠫ㧞㧜㧜㧤ᐕ㧝㧝᦬㧞㧠ᣣ‫ᦐ᦬ޓ‬ᣣ‫ޓ‬ඦ೨㧥ᤨ㧟㧣ಽ